UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA EGYPTIAN DEPARTMENT OF THE UNIVERSITY MUSEUM ECKLEY B. COXE JUNIOR EXPEDITION TO NUBIA: VOL. Ill KARANOG THE ROMANO-NUBIAN CEMETERY BY C. LEONARD WOOLLEY AND D. RANDALL-MACIVER TEXT PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY MUSEUM PHILADELPHIA MCMX D'visioa UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA EGYPTIAN DEPARTMENT OF THE UNIVERSITY MUSEUM ECKLEY B. COXE JUNIOR EXPEDITION TO NUBIA: VOL. Ill KARANOG THE ROMANO-NUBIAN CEMETERY BY C. LEONARD WOOLLEY AND D. RANDALL-MACIVER TEXT PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY MUSEUM PHILADELPHIA MCMX Letter Press and Printing by The John C. Winston Co. Philadelphia, Pa., U. S. A. Collotypes and Process Blocks by Horace Hart Clarendon Press, Oxford, England. (>v) In the Same Series Vol. I AREIKA by D. Randall-MacIver and C. Leonard Woolley Price $5. Vol. II CHURCHES IN LOWER NUBIA BY G. S. MlLEHAM Edited by D. Randall-MacIver Price $5. To be obtained at the University Museum, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, U. S. A. Agent for Europe: Henry Frowde, Anien Corner, Paternoster Row, London. (v) Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2015 https://archive.org/details/karanogromanonubOOwool PREFACE These volumes are the third and fourth of a series that will record the results of explorations in Egypt planned and financed by Mr. Eckley B. Coxe, Junior, of Philadelphia. By an agreement made with the University of Pennsylvania in January, 1907, the expeditions are to be conducted on behalf of the University, and the antiquities obtained will be presented to the University Museum ; the present authors as curator and assistant curator of the Egyptian Department of the Museum were charged with the duty of conducting the excavations and publishing their results. At the end of December, 1907, after finishing up some work that remained to be done at Shablul and Areika, we brought our dahabiyeh to anchor a little north of the village of Anibeh. Here upon the west bank the cultivation is reduced to very narrow limits. On the steep slope of the bank itself the crops of durra and lentil form a green ribbon that widens a little as week by week the river sinks and leaves a lower ledge of mud whereon the villagers can plant another row of seed. A single line of blue-green castor-oil plants fringes the ridge above, and behind these, in a shallow trough-like dip that follows the line of river-bank, there is crowded in between tilled land and desert a grove of gnarled mimosa trees. In January these were in full blossom, and the fallen yellow flowers that carpeted the ground beneath seemed to us, who were newly come from the unrelieved sandy stretches of Areika, to have all the freshness and beauty of an English primrose-wood in spring. The whole grove was not more than some forty feet across, and close behind it lies the desert. Here during the previous season we had noticed two or three low mounds of crumbling brick and, where the wind had swept the top sand away, the outlines of square brick structures that marked the ground out like a chess-board. Scattered fragments of pottery showed the place to be of Romano-Nubian date and the wish to investigate further that civilization of which Shablul had given us a foretaste had induced us to fix upon this spot as the main site for the season's work. The evening of our landing brought an encouraging discovery. Between the mimosa trees and the ancient graves lies the modern cemetery of Anibeh village; on the tomb of some small sheikh lay (PI. 110) five sculptured stone offering-tables, three bearing inscriptions in Meroitic. The modern grave-diggers had unearthed these stones in the course of their work and used them to adorn the resting-place of the local magnate; we of course could not remove them, but they gave a good omen which the season's results did not belie. It was indeed quite earlv in the year that we came upon tomb G 45 with its fine casket of wood and ivory (Pll .24. 2 5 ), but by that time it was clear that the cemetery was far more extensive than we had at first supposed and would certainly give work for the whole season. Our partv therefore divided for a time, and while some continued the work upon the graves the rest took the dahabiyeh up stream with the object of reconnoitring for future sites and of giving our architect, Mr. G. S. Mileham, an opportunity for studying the Christian churches along the Nile bank. Owing to the underground construction of the tombs and their small dimensions, it was scarcely ever possible to photograph the bodies and the objects in situ; there would, however, have (vii) vm PREFACE been in any case but little point in doing so, owing to the extent to which the richer graves had been plundered and to the fact that the objects in the tombs had never a significant order.* More unfortunate was the necessity of destroying the superstructure before the tomb- chamber could be opened. Unwillingness to do this too early in the day led us to postpone to the end of the season the opening of the largest tombs, which being generally empty could well be worked under pressure. The result was that what proved to be the richest tomb in the whole cemetery, G 187 (Pll. 26-30), was the very last to be excavated; it upset our calculations but gave a satisfactory conclusion to our work. In the division of objects the Egyptian Government selected a representative series of painted pottery and bronzes, including the 'royal' bowl from G 187, and the bulk of the inscribed stones; these are now exhibited together as a special collection in the Museum at Cairo. The remainder, including the greater number of painted vases, beads, rings and smaller objects, the wood and ivory caskets and most of the bronzes are in the University Museum at Philadelphia. The authors must express their indebtedness to Mr. F. LI. Griffith for various notes and much advice, to Professor W. Gowland for the analysis of metal objects, and to Mr. G. L. Cheesman of New College, Oxford, for the Appendix on the Roman garrison in Egypt. Finally in presenting this volume to the public they must gratefully acknowledge the services which Mr. Coxe by his generosity has rendered to archaeological science and the help and encouragement which his warm personal interest has been to them in their work ; and they must congratulate him on having given to the University Museum an unique collection and to the history of Southern Egvpt a new chapter. D. R. M. C. L. W. *The photograph on PI. 114 was only obtained by filling the grave with wood wool, boarding it in above, and cutting away the roof of solid mud some five feet thick. CONTENTS PAGE Preface ......... ..... vii CHAPTER I Karanog and the Cemetery near Anibeh . . ..... i CHAPTER II The Tomb Structures ............ 7 A. The Superstructures ........... 7 B. The Tomb Chambers . . . . . . . . . . . 17 CHAPTER III Classification of Tomb Types. .......... 22 CHAPTER IV The Contents of the Tomb Chambers ......... 26 CHAPTER V Detailed Description of Certain Important Tombs ...... 32 CHAPTER VI The Sculptures and Inscribed Stones . . . . . • . . .46 CHAPTER VII The Pottery .............. 51 CHAPTER VIII The Metal Objects ............ 59 Appendix: Analysis of Metals. By Professor W. Gowland .... 67 CHAPTER IX A. Objects of Wood and Ivory .......... 69 B. The Glass Vessels ............ 72 C. The Beads. . . . . ... . . . . . . -74 CHAPTER X A. The Graffiti .78 B. The Jar-sealings ............ 79 CHAPTER XI Chronology .... ........ 81 (ix) X CONTENTS CHAPTER XII page The Blemyes and the Roman Frontier ........ 85 Appendix I. Historical Passages from Classical Authors ..... 99 Appendix II. The Roman Garrison in Egypt. By Mr. G. L. Cheesman . . 106 CHAPTER XIII Tabular Analysis of the Tombs and their Contents . . . . . 115 CHAPTER XIV Catalogue of the Objects from the Cemetery at Anibeh now in the University Museum, Philadelphia .......... 238 INDEX .... 283 Figure A ............. 287 Figure B 289 Figure C . ... 291 Figure D 293 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN TEXT Pyramids at Gebel Barkal and Behen ........ p. 13 Method of Vault Construction . . . . . . . . . p. 18 G 45. Plan and Section . . . . . . . . . . p. 32 G 64. Roofing of Vaulted Chambers ........ Fig. A G 64. Plan . Fig. B G 70. Ribbed Superstructure and Vaulted Approach ..... Fig. A G 123, 133A. Plan and Section . . . . . . . . p. 34 G 140. Plan and Section .......... p. 10 G 141. Plan and Section .......... p. 35 G 144. The 'Hollow Apse' Fig. C G 170. Plan and Section .......... p. 36 G 179. Plan and Section .......... p. 24 G 181. Plan and Section .......... p. 37 G 182. Plan and Section .......... Fig. C G 187. Plan Fig. D G 187. Objects in Second Chamber ........ Fig. D G 222. Section . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 20 G 254. Plan ............ p. 40 G 293. Plan and Section . . . . . . . . . . p. 41 G 307. Plan with Praying Stool . . . . . . . . p. 10 G 314. Plan and Section . . . . . . . . . . p. 22 G 315. Plan and Section .......... p. 42 G 384. Plan and Section .......... p. 43 G 445. Plan and Section . . . . . . . . . p. 44 G 549. Plan ............ p. 45 G 743- Plan P- 45 Mud Jar Sealings ............ p. 79 (xi) CHAPTER I KARANOG AND THE CEMETERY NEAR ANIBEH The most important result of our first expedition to Nubia, of which a record has been pub- Geography lished in the volume called " Areika," was the discovery of the Romano-Nubian settlement and District. cemetery at Shablul. The town, which was of comparatively small area and unwalled, lay on the west bank some three miles upstream from Korosko in the great bend of the river between Korosko and Dirr. The remains of ancient buildings and cemeteries that could be traced between Shablul and Amadeh were mostly of an earlier period, but the existence of one or two ruined houses close to the site of the ruined eighteenth dynasty castle described in "Areika" showed that at that place also a few stragglers of the Romano-Nubian people had settled down, attracted probably by the patch of fertile land just to the north where today two or three families continue to find a livelihood. Exploring upstream from Amadeh we found about a mile beyond the well-known temple of Thothmes III ruins of a more considerable settlement of the same character, but judged that it would scarcely repay excavation; and for several miles south of this point, strag- gling along the bank that fronts on the small but fertile Island of Tomas, there are remains of houses which the fragments of painted pottery strewn upon the surface show to belong to the same period and civilization. At the north end of Tomas village the rocky plateau of the desert proper, which here lies back some distance from the river, sends out a bold spur whose sides, covered with graffiti of all dates, drop precipitously down to the modern houses. On this spur are the ruins of a fortress- town marked on the map as Begrash ; its walls and houses are for Begrash. the most part destroyed, but the western gateway is still standing; the character of this, as well as of pottery that can be picked up on the site, prove that it was once a Romano-Nubian strong- hold, but most of the pottery now visible is of a later date and shows a subsequent occupation by a Christian people. This fort is admirably chosen to guard the great plain of Tomas, perhaps the most fertile stretch of Lower Nubia. The desert receding here leaves an arc of cultivated land that has the river for its base; from the rocky acropolis one looks down upon a forest of palm-trees hiding the durra fields which line the bank. Some miles south, where the rocks push riverwards again and the good land dwindles to a point, there stands Karanog, another Romano- Xaranbg Nubian fort strategically set at once to hold the south end of Tomas and to overlook the rich island, Geziret Ibrim, whose northern end comes just opposite the fort. Here the Nile, broaden- ing out to enclose this island and a second, El Ras, that lies beyond it, seems, as seen from the plat- form of Karanog, to form a great oval lake shut in at its far end by the bold bluffs of Kasr Ibrim. The western river bank for some three miles south from Karanog is absolutely barren, but at Anibeh the cultivation begins again and at one time extended over a wide tract of low-lying ground Anibeh. behind the modern village. The guide-books describe the most striking features of the place, namely the gallery- tomb of Prince Pennut of the Twentieth dynasty, cut in the side of a sugar- loaf hill about two and a half miles from the river, and the 'pyramids' which we found to belong to the same period. In our first season we contented ourselves with emptying the debris from the interior of these pyramids, which are really quadrilateral chapels roofed with a pyramidion, and with opening the shafts and chambers of the tombs over which they stand. The results of these excavations will be duly published in another place; it is sufficient for the present to state that inscriptions were found showing the tombs to have belonged to local nobles of the family of that prince Pennut who was buried in the gallery tomb. 2 KARANOG Anibeh. Close to the river bank extensive mounds mark the site of the New Empire town itself. This was in existence as early as the Eighteenth dynasty, as is shown by a stone bearing the almost obliterated name of Amenhotep III, and must have been inhabited in the time of the Ramessids, but there are no surface indications of anything later than the Twentieth dynasty. The brick fortifications that enclose the site are hardly less remarkable than those of Behen near Haifa, and it is to be hoped in the interests of science that the Government may some day undertake the immense task of completely excavating the town. Kasr Ibrim. Qn the east bank behind the island of El Ras is the straggling village of Ibrim with its long strip of cultivated soil, seldom very wide but well planted with palm-trees. In the cliffs behind it are several gallery-tombs of no interest, and a pleasing rock-hewn chapel of the Eighteenth dynasty. At its southern end the shelving rocks close in right to the water's edge, and a little further on give place suddenly to three great bluffs, long ridges that separated from one another by deep ravines, run out from the low hills of the desert plateau, rise sharply above their level, and then fall sheer with clean-cut faces into the water some two hundred feet below. On the crown of the central one of these bluffs commanding at once Ibrim and the fertile plain of Anibeh stands one of the most striking ruins in Lower Nubia. This is Kasr Ibrim, a place well known to tourists, who landing from the Nile steamers climb up there to view the sunset and sometimes use that opportunity to break or deface the capitals and carvings of the magnificent ruined church. The church is described in another volume of this series; our interest for the moment is not in the Christian settlement here but in the earlier town and the fortifications that enclose it. A wall of immense strength, built with stone rubble, follows the outline of the hill and sur- rounds the level area of its summit. In the middle of the north side is the principal gateway; a narrow path leads to a door low in the wall from which a stairway gave access to a guard chamber opening on the town — the double entrance rendering assault difficult and surprise impossible. Above the gate is a cornice carved with the sun-disk and uraeus. On the west a water-gate opens on a zig-zag stair cut down the cliff face to the river and sheltered by a long wall from the missiles of an enemy. There is little doubt, as will be explained in chapter xii, that these elaborate forti- fications are the work of Petronius, the Roman general who in the reign of Augustus attempted to make of this place a frontier station against the ^Ethiopians. In the south wall is incorporated part of a temple built in the Egyptian style; probably a relic of the ^Ethiopian town which Petronius found here and captured. Perhaps the temple in the north angle of the town belongs to the same date. Certainly there is no reason to suppose that any of the buildings now standing date back to an earlier time. On a fragment built into the church wall is inscribed the title "son of Tirhakah," and elsewhere we have noticed two other hieroglyphic fragments; but these are not sufficient to give definite proof of the existence on this particular site of a pre- ^Ethiopian settlement, especially as New Empire ruins lie almost opposite on the west bank. Later in history the Romano-Nubian peoples, the Christian Copts and the Mohammedans suc- cessively found shelter within the ancient walls, and it was not till the nineteenth century that the town was finally abandoned. This long period of later occupation has however done little to change the Byzantine character of the place, which in its main features is probably today very Karanbg. much what it was when rebuilt by the Christians about the close of the sixth century. Karanog, of which mention has already been made, is less romantically placed and at first sight less remarkable to the uninstructed observer; certainly it has not the varied interest which Kasr Ibrim owes to the vicissitudes of its long history. Passing tourists would generally suppose this great pile of mud-brick buildings standing on the river bank to be modern, archaeologists who obtained only a flitting glimpse of it might hazard the suggestion of Coptic, few would venture to suppose that so well-preserved a ruin had survived from any more remote antiquity. The natives who know it as Karanog state that the name is compounded of two Nubian words meaning "The House of Kara " ; further questioned they will say that Kara was a great chief of past days; but for any other information we had to turn to the buildings themselves. KARANOG AND THE CEMETERY NEAR ANIBEH 3 The fortress, built of mud brick, is quadrilateral and occupies the northwest corner of a Karanbg. fair-sized town now almost entirely buried beneath the sand. The main building itself, however, is still of imposing dimensions; its broken walls stand three stories high; in some of the lower chambers the mud-brick vaults are yet intact, and at the eastern entrance can still be traced a gate house and the ruins of a winding stair. The outer walls rest upon lower courses of ashlar sand-stone masonry consisting of hammer-dressed blocks with chiselled edges, a style exactly parallel to that of some buildings at Kasr Ibrim, of the tombs at Shablul, and of those in the cemetery near Anibeh. We had already therefore in 1907-8, at the close of our former expedition, dated Karanog to the Romano-Nubian period; in January, 1909, some trial digging on the town site showed that the fortress and the town buildings were identical in style, while the discovery of painted pottery and Meroitic ostraka confirmed our theory as to date and made probable the connection between Karanog and the Anibeh graves. It is in view of this connection as well as of the independent importance of the site that we intend thoroughly to excavate it in the early months of 19 10. The cemetery from which we obtained the objects to be described in this book lies on the The Ceme- west bank about three miles south of Karanog, a little north of the straggling modern village of tery near Anibeh. It might seem curious for the cemetery and town to be. so far apart, but it would not be difficult to quote parallels either from ancient or from modern Egypt; and the gap is not so great as appears, for the ruins of a few scattered houses of Romano-Nubian type lie along the river-bank between the two spots, and form a slight link between them. Moreover, no other cemetery is to be seen closer to Karanog, to north or to south of it, so that there can be no reasonable doubt that the Anibeh graves are those of the people who inhabited the town and fortress. But was the cemetery used by the inhabitants of Kasr Ibrim as well? A probable maximum of not more than three thousand original adult burials in a period of some four hundred and fifty years (see Ch. 11) would give an average death-rate perhaps more proportionate to the population of Karanog alone than to that of the two towns combined.* Kasr Ibrim was of much older foun- dation, and though after the invasion of Petronius the town may have lain deserted for some time its later settlers shared the civilization of their predecessors and would naturally have used their traditional place of burial. The cemetery near Anibeh which we excavated can show no pre- Roman Meroitic interments. The Christian burial-ground of Kasr Ibrim lies on the east bank close to the fortress; we have not yet observed any Romano-Nubian graves there, and it does not by any means follow that they too were upon that side of the river; they may equally well have been on the west bank, but in a place apart from the Karanog cemetery. The different strong- holds of the district were probably in Romano-Nubian as in mediaeval times under semi-independ- ent feudal chiefs, and in that case it is still more likely that each should have had its distinct place of burial. On the whole we have little doubt that this Anibeh cemetery is peculiarly that of Karan6g, and have therefore given the name of the fortress to the present volume. From the small number of graves found at Shablul it was difficult to form any convincing The People theory of the racial and cultural connections of the people who were buried there. In speaking °1 Karanbg. of the objects and the people as Romano-Nubian, we hoped to have found a sufficiently non-com- mittal term denoting no more than the district over which a particular civilization extended, the district, that is, of Lower Nubia, and the period coincident with that of the Roman domination of Egypt. This general term we continue to use. Karanog, however, has supplied us with abun- dant material of every kind, enabling us both to judge better of the local culture and to assign it more precisely to its authors. * For statistics on a similar subject see the introduction to "El Amrah and Abydos," Maclver and Mace, E. E. F., 1903. 4 KARAXOG fogf-af'T*" 0 ' cursor ^ examination of the skulls shows that the bulk of the population was as might be K *^ e ' expected, negro and negroid: very few examples could be assigned to any other race than the Nubian and the Sudanese. On the other hand, some of the portrait statues show faces which are most distinctly non-negroid, and therefore we were soon induced to consider the possibility that the black inhabitants were under the rule of a superior foreign caste. The statues belonged only to the wealthier graves and these were often the graves from which, thanks to their more thorough plundering, least osteological evidence could be obtained ; but there is probably enough to witness to conditions such as those that prevail in modern Uganda, where a black population is subject to the foreign aristocratic caste of the Bahima. Their Civili- The inhabitants of Karanog were, to judge from the pictures upon their vessels of pottery and bronze, a pastoral folk whose principal concern was with cattle; that they were too a nation of hunters we may deduce from the frequent occurrence of light arrow-heads buried with the men, as well as from such a painting as that on S451, PL 43. They were at the same time great builders in brick; the many-storied buildings of which remains survive are very different from the low house of the Egyptian and resemble far more the work done by the later Copts; even the small houses had upper floors reached by twisting stairways of brick supported by barrel vaulting. As masons they seem to have kept to the Egyptian tradition of laying their stones in fairly regular courses but with blocks often non-rectangular: their stone-dressing resembles rather Roman Their Reli- work. It is impossible as yet to say much of their religious beliefs: this must await the decipher- gwn. ment of the inscriptions; it seems, however, to have been a blend of Egyptian. Greek and local cults. Thus many of the orthodox Egyptian deities appear upon the inscribed stones and their symbols occur upon the engraved rings (see p. 62), Amnion, Hathor, Anubis and Isis being among the most common. On the other hand, the absence of mummification shows that the exagger- ated Egyptian worship of Osiris was less pronounced in their religion. Sarapis stands for the Mediterranean element. Of the soul they seem to have had a conception which, though it has its counterpart in the Egvptian Ba, was more developed, or developed upon other lines, than in Egypt. Sir G. Maspero has pointed out (see p. 47) the manner and degree of this divergence so far as it can be traced in the monuments; it is a divergence at least sufficiently marked, affecting as it does rites so conservative as those of burial, to point to a racial difference between peoples whose religious beliefs had many common elements and respected many of the same deities. The frog and perhaps the lion also have a religious significance, which in Egypt does not attach to them: but, as we should have expected to be the case, judging from the known monuments of the Meroitic empire and from the story of that empire's foundation by the priests of Ammon, the forms of Egyptian worship had imposed themselves fairly effectually upon the beliefs of the non-Egyptian peoples of the South. Their Artis- The influence of Egypt is less paramount in the secular arts. The Nubian craftsman bor- UcDevdop- rowec j i n( j ee d from the valley of the Lower Nile, but his greater debt was to the Hellenistic spirit, and though this reached him only at second hand through Egyptian channels it gave ideas which were not only more fruitful but more easily assimilated by the native mind. The Nubian was less of a copvist than an adapter ; he stamped his borrowings with his proper genius and evolved something which at any rate had the merit of originality. Like all African races the people of Karanog were indifferent artists in stone : their sculpture is rough, heavy and superficial whether it is worked in relief or in the round. Far greater technical skill is shown in their manufacture of wood and ivory objects and of glass beads: but it is to the painted pottery that we must look for their most characteristic work, and here this reached a degree of excellence that no other African potters or decorators ever attained. These subjects are dealt with in later chapters and it is unnecessary here to anticipate a judgment which the illustrations to this volume will fully substantiate: a glance through them will show a feeling for proportion in design and a power of observing nature combined with a real sense of style which differentiate Romano-Nubian pottery from that to be found anywhere else in the continent. KARANOG AND THE CEMETERY NEAR ANIBEH 5 The numerous inscriptions in Meroitic script are by themselves conclusive proof that at Karanbg Karanog we have to deal with an outpost of the great .Ethiopian empire. This connection is ^/J^iaw everywhere apparent. The reliefs that decorate the mortuary chapels attached to the pyramids Empire. of Meroe and Naga have their counterpart in the painted or carved door-jambs of the Anibeh tomb-approaches and in the stelae that stood within them. We have not as yet from the great southern sites sculpture in the round that may be compared to the Ba-statues of the Anibeh graves; such may be found hereafter, or the absence of similar figures may point to some local differences of belief due to certain tribal distinctions which we believe to have existed ; but the drawings of the human figure both on the bronze bowls and on the stelae represent the same people that meet us on the reliefs from the Meroitic capital. All the scanty remains of Meroitic civilization yet brought to light harmonize with the objects from Karanog, the numerous inscrip- tions are in the same language, and the name of Sarapis of Napata engraved in Greek upon a ring (8129) found in the cemetery gives a link, if such were needed, with the contemporary capital of the Empire. The Blacks of the middle and upper Nile reaches are important in view of their relation to The History the earliest inhabitants of Egypt proper. Menes and his successors of the early dynastic period %,lhiopian subdued and unified Egypt as far south as Aswan ; the kings of the Twelfth dynasty pushed Empire. their conquests beyond the Second Cataract ; and those of the Eighteenth established frontier forts even upon the Blue Nile. It was not till the eighth century b. c. that ^Ethiopia took the initiative. Founded, it was said, by priests of Ammon who had left Egypt for conscience' sake and established themselves upon the island of Meroe, there sprang into existence an empire that before long felt itself a match for Egypt. Its ruler, Piankhi (741 b. a), conquered Egypt as far as the Mediterranean littoral, and for nearly a century, until 663 B. c. when Tirhakah was defeated by the Assyrian invaders, the whole Nile valley was subject to the domination of the negroes. This period of foreign conquest must have been responsible for much of the strong Egyptian element with which iEthiopian culture was informed, for the Persians who after the Assyrians made themselves masters of Egypt were hostile to the southern empire and com- munication between the two countries must have been reduced to a minimum. The next influence to affect ^Ethiopia was the Greek. The successors of Alexander in Egypt maintained varying but on the whole peaceful relations with the South, and at one time at least a Meroitic sovereign, whether overlord or feudal king, Ergamenes, is found to be in friendly treaty with a Ptolemy. We have found coins of Philopator and Cleopatra as far south as Wady Haifa, and it is certain that a very considerable trade was carried by the Nile route between the two countries during the Greek period. Consequently not only are imported objects of Hellenistic fabric to be found in considerable numbers south of the Ptolemaic frontier, but the influence of Hellenistic art upon that of ^Ethiopia was deep and far-reaching; judging from the decorated pottery — and the pottery forms the bulk of the material upon which a judgment can be based — the Meroitic civilization at the beginning of the Christian era had indeed thoroughly digested and transformed to its own nature the Greek spirit, but its debt through Alexandria to Greece was hardly less than that which it owed to its nearer neighbour Egypt. The northernmost of the known Meroitic temples is that of Amara, supposed to have been Lower Nubia founded by the Kandake against whom Augustus' troops fought in 29 b. c, and the natural as a Buffer deduction was that this place formed also the northern boundary of the Meroitic Empire. Now ^Ethiopia Amara is a hundred miles south of the Second Cataract, and Karanog is 80 miles to the north of it; between the two lies a gap of 180 miles. Moreover, there are also between the two first cata- racts the fortified posts of Faras, Gebel Adda, Ibrim and Begrash, besides the open villages of Behen, Argin, Amadeh and Shablul, all of which enjoyed a common civilization with Karandg; there is therefore in this region a whole province, obviously connected with the empire of Meroe, but lying far to the north of its supposed boundary and isolated from it by the desolate region of 6 KARA NOG Lower Nubia tfo e Batn el Hagar. We must suppose either that it is a mistake to put the frontier at Amara as a HufSer . State of an d that this inter-cataract region was a true province of the Empire, directly controlled by the .-Ethiopia. central government and homogeneous with the rest of the country, its only peculiarity lying in its system of fortifications intended to safeguard it from Roman attack; or that the region formed a buffer state, loosely dependent upon the government of Meroe proper, and ruled by one or more feudal kings or chieftains. In chapter xii we argue from literary evidence the probability of the second view, and any discussion as to the precise relations between the real Meroitic civilization and its kindred outpost in the Karanog district is better deferred until the nature of the latter has been described in detail. While the language is still a secret, one could hardly hope to answer constitutional questions on purely archaeological grounds, but even apart from literature it would appear more probable that the frontier state was not in more than feudal subordination to Meroe. The five main fortresses in the region are sufficiently alike to be the seats of equal and mutuallv independent chiefs such as those who in mediaeval times ruled Lower Nubia under the Lord of the Mountain ; at present we have no reason to suppose that one rather than another was capital of the whole district. But whether that was the case or not we do know that the finest of the Ba statues from Anibeh (Pi. i) wears the same insignia as are borne by Meroitic sovereigns in the funeral reliefs at Begarawiyeh, that on a finger-ring from tomb G 671 (PI. 33, 8112) is repre- sented a Ba bird holding the crook and flail and wearing the crown of Upper and Lower Egypt, and that the figure on the bronze bowl (PH. 26, 27) from the great tomb G 187 can hardly be other than that of a royal person. There is thus some internal evidence provided by the objects found in the cemetery for supposing that the rulers of Karanog at least claimed a local royalty and aped the attributes of their overlord. Summary. "We may summarize the results of this chapter and thus lead up to the historical account in chapter xii by saying that we have to deal with the archaeology of a pastoral people who between the first and the sixth centuries a. d. were settled in the strongholds and hamlets of the region stretching from Korosko to Wady Haifa. They were a mixed folk, consisting of a negro populace headed by a non-negroid aristocracy; they shared the civilization and, in most points at least, the religion of the Meroitic Empire for which their well-defended country must have acted as a buffer state against Rome; and while presumedly they owed to that Empire a certain allegiance, they had their own chief or chiefs who arrogated to themselves a royal rank. It remains for us to take from other sources the history of the region during this period and, finding it in general agreement with the new archaeological evidence, to establish the identity and to trace the vicissi- tudes of the people whose material civilization the graves at Anibeh so richly illustrate. Before doing that, however, we propose to deal at length with the objects from the graves. CHAPTER II THE TOMB STRUCTURES A. The Superstructures. When the expedition reached Anibeh at the end of 1907, the site chosen did not look as if it would require any long time to exhaust it. Half-a-dozen low, broken mounds of weathered bricks rose above the sand, and here and there in patches where the wind had swept the sand away there could be seen flush with the surface straight lines of brickwork that crossed each other at right angles and mapped out the area into small chessboard-like squares. There were small reasons for supposing that these mounds and squares were the superstructures of tombs whose number would run on almost to eight hundred. Such superstructures were not constructionally connected with the real tombs that lay below ground, nor indeed were they essential to them; in the majority of cases they did not exist at all. Consequently, as the basis of classification, it was necessary to take the structure of the tomb-chamber itself, since that showed very marked and well-defined characteristics, and to use the varying forms of superstructure merely for the subdivision of those types in which they indifferently occur. Before embarking upon a detailed classification, it would be as well to describe the general General character of the tombs with the relation between their two component parts above ground and ( j l ^ l ^' s ier °^ below it, and to discuss such general points as may be raised by the description. Dealing first with the essential part, the chamber in which the body lay, it may be briefly said that this was either built in brick or cut in the hard Nile mud deposit that here underlies the sand to the depth of several metres. In the former case a rectangular pit was dug with perpen- dicular sides and at the bottom of this, so deep that its top should ultimately be well below the level of the ground, was built a chamber or a complex of chambers in mud brick, with vaulte.l roof and low walls which at the ends were carried up square to the level of the outside of the vault and effectually closed the tomb. In the other classes there was no so elaborate con- struction. In the majority of cases a sloped approach or 'dromos' led down some two metres' depth to where low in the face of its end wall a bricked-up door blocked the entrance to a cham- ber rudely hollowed out in the dried mud. Otherwise a rectangular trench cut in the ground sufficed for the body, which lay either full in the trench as in a modern grave, or in a half-recess scooped out in one of its longer sides and completed by a slanting cover of brick or stone. Lastly, a not dissimilar recess might be cut in the perpendicular side of a dromos that led to a deeper chamber-tomb. In any case, when the tomb-chamber had received its occupant it was covered in or the door was bricked up, and the straight shaft or sloping dromos was filled again with the refuse that had been thrown out in digging it. The grave was completed, and if a super- structure was built it was built after that completion and as a luxury that only the wealthier, presumably, would undertake. This being the case, it is natural enough that the graves should differ considerably from one another in the size and quality of the building above them: this might be as small as 1.80 m. square, or might assume the considerable proportions of G 187, which measured over six metres, while G 64, including structure and forecourt, measured half as much again. In most cases the building was of mud brick throughout, well laid and bonded. In a fair number, however, the brickwork rested upon foundations of rough or coursed sandstone rubble. (7) s KARANOG In a few others well-cut though somewhat irregularly-shaped blocks, sometimes with chiselled edges and hammer-dressed faces, resembling the lower masonry of the castle of Karanog and of the enclosure- walls of graves at Shablul, rose to the height of 0.60 m. above ground, and gave to the tomb an air of unusual solidity and opulence. Such a tomb (G 70) is shown in Fig. A 1 and on PI. 112; the more usual all-brick tomb is seen (G 174) on Pll. 113, 114. The walls always had a considerable batter. In shape as well as in size the tombs varied, but there was one predominant type to which most conformed or were so slightly divergent that they could well be regarded as modifications of it. While one or two essentially different examples must be noticed later, the general types of the Anibeh tombs, as seen above ground, may be described as follows. A rectangular enclosure of brick, or of brick upon stone foundations, whose sides faced approximately to the four points of the compass,* while its walls measured from 0.33 to 0.80 m. in thickness, had in the centre of its east face a projecting feature consisting of two short parallel brick walls built out at right angles and roofed over with brick or stone so as to form an approach to the main block of building, ending in a cul-de-sac. The ground-plan thus formed has the shape of the ordinary Egyptian stone offering- table. A little way in front of the end of this brick approach lay a low rectangular brick altar, and on it was placed a stone offering-table, usually having the conventional water-jars and loaves carved upon its face and a Meroitic inscription running round its edge, which with its square spout turned towards the East reproduced in miniature the tomb structure that stood behind it. The brick altar, isolated and roughly built, had very often perished ; but in a good many cases it had been preserved intact and in some (e.g., G 140, p. 10) the stone offering-table was found in position on it. Indeed, of the great number of such offering- tables found, very many lay not far from their original positions, and can with tolerable certainty be referred to their proper tombs. Generally the altars were small, about 0.33 or 0.53 m. square — the length of a Romano-Nubian brick being 0.33 m. and its width 0.20 m. — but in one or two cases (G 183, 187) their dimensions were considerably greater and better adapted to receive the few large offering-tables that were found : most of the latter are less than half a metre square, and an average size of 0.35 by 0.25 m. is the commonest of all. There is probably no real evidence either in the position in which they were found or in their numbers, for supposing that more than one offering- table was ever attached to one tomb — indeed, the existence of a double offering-table carved out of a single stone might be urged against such a supposition — or that the place of the offering- table was ever other than upon the brick altar in front of the brick approach. The only possible exceptions to this rule were afforded by G 165, where the photograph on PI. in shows an uninscribed stone offering- table lying in the doorway of the approach, and G 293 (v. p. 41) where the offering-table may well have been shifted from the brick altar that lay just behind it. The approach itself was invariably of brick, even when the main structure was in part of masonry; it was never bonded into the wall on which it abutted, but was added after that was complete, and its foundations were generally shallower, sometimes considerably so, than were those of the block behind it. The walls were generally one brick's length in thickness and the space between them varied from 0.30 m. to 1.40 m.; in the case of tomb G 64 it was elaborated into a small forecourt 4.00 m. across and 8.50 m. long, while in the smaller tombs its length is sometimes no more than forty centimetres. At the entrance there is often a sill of stone or brick, and the ends of the walls here take a short return inwards making a square reveal as if for a door; the return is sometimes in both directions, and in the case of G 552 the outer return made a fresh angle backwards so as to give an L-shaped finish to the approach wall. * i. e., to the four points of the compass as understood by the builders, who took their bearings from the course of the river, as does the modern native. At this point the resultant eiror is considerable, and, as the general plan shows, the majority of the tombs really faced southeast. THE TOMB STRUCTURES 9 This reveal is not without purpose. In several cases stone jambs were let into it, and these were The Ap- sometimes painted or sculptured in relief. Thus at the end of the approach of tomb G 71 was f roac ^" found a fragment of a jamb showing a figure of an offrant pouring water from a ewer (Cairo 40228, PI. 11); G 182 produced what is perhaps a door-jamb with a similar figure (7078 PI. 13), while PI. in shows a tomb (G 165) where there was found in situ a complete stone door-frame let into the end of the brick approach, with Maat and Anubis upon the jambs and the uraeus disk on the lintel (7084). In a few cases the approach had had a coat of whitewash over its mud rendering. In one instance (G 718) the brick approach is solid; in another (G 632) its place is taken by a single large stone ; but generally the space between the two walls was roofed over so as to form a small dark narrow passage whose entrance was further straitened by the reveals of the doorway or by the stone frame which they enclosed. The methods of roofing were many. When the approach was narrow, single bricks laid lengthwise across from wall to wall sufficed for cover (G 173), or where this could not be done stone slabs served the same purpose (G 196). Some- times the false arch of two leaning bricks was employed (G 185, 192), and in other cases, where the area to be spanned was greater, the roof took the form of a vault of the regular Nubian type. It was not often that these roofs had been preserved intact, but the group of tombs shown on PI. 113 exhibits a good variety of the different methods employed. The brick approach did more than complete the resemblance which the superstructure Offerings of the tombs bears to the offering-table. It was itself used as a place where offerings might be ^ l p^ oach deposited. Thus in the photograph of tomb G 165 on PI. 111, is shown a clay offering-table in position in the entrance of the painted door-frame: in tomb G 703 there were found in position in the approach no less than sixteen pottery vessels; these were all small and mostly of undec- orated ware, only one broken tumbler being painted; in G 173, 254, 255, 287, 293, and 677 similar small pots were found in position, and as the cases are few in which the brick approach was so far preserved as to be likely to retain its contents undisturbed, it may be taken for granted that the custom of placing pottery, chiefly small and of a rough sort, in the approach to the superstructure was common. A parallel to this is found in the case of the shaft tombs lacking a superstructure. Small rough pots, chiefly of the forms F ix, xxxii, and xlv, were constantly found loose in the sand and but a short distance — 30 to 40 centimetres — below the modern surface. At first they were supposed to be scattered quite at random about the cemetery, and to a certain Offerings extent this was so; later, it was seen that large numbers of them, often in groups of two, three, or °J^ ts ^ e ° r 1 Dromos. four at a time, were lying in position in the sand just above the mouth of the dromos of one of the poorer shaft-tombs. It was impossible to tell whether they had originally lain on the surface or been buried just below it; but the placing of such offerings at the point where the dromos began to slope down to the door of poor tombs seems to be the same rite made simple by circumstances as that which set them up in the formal gateway of the rich man's grave. And as the one custom was common enough, it is probable that the other if not general was exercised in more cases than those in which material evidence for it can be adduced. But the approach may have had yet another use. There were found in the cemetery of Position of Anibeh, as at Shablul, a certain number of painted stone stelae, usually of small size and with ^ lie ^ ae - oval tops: a number of them are illustrated on Pll. 11-14. These stones were generally found loose in the sand in the proximity of the better tombs and there was as a rule nothing to show where they had originally stood. But there were exceptions. The large tomb G 140 was one of the better preserved in the cemetery ; on the brick altar in front of it the stone table of offerings lay undisturbed, and the walls of its approach, which were 0.5 m. wide and 1.90 m. long, stood to their original height, the springers of the vault above them remaining, though the vault itself had fallen in. In the space, 0.80 m. wide, between the walls, and under the debris of bricks fallen in from the vault and also from the E. wall of the superstructure, there lay face downwards upon the sand (the original flooring of the approach) precisely in the middle of the approach, IO KARANOG Position of Stelae. Position of Statues. its flat base 0.75 m. from the superstructure wall, its oval top pointing towards the threshold of the approach, the stela 7076 figured on PI. 12. This stone must originally have stood in the place in which it was found: it had been there when the roof collapsed, and before that happened it could not have fallen and would scarcely have been thrown into the approach. This being so, it is not unreasonable to suppose that the brick approach was the regular place in which the painted stela was set up ; considering the condition of the graves, it is not surprising that of the few such stelae found only one or two (cf. G 203) remained in situ. The personal painted stela recording the lineaments of the deceased, clay tables of offerings, pottery vases, for any or all of these the brick approach was the right receptacle. Ill Sole 0 □ A discussion as to the use of the approach must needs raise another and a more difficult question, that of the position of the half-bird half-human Ba statues whose character and meaning is dealt with elsewhere. These were found on the surface of the ground (with the exception of a few cases where they had fallen down the robbers' holes or were found in the filling of a dromos or a superstructure) and clearly had formed part of the decoration of the superstructure. The statues did not stand inside the brick approach, for the simple reason that they are generally too large to be got inside. They may have stood upon the top of the tomb; in some cases this would certainly seem possible, but in others the rounded top of the brickwork would have given them at best an uneasy perch. A possible solution was given by tomb G 174. The superstructure was of brick on stone foundations', seven courses of brick remained, giving it a total height of 1.15 m.; the brick approach, which had a total width of 0.65 m. and internal dimensions of 0.20 by 0.95 m. only, retained intact its roof, which was simply of bricks laid flat across from wall to wall. From the two front corners of the top level of this roof there rose two rectangular brick columns, and the superstructure when first unearthed had on its east face, directly above the approach and half a metre above the top of its roof, some projecting bricks which suggested a second roof reaching to those pillars. In no other case were traces of similar structure found ; but this is inconclusive, as no other tomb had its E. wall standing to such a height that had there been a second story to the approach remains of it would necessarily have been evident. Without suggesting that a second story was universal — and the pointed or rounded roofs of many approaches were ill adapted THE TOMB STRUCTURES 1 1 for it — it need not be supposed that G 174 was a unique example. If this half-open balcony was Reconstruc- in some tombs the receptacle for the Ba statue, in others they may have occupied another but l j^J a not dissimilar position, such as a niche in the superstructure over the approach. Just by the approach of this tomb, near its N. wall, was found complete, in the surface sand, a Ba statue (7008; PI. 6) whose lamentable workmanship is quite consistent with the meagre proportions of the superstructure. The base of the statue could be fitted in neatly between the pillars over the approach, and on the chance of its having originally stood there it was set up in position as shown in PI. 114. The stone table of offerings and the vase in the approach seen in that photo- graph were not found in situ but were so placed as to give a conjectural restoration of the super- structure with its furniture complete. It must be said that the statues and fragments of statues were so scattered that it was Position of not possible, in the great majority of cases, to assign each to one or other particular tomb; they the Statues - had been apparently flung about the field with intention, and this probably at an early date, for fragments of statues were occasionally found in the filling of the superstructures of tombs, although the superstructures had not been disturbed since they were built. The place where the statues stood, generally speaking, cannot be decided; but it is at least possible that the place suggested in the restoration was in many instances utilized for them. The statues are clearly meant to be seen from in front, rather than from behind, where in most cases the maker trusted for his effect to paint and did not trouble to elaborate even in his soft sandstone such detail as does appear on nos. 7010, 7015. A curious point is that the statues, or at any rate some of them, were made to slide backwards and forwards in a grooved stone base; several of these, or fragments of them, were found, and the statue 40194 in the Cairo Museum (PI. 2) was discovered still standing in its base, which itself seems to have been built into some part of the superstructure. It would be pleasant to suppose that the Ba figure stood half-hidden in its dark niche above the tomb, and that on the set days when the dead man's family gathered to his grave the image of his soul was drawn forth a little way into the light to take his part with them in the feast. Such, it may be supposed, were the uses of the approach; but that they may have admitted of varieties amongst themselves is not improbable, particularly as the approach itself is not of invariable occurrence. There are, as will be seen later, well-marked types of superstructure to which an approach of any sort is lacking. It has already been stated, in anticipation, that the superstructure proper was a rectangle j ne ma i n of brickwork, sometimes resting upon stone foundations; this is only a general description of Super- what in some cases at any rate was quite a complex building. This, the main feature of the tomb as visible, was doubtless intended to stand directly over the chamber where the body was deposited ; and in tombsof the vaulted chamber type this was actually and indeed almost necessarily the case; but with the dromos grave, where the shaft was filled up before the building of the super- structure was begun, a mistake was common enough and the tomb-chamber often lay right out- side the area covered by the foundations of the brickwork above. Usually the builders started operations well over the dromos itself, laying their first courses in the disturbed soil of its filling; the approach would then come almost to the front edge of the dromos slope, and the tomb- chamber be for the greater part of its length behind and beyond the west wall of the building. As in a fair number of instances the tomb-robbers had dug down into the tomb through the dromos, the position of the superstructure was then responsible for its whole or partial ruin, and particularly for the disappearance of the more shallowly-laid approach. It also rendered inevitable the destruction of the superstructures by any regular excavation of the cemetery. The simpler superstructures, which were also the smaller, consisted of four walls, one brick's length in thickness, enclosing a sand and rubble filling. It was impossible in any single case to determine the original height of the walls; it may well have varied very considerably in different tombs, but as a rule the main building was higher than the top of the roof of the approach, and 12 KARANOG Rounded and quite small examples were found standing as much as 1.20 m. above ground. The top was either Super- ^ rounded or flat. The flat roof was formed by the loose filling being brought level with the tops structures. of the retaining-walls and then jacketed with mud brick. The evidence for this was not easily obtained, but in G 254, for instance, though the superstructure was ruined away for the greater part of its height, the filling was covered with brickwork too regularly laid to be accidental; on the other hand G 293, a grave which will be discussed in greater detail later, seems to show that the mere sand filling might be deemed sufficient without any brickwork above it. Where the superstructure is flat- topped the retaining- wall is naturally thin, for neither the sand filling nor the brick jacketing above exercise any considerable outward pressure. A more curious and complex arrangement was that of the round-topped tombs. This more pretentious type was followed in the majority of the larger graves but was not confined to them ; owing to the general destruction of the superstructures it was not by any means always possible to say whether a smaller grave had been flat or round above, and the round top could only be confidently assigned to those whose lower walls were clearly not designed for the flat covering. Within the rectan- Method of gular enclosure of the containing-walls, which were often thicker than in the case of flat-topped Construction, tombs, there ran parallel to them one or more cross walls in each direction. The foundations of these were shallower and weaker — for instance, when the outer walls were on stone foundations, the inner would rest upon the sand or even upon the lower layers of artificial filling; their con- struction, too, was often weaker; instead of the regular header and stretcher courses of the outer walls, there are courses set edgeways; the bonding is poor and the courses are ill grouted. The character of the construction is clearly seen in Fig. A 1, a drawing made of G 70 in the course of its demolition. The superstructure was one of those which before excavation was begun stood up above ground level, and were useful as giving the original appearance of the tombs. It had been opened by plunderers in recent times; but they had penetrated no further than the first segment made by the cross-walls, and had laid neatly bare a structural section of the whole, which is shown in the drawing and also in the photograph of G 259 on PI. 112. From where they abutted on the outer walls the cross-walls rose gradually in height above them, the courses being stepped back regularly to the central point of intersection. In some cases the cross-walls had one or more courses of headers on edge over the corbel steps. Rubble and sand was then poured into the rectangular spaces formed by the inner and outer walls, and the superstructure was filled up. Instead, however, of the top being flat, the filling was mounded up from the edge of the containing walls to the central intersection of the cross-walls. The rubbish was then jacketed over with bricks. This brickwork, starting from the top of the containing walls, rounded off the angles of these and, like a modern Nubian dome, changed its outline gradually from a quadrilateral to a circular form, curving back as it rose. Then the angles made by the stepping-back of the courses of the cross-walls were filled up with pieces of brick cut wedge-shape with a curved front face. The superstructure thus completed had all the appearance of a low square building surmounted by a groined dome of flattened hemispherical proportions. In reality it was a ribbed and jacketed mound with retaining walls. The apparent groining was the effect of the ribs or cross-walls, whose only purpose was to retain the shape of the upper part of the mound. Sometimes, in the case of the largest tombs, two such inter- secting ribs were deemed insufficient, and diagonals were added; this was done, for instance, in G 183. Here the superstructure is of brick on stone foundations, 6.40 by 6.20 m. ; three courses of stone show above ground, each being about 0.20 m. thick, and above these rises a brick face to a total height of 1.50 m. The approach is of brick, measuring 0.90 m. high to the springers of its (ruined) vaulted roof, and having a stone door-frame for its entrance. The outer walls are 0.60 m. thick, the cross-walls and diagonals 0.45 m. The 'dome' has been much ruined away and at present stands only half a metre above the top of the retaining walls ; it can hardly have been less than two metres originally. Tomb G 187 had been higher than this, judging from its THE TOMB STRUCTURES 13 general proportions; G 182, though ruined above, still stood 1.60 m. high, its other proportions ^ et ^f u °^ on being much the same as those of G 183. Occasionally the superstructure was an oblong in plan, and must have possessed a pair of rounded summits side by side; thus, for example, G 141 was 6.60 m. long on its east and west faces and but 3.90 m. on the north and south; it had but one internal wall N. and S., but in the other direction three, of which the central wall was 0.70 m. thick, and well calculated to support the edges of two contingent mounds, while the other cross- walls were of a single brick's thickness (0.33 m.), sufficient to give shape to the mounds them- selves. The simplest form of round-topped superstructure was seen in G 163, where there was no retaining wall and no internal cross-wall; a mere heap of sand and mud had been jacketed with brickwork which simply stopped short at the ground level. The most complicated form was given by G 64, of which a plan and description is published on p. 33. It is natural to look to other Nubian sites for some analogy to the Anibeh tombs. We do Comparison ° J . with the not at present know of any parallel to the round-topped mud-brick superstructures of this ceme- pyramids of tery; but these present certain features which, if the analogy be not pressed too far, may have Gebel Barkal some light thrown upon them by the use to which corresponding features are put in structures not altogether dissimilar. The small stone-built pyramids of Gebel Barkal* are of regular pyramidal form except in so far as their height is greater in proportion to their area than is the case with Egyptian pyramids. The tombs over which they stand are shaft-tombs. In these two respects therefore they differ altogether from the Anibeh graves. On the other hand there are resemblances. The pyramid, not very much larger in area than the biggest Anibeh tombs, rose from a low platform with perpendicular sides; in front of it, on the southeast face, was a small chapel with, in some cases at least, a vaulted roof, and a miniature pylon at the entrance; round this stretched a little court, of the same width as the pyramid, enclosed by a wall. The ground-plan thus formed (Fig. a, after a plan in Cailliaud's Voyage), bears a strong resemblance to that of our brick superstructures. It will be remembered that tomb G 174 had at the entrance of its small 'approach' and rising above its roof-level, two pillars of brickwork which would correspond very well with the pylons of Gebel Barkal. If these pillars supported, as has been suggested, a second roof, the resemblance is less marked, but if that conjecture is mistaken then the parallel s close. The Gebel Barkal chapels are decorated inside with reliefs connected with the offerings made to the dead. As there is evidence for the painted stelae having been deposited within the approaches of the Anibeh tomb-structures, it is not improbable that the 'approach ' and the 'chapel ' represent the same religious idea, although the word 'chapel' could not well be applied to an erection so small and insignificant as is often the Anibeh approach. The sectional drawing of a pyramid * Budge, The Egyptian Sudan, vol. i, pp. 153, seq. 14 KARANOG Comparison with the Pyramids of Gebel Barkal Parallels at Behen. Offerings Buried in the Super- structure. The hollow Apse. at Gebel Barkal (Fig. b, also after Cailliaud) will serve to show, especially in regard to the chapel, how far a parallel between the two types of tombs can be said to hold good. A suggestion has been made that the Ba statue stood in, or partly in, a niche constructed in the superstructure of the tomb. Owing to the destruction of the upper part of the brickwork no evidence for this could be adduced. But the pyramids of Meroe and Begerawieh sometimes had upper chambers, and at Behen (Wady Haifa) we have found curious small structures that may be cited in this connection. These are diminutive buildings set up outside and in front of tombs of the Xllth dynasty; they are of mud-brick, mud- washed; in form they are regular pyramids (the tops have been destroyed) with a small approach in front and, before this, a semi- circular depression in the mud platform on which the whole structure was set. Just above the roof of the approach was a niche or chamber with a narrow entrance and an area as great as the pyramid at this point would permit. The sketch, Fig. c, shows the general character of the pyramid. It has already been said that the superstructure, lying as it often does over the dromos, was built after the tomb chamber had received its occupant. It is not surprising then to find that where tomb-offerings were so general, some of them should be deposited in the filling of the superstructure itself. While the rubble was being poured in between the retaining walls, a few vases, usually small rough examples of forms F ix, xxxii, and xlv, the forms most commonly deposited in the brick approaches and above the mouth of the dromos, were thrown in at ran- dom This was a common practice. But sometimes the offerings were of unusual types. The heads of Ba statues (three were found in the superstructure of a single tomb, G 284) may have come from statues already broken and have been thrown in unnoticed with the rubbish. But the objects in the superstructure of G 293 had clearly been placed there with intention. Two bronze vessels, an iron kohlstick and rod, wooden kohlbox, 'patchbox' and spindle-whorls, and a quantity of beads, all lay together about 0.25 m. below the present level of the sand and of the top of the retaining wall. Whether they originally lay on the surface or below it is not clear; judging from analogy, the latter. Certainly the objects from G 254 had been buried from the first, for they lay actually beneath the brick jacketing of the flat top of the tomb; here were, enclosed in a wooden box, an iron chisel, a chatelaine, an ivory ring, and by these a quiver full of arrows. The wood and ivory casket 7518 (PI. 21) was found low down in the superstructure of G 140. A ground plan of this tomb given on p. 10 is characteristic of the moderate sized tomb of good quality in the Anibeh cemetery. It has no cross- walls or diagonals such as are found e. g. in G 183, and so may have been flat-topped; but the thickness of the containing walls (0.75 m.) is against this view, and the superstructure was probably capped by the low dome-shaped mound that marked the better tombs. With his soul's requirements in the next world or in this supplied by the due furnishing of the tomb-chamber itself, as well as by objects placed at pleasure in the dromos, in the approach, or in the filling of the superstructure, it might be supposed that the Nubian would have been content. But all these are offerings made at the time of the interment. The offerings made subsequently on various recurring celebrations had also to be taken into account, and in a certain number of the tombs arrangements were made by which these might be brought closer to the dead. It is a common enough custom to pour libations upon the ground that the dust below which the dead lies, and with which he has become one, may drink up the gift; it is common too to have above the tomb some hole or pit into which the offering is poured or dropped and so comes nearer to the actual body. Some of the Anibeh tombs have such an opening. At the back of a number of the superstructures there was what, for convenience, we termed a 'hollow apse'. This was a brick construction, generally either semicircular or with straight sides and a semicircular end, built out from the west face of the superstructure. Sometimes it was as broad as the latter, more often somewhat narrower, so that the square corners of the THE TOMB STRUCTURES 15 quadrangle projected beyond it on either side. In any case it made upon the ground-plan of The hollow the tomb a western apsidal feature. Constructionally however it was an inverted apse, the A P se ' courses being corbelled and not radial. It was but one brick's width thick and its top was either flush with or but little above the original ground level ; from there the lower courses, sunk below ground level, were stepped out, so that the hollow which they lined diminished gradually in size while retaining its shape unaltered. The wall of the superstructure that formed its base line was generally stepped out also; otherwise it was carried straight down. At the bottom of this shelving brick-lined pit was a hole simply cut down in the hard mud; it was throughout its depth of the same area as that enclosed by the lowest course of brickwork from which it started ; and it ended with a flat bottom. Nearly always the 'apse' had suffered out of proportion to the rest of the superstructure. The fact that its sides were but a single brick thick and that the bricks could easily be dislodged and fall into the hole beneath might alone have accounted for this. But there was another and more trenchant reason. If by means of the sunken apse an easy access to the tomb was afforded for offerings, at the same time the way was pointed out and already cut to half its depth for tomb robbers. In the vast majority of cases where an apse had existed the robbers had taken advantage of it. To go down through the dromos of a shaft- tomb necessitated the destruction of the superstructure, a laborious and perhaps still a dangerous task; to cut through the metre or so of hard mud between the bottom of the apse and the roof of the tomb-chamber was easy, and need leave few traces of what had been done. It was clear that the wholesale robbery of the tombs was carried out at a time not so very long after the bodies had been interred, when the need for secrecy was still felt. In two cases, G 543 and G 682, the bottom of the robbers ' hole, where it broke through into the chamber, had been roughly bricked up from within the hole, so that the rubbish thrown in again might be kept in place and the wonted appearance of the tomb be preserved. The pottery vessels deposited as offerings in the apse hollow were generally large, and if these were replaced they might well conceal the tracks of the spoilers. As a general rule, therefore, but little of the apse remained. However, an exception is G 144. Here there were in position seven stepped brick courses of which the top enclosed an area 1.32 by 1.32 m., reduced at the lowest course to 0.73 by 0.65 m. The west wall of the super- structure was in this case faced below ground level with bricks set on edge, starting at a very sharp angle like the tiles of a roof (see illustration, Fig. c). In G 203 also the apse (which was far from being in the centre of the wall-face) was very well preserved. Above, the apse measures 2.15 m. in width with a depth of 1.60 m.; the top six courses of brickwork were stepped back so as to reduce the latter measurement to 1.05 m. while not greatly altering the breadth. The lower six courses are perpendicular and line the sides of a hole descending as low as the stone foundations of the superstructure, i. e. some eighty centimetres from the surface. In G 144 the depth of the apse was 1.50 m. An unusual depth had been reached in G301, where the apse-hole descended actually to the floor level of the chamber and had to be separated from it by a brick wall ; it seemed tolerably certain that this was an original arrangement and not a case of robbers trying to hide their tracks. Sometimes it appeared as if a mere hole in the ground, without brickwork above, had taken the place of the regularly constructed sunken apse. Thus in G 182 the robbers ' hole was at the west end of the superstructure, penetrating into thechamber, and by the side of this, close against the wall, was a nearly circular pit, 0.80 m. deep, with no signs of brickwork. Sometimes the western feature lost its apsidal form altogether and appeared as a brick rectangle, still only one brick thick, and with the hole below it that characterized the regular apse. This is seen in G 382, 393, 522. Another modification in type, due in one case, at any rate (G 217), to the overcrowding of the cemetery, was the placing of the offering-hole within the rectangle of the superstructure proper. Thus G 217 had in the centre of its superstructure a depression 0.80 m. wide with sides, one brick thick, regularly stepped; the curve of the apse i6 KARANOG Offerings in the A pse. Praying Stools. Tombs with- out Super- structures. was at the east. Similar arrangements but with the curve at the west end were found in G 2 1 7 , 255, etc.; while G 266 had an internal rectangular walled hollow 0.82 by 0.75 m. in area, and originally 1.40 m. deep. As in almost every case the apse had been broken through by the tomb robbers, it was impossible to say with any confidence that the objects found in the rubbish that filled it had been deposited in it originally and with intention. It was the more impossible because the robbers had clearly been in the habit of bringing to the surface all that either gave chances of booty or hindered their active search for it, and of throwing back all that they did not value into the hole through which it had been brought up. Thus quantities of objects, and even the bodies themselves from the tombs, were found in the robbers' holes. As, however, when these coincided with apse- hollows, large pottery vessels were often found near the surface, and this was less often the case when there was no pre-existent apse, and as the plunderers were clearly not above concealing their traces, it seems more likely that these pots had been standing in the apse-hollow before and were replaced to mask the disturbed earth, than that men who had taken the trouble to wall up below the means of their entrance should betray the fact of it by leaving the contents of the tomb upon the ground surface. It cannot be certainly stated, but it is to be presumed, that the sunken apse was used as a place where jars, and especially large jars, of offerings might be placed within convenient distance of the dead. A single tomb, G 307, presented a unique feature. In front of the square altar that lay before the approach was a kind of platform of brick, only one course thick. It was a good deal damaged and its irregular shape was probably not original, but it seems to have been composed of two blocks, 1.80 m. apart, both possibly once oblongs about 2.80 m. by 1.20 m. (the present measurements of the larger part preserved). Our Nubian workers at once recognized in it a 'praying-stool' on which the relatives would sit at the yearly festival of the dead. This indeed may well have been its purpose, and though there were no other instances of such a structure to be observed, yet this is no proof that such had not once existed: a single layer of bricks laid on the loose surface sand would easily disappear. Without in any way regarding a 'praying-stool' as the general adjunct of Romano-Nubian tombs we may well presume its occasional presence, and this would give a further point of com- parison between the ancient and modern cemeteries, whose other resemblances are mentioned below. Such is a general description of the superstructures of the Anibeh tombs, where any existed; further details are given in the formal classification of tomb types in ch. iii, in various examples selected for special treatment and illustration on pp. 32 to 45, and in the individual descriptions in the analysis of tombs in ch. xiii. But by no means all the graves boasted such superstructures as have been discussed above; these were indeed a luxury that only the richer could afford, and the graves of the poor people have no trace of brickwork of any sort above ground. But it can hardly be supposed that the position of the graves was unmarked. Where the superstructure is as we have seen it to be little more than an elaborate receptacle for the many offerings made to the dead, poverty may dispense with the receptacle, but religion none the less demands the offering. At least something must point out the spot where the yearly libation may be poured without being all wasted on the (V 307. Scale THE TOMB STRUCTURES i7 sand, where the bowl may be set most readily for the wandering spirit. The Nubian cemetery Tombs with- of to-day is dotted with little heaps of pebbles, each one representing a prayer, with aloes, with ^l^mres' bowls and pots into which on set days the dead man's kin pour water for his soul's drink, and with clay baskets for sweetmeats, while here and there a rude flagstaff marks the resting-place of a pilgrim or a sheikh. The photograph of such a cemetery shown on PI. 110 probably bears a very close resemblance to what the poorer quarter of the Anibeh graveyard was before it was neglected, ransacked, and obliterated by the driving sand. That the grave was marked may be considered tolerably certain, but how it was marked TheMarking is a question the evidence for whose answer could seldom be found. Occasionally the desire °Q r ^^ to have a superstructure of one sort or another over the grave is shown by a later and poorer chamber being scooped out against the side or actually under the foundations of the brickwork that adorned a wealthier tomb. Thus G 81 was dug out alongside the south wall of the super- structure of G 31, G 132 under the southeast angle of G 27, and G 177 was actually inside the walled court that stood in front of the great tomb G 64. Again, on each side of the dromos of G 402 was a small hole in the mud that ran down perpendicularly from the surface to a depth of 1. 10 or 1.20 m.; in the bottom of the northern hole were the remains of a wooden pole. In the north side of the dromos of G 473 was a groove driven a metre into the soil, and made by a similar pole, 0.08 m. in diameter; in G 495 a hole of the same sort was driven right through the chamber roof; in the south side of the dromos of G 558 were the remains of a post 0.30 m. in diameter, and G 778 showed traces of another slenderer staff. Probably these were flagstaff s corresponding to those in modern cemeteries, as for instance over the sheikh's tomb illustrated on PI. no, and their use may have been general; but whenever the pole was driven into the loose filling of the dromos it would have disappeared without leaving any trace, and only when it scored its marks in the hard mud of the dromos side was it likely to leave any permanent evi- dence of itself. Whether the small vases that were found scattered about the cemetery and sometimes discovered in position near the mouth of a dromos stood above ground or below can- not be ascertained. As in either case they lay upon sand, and sand has drifted over them, nothing was to be inferred from their immediate surroundings. But as we know that offerings were regularly put at the very bottom of the dromos, near the chamber door, it is not unreasonable to suppose that this was the place for such objects as were to be buried in the dromos, and that such others as were found near its mouth stood above the surface. It is to be noticed that objects were not found in position midway between the bottom of the dromos and its mouth, but only in one or other or in both of those two places. If we are right in comparing these pots found at the dromos mouth with those of similar forms that stood in the approaches to tomb super- structures, it would be a further reason for supposing that they, like the others, were evidentand above ground. In that case, with its flagstaffs, its pots upon the surface, and its mounds of sand, the ancient cemetery's resemblance to the modern would have been peculiarly close. B. The Tomb Chambers. The type of the tomb-chamber forms, as has been said, the basis for the classification of tombs. The Vaulted It is better to deal first with the most elaborate form which was already familiar to us from the chambers examples found in the previous season at Shablul. In the hard mud deposit that underlies the sand a rectangular pit was sunk to the depth of some two metres. Its longer sides ran east by west; its dimensions were those of the proposed tomb-chamber plus the ground area of its four walls. The bottom of the pit was level and formed the floor of the tomb. Against the pit sides the walls of the tomb were then built up in mud brick; most commonly they were four courses high at the sides, but the end walls were carried straight up to the level of the outside of the chamber roof. The roof was vaulted. KARANOG Method of Vault The Vaulted The chamber so formed measured, as a rule, about 2.00 m. long and 1.00 m. wide; the most Chambers. striking exception to this were the big tombs G 64, 71, 182, where the single chamber had been elaborated into a system of connected rooms, making of the tomb a sort of family vault. In a few cases the chamber walls were whitewashed inside; more often they were left unrendered, and in the poorer tombs of this sort the building was very roughly done. Sometimes the end walls were lacking altogether and the ends of the vault abutted on the pit side; often there was a ledge cut back in the longer sides, near to the bottom, and either the springers of the vault them- selves rested directly upon this, or one or two courses of brick only intervened and gave the right height while economizing in material. The method of building the vault is characteristic of Nubia both past and present. The Construction side walls having reached their due height, the wall at one end is carried above this to the height of the outside of the future vault, or above it. On the inner face of this wall is sketched out the curve that the vault should take. Then on the top of the side wall bricks are laid with a pro- nounced slant towards the end already built ; the first brick leans on one edge against the face of this end wall and occupies the angle made by it and the side wall; it also inclines slightly inwards, following the line sketched on the wall face. Then two bricks are laid, leaning against the one already in position. The operation is repeated along the top of either side wall, more bricks being employed, until the curve of the vault is for the first time completed, when the springers have already got some distance from the end, and what is the fourth or fifth ring-course at the bottom becomes the first at the top. The bricks are different from those used in ordinary building; they are larger, being 0.36 m. long and 0.19 or 0.20 m. wide and only 0.07 m. thick; they are heavier, having, like the mortar with which they are bedded, chopped straw and dung mixed with the mud and sand basis; and their sides are scored with wavy lines impressed by the brickmaker with his fingers, which act as a frog to hold the mortar. They are always laid with the long narrow side showing on the soffit of the vault; but half-bricks are often used in the tombs, and even two halves in preference to one whole one. They are never voussoir shaped; but as each brick is laid in position a fragment of pottery or a lump of stone is hammered into the mortar at the top of the joint between it and the brick before; this adds greatly, of course, to the stability of the arch. The vaults being built entirely without centering or support of any kind, each brick of every new course is kept in position, so long as the course is incomplete, only by friction and by the tenacity of the mud-mortar on which it is laid. This is, of course, the reason why each ring of bricks is leaned back so as to rest upon the ring behind it; the nearer the ring approaches to the perpendicular the greater the strain upon the mortar. When once the ring is complete the inward pressure is entirely removed by the insertion of the pottery or stones in the joints, which turns the ring of bricks into a true voussoir arch ; but until then the difficulty of the bricklaying is great. The natural tendency, therefore, is not only to exaggerate the slope of the brickwork but also to heighten with each successive course the curve of the vault. In this way the upper bricks, which derive practically no support from those next in order to them, are made to rest more THE TOMB STRUCTURES 19 directly upon those in the previous ring-course. Thus in G 306 the apex of the vault in the tomb- Method of chamber started at a height of 0.89 m. at the west end, and by the time it reached the east wall, Conslmciion 2.40 m. away, had grown to 1.13 m. In the same vault the horizontal distance between the lines bisecting the springers and the crown of a single course was 0.75 m. in a rise of 0.65 m. As the work progressed the face of the vault was roughly plastered by hand with the same mortar as was used to bed the bricks. When the springers reached the wall-face at the far end of the building the base of each succeeding ring-course was laid against that ; the final segmental gap left between the wall-face and the last ring of the vault was filled up with odd pieces of brick and with mortar. Vaults of this type are constructed all over Lower Nubia at the present day, and there is hardly a detail, even to the size of the bricks, in which the present method has departed from the old. In the tombs, of course, the small span simplified a good deal the general construction, but in a few cases such as G 182 (see Fig. C 2), arrangements were more complex and the builders had an opportunity to show their skill. It may seem curious at first sight that when the vault was so commonly employed the The Arch. true arch should not be more in evidence. As a matter of fact, the form of the tomb did not generally call for its use. In the one or two cases however where it is found it is used in a manner which shows that the Nubian builder thoroughly understood its constructive value. Thus in G 182, Fig. C, a relieving-arch is built in the superstructure where the weight of the latter might have proved too much for the vault of the chamber below; the doorway in a chamber of the same tomb is arched because it has to bear the whole weight of a heavy superstructure wall. At the same time the ruins of the Karanog fortress, where the arch migh have been expected to be usual, show that even in domestic architecture the vault was by preference employed. The modern Nubian can without centering build his peculiar vault over a span of two metres or more, but to arch even a window forty-five centimetres across, he is obliged temporarily to fill in the whole with a solid mass of brickwork duly rounded above.* It is quite possible that the ancient Nubian, too, felt more at home with vault-making than with arch-building, and though he understood the latter, his methods of construction were so far clumsy that he may well have avoided the arch wherever possible. For narrow spans, as has been remarked in dealing with the superstructure approaches, the false arch of two inclined bricks is used as a substitute for the vault; this is also the case with a few very poor tombs of the brick chamber type; and there are small windows at Karanog where the same method is employed in preference to the arch. The tomb-chamber thus constructed had no door or means of approach; clearly the tomb was made as required and the body lay in it before the vault could be completed. Only in G 182 (v. Fig. C) was there a door leading from the chamber to a dromos down which the body could be brought to the tomb after the latter had been built and finished; even here the superstructure must have been added later. Elsewhere the vault was finally closed over the body, on to the top of it was poured the loose soil dug out in making the pit wherein the chamber lay, and the whole *The details of construction so far as they apply to modern work are derived from observations made while a house was being built for the expedition at Haifa. A low dome was built without centering over a room measuring 4.20 m. square, and vaults without centering over rooms with a span of just over two metres; a photograph on PI. 11 1 illustrates the building of one of the latter. In the case of the domes, the angles were first cut off by small squinch arches, and from the octagon thus formed the courses were gradually reduced to a circle ; as the work drew towards completion and the central hole became small, the bricks were laid almost vertically, and to keep them in place fragments of pottery were hammered in between the joints, as was done in the barrel vaulting. The method of building the vault was identical with that employed at the date of the Anibeh tombs. The narrow arched windows and doors were filled up with bricks, the top rounded off with mud, and dry sand put over it to prevent the arch-bricks which rested on this support from bind- ing with it. The filling was removed after the arch had had a day or so in which to dry. An arch thus temporarily supported can be seen in the photograph. 20 KARANOG Dromos Chambers. The Dromos. The Chamber. was levelled with the surrounding desert; then the superstructure was built, its walls enclosing the original pit. These brick chamber tombs formed a distinct class in the cemetery; all other types had the common character of being merely cut out in the mud deposit. The most important of these types was the dromos-grave, which has been summarily described on p. 7. Its sloping dromos was cut in two stages, a roughly circular pit sunk straight down to the required depth, and a dromos on one side running from the surface to the pit's bottom. It looked as if the round shaft were cut first, or at any rate as if the worker started at what was to be the deep end and reached out from that to cut the dromos down to his level. Thus in G 1 the dromos ends in a distinct round hole on whose sides the circular cuts of the adze were clearly visible; G 10 con- sisted simply of such a round pit, apparently the first stage in the digging of an unfinished grave. Sometimes the end of the dromos forming the face through which the chamber door is cut, is squared off with sharp angles at the sides; but more often it betrays the curve such as a man would make when working round and round on his own centre. But whatever course the work actually took, its result was almost uniformly that the dromos, after preserving a fairly consistent width throughout, broadens out somewhat at the end where it is to receive the brick wall that blocked the doorway of the chamber. The dromos was sometimes roughly stepped, more often a mere slope which might either be smoothly cut or be precipitously irregular. Generally at the bottom and but a short distance from the end it dropped suddenly, having a perpendicular face some ten to fifty centimetres high. It was at the bottom of this cutting, and so more on the ground-level of the chamber floor, that the lowest courses of the brick w £ door were laid. This is shown in the sectional drawings on pp. 37 and 41. The rule of the cemetery was that the dromos, like the tomb, ran east by west— east by west, that is, according to the direction taken by the Nile at this particular point. Occasionally the dromos was in this regular direction but the chamber lay across it, north by south, the door being in the middle of the side. Only in one or two instances did the dromos itself lie north by south. When the dromos was normally orientated, the chamber was at its west end ; to this there was only one exception. The chamber itself was always very rudely cut. The average measurements of the adult's grave were 2.20 m. by 1.20 or 1.30 m., but the actual form was irregular in the extreme. There was a tendency to have a rough shallow bulging recess in one or both sides, close to the door; this was for the reception of offerings. Highest just a little way inside the door, the tomb was straitened down to such a point that the feet of the body filled the space between roof and floor. The floor of the chamber, as has been remarked, was generally stepped down from the bottom level of the dromos proper. The doorway was narrow, usually 0.60 to 0.90 m. across, and averaged about 0.80 m. high, but owing to the step of the dromos just outside it, it seemed often much lower than this; in one or two cases, indeed, the bottom of the dromos was actually level with the top of the door. The doorway was walled up after the body had been laid in the grave, usually with mud brick, sometimes with slabs of stone. The brickwork sometimes occupied just the narrow doorway itself, but constantly stood outside this and filled the greater part of the space between the sides of the dromos, standing flush against the door-jambs, and carried a little higher than the opening. It had then no connection with the superstructure. THE TOMB STRUCTURES 21 But in a few cases (G 222, 224, 621, 672) the brickwork instead of being a rough construction The one brick thick was a well-built solid wall, 0.75 m. in thickness, stretching right across the end Chamber. of the dromos and rising almost to surface level, so that the east wall of the superstructure rested on its top and was practically incorporated with it. Another rare elaboration was in G 417, a poor tomb ; the brickwork of the doorway was carried along all round the small dromos so that this became a walled enclosure 1.40 m. long and 0.50 m. wide (cf. G 45, p. 32). Again, in G 222 (v. section) within the tomb-chamber a narrow vaulted passage nearly a metre long led from the doorway to the chamber proper cut roughly in the soil. This last is to be compared with a certain number of tombs, mostly of the poorer class, that combined the features of the brick chamber and the dromos type; they were approached either by a sloping dromos, or by the perpendicular pit cut down as for the former type; but the chamber which at its east end was vaulted had its west end scooped out in the mud without any sign of brickwork. Again, it was in some cases difficult to say whether the tomb belonged to the poorest class Other Types. of the B type or to type C; the chamber might be shortened and the door be disproportionately wide, or again the chamber might be across the dromos instead of continuing in its line. On the whole, however, the distinction was sufficiently wide not only to justify a separate type but to make its application easy in individual cases. Similarly, though types C and D were distinct enough as such, certain tombs combined their characteristics, e. g. G 549, v. p. 44. These last two types of pit and recess graves, mentioned upon p. 7, were so limited in range that the formal description given of them in the classification of tomb types may be considered adequate without further discussion of them here. CHAPTER III CLASSIFICATION OF TOMB TYPES Type A and its Subdivisions. Type A i. A rectangular enclosure of brick or of brick upon stone foundations, provided with a brick 'approach' on its east face, in front of which lies a low square brick altar; in the most elaborate instance the 'approach' is magnified into a small forecourt, while round the altar stretches a court as wide as the tomb superstruct- A B ure. Within this superstructure j B — there is a rectangular pit sunk in the soil to a depth of, usually, about 2.00 m. The pit is oblong, and its base entirely occupied by the tomb-chamber, which is built of brick on the pit's bottom. The chamber, usually about 2.00 m. long by 1. 00 m. wide interna'ly, has perpendicular sides of three or four courses of brick, from which springs an arch usually of five or four and a half bricks, mud- plastered, and in some cases thickened at the west end by a sort of binding arch on the outside. The end walls of the chamber are carried up to the level of the top of the arch or one course above it, and their angles project squarely beyond it, lining the ends of the pit. Sometimes there are no brick walls at the ends. The superstructure is divided up by cross- walls of brick rising by successive courses towards the centre ; the angles between them are filled up with rubbish (into which offerings such as vases may be put), and the whole takes the form of a low mound, kept in shape by the ribs or cross- walls. The surface is then jacketed with a facing of bricks, giving the superstructure the appearance of a groined dome. Ihe most elaborate example of this type is G 64, Figs. A, B, where the interior is a sort of family vault instead of a single chamber. For another example see G 182, Fig. C. The usual tomb of the type is better illustrated by G 314. Type A 2. Is precisely like A 1, except in regard to the shape of its superstructure, which, instead of being 'domed,' is flat. Consequently the ribs or cross- walls are generally absent; nor is the surface always jacketed with bricks, the side-walls of the superstructure being sufficient to retain in place a loose filling of sand and rubbish. This is especially the case in smaller tombs. G 140 (p. 10) is a good example of the class. It is often difficult to distinguish between classes A 1 and A 2, especially in the case of smaller tombs, owing to the disappearance of the upper courses of the superstructure. {22) CLASSIFICATION OF TOMB TYPES 23 A brick-vaulted chamber precisely similar to that of A i, placed at the bottom of a pit, but Type A 3. not covered or surrounded by any superstructure. This may be a genuine subdivision of the type, or may be due to the total destruction of a superstructure once existing. A rectangular pit is sunk in the soil and lined with bricks, forming the tomb chamber; the Type A 4. side walls of this are three or four courses high, and from them springs a rude arch composed of two or three bricks, or bricks or stones may be merely laid across, giving a flat roof; the pit is then filled in with soil to the ground level, and there is no superstructure. In one case (G 45) there was a kind of ante-chamber merely cut in the soil and serving, as did the dromos of the shaft-graves, as a depository for offerings of a secondary sort. For an illustration of the type see G 445, p. 44. Type B and its Subdivisions. The constant feature of the type is the shaft or dromos leading to the tomb-chamber. In Type B. many if not in all cases of the better-class tombs (see below) the method of construction seems to have been that a roughly circular pit was first sunk in the ground to the required depth, and then from it were cut on the east side a dromos sloping up to the surface, and on the west side a tomb-chamber opening on to the bottom of the original pit and reaching a length of some 2.00 m. In one or two cases was found a circular pit apparently intended for a tomb which was never finished; in one case the tomb was cut out from the pit, and used, but the dromos was not added. The dromos was generally wider near the mouth of the tomb-chamber than throughout the rest of its length. The tomb-chamber was usually 1.75 m. to 2.50 m. below the (present) surface, and was generally some two metres long by rather less than 1.00 m. wide; the height at the mouth of the tomb was generally about 0.80 m., but decreased towards the back, where the sides also converged and gave a rounded end to the chamber. The entrance to the tomb was blocked by a doorway of brick (occasionally of stone slabs), which, as a rule, was no larger than would serve its purpose of shutting off the chamber from the dromos, but in one or two cases (e. g. G 222, p. 20) was elaborated into a wall masking the whole end of the dromos. In one or two cases too (G 222) a vaulted brick passage inside the door led to the chamber proper, or parallel walls outside it formed a secondary approach (G417); but as a general rule the door was of the simplest possible form. After the body had been interred and the doorway bricked up, the dromos was filled up with rubble to the level of the surrounding soil; with the last of this rubble filling were thrown into the dromos small jugs, bottles, or bowls of rough plain ware; in one or two cases pots were also stood outside and against the brick doorway before the filling-in was begun. On the top of the surface thus levelled the superstructure, if any, was built; the type can be subdivided according to the nature of these superstructures. Like the best A type. Type B 1, A rectangular enclosure of brick or brick upon stone foundations, the whole filled in flat and jacketed with brick, supported in the case of the larger tombs by two or more cross-walls or ribs. On the east side of this is a small brick 'approach' with a low square brick altar in front of it. On the west side is a more or less semicircular apse-like depression, the upper part lined with courses of bricks set back as they rise to the surface; the lower part was apparently cut in the soil, or else the hollow did not go deeper than the brick lining; the top of the brickwork of 2 4 KARANOG Type B i. the apse was flush with or not much higher than the surrounding soil. It seems to have been designed as a receptacle for offerings in the shape of large water-pots, etc., and in one or two cases was certainly of considerable depth (G 301). In very many cases either the altar or the apse had been destroyed; the former may not always have existed, and being often made of bricks merely laid upon the surface, was never G. 179 k im Scale 0 1 M likely to survive ; the latter was constantly utilized by tomb-robbers as a means of entrance already half-made, so that it is always in a ruinous condition and its existence is frequently conjectural. An excellent example of this most elaborate class of the dromos type of tomb is given by G 179. For an already noted variant see the cut of G 222 on p. 20. Type B 2. Resembles the last except that, in- stead of having an apse-like projection at its west end, it has within the rectangular superstructure a semicircular depression, brick-lined, resembling in all but its position the external apse of the other class. Type B j. The same rectangular superstructure with brick approach; but here there is no apse and no central depression. Cf. G 293, p. 41. Type B 4. The superstructure is a plain rectangle, of brick or brick upon stone foundations, filled in with rubble and covered above with brick, supported by cross-ribs or not according to size. There is no approach and no 'apse.' Type B 5. The superstructure is circular and dome-shaped; the method of construction is simply to throw up a mound of loose rubble and to jacket it with bricks laid in overlapping courses set back to the centre; this is in a simpler form the construction of the superstructure of A 1. Type B 6. The poorest graves of the class are without any superstructure whatever and consist merely of the dromos and tomb-chamber with the dividing brick doorway. The poorest of all are often very shallow, and it is noticeable that whereas in the other graves the dromos slants more or less steeply and the chamber-floor is horizontal, here to make up for its nearness to the surface the chamber proper continues the line of the shaft leading to it. The construction too may dispense with the original perpendicular pit; so that the whole tomb resolves itself into a shaft driven slant ways into the ground, open for the first part of its length, and tunnelled for the remainder. The graves on the northeast of the cemetery are of this poorest type, as also some along its west limits. In other parts of the cemetery graves of this class generally retain the better method of construction below ground, while possessing no superstructure above. For illustrations of the type see cuts of G 170, 181, on pp. 36, 37. CLASSIFICATION OF TOMB TYPES Type C and its Subdivisions. A rectangular pit, the length of the intended grave, is dug in the soil down practically Type C i. to the required depth. The grave proper is then hollowed out along one side of the bottom of the pit, in such a way that its floor is slightly deeper than that of the pit and occupies only part of its width, the chamber being for the remainder of its width recessed into the pit's side. Part of the original pit's bottom thus remains as a ledge, set on which, sloped to the pit's side, a very few courses of bricks or a few slabs suffice to close in the tomb. The pit is then filled in again and the tomb is complete. There is generally no superstructure; only in G 141, see cut, p. 35, and G 700 is this rule broken. The general form is sufficiently shown by the cut of G 315, p. 42, though as that grave is not in an independent pit but in the dromos of G 310 it has to be classed in the D type of tombs. This is the simplest form of tomb of all. A more or less rectangular oblong trench is dug to Type C 2. a depth of a metre or more, and over the top are laid slabs of stone. The edges of the trench may be cut back above so as to form ledges on which the stone may rest, and owing to the loose nature of the upper soil this is generally done. The surface-sand is then raked back over the grave. There is no superstructure. For an illustration of the type see G 743, p. 45. Type D. In one of the perpendicular sides of the dromos of an ordinary grave of the B class there Type D. is cut a recess or shelf in form not unlike those of the catacombs at Rome, sometimes level with the floor of the dromos, sometimes raised a little above or sunk just beneath that. The body is laid in the recess and the front is then walled up with brickwork flush with the earthen face of the side of the dromos. In form, therefore, these graves differ little if at all from those of type C 1, but they may be regarded as a class apart owing to the connection that they have with the main tomb in whose dromos they lie. Very often these graves are those of children, always they are poor; probably the children or servants of the house were thus buried in touch with its senior members. The general type is shown by the cut of G 315 on p. 42. Tomb G 123 on p. 34 is a peculiar aberration of the type. CHAPTER IV THE CONTENTS OF THE TOMB-CHAMBERS Furniture of Tomb-Chambers . Position of The posture of the body in the tomb-chamber was invariable. It lay upon its back, Bodies. extended at full length, the face upwards, the upper arms pressed against the sides, the lower arms slightly flexed so that the hands crossed just below the pelvis. In one or two cases only the hands were by the sides (e.g. G 445), but they may well have slipped from their original position. In two cases the body was more or less contracted, but one of these (G 513) was a child, the other, the body of a woman, had been so broken up by tomb-robbers that it was difficult to say definitely whether the attitude was original. Sometimes — and especially when no soft parts of the body remained —the head had fallen out of place so that the face looked to right or left; but in the better preserved bodies the posture is uniform. But a glance at the tabular analysis of the tombs will show that there was no uniformity in the orientation of bodies. Taking the four points of the compass as given by the direction of the Nile at this point (this of course is inaccurate but it is the custom of the country) bodies will be found to lie with their heads towards each and all of them. The eastern position is the most common, and after that the western; but this admits of a simple and non-ritualistic explanation. The great majority of the tombs lay east by west; when once a start had been made in this direction in a certain number of cases it was obviously easier from the sexton's point of view to observe it in the remainder, for the tombs lay too close together for them to run cross-ways. The body could only lie lengthways with the grave-chamber because there was not width enough for it to lie across. An east by-west position is therefore natural. Moreover, as the dromos was both sloping and narrow it was easier to put the body in feet foremost, this being the lighter end, otherwise when half-way through the door the body, tilting up, might have got jammed and would anyhow have been more awkward to manage. This practical consideration alone may account for the majority of the bodies lying with their heads towards the rising sun. No scientific importance can be attached to the orienta- tion of bodies in this cemetery, and we have since found the same to be the case at Haifa in burials of the Middle and of the New Empires. Coffins. The body was as a rule deposited in the grave unenclosed in anything in the form of a coffin. In G 8 there were noted under the body remains of a plank or planks on which it had been laid. In G 420 there were parts of a wooden coffin or bier. In G 419 there was a corner of a wooden bier with the rope-end still fast through a hole in it. In G 177 a child's body lay in a coffin hol- lowed out of a rough half-log, and in G 67, also a child's grave, there had been a wooden coffin with coarse wickerwork; this had been entirely destroyed by white ants. A substitute for a coffin was found in G 59 where the body was covered with reeds or withies laid longitudinally and bound round at intervals with cord. But apart from these few instances there were no signs of coffins. Occasionally, however, some care was taken to provide a special place in the tomb for the dead man as distinguished from the offerings that lay about him. Thus in G 3 14 (v. p. 22) there is a long low platform or bier of brickwork on which the body rested; sometimes the floor of the chamber is cut on two different planes so as to produce a similar result. Not infrequently there is a compartment made within the tomb by laying down the middle of it a line of bricks one or two courses high ; (2 6) THE CONTENTS OF THE TOMB CHAMBERS 27 on one side will be the body, on the other the furniture of the tomb. Such an arrangement is Coffins. illustrated in the case of G 187 on Fig. D. It has been remarked already that in the dromos tomb there is frequently a bulging recess in which offerings are placed, leaving the main part of the chamber free for the body. Occasionally the head rests upon a brick, but generally the body is laid flat upon the ground or merely pushed into the tomb through the narrow door. It was the custom to wrap the dead in stuffs. In most cases these had decayed entirely Textiles. and left no trace; where in the analysis of tombs particular mention is made that stuffs were worn, this merely signifies that here the remains were obvious; it does not imply that where no textiles were found they had never existed. Egyptian precedent is in favour of the clothing or wrapping of the dead; and as such wrapping was found in all classes of the Anibeh graves, and as the local conditions were strongly adverse to the preservation of textiles, the comparative scantiness of the remains cannot be held to invalidate the conclusion as to the custom here also being general. In G 480 and G 490 the bodies were wrapped in regular shrouds of rather heavy undyed linen cloth of a yellowish colour, with, near each corner, an angle woven in in blue; the whole measured 2.00 m. by 1.90 m. In G 399 the body was wrapped in three separate winding-sheets, the inner being of the finest quality, the others coarser; the outermost had a broad blue stripe along the edge and a string-like fringe; the next a fringe of little ball tassels; the innermost a fine open border with a string-like texture resembling macrame work. In G 315, on the other hand, the body wore a proper garment, a sort of tunic fastened up over the left shoulder by a small stud, and such tunics, though not with stud fastenings, occurred in several other graves. Occasionally, e. g. in G 394, 531, the body is not only wrapped in stuffs but laid upon a mat woven of linen with a big loop-stitch outstanding over the face like a Turkish towel. It looks almost like a sheep's skin rug. This is the 'gausapa' which Pliny mentions as having been first introduced at Rome in his father's time. It was extensively manufactured in Egypt in the first seven centuries of the present era, but it is quite possible that it originally came there from the south. Had it been known in Egypt earlier than the middle of the first century it is curious that it should not have found its way sooner to Rome, considering the importance of the Egyptian export trade in linen stuffs. On the other hand, there is nothing to show that the Anibeh tombs in which it occurs belong to an earlier rather than to a later date within the period to which the cemetery as a whole is assigned. Another interesting stuff was found in G 103 and in some other tombs; each line of the warp consists of twenty-two threads, not twisted together but separate and parallel; the thickness of the warp results in a heavily-ribbed fabric. This may well be a variety of what was technically called polymita.* The tapestry-woven borders that appear on some of the garments are neither numerous nor elaborate. The best examples are shown on PI. 108. If we could judge by Egyptian specimens, these would belong exclusively to the latter part of the period covered by the cemetery. It is true that the colours are confined to the brown tint of the undyed flax, to blue, and to occasional greens and yellows (red thread is found but does not happen to be used in tapestry-work) , and that the economy of colours here shown is in Egypt characteristic rather of the earlier centuries of the present era; but this is no good argu- *'Plurimis vero liciis texere quae polymita appel- lant Alexandria instituit,' Pliny, ;V. H. viii. T96: cf. the 'loricam trilicem auro' of Virgil, Aen. iii. 467. Six threads were commonly used, and the cutting ot some of these so that the ends stood up produced a kind of velvet — eidfura, samite. A further variety is shown by a small fragment in which reeds are substituted for the woof threads, the warp being of blue and yellow flax. Silk is not found. 28 KARANOG Textiles, ment, for it may very well be that in the fifth and sixth centuries the remoter Nubian had not yet at his disposal the varied dyes which Egypt utilized so freely. On the other hand the Egyptian tapestries of the earlier period and with a limited colour range are specially characterized by the use of fine white thread worked on the crapaud or flying shuttle. It seems to have been only after the close of the fourth century that with improved technique this method of work was supplanted by the closer style in which all the woof threads run uniformly in one direction and are really in-woven with the fabric. In the Anibeh stuffs the flying shuttle has never been employed. On technical grounds all the examples that show any marked characteristic at all would, if they were of Egyptian origin, be assigned with tolerable safety to the fifth and sixth centuries, with a balance of probability in favour of the later date. But these stuffs are not Egyptian but Nubian; the most marked patterns show motives that are demonstrably Nubian and are not found in the products of the Egyptian looms. Thus on No. 3 on PI. 108, coming from tomb G 754, there is repeated the Nubian variant of the ankh, so curiously like the Coptic cross, which is one of the commonest motives on pottery. No. 6, from G 399, has the star-pattern, which is almost equally characteristic as an ornament on pottery, but does not seem to occur in Egyptian stuffs. Consequently it is not safe to make any deductions as to the date of the Anibeh stuffs from Egyptian examples. It is quite possible that these native-made fabrics were technically in anticipation of those manufactured in Egypt and that the north learnt its new methods from the south. The tombs themselves again fail to throw any light on the place taken by the stuffs within the cemetery period. Such evidence as there is for giving an approximate date to the cemetery as a whole does not justify one in extending its terminus ante quern beyond the middle of the sixth century. Either the Egyptian analogy does not hold good and the stuffs may belong to any date within the period covered by the cemetery, in which case they may antedate the similar Egyptian fabrics; or the parallel is historically correct and the graves where these stuffs were found must all be amongst the latest in the series, though they contained no other objects that would differentiate them at all from tombs of earlier date. The tunics worn by some of the bodies are certainly of the type represented on the Ba statues that stood above the graves. They were long-sleeved garments reaching to the ankles; sometimes one was worn above the other; in one instance, better preserved than most, the length was taken in by a broad hem that would give the appearance of the flounces worn by the Ba figures. Leather On the statue in the Cairo museum, of which a coloured restoration is published on PI. 1, Sandals, there are on the sandals traces of black and white lines and a red line edging the soles. Just such sandals were found in some of the tombs. White sandals with delicately cut green and white uppers, red sandals decorated with green leather inlay (cf. PI. 109), or stamped with small filling ornaments, these or fragments of these were of not uncommon occurrence. The sandals were not always worn upon the feet; they were laid in the grave with its other furniture, sometimes upon the top of a pottery vessel, often quite away from the body. That they were placed here rather as a point of ritual than because the dead man was necessarily clothed as in his lifetime seems to be shown by the fact that frequently only a single sandal instead of a pair was to be found in the grave. Staffs Sometimes a staff was buried with the body (G 550), and the custom may have been more general than appears, since the ravages made by white ants in the graves would account for the disappearance of any number of wooden objects. A stone ring found in G 488 (7682) shaped like the early dynastic mace-head, may be the head of such a staff and would resemble the heads of staffs carried by several of the statues, e. g. 7017, 7023. Beads. Beads were generally worn by the women and children. The most interesting illustration of the fashion of wearing beads is given by the coloured stela 7079 figured on PI. 13. Here is THE CONTENTS OF THE TOMB CHAMBERS 29 seen a Nubian girl in gala costume. Round the neck are two rather tightly-fitting necklaces, Beads. and besides these a long string descends from the shoulders over the breast. There are bead armlets upon the upper arms, bracelets round the wrists, and bangles round the ankles. The beads found upon the bodies were worn just in this manner. Thus in G 45 (v. p. 32) the arrange- ment was exactly reproduced with the exception of the anklets. The anklets are not generally found except in the case of quite young children; the long string round the neck and over the breast is very common and was sometimes worn under the clothes next to the skin. It was quite usual to find two or three necklaces worn at once. The favourite form for beads was a combinat'on of pear-shaped pendants (often of white quartz) with small spacers of coloured or gilt glass. The beads themselves, however, will be discussed more fully elsewhere. Mention has been made of the use of paste studs to fasten the garments. Many studs of faience, glass, and glass inlay were found, but the majority of them were studs not for clothes but for wearing in the ear. They were occasionally found actually in the ear; they were only worn by women. Similarly in the case of beads there was no certain instance of their being worn by men ; in one or two ruined graves loose beads might be found and the only identifiable bones be male, and in G 448 a necklace was found underneath a man's head; it might have come from the child's body in the same tomb, but its position was certainly in favour of its having belonged to the man; but considering the state of such tombs they afforded no grounds for altering a conclusion sup- ported by every certain case. In one or two graves were found earrings of silver, or of plaited leather and bronze (G 320, 350, 361, 464, 488, 597). A feature of the cemetery was the number of signet-rings found in it. Their individual Rings. character is discussed later. They were worn mostly on the third or the little finger of either hand ; in G 164 a ring was hung on a string of beads round a child's neck. Key-rings of the Roman type also occurred. The absence of precious metals in the tombs is rather striking in view of this fondness for personal ornaments, but the conditions showed that such poverty was not original. It was extremely common to find a body with the head or the left arm below the elbow broken off, though the rest was little disturbed. Clearly the tomb-robbers had adopted these means to possess themselves of the necklaces and rings that they considered worth taking. For as in these cases a bronze ring might be left on the other hand and strings of beads remain on the body or on another that lay with it, it must have been the material and not the form of the ornament that drew the attention of the thieves. Probably the bronze signet-rings, and the gilt glass necklaces, passed over by the robbers, had their counterpart in gold and silver, of which not a trace remained. Iron anklets were worn in a few cases (G 1, 2, 8) and bracelets (G 253, 513, 597) ; these were Anklets. in poor graves. In a few graves, e. g. G 11, 19, 184, there was found at one end of the chamber a heap of Wreaths. leaves, resembling myrtle-leaves ; in the last two instances these lay piled about the head. Appar- ently they are the remains of funeral wreaths placed on the head of the dead and buried with him. This recalls the similar custom in Ptolemaic and Roman Egypt. Hitherto attention has been devoted to that which the body wore when laid in the grave, Furniture of to its dress and its personal ornaments. There remains the question of the furniture of the tomb- th . e T ° mb - . ^ chambers. chamber. In its essence it was simple enough. A jar containing water or beer, and a tumbler from which to drink the same; this was the necessary minimum. Indeed, in poor graves there was no more than this; but in very few cases was this much lacking. In G 20, indeed, there was nothing at all with the body — but this was the body of a child; in G 43 the cup was wanting, as alsoinG 123, 214, 452, 783 ; but here again G 214 and 783 were child's graves, and with child burials the rules are never so carefully observed. So in only three instances did the minimum furniture fail to appear. Sometimes the earthenware tumbler was replaced by a metal bowl, in one or 3° KARANOG Furniture of two poor graves by the base of a broken pot; but in almost every instance where evidence could chambers' ^ e Educed at all the jar and cup were found to have been placed with the dead, whether they formed the whole of his provision or were multiplied and accompanied by other objects. How far this holds good can be seen from the tabular tomb-analysis, where, under the heading 'Pottery,' one column is devoted to vessels of the jar type (F i-vi) and another to the tumbler and closely allied forms (F xlvii-1). Of course, it was only too common to find a tomb so completely gutted that its contents, so far as they existed at all, were not representative; but if those tombs only be considered in which the contents, though disturbed, were still numerous enough to afford grounds for a judgment as to probabilities, the conclusion will certainly be that vessels of forms F i-vi and F xlvii-1 had once been generally present. In the bottom of a good number of the jars was found a solid sediment composed of vegetable remains, from which the liquid had evaporated; apparently this was some form of beer. Such sediment was not, however, of invariable occurrence, and it may well be that water was of equally orthodox use — just as to-day water is poured into the earthenware bowls that dot a modern Nubian cemetery. An analysis of these sediments is being made by Dr. Macfarlane, of the University of Pennsylvania. Over and above this simple but necessary provision, the objects that might be placed with the dead were many and various. The most obvious and natural thing to do was, in a richer grave, simply to multiply that which was deemed necessary in the poorer. Thus the number of either type of jar might run well into double figures, and the cups be proportionately numerous. Jars and vases of other shapes were added, some doubtless more ornamental than utilitarian, some containing oils or unguents. Probably the small cenochoe that occurred so frequently contained oil; a few of them certainly were discoloured and coated over by something of the sort; in one tomb a fiat bowl contained the intestines of some animal. To the pottery vessels were added those of glass and metal — the former containing oils, the latter most often of bowl form to supplement the clay tumblers. It is again possible that some of these latter contained milk, for we know from the engraved bronze vase from G 187 that such bowls were used for what was a traditional drink of the country. Thus from the simple pair of clay vases there is every degree of increasing elaboration in the tombs, until, at the other extreme, there comes tomb G 187 with its extraordinary array of fifty-eight vessels of earthenware and thirteen objects in bronze. In several cases, especially in children's graves, there was added a wicker box containing dates or nuts. The warrior had lying beside him his spear or bow (G 187) with its quiver full of arrows (G 141, 254, 259, 324, etc.). The arrow-heads were of all shapes (PI. 34), usually small and barbed, and sometimes very delicate. The strong single-barbed 'harpoon' type of arrow was the most common; one in G 628 was found embedded for two- thirds of its length in a young man's vertebra. Certainly arrow-heads were of common enough occurrence to recall the name of 'Nine Bows' given by the Egyptians to their southern neighbours. In G 64, were found the remains of a corslet of ox-hide, the leather being pressed out into decorative lines and bosses; swords or daggers do not ever occur. A man in G 141 had with him his musical instrument, a long piece of wood with projecting keys at one end to hold the strings; the sounding-board had disappeared, but probably the instrument had been of the Gorra type. Not infrequently there were the remains of bags or pouches of decorated leather; in three cases there was a regular 'chatelaine,' an iron ring from which hung knife and tweezers, stiletto and kohlstick. The women's graves naturally contained toilet articles of all sorts, amongst which kohlpots and kohlsticks were the most usual. The wooden kohlpots were often almost wholly destroyed by white ants and doubtless many had disappeared altogether; allowing for this, it would seem that nearly every woman, at any rate if young, took her kohlpot with her to the grave. The complete toilet-case of wood inlaid with THE CONTENTS OF THE TOMB CHAMBERS 3 1 ivory was of common occurrence also; generally this had been broken, but a few fine examples Furniture of were obtained (Pll. 21, 22, 24). That from G 45 contained in its various compartments the '//awfcers'" decorated kohlpot (PI. 25), the remains of another cylindrical box with iron lid, kohl, beads, and nuts. In G 384, a wicker box contained a wooden kohlpot with iron stick, three glass vessels, a clay lecythus, and some beads. Spindle-whorls were common, pointing to the woman's chief industry; scissors of a modern type (PI. 35, 7458) and needles were also found. Dolls of different types (7718, 7729, 7466, 7662), an ivory piece for a game (7685), and an ivory die (7694) represent the lighter side of life. These objects had no special place in the tomb. The tumblers were generally inverted Position of over the mouths of the big clay jars, or sometimes stood upright upon them ; but apart from Ejects. this, the less personal objects were laid or thrown down in the graves without any specified order. The illustrations given of the more important individual graves suffice to show that these are not typical so far as arrangement of objects goes. For the objects were not arranged; they were put where there was room to put them, and though this might be in a reserved space, in the bulging recess near the tomb's mouth or along the brick partition that shut in the body, within that space they lay at hazard. CHAPTER V DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN IMPORTANT TOMBS. Tomb G 45 Type A 4; undisturbed. (The objects from the tomb are illustrated on PH. 24 and 25.) There was an unusual feature at the E. end. The pit destined for the chamber had been prolonged in this direction for a distance of 2.00 m. beyond the east wall. The south side and half of the north side of this secondary chamber had been lined with brick, but for the rest the rough mud walls were left bare; they are a good deal undercut. The brick vault had been carried on up to where the north wall gave out, so that for the length of 0.75 m. there was actually a roofed chamber and beyond this a mere shaft filled in from above with loose soil. Just in the entrance (see plan) lay a rectangle of brickwork one course high, and on it, outside the vault, lay a large rough stone. Under the vault the ground space was divided by a brick and a half lying east by west, almost in the centre of the chamber, on this there rested against the S. wall a water-jar of form F iv (1 in cut) , while loose in the filling near the dividing bricks was a string of beads. This eastern feature is not to be regarded as a dromos but may rather be com- pared with the secondary chambers ofG 182, 187. R§**SB B^^^^^H The true chamber in which the body lay was very long ,'ff w l^-L I and narrow, its interior measurements being 2.45 by 0.60 m. ; its walls of four courses of brick (the lowest being let down slightly below the floor-level) were just over 0.30 m. high, and the vault of three bricks made a total height of 0.45 m. At the E. end the wall between this and the secondary cham- ber was only carried up to a height of 0.30 m. so that not the whole of the doorway was blocked up. In the chamber lay the bones of a young woman, the body extended on the back, the head west, the hands folded across the pelvis; the legs had been pushed a little to one side to make room for the offering deposited in the grave chamber. The body had been wrapped in stuffs, but these had wholly perished and only a film of dust remained. Round the neck was a string of small quartz pendant beads separated by coloured glass spacers (7763), and also round the neck reaching right down over the chest was a long string of mixed glass and stone beads (7760). On the left wrist were two bracelets, viz. 7759 (PI. 40) of small quartz and breccia pendants with gilt or coloured glass spacers, and 7761 (PI. 40) of large blue glass spheroid beads with spacers of gilt, silvered or coloured glass. On the right wrist was a bracelet (7762) of spheroid beads of carnelian, quartz, haematite, breccia, or blue (32) S EcTion DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN IMPORTANT TOMBS 33 paste with smaller gilt or coloured glass spacers. All these strings were re-strung in their original J_ omo G 45< At the feet of the body there lay against the brick door two and beyond them a third jar of type F iv (2, 3, and 4 in the cut). They were all without decoration, and had been covered with linen of which the traces were evident upon the surface of the pottery. Inverted over the mouth of one of them was the bronze bowl 7120, marked 5 on the plan. Just beyond this, against the wall (10) was the casket of wood inlaid with ivory 7519. As it stood in the tomb it appeared intact, but in reality it had been entirely consumed by white ants (see p. 69) so that all the woodwork had subsequently to be restored. On the right-hand side of the body, between the shoulder and the hip, were four other objects. Nos. 6 and 7 on the plan are the two bowls 71 13 and 7 115; they stood mouth downwards, the larger over the top of the smaller. No. 8 is the bronze tripod bowl 7137, lying on its side; No. 9 is the glass vessel with bronze handle 7352 (see PI. 38) also lying on its side as shown in the plan. Inside the casket were found the kohlpot of wood and ivory 7514, and an iron lock (7460); the cylindrical box to which it had belonged had been wholly consumed; also a lump of kohl, two nuts, one or two glass beads, and three wooden spindle-whorls all much decayed. This was one of the largest and most elaborate tombs in the cemetery. The main super- Tomb G 64, structure of brick upon stone foundations measured over seven metres and a half square and Type A 1. was divided by two cross- walls in either direction. These as usual were not bonded into the outer walls. The approach of brick was 2.65 m. long and the space between its walls was 0.85 m.; the walls had reveals inwards, between which lay a stone doorsill. From the outer angles of the approach wall ran at a slight angle two walls (that on the north side was almost wholly destroyed) which formed the back of an otherwise rectangular court 8.20 m. wide by 3.75 m. deep having an open doorway 1.00 m. wide with entrance reveal in the middle of its front wall. The court was mud-paved. In it, a little distance from the entrance of the approach, was a brick altar 0.85 m. square. The superstructure was much ruined. In the front of the courtyard lay a broken Ba-statue of very rude workmanship, and the heads of two more were found within the same area; but there was nothing to make it probable that they had belonged to the tomb. Nor was there any stela or table of offerings that could reasonably be attributed to it; a few fragments of a broken table of offerings might have been evidence of the tomb furniture having been wantonly destroyed. In the pit below the superstructure were three chambers of mud brick, forming as it were a family vault. The largest chamber, A, that to the north, occupied together with its very solid end-walls the whole length of the pit; it measured internally 2.50 m. by 1.30 m. The side walls were five courses of brick high, and on them rested a vault composed of five bricks giving a rise of 0.50 m. The vault was roughly rendered on the inside and on the surface of the mud could clearly be seen the imprint of a coarse cloth with which it was applied. Across the middle of the vault was carried an external binding arch of brick, intended to relieve the vault of the weight of filling and superstructure above. The smaller chamber B on the southeast was 1.55 m. long and 1.35 m. wide; its height to the top of the vault was 1.15 m.; it communi- cated with A by a doorway 0.45 m. wide and 0.65 m. high having a false arch of two vaulting- bricks set anglewise. The chamber C on the southwest was 1.60 m. long, 1.50 m. wide, and 1.07 m. high; like the two other chambers it had side walls five courses high and a vault of five bricks. It had no proper means of communication with the first two chambers, but part of its east wall had been broken through in order to give the robbers, who entered by way of this chamber, access to the rest of the tomb. order. Type A 4. J Tomb G 64 Type A 1. (See Fig. A 2 and Fig. B.) 3 34 KARANOG The robbers had undermined the superstructure wall on the west side at the point X and had pierced into the filling of the superstructure just above the vault of chamber C. They had then broken through the vault, descended into the chamber and from this forced a passage to B. On their way out they laid over the top of the hole made in the vault a cuirass of bullock's hide. When found this was in a ruinous condition; it could be seen, however, that the hair had been left on, on the outer side of the cuirass, and that the leather had been worked up from behind into a decorative pattern of knobs and bars in relief. The object of the robbers had been of course to prevent the loose filling from falling through into the tomb and the consequent ruin of the superstructure betraying their act. This is further evidence that the tombs were plundered not very long after the interment and while tomb-robbery was still an invidious trade. At the point Y in the space between the brick lining of the pit in which the chambers lay and the side of the rather larger cutting that went down to the level of their roofs, there stood a large plain water-jar (F i) buried for half its height in the firm mud. This is a good instance of an offering being buried in the superstructure, though here it was carefully deposited instead of being thrown in with the filling. Chamber A contained a few scattered bones including a male pelvis; also fragments of two plain jars of type F i and of a plain amphora (F xvii), of two plain rough bowls (F xlv), of three saucers (F xlvi), two plain and one painted, and of a plain red tumbler (F xlviii). There were also an earthenware lamp, 8148, plain and rough, and fragments of a glass vessel, and two gilt glass beads. Of wood there were a lid of a cylindrical kohlpot, plain, a rectangular block resembling the foot of a piece of furniture, and a small turned and chip-carved object like a stand or pedestal (7607). Also in the chamber were one iron arrowhead (7370), an iron kohlstick (7389, PI. 36) and a pair of bronze tweezers of Egyptian type in the shape of a man swimming (Cairo 40104, PI. 35). Chamber B contained eight pottery vessels of the form F i, and five of the form F v; all plain. Chamber C contained fragments of two plain pottery vessels of form F i, and of one of F v; a plain amphora (F xxi) and two plain rough bowls (F xlv). Tombs G 123, 123 A. A peculiar combination of two dissimilar graves. The brick super- structure was a plain rectangle 2.40 m. by 2.50 m., a good deal damaged. On the east side a dromos 0.90 m. wide and 3.30 m. long led down to the grave. Here were two chambers lying across one another T fashion, the arms of the T pointing north and south just at the end of the dromos, its foot continuing the line of the dromos westwards. The two chambers were both cut in the solid mud after the style of the B tombs. Wheie the dromos cut at right angles across the first chamber, laying it open, a barrel vault had been constructed across the chamber, so that its outer side or extrados blocked the end of the dromos. It did not, however, quite block the entrance to the second chamber. Consequently a second barrel vault was built at right angles to the first and over the top of it, springing actually from the back of the lower vault and DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN IMPORTANT TOMES reaching to its centre, where the narrowed aperture was bricked up. The first chamber Tombs therefore was brick vaulted in the middle and had its two ends scooped out in the mud; the Type'lf^ ' second was an ordinary shaft chamber cut in the mud but continued at its east end by a short length of barrel vaulting running over the roof of the other grave. The first chamber, G 123, was undisturbed. In it lay the body of a man extended on the back, the head to the north, the hands folded across the pelvis. By the feet was an undecorated jar of form F iv. The second chamber, G 123, was also undisturbed. It contained the body of a young man, hardly mature, extended on the back, the head to the east, the hands folded across the pelvis. The body was wrapped in stuffs which were very much decayed. Just inside the grave, in its northwest corner, were grouped two undecorated jars of the form F iv, a painted tumbler (8673, PI. 88) , and inverted over the mouth of one of the jars a metal bowl (71 50) . With these, lying on its side, was an oval wicker-work basket — it had been entirely consumed by white ants but retained its shape. It measured 0.26 m. by 0.32 m. with a height of 0.1S m., increased by its conical lid to 0.27 m. It contained dates. Tomb G 141. This was one of the only two tombs of type C that had a superstructure — in this case, how- TombG 141, ever, the superstructure was an elaborate one. It measured 6.60 m. by 3.90 m. Judging from Type C 1. its shape and from the vary- ing thicknesses of its cross-walls it seems to have had a double mound (or "dome") above it — the central wall was still 1. 10 m. above the original level of the mud deposit so that though the two adjacent "domes" would here intersect at a point above their general base line, yet the height at which they started must have been considerable. — £^ There was no apse and no brick approach. T he outer walls were of brick upon foundations of thin sandstone slabs. In the shallow rectangular pit enclosed by them, two shafts, long and narrow, had been sunk, and the three chambers of which the tomb consisted opened sideways out of these. Chamber A was 2.00 m. long by 0.60 m. wide with an extreme height of 0.30 m. ; thus in size it did not differ greatly from the poorest tomb of the poor type to which it belongs. The shaft that led to it Scale Scale 36 KARANOG was about 2.00 m. long, 0.40 m. wide, and 1.70 m. deep. The long doorway was blocked by a brick wall stepped up from a broad base to the side of the shaft above the tomb entrance. A single hole made outside the superstructure close against its west side branched into two under the foundations and had put chambers A and B at the mercy of the tomb robbers; in the former chamber they left nothing whatsoever, in the latter a single undecorated jar of type F i. The chamber C was undisturbed. It measured 1.75 m. long by 0.80 m. wide, its greatest height being 0.65 m.; its floor level was 1.60 m. below the floor of the original pit; the shaft approach which it shared with chamber B was 2.00 m. long by 0.90 m. wide; the brick doorways of the two tombs were similar to that of A. In the grave lay the body of a man, extended on the back, the head east, the hands folded across the pelvis. It had been wrapped in stuff, but this had perished altogether. The body was laid far back in the lower part of the grave and the offerings put with it were along its left side, against the door. Between the foot and the hip were three undecorated jars of type F i, (1, 2, and 3 on plan); by the upper arm was (4) an undecorated jar of type F iv; and by the shoulder a similar jar (5) with plain bands of colour. Inverted over the mouth of this was (6) a metal bowl (7126), figured on PL 32. By the right lower arm there lay on the ground (8) what had been a quiverful of arrows; the wooden quiver and the arrow shafts had gone to dust, but the iron heads retained the form of the interior of the quiver. There were 43 in all (7 180-7221, 7368) and the types, which were very varied, can be seen on PL 34. Between the man's tibiae lay a piece of wood, long and round, with five keys of hard dark wood projecting from it in a line. Probably this had been a musical instrument like a mandoline, or rather a gorra, but no trace of its original body could be found. Under the south wall of the superstructure was found the half of a broken scarab. It is the only thing of the kind found in the cemetery and its origin is probably to be traced to the large Egyptian twentieth dynasty town a mile or so to the south. It is of course no more important as dating evidence than are the few scattered sherds of Egyptian pottery to be found about the desert to the north as well as to the south of the Romano-Nubian graves. Type B 6. The simple dromos grave with no super- structure; the brick doorway was intact and the grave undisturbed. Near the mouth of the dromos lay in the loose filling close to the surface, but apparently in position, two small black bottles of the form F ix. The grave chamber was a rough oval 2.00 m. by 1 .00 m., the doorway being 0.90 m. broad, as against the 1.30 m. of that end of the dromos, and 0.70 m. high; the floor of the chamber was 0.20 m. below the bottom of the dromos. In the grave were the bones of two bodies, those of a woman and an infant. The former lay extended on the back, the head towards the west, the hands folded across the pelvis; on the third finger of each hand were two rings (8072, 8087, 8116, 8118, PL 33). Across the woman's lap lay the infant, the head to the south ; the bones had fallen apart and lay in some confusion on the ground. On the north side of the grave near the door there were leaning against the wall three undeco- rated jars of the form F i (1, 2, and 3 on plan) and over the mouth of the first was inverted a DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN IMPORTANT TOMBS 37 plain red tumbler (F xlviii, 7 on plan); a similar red tumber lay a little way apart (5). A plain TombG ijo, jar of type F iv lay somewhat near to the body (4), and near the left upper arm (6) was a little ype B 6m rough cenochoe (F xxxii) 0.17 m. high. At (8) close to the left ear of the woman was a kohlbox of wood inlaid with ivory in the simple Noah's ark tree pattern (Cairo Museum 40222) and near the other ear the lid of a kohlbox of wood inlaid with ivory in a simple spot pattern (9). Tomb G 181. Type B 6. Simple dromos grave without superstructure. Dromos 3.00 m. long and 2.10 m. Tomb G 181, deep, after which it was stepped down to 2.40 m. the level of the bottom of the tomb chamber. Type B 6 - The brick doorway was intact and the tomb undisturbed. In the chamber lay the body of a woman, extended on the back, the head west, the hands folded across the pelvis. The whole body including the face was swathed in linen, with cord bound round the neck and four times round the body ; this linen shroud had an open-work border and fringe of a string-like texture, a sort of macrame work, the pat- tern of which was very similar to that on a shroud in grave G 325 (PI. 109, Fig. 5). The head of the body rested on a brick. Against the north side of the chamber were ranged five pottery vessels. (1) is an undecorated jar of the form F i; inverted over its mouth (4) was a painted tumbler (8707, PI. 91). Next to this (3) was a red amphora (F xvii) with, on the shoulder, a design in black of two cross-hatched buds with knotted stems (8503), and standing in its mouth, right way up, (5) the painted tumbler 8638, PI. 84. Beyond this (2) was a jar of the form F iv with a row of guinea fowl painted on the shoulder (8197, PI. 58). On the left hand side of the body, close to the shoulder, was (6) a glass unguentarium (7341, PI. 37). It had fallen over on its side, its mouth buried in the loose sand and dust, and this had combined with the contents as they ran out to form a solid air-tight stopper. The greater part of the contents of the phial remained therefore in the original liquid state inside. Tomb G 187. Type A 1. {See Fig. D.) The superstructure, which was of brick on stone foundations, was one of the largest in the Tomb G i8y, cemetery, being 6.30 m. square. There stood above ground level four courses of stone, the faces Type A 1. well pick-dressed, making a height of 0.90 m.; above this was brickwork. The domed mound that had stood above the tomb was supported internally by diagonal walls only (in the plan these are only dotted in towards the centre so as not to obscure the details of the super- ■structure). The brick approach was 2.50 m. long, the space between its walls being 1.00 m.; it had a stone frame at its east end. In front of it lay a brick altar measuring 1.10 m. by 0.65 m. There was no apse. Two metres south of the brick altar and in a line with it, 0.60 m. from the west wall of tomb G 179, there lay face upwards in the sand the fine stone table of offerings now in the Cairo Museum ■(marked G 179); it resembles No. 7088, PI. 15; in the middle of the sculptured face is a form of 38 KARANOG Tomb G i8j, pvlon on which rest the sacrificial loaves, two tall vases flank the pylon and over it bend long- Ty pe A i stalked lotus flowers. There can be little doubt that this stone belonged to the great tomb G 187. In the robbers' hole at the back of G 179, only a metre from the approach of G 187, was found the royal Ba statue (Cairo Museum 40232) of which a photograph is shown on PI. 2, and a coloured reconstruction (see p. 47) on PI. 1. Here again there can be little doubt that the statue belongs to the larger tomb in front of which it had fallen. Unfortunately of the stela that must have been attached to G 187 there was no trace; at least there was none found lying in any such relation to the tomb as would warrant its attribution to it. In the centre of the filling of the superstructure was an upright post which starting from the chamber ran right up through the brickwork at the point of intersection of the diagonal walls. By this post, below the foundations of the cross- walls, was a log running from the centre to the west wall, making a slight northern angle with it. Here were also found fragments of wattlework and plaited strips of hide. Immediately below, in the western chamber, were two pieces of timber together with remains of grass rope; they lay between the wall separating the two chambers and the platform of brickwork shown in the plan, running right under the latter; they lay north by south, and parallel, 0.35 m. apart. It was impossible to say with certainty what had been the object of this timber-work, but probably it represents simply a flagstaff, rising from the apex of the 'dome' and somewhat elaborately stayed up below ground. The grave, like G 183, had two chambers, one with brick walls and vault, the other cut simply in the mud. The brick chamber (A) lay to the east, it was 2.10 m. north by south and 1.85 m. east by west. The floor was cut down into the mud and on the ledges le.t along the sides were two courses of brick supporting the springers of the vault; the whole was 1.45 m. high. The interior was whitewashed; along each side, 1.10 m. from the ground, protruded wooden pegs, on which probably offerings once hung. At either end was a bricked-up doorway, not whitewashed, lhat at the west end led into the secondary chamber, and had been broken through by the tomb-robbers; that at the east end reached to the roof; part of it and of the adjoining wall had been broken down and the hole so made filled up with stone, ^his doorway led into a dromos running up under the brick approach, a feature found in only one other tomb of the class, namely G 182; it shows that the tomb had been partly built before the body was deposited in it, perhaps during the life-time of the owner. The stone filling of the doorway had been put in from the outside, and the whole of the dromos near the door was filled with similar rough stones; as the dromos had not been disturbed after the building of the superstructure, this must have been the work of those who laid the body in its grave. The chamber had been entered from the west end and completely gutted. Ihere was no body. In the northwest corner were found: 1. A ring of wood inlaid with ivory (7570). 2. An iron key (?) with carved wooden handle (7455, PI. 36). 3. An iron adze-head (7299, PI. 35). 4. Twenty-eight arrow-heads with fragments of shafts (7423-7454). 5. Some fragments of wood and leather, probably representing the bow. 6. Some lumps of organic matter, apparently animal intestines. Scattered about the chamber were fragments of several tall undecorated jars of the form F i, and of three plain red tumblers, F xlviii. The western chamber (B), though less pretentious, was more interesting. It was rudely circular, cut in the mud after the fashion of a dromos tomb, its only approach being through the eastern chamber. Two robbers' holes ran into it one on the west, coming from just outside the west wall of the superstructure, another on the north, starting from some five metres northeast DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN IMPORTANT TOMBS 39 of the tomb and breaking through just over the brickwork shown in the plan ; bricks from here Tomb G i8y, had been piled up in the entrance of the hole, from the outside, so that the tunnel could be filled TyP e A z - in again and the fact of the robbery concealed. This brickwork was in the nature of a platform, only one course thick. The western row of bricks, however, had three courses at its north end, and it seemed likely that here a greater height had originally been uniform throughout, so as to form such a walled-off compartment for the body as was not unusual in the tombs. The platform might thus have served as a stand for offerings or more probably might have been used for the body, which would then have lain in a sort of brick trough. As a matter of fact the human remains actua'ly found were lying between the platform and the west side of the chamber. The chamber had of course been plundered by the robbers of its more intrinsically precious contents, but even so, it was extraordinarily rich in objects, and these seemed for the most part but little disturbed. Against the west wall lay bones from two bodies, one male and one female; they were in great confusion and had clearly been ransacked for their personal ornaments even if they had not been thrown down here after being carried from their original position. Nothing was found with them. 1 he roof of this chamber was in so precarious a condition that it was almost entirely removed. The sketch on Fig. C, taken from a point looking nearly straight down into the pit thus exposed, shows the arrangement of objects within the chamber. For the most part they lay along the south side and in the northeast corner; in the northwest corner were only two jars of the type F iv, one ringed (8962) , and one plain. In the northeast corner were two large pottery vessels of type F xiv, one of F xv, and one of F i (8509); underneath these lay the fragments of glass which when put together formed the complete vessel 7362, PI. 39. Near these, but more towards the centre of the chamber, lay six bronze bowls (PI. 30), 7110, in which stood inverted 71 16, and next to them 7109, in which were 71 11, 71 12 and 7 118. Along the south side the pottery vessels were very numerous; of F i, there were three ringed examples and one painted (8227, PI. 64); of F v, one painted (8152, PI. 53); four plain, and fragments of others. Of F xii, the 'classical' amphora shape, there were no less than sixteen complete examples, several with graffiti (PI. 107, Figs. 13, 24, 25, 26); all these, like the other vessels of amphora type, had been sealed with mud, and in many cases these seals were intact; the most common stamps on them were the fish and the snake, but there were also those with the Greek letters <1>CN and with the captives bound to a stake (see p. 79). Of other amphora shapes there were two of F xv, one with graffiti (PI. 107, Fig. 1,6), one plain of F xvii and one plain of F xxi. Of F xxxiii there was an example with graffiti (PI. 107, Fig. 23); nine plain bowls of shape F xliv, (8396, 8400) one of F xlvii, a ringed cup F xlviii, and three plain cups of the same type (8647, PI. 85). In the southwest corner of the tomb the wall of the chamber had been so cut as to leave a slight ledge, against which was heaped up a pile of rubbish sloping down towards the middle of the grave. On the ledge lay the bronze situla 7141, the wine ladle 7142, and the Hellenistic lamp 7147 (all on PI. 30), and just by them, half buried in the dust, the two jugs, 7512, 7513, figured on PI. 29. In the sloping rubbish-heap over which the bones were strewn, but always at its south end, were the two decorated bronze bowls 7155 and C 41017, Pll. 26, 27, 28, the patera 7146, PI. 29, and the bronze spoon 7420 figured on the same plate, and lying upside down just at the foot of the slope the pot 7138, PI. 30. Mixed up with these objects in the same rubbish- heap were several of the clay bowls (F xliv) already mentioned, stacked one inside the other. Under the rubbish were the two carved wooden spoons 7421-2, figured on PI. 109, a turned wooden kohlpot with six rings, 0.22 m. long, a wooden box in the shape of a flattened sphere, diameter circa 0.16 m. and 0.11 m. in height, with a slight ring foot and knob handle, a double wooden 4o KARANOG box in the form of two ovals set side by side, flat-topped and with knob handles, and a large trav of basket-work, slightly concave like the modern native basket-work trays, about 0.30 m. in diameter; with the exception of the two spoons all these objects had been consumed by white ants and could not be preserved. There can be no doubt that this tomb is that of a chief or local king of Karanog. For a description of the individual objects see p. 47 (the statue) and pp. 59-61 (the bronze work). The statue, the offering- table, and the bronze bowl on which is represented the Ethiopian queen, are now in the museum at Cairo, the remaining objects in the University Museum at Philadelphia. Tomb G 254. Tvpe B 3. A dromos grave with brick superstructure on stone foundations; this was 3.50 m. square, and but little of its brickwork remained. The brick approach was 0.85 m. long, the space between its walls being 0.55m. In this space lay a small bottle of rough ware (F ix) . The superstructure had no cross-walls and therefore, in view of its size, was presumably not ' ' domed ' ' . Over the filling of the superstructure however there was spread a single laver of bricks which for part of the area at least was well preserved. It seemed that the side walls had never been much higher than at present, and that the top of the grave between these walls had been flat and jacketed with brickwork. When the walls were partially destroyed from above, some of the brick jacketing simply settled down as the filling silted out from below it, and reached its present lower level without losing its form. Or again, the side walls raav have stood actually a little higher than the flat top of the grave, which in that case may still retain its original level. Just where the brick jacketing was well preserved there was found immediately under it in the rubbish that formed the upper part of the filling of the superstructure, a small collection of objects; the bricks actually rested on them and the rubbish lay in a perfectly regular stratum round and a little below them. It was evident that the things had been laid in the filling just before the final brickwork was added. The objects were: 1. A wooden box; this was entirely destroyed by white ants, but its impression in the soil was perfectly clear; it had been 0.30 m. long, circa 0.10 m. wide and 0.05 m. high. Inside it had been: 2. A leather bag; of this only a few fragments were left. In the bag had been: 3. A cold chisel engraved at the end and on the side with what may be a maker's mark, though it is a device also found on pottery; it is of iron and when found was as bright as polished steel. (7367, PI. 36.) 4. An iron chatelaine consisting of a ring from which hang a pair of tweezers, a knife, stiletto and hook ; this also when found was brightly polished. (Cairo Museum 40093) . 5. A ring of ivory lined with silver, of uncertain use (7684). DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN IMPORTANT TOMBS 41 Against the box lay a quiver full of arrows. Of the quiver itself, there was left only part of Tomb G 254, the wooden end, oval in cross-section; it was covered with leather, and a thicker white leather Type B 3. had formed the body. The shafts of the arrows had almost without exception perished utterly; the points were fifty-one in number, three being of bronze, the rest of iron; they comprised thirteen different types (7222-7272, PI. 34). The grave itself had been robbed from behind; the chamber was 2.00 m. long, 1.45 m. wide, the doorway 1.00 m. across; its extreme height was 0.90 m. In it there lay, slightly disturbed, the body of a man, extended on the back, the head to the east, the hands folded across the pelvis. Along the north side of the chamber were ranged six pots; immediately against the side were two undecorated jars of the form F i, and a 'classical' amphora (F xii). Between these and the body was a row of small vessels, one plain red tumbler, one painted tumbler (Cairo Museum, 40084/ 19) and a small bottle of rough ware (F ix). Tomb G 293. Type B 3. Dromos grave with brick superstructure and approach. The superstructure Tomb G 293, measured 3.15 m. by 3.20 m.; of its front (eastern) wall, five courses remained, but the side Type B 3. walls had shallower foundations and stood only two courses high. There were no cross-walls, and the brickdust and loose sand filling that underlay the side walls filled up the whole interior to the level of the top of the brickwork with a regular stratification that showed it had not been disturbed since the tomb was built. The brick approach was 0.70 m. long, with a space of 0.25 m. between its walls; in this space lay a small undecorated bottle of rough ware (F ix) and a broken painted tumbler (8452, PI. 50). At 1.20 m. from this was a brick altar 0.33 m. square, and between the altar and the end of the approach lay an uninscribed stone offering- table (Cairo G 293). Just about the centre of the superstructure, 0.20 m. or 0.25 m. below the modern surface (with which the top of the brickwork is flush) , was a little collection of objects, apparently offerings placed here instead of inside the tomb. They were not in any order but lay loose, just as did the small rough pots not infrequently found in the filling of the superstructures of other tombs. It was impossible from their position to say whether they originally stood on the surface or lay below it, but analogy certainly supports the second of these views. The objects thus found were: 1. A quantity of beads; judging from their position in the soil these had formed three separate strings, (a) large quartz pendants with coloured glass spacers (7836) ; (6) blue glass poly- gonal beads alternating with similar beads of greenish white glass (7837, PI. 40) ; (c) small mixed beads (7835, 7838, 7839). 2. Five spindle-whorls of turned wood (7678 a-h). 3. A plain cylindrical wood box with lid, diameter 0.035 m -» height 0.025 m - (7 6 35) • □ •i i / " Hill r • . 1 t \ < - 1 i ■4 t / E £1' £ E in ■ 42 KARA NOG 4. Wood kohlpot with lid, inlaid with ivory in a tree pattern; length 0.26 m., diameter 0.05 m. (75i5. PI- 23). 5. Iron kohlstick with cruciform end, length 0.26 m. (7383, PI. 36). 6. A plain iron rod 0.30 m. long, one end rounded (7400). 7. A bronze tripod bowl, with incised chevron pattern on shoulder and floral scroll on sides, height 0.04 m. diameter 0.055 m. (7145, PI. 31). 8. A flat bronze saucer with two handles (one missing), diameter 0.08 m., height 0.03 m. (7i35. PI- 32). 9. Two small bottles of rough ware (F ix). The grave itself had been opened from behind and hopelessly plundered; it contained only three bones of uncertain sex, one silvered glass bead, fragments of a glass bottle, and a wooden spindle-whorl. Tomb G 315. Type D. In the south side of the dromos of grave G 310 was hollowed out a recess 1.80 m. long with a maximum breadth of 0.60 m. and a minimum of 0.45 m. It was cut down below the level of the floor of the dromos so that the latter was level with the roof of the recess chamber (see section). This fall in the level was broken by a step along which were laid the bricks that closed in the tomb. The chamber was 0.35 m. high, and its floor 1.95 m. below the modern surface; the door was three courses of brick high. The grave was undisturbed. In it lay the body of a woman, extended on the back, the head to the east, the hands folded across the pelvis; it was dressed in a garment, now wholly decayed, which had been fastened on the left shoulder by a small blue stud of glass paste (7984). Round the neck were two strings of beads, one o; very small blue glass (7855), the other of still smaller gilt glass beads, which were too much decayed to be re-strung. On the right upper arm was an armlet of beads the string of which was so far preserved as to be got out intact; the beads were dark blue glass pendants with gilt and coloured spacers (7558) . On the left upper arm was an armlet of glass beads, greenish, with smaller gilt and coloured spacers (7856, PI. 40) . Round the left wrist was a bracelet of gilt glass discoid beads with small coloured spacers (7857). Above the head, in the corner of the chamber, lay a small cenochoe (F xxxii) with bands of black on red. Along the north side of the chamber between the shoulder and the thigh of the body were three jars of the form F iv, by the shoulder 8243, PI. 55, then one undecorated, and then 8281, PI. 71. Inverted on these were three painted tumblers, respectively Nos. 8476, PI. 51; 8688, PI. 89, and 8485, PI. 81. In the northeast corner of the chamber stood a wicker-work basket, completely eaten by white ants but still preserving its shape. It was an oval 0.25 m. by 0.21 m. The sides 0.12 m. high; the lid rose to a point at the centre making a total height of 0.18 m. The box contained fragments of a soft white leather like chamois leather, the remains either of the lining of the box or of a bag inside it. Also inside the box were: 1. A kohlbox of turned wood, with lid 0.18 m. long (7704). 2. A bronze kohlstick with spoon end (7387, PI. 36). 3. A string of green and silvered glass beads (7854). DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN IMPORTANT TOMBS 43 Tomb G 384. Type B 6. Simple dromos grave without any superstructure. The grave was curious in Tomb G 384, that it was immediately below G 383 and opened out of the same dromos. Tomb G 383 had ^yP e B 6. been opened from above, over its doorway, and plundered, but apparently the robbers did not trouble to go deeper; tomb G 384 was therefore undisturbed and its contents intact. Ihe floor of the chamber was 2.70 m. below the modern surface, dropping 0.65 m. from the lowest point reached by the dromos, which was 2.00 m. long and at its east end rose abruptly to the surface (see section). The chamber itself was 2.00 m. long, its doorway 0.80 m. wide, and the chamber was of much the same width for half its length, but just inside broadened out northwards into a roughly-cut recess giving a total width of 1 .40 m. The body, that of a woman, lay extended on the back, the head to the east, the hands folded across the pelvis; it was thickly enveloped in stuffs which had however wholly perished; there were with the body two rings, worn one on the third finger of the right hand, the other on the little finger of the left (8056, 8089, PI. 33). Round the left wrist was a string of beads of blue glass and carnelian spacers (7834). In the recess on the north were three pots, leaning against the side of the chamber. (1) and (2) were large undecorated jars of the form F i, (3) was a decorated jar of form F iv (8201 , PI. 59) . Standing upright in the mouths of each of the first two jars was a painted tumbler, respectively 8671, PI. 88, and 8468, PI. 51; inverted over the mouth of (3) was a third painted tumbler 8477, PI. 51. Between these and the right upper arm of the body stood a wicker-work box, entirely eaten away by white ants but still preserving its shape. It was circular, with a diameter of 0.25 m., 0.12 m. high; the lid rose to a point at the centre giving a total height of 0.16 m. In this box were: 1. A squat undecorated cenochoe (F xxxii) of red clay, height 0.145 m., with remains of string round its handle. 2. A plain kohlpot of turned wood (7638); it was well preserved, but the lid was much decayed and seemed to be of wicker-work. 3. A plain iron kohlstick (7399, PI. 36). 4. An unguentarium of greenish brown glass with a narrow string of white opaque glass wound spirally round it and ending in a blob at the neck. The vase is 0.095 m - high ; it had had a wicker-work handle bound round the neck and looped over the top, but this was wholly decayed, and fell to dust when touched (7340, PI. 37). 5. A bowl of transparent white glass 0.045 m. high with a diameter of 0.073, m. (7349' Pl-39)- 6. A bowl of translucent amber-coloured glass 0.055 m. high with a diameter of 0.08 m.; (7343, PI- 37)- 7. Some loose beads of brownish-black and white glass with two gilt and one coloured spacers (7896). 44 KARANOG Q 445. S cile Tomb G 445. Type A 4. The shaft in which the chamber was built had for part of its depth been widened out northwards to make the grave G 452; the original grave G 445 was however a normal example of its class except in so far as stone slabs took the place of bricks for the roof. The side walls were of brick, five courses high; the ends were merely cut in the mud. The chamber was thus 2.10 m. long by 0.40 m. wide and 0.50 m. high. The grave was undisturbed. There had been two interments, the two bodies lying one above the other, both in position. The upper body was that of a man, extended on the back, the head to the west, the hands folded across the pelvis; it was wrapped in coarse linen stuff, wholly decayed. On the surface of the rubbish that overlay the lower body, and therefore belonging to the later interment, were a number of objects lying at the east end of the grave along the south wall of the chamber, between the right thigh and the foot of the body. In the corner was (1) an undecorated jar of the form F iv. By it (3) was a bronze bowl, much battered and with the bottom missing (7154). Between this and the ankle were two objects; an iron kohlstick (7390, PI. 36) with decorated •end and worked stem, and (4) a kohlpot of turned wood; this had been 0.20 m. long and had had seven rings, being therefore of the type of G 7602 shown on PI. 23; but it was wholly decayed and could not be preserved. Against the right tibia was (6) the casket of wood inlaid with ivory (7517) shown on PI. 22. It had been considerably restored before being deposited in the tomb; brass binding had been added at the corners and the broken lid had been rudely mended with bronze rivets. The handles were of bronze and to one of them a loop of string was attached. In the casket were a small 'patch box' with lid, of wood inlaid with ivory in a chevron pattern (7510, PI. 23) , and two wooden spindle-ends, one of which was much decayed (7506-7 in the Museum Catalogue). Beyond this, between the femur and the side wall, was (2) a small ribbed cenochoe (F xxxii) 0.115 m. high. Below these objects the dust and sand made a fairly level covering over the lower burial. This body, that of a woman, lay extended on the back, the head to the west, the hands by the sides. It was wrapped in coarse stuff much decayed. Under the body were some blue glass ■discoid beads (7807) and on the right hand (5) was an iron ring (81 11, PI. 33). There were no other objects with the body; if any had ever existed they must have been removed at the time of the second interment. Tomb G 549. This grave was a distinct variant of the D type; indeed it is only classed under that heading because it lay in the dromos of another tomb. But itself was not properly speaking a recess, but rather a cross between the types A 4 and C 2. A trench was cut in the bottom of the dromos of G 548, the south side was lined with bricks, four courses high, the north side was left a mere ■cutting in the mud. Rough stones laid across formed at once a flat roof to the chamber and the floor of the dromos of G 548. This chamber or trench measured 1.80 m. long and 0.45 m. wide; it was 0.40 m. high and 1.65 m. below the surface. The robbers had broken into the main grave from above at its east end where it was brick- vaulted (at the west end it was a mere shaft driven DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN IMPORTANT TOMBS 45 into the mud). In consequence they had left the dromos untried and had not detected the TombGs49y presence of a second grave, and though one of the roof-slabs of G 549 had fallen in, the chamber was undisturbed and its con- tents in their original order. The body, that of a woman, lay extended on its back, the head to the east, the hands folded across the pelvis. It had been wrapped in stuff, which had wholly perished. The objects were ranged along the north side of the grave, on the body's right. By the shoulder was a painted tumbler (8447, PI. 50) lying on its side. Next to this, also lying on its side, was a small painted cenochoe (8333, PI. 77). Beyond it stood upright with its lid in position the very fine egg-shaped pot of burnished handmade black ware with white-filled incised rectilinear ornament shown on PI. 10 1. Just by the right ankle was a jar of the form F iv, red hasmatite-faced ware with round the shoulder a wreath in black with white spots. This had been broken by the falling in of a roof slab, but the pieces lay in order preserving the shape of the pot. The pot is included under No. 9037, in the Museum Catalogue. Next to the black incised pot lay a plain cylindrical wood kohlbox, 0.13 m. long, with its lid (7625 A and B) . The objects thus found together are discussed in their relation to the history of Nubian pottery on p. 52. With this grave should be compared G 743 following. Tomb G 743. Type C 2. A single shaft 1.35 m. long and 1.50 m. wide led to three graves; at each side of it was a trench grave of type C 1 , and in the intervening ledge 0.90 m. wide a small trench 0.75 m. long and 0.30 m. wide had been sunk thirty centimetres below the level of the ledge itself; it was roofed in with flat stones, the top of which, with the surrounding ledge, were 0.70 m. below the modern surface. The two side graves, G 744 and G 745, had been plundered, but the central grave, G 743, had escaped notice and though one or two of the roof slabs had fallen in, was undisturbed. As its measurements show, it was a child's grave. The body lay extended on the back, the head to the east, the hands folded across the pelvis. Round the left wrist was a thread on which was strung a single bugle bead of blue glass. The pottery objects were arranged along the south side of the grave, on the left of the body. By the shoulder was a painted jar of the form F iv (8426) ; it was only 0.085 m. high. Near the thigh was a plain tumbler (F xlviii) of coarse ware. Next to this, by the knee, lay an undecorated jar of the form F iv, 0.205 m. high. By the ankle, broken into two pieces by the collapse of a roofing-stone, was the bowl (8735, Fxlvii) of burnished handmade ware with white-filled incised ornament representing a row of highly conventionalized ostriches. This is shown on PI. 102. Cf. G 549 and see p. 52. r 0 Tomb G 743 , Type C 2. O-50 IM. CHAPTER VI THE SCULPTURES AND INSCRIBED STONES I he Ba The statues found at Karanog were naturally more numerous as well as more varied in charac- Bird. ter than those from the small cemetery of Shablul described in the "Areika" volume. At Karanog, as at Shablul, it is evident that the richer tombs were generally furnished each with a single statue, which had been displaced and often flung to some distance from its original position by robbers in ancient days. The type of representation is unknown in Egypt and seems to have been independently developed by the Nubians to satisfy the requirements of a creed which resembled the Egyptian in some respects but was undoubtedly distinct and peculiar in others. The Egyptian sculptor, his thoughts concentrated on the bodily person, wished so exactly to counterfeit the form and lineaments of the deceased, that the soul when returning from the grave might mistake the image for the actual self. But the aim of the Nubian was different at the outset; he intended his statues to reproduce not the physical double but the soul, not the Ka but the Ba. The development of his thought may be traced in a progressive series of representations; a statement which is not intended to convey any differentiation of date, for the series is typological not chronological. Even the human head which characterizes the Ba-bird in Egyptian pictures is not present in some of the statues discovered at Karanog. They represent (7032, PI. 6) simply the hawk, the soul itself independent of its bodily counterpart. It is a departure from this primitive con- ception when some part of the human figure is substituted for the head and front of the bird; the soul and its companion of the flesh are then visibly united in one form. Once this anthropo- morphic conception has entered into the thought of the sculptor, it rapidly overpowers the more esoteric doctrine; the Ba-statues become more and more human in appearance. At first it was only the head, the essentially individual part of the person, that was made in the rudimentary semblance of a man's features. The first efforts towards this transformation can be seen in such an example as 7008 (PI. 6). The head is disproportionately large and is devoid of all orna- ment or elaboration, it is merely superimposed upon the body of a bird; the feet and legs are not wholly bird-like but as yet they are not human ; the body and wings are unmistakably those of the hawk. But in the next stage, though the execution is rude, the human characteristics are clearly indicated. Thus in 7006 (PI. 7) the breast and legs are those of a man, the breast being emphasized in typically ^Ethiopian style as in the Mero'itic sculptures of more southern sites. In 7035 the arms and hands, still absent in 7006, are faintly adumbrated; this figure is no longer that of a mere Ba-bird. One more step and the evolution is complete, the heads are not only generically human, they become personal, endowed with individual features and character. The wings of the bird are still depicted, but they clothe the figure like a cloak which floats backward from the shoulders. It might almost be a feather robe; the plumage is often chiselled and always depicted in colour. Sometimes the man or woman is wrapped in a long robe, sometimes nude to the waist, with apron and girdle or long skirt below. On the head is worn a disk, and in one or both hands may be grasped the staff of authority. It is the image of a person as that person was known in life (C 40232, PI. 1). (46) THE SCULPTURES AND INSCRIBED STONES 47 The general appearance of these statues has been vividly described by Sir G. Maspero in his The Ba article of September 25, 1908, in the Journal des Debats: Bird. " Les personnages, hommes ou femm.es, sont habilles, coiffes, pares a l'ethiopienne, et on les dirait descendus des bas-reliefs qu'on voit dans les temples meroitiques; ils ont la silhouette floue, les chairs abondantes, la face souriante, l'expression calme mais niaise, et ils ne retien- draient point l'attention des visiteurs, s'ils ne trainaient derriere eux, pendant diagonalement a leurs epaules en guise de manteau, un plumage de faucon ou d'epervier, dos, ailes et queue. La presence de figures pareilles dans les derniers chapitres du Livrc des Morts, ou elles sont affublees de noms ethiopiens, nous aurait encourages a supposer que nous avions lk des idoles divines si le lieu de la trouvaille et l'examen de leurs variantes ne nous avait point revele leur signification funeraire." Sir G. Maspero suggests in the same article that the development of this peculiar conception of the Soul Statue must be regarded as essentially Nubian and dated as subsequent to the separation of the Meroitic kingdom from the Egyptian. Fragments, heads, and nearly complete figures found in the cemetery represent an original Restoration total of 120 statues. Of the finer examples thirteen were allotted to the Cairo Museum and 's la ^^ al thirteen to the University Museum at Philadelphia; the most representative from each collection are reproduced in our plates 1-8 inclusive. The execution of the figures is rude and will not bear comparison with that of Egyptian statuary of any good period; clearly the Nubians shared the weakness in plastic art of most barbaric Africans, whose achievements in sculpture seldom rise above the mediocre. The material is a sandstone quarried in the immediate neighbourhood of the site, and the work is evidently that of local artists partially inspired by Egyptian tradition. In PI. 2 is shown a photograph of the finest and most complete statue, which is now in the Cairo Museum, numbered 40232 in the Cairo catalogue. It was discovered in the robbers' hole behind tomb G 179 and must belong to G 187. A drawing on PI. 1 gives the original colours and a conjectural restoration of certain missing parts. In the original the colours, though nearly effaced, have left distinct traces the values of which can be recovered from brilliantly painted fragments of other statues. The skin colour is as dark as that of an Upper Egyptian, but not black like that of the negro; the original artist produced it by a wash of chocolate laid over a red ground. It is to be remarked that the features are not more negroid than those of Upper Egyptians in ancient and in modern times; which suggests that the rulers of Karanog may have belonged to a racial caste superior to the general negro population. For there can be little doubt from his dress and attributes that this personage is a prince or king. His costume is not the simple skirt hanging from the waist, which appears in several of the statues and painted stela? ; it is a sleeved pontifical or state robe gathered into flounces under which is visible a red tunic. The statues numbered 7001 and 7005 are similarly robed. On his feet the king wears sandals precisely resembling several which were found in the tombs; on his head we have placed a disk painted with a garland, of which also more than one example has been found. In its left hand the figure shown in PI. 2 holds a staff broken in the middle and at the top. In section the staff has the form peculiar to reed plants, so that in this case it may very possibly represent a stem of papyrus. The statue numbered 7000, PI. 5, and several unpublished fragments show in the hand a cone-like object painted green with slight reticulation. On this evidence the head of the staff has been conjecturally restored in PI. 1 as a green cone. The attitude with both hands clenched and extended is unusual, so that it was impossible to guess the form of the object originally held in the right hand; a simple baton has therefore been inserted in the restora- tion to represent some upright thing which had perished but left traces on the stone. The ornaments worn by the king consist of a fillet passing round his wig or close-fitting cap, a heavy gold bracelet on each upper arm and elaborate necklaces. The latter seem to be composed of two strings of small uniform gold beads, two of large gold ball-beads, and one of a purple stone 4§ KARANOG which probably represents amethyst; they are fastened to a bar spacer and clasped over the left shoulder. From the centre there hangs a large gold figure of a god, no doubt Amen-Re. The same pendant and similar armlets are depicted on the breast of the ^Ethiopian queen in the temple of Begerawieh.* Dress and Vestments and ornaments of the same style are worn by the figures 7001 (PI. 3) and 7005 Attributes. ^ ^ which must represent persons of the highest rank. No. 7000 (PI. 5) is peculiar in being nude to the waist, and is the best specimen of modelling in the entire series; the sole garment is a fringed skirt falling in a double fold which is secured at the waist by the usual girdle knot. Next to these in interest is 7010 (PI. 6) which is unique in several respects. The figure is nude to the waist and wears round the loins only a short tight fustanella of pleated linen. A fillet encircles the brow, and the hair of the head is rendered, in a manner not found in any other representation, like the crisp buckling curls of a negro. The wings and plumage of the bird back are chiselled in fine detail. A similar treatment of the wings is to be seen in No. 7015 (PI. 6) which may be contrasted with No. 7004 (PI. 4) where the bird form is merely outlined in stone and the plumage is indicated by bars of colour. In two unbroken but otherwise inferior specimens viz., C 40193 (PI. 2) and 7002 (PI. 4), has been preserved the flat disk worn upon the head. This is one of the most characteristic features of the Nubian dress. It was sometimes carved in one block with the statue, but more often made separately and inserted into a hole drilled in the top of the head. Almost every head that was found has either a solid disk upon it or else a hole in the crown ; and the lead solder which attached the headdress is often still visible on the stone. It is possible that the form of ornament for the head was sometimes varied, for in one of the tombs was found a small wooden object like a flag with an ankh sign carved upon it, which would have fitted very well in such a place. The figure in No. 7003 (PI. 3) holds that enigmatic object which has been variously explained as an ear of corn, a piece of linen or a flywhisk. The long staff, which is often, as in 7002 (PI. 4) lightly carved upon the stone, was sometimes made separately, in wood or metal. In PI. 8 are shown three examples of double statues, commemorating no doubt in each case two persons buried together in a single tomb. Numerous isolated heads were found detached from bodies. A selection of them is published in Pll. 9 and 10. The majority must have belonged to inferior statues of very rough workman- ship. The crescent on the brow of 7069 is probably a tribal mark like the three cuts on the cheekbone of one of the Cairo examples. In or around the superstructures of some of the tombs were found gravestones on which a portrait of the person was rudely carved or painted. This is in accordance with the usual Egyptian custom. Bas-relief. True bas-relief is used in only one example, C 40265 (PI. 1 1), where the figure closely resembles that of a Ba-statue seen in front view. The upper part of the body is nude and modelled in relief, the lower limbs are clothed in the usual skirt. The technique is quite different from that of the other gravestones, which are carved in two planes only as though the material were wood. In C 40165 (PL 11) for instance, the background is simply cut away from the figure, which is left as a flat surface on which the details are incised with the graving tool. It may be noted that C 40165 is surmounted by the architectural motive of the winged sun disk flanked by uraeus snakes, a symbol frequent on the cornices of doors and gateways in the ■'Graeco-Roman period, and occurring also in the fortress of Kasr Ibrim. The figure in 7078 (PI. 13) is from a door- jamb and represents a woman wearing the headdress associated with Isis; she is seated and holds in both hands a phial from which liquid is pouring. On PI. 1 1 is shown another carved figure, also from the jamb of a miniature door; the girl wears the feather of Maat and pours liquid from a long-necked ewer. * Lepsius, Denkm. B. X, Abt. V, Blatt 41 and cf. Blatt 59. THE SCULPTURES AND INSCRIBED STONES 49 The painted stelas show the influence of Egyptian tradition much more clearly than do the Painted statues. Egyptian conventions are followed in regard to the posture of the figure; and specimens such as Nos. 7082, 7083 (PI. 14), might have been found far north of Nubia. It is interesting in 7083 to see sketched upon the stone the original freehand outlines for arm and shoulder, which the colourist has not chosen to follow. In 7081 (PI. 14) though the general style is Egyptian the accentuation of the fleshy parts, abdomen and thighs, is quite ./Ethiopian. The three figures in 7080 (PI. 14) are the work of an infantile talent and are only interesting for the dressing of the hair. The long top knot which they wear can be seen also in 7081 and in C 40229 (PI. 11); it is an interesting detail of local custom. The four examples of painted stelae reproduced on PI. 14 had suffered so much from weathering that it was impossible to photograph them, the illustrations are therefore made from careful facsimile drawings. On PI. 1 1 the curious pair in C 40229, should be observed. A nude man is accompanied by a person wearing a long white skirt which is apparently fringed at the bottom and embroidered on the hip with the swastika. The most interesting of these funerary portraits is the picture of a negro girl on PI. 13, No. 7079. The body is depicted in the red colour usually employed on these gravestones; but the racial characteristics, projecting jaw and woolly hair, are strikingly represented. On her head the girl wears a green wreath and in her hand she carries a green palm leaf or flywhisk. Neck and arms are ornamented with collars and bracelets; the long string of bugle beads that hangs in front was no doubt made of glass, green alternating with white. The treatment of the body is thoroughly .Ethiopian and may be compared with any of the representations on the Meroitic temples. Other painted stelae are shown in Pll. 12 and 13. Numerous offering-tables inscribed with formulae in the Meroitic script were discovered at Offering Karanog. The greater number were allotted to the Cairo Museum, but twelve examples were Ta ^ es ' brought to the University Museum, Philadelphia. There were also numerous plain stelae inscribed with similar formulae, of which nine good examples were brought to Philadelphia, the remainder being given to Cairo. Several of the painted portraits which have just been described also bear inscriptions in Meroitic. The entire series of inscriptions on stone, numbering with those from Shablul 170, is being studied by Mr. F. LI. Griffith, who will shortly publish on behalf of our expedition a volume containing photographs, transcriptions and a commentary. We have therefore contented ourselves in this place with reproducing photographs of the examples at Philadelphia as illustrations of the general art and character of the carvings rather than as epigraphical documents. The offering-tables are of the same form and general character as those discovered at Shablul. The margins are occupied by several lines of inscription, the central field by libation vases and loaves carved in a better style than was usual at Shablul. Bunches of lotus flowers are added in several examples. Attention may be drawn to the classical amphora placed on its stand with the dipper hanging from its neck in 7092 (PI. 16), also to the remarkable representation of a pylon in 7088 (PI. 15) . A rare specimen is 7097 (PI. 1 7) , which has in the centre two rudely carved figures, one of which is evidently Anubis, holding between them a reversed libation vase (cf. C 40164, PI. 20). Another unique and very interesting specimen is 7108 (PI. 20), on the margin of which, in place of an inscription, has been carved a trailing vine, while the centre is ' occupied by a realistically rendered palm tree with bunches of fruit hanging from its branches. It was by no means always possible to refer these stones to the graves to which they had originally belonged. The Ba statues particularly, probably because they had stood at a certain height above the ground, were broken and their pieces strewn far and wide; in several cases a head was found to fit a body that had been lying half a dozen tombs away. The stelae and offering- tables, thanks to their more solid form and their position closer to the ground, had for the most part been shifted rather than scattered at random; a few were still actually in position, more 5° KARANOG Offering were not indeed undisturbed but yet so close to their original places that their relation to one Tables tomb rather than to another could be decided with little doubt. Since the work of excavation proceeded from east to west across the cemetery, these stones were generally discovered, and often had to be moved, before the tomb in front of which they lay had been reached; it was then necessary to mark them by their relation to some tomb to the east of them ; and in consequence the field-numbers inscribed upon the stones are not always the numbers of the tombs to which subsequently they were seen to belong. Whenever a stone could be ascribed with tolerable certainty to a tomb this has been done both in our catalogue and, for the Cairo specimens, in the tabular analysis of tombs; but when no such definite attribution is made, the tomb-number inscribed as a field-label upon the stones is to be disregarded. CHAPTER VII POTTERY [See throughout the Form Index, Pll. 103-106.] The quantity of pottery recovered from the Anibeh cemetery was remarkable; in the Fresh University Museum at Philadelphia there are now over eight hundred specimens of complete Types vases, the majority of which are decorated, and at Cairo there are fifty six. All the more interesting examples are figured on Pll. 41 to 102. In spite of the number of specimens there is from the technical point of view not a great deal to be added to what was said of the fragments found at Shablul.* All the wheel-made types there described reappear at Anibeh with the exception of (g), a pottery, whose well-levigated red body is covered with a very hard brilliant white slip ; this, which occurred very rarely at Shablul, and there on the town site, seems to belong to the latest period. The chief addition to be made to the list of wheel-made wares is No. 8875 (PI. 94) found in G 591, a poor child's tomb. It is of red hasmatitic ware very finely burnished, the body being of a light more salmon-coloured clay, the surface orange-red. The upper part of the walls rises perpendicularly from the bowl and is regularly and deeply grooved with wheel-turned lines; the rim is striated transversely. The juncture between the lower basin and the straight walls is accentuated by a slight flange. The base-ring is high and grooved. The flat bowl 8874 (PI. 93) found in G 701, has a similar but more pronouncedly orange surface well burnished though softer in texture than that of 8875. Both these vases are in form and fabric unlike anything else found in the cemetery; the nearest parallel was given by a sherd picked up at Begrash, where there is a building of Romano-Nubian origin which continued in use down into Coptic times. This was a piece of poorer and less distinctive fabric but of a shape very common in later terra sigillata (Dragendorff's No. 38) and probably peculiar to it. There is no doubt that the Karanog specimens 8874 and 8875 (which is a distinct approach to the form 38) are imported examples of this Gallo-Roman ware. On the base of 8874, inside, there is stamped a large rosette corresponding to the marks in use at some of the Lezoux factories. Further, the slate-grey and brown bowls with high slip ornament (Pll. 90, no) are imported specimens. Vases of this shape and style of ornament are fairly common in Egypt and all over the Roman Empire in the third century a. d. A fragment was found at Shablul, and the whole vases and fragments at Anibeh were numerous enough to show that they were in fairly common use. Another imported type, also found at Shablul, is that of the tall 'classical' amphora (Form Index, xii, PI. 103). Here there is no doubt as to origin, for many of these amphorae bear graffiti in Demotic and in Greek (v. PI. 107), giving the name either of the maker of the vessel's contents or of the contents themselves. f Meroitic graffiti also occur, — perhaps the pots were re-used, — but the presence of such names as Gellius and Domitius proves for the amphorae that northern origin which their form suggests. Having regard to the vessels of Roman glass, the Alexandrian bronzes and the Greek wine jars, it is clear that the inhabitants of Nubia carried on a considerable trade with lower Egypt. * Areika, p. 35. tCf. an amphora inscribed OIN02 POAI02 found at Gebel Barkal. Budge, Egyptian Sudan, vol. i, p. 174. (5i) 52 KARANOG Fresh Types. Classifica- tion. In strong contrast to the bulk o r the wheel-made and painted pottery stands the black hand-made ware of which not a few specimens were found. The complete vases are figured on PI. 101, Figs. 8564, 8773-4-6, 8409 and 8967, and PI. 102, Figs. 8565, 8566, 8734-5, 8772 and 8883. Of the other figures on these two plates, Nos. 8771, 8884, 8909 are black but wheel-made and No. 8407 is wheel-made and red. Besides these there are a fair number of fragments (PI. 100, Figs. 901 1). The most remarkable example is No. 8967, a hand-made pot of flattened egg-shape with a detachable cover,* decorated with punctured white-filled rectilinear designs. It is almost a pair to a vase found by Mr. A. C. Mace in a cemetery of the Proto-Dvnastic period near Hou (see Diospolis Parva, PI. 6).f The Anibeh pot was found in an undisturbed grave, together with examples ol tvpical painted potten-, No. 8447, PI. 50 and No. 8333, PI. 77 (see p. 45). The black bowl with ostrich design, 8735, PI. 102, was also found with painted pottery in the undisturbed grave G 743; (see p. 45). The choice of animal subjects which we have in this bowl, in a fragment of another similarly decorated with ostriches, in the highly conventionalized frogs of 8734 (PI. 102) and in a realistic gazelle on a fragment found at Karanog town, brings this ware more into relation with the painted pottery than would appear had we to judge entirely from the geometrical designs of Nos. 8772, 8773, 8565 and 8967. Considering the number of specimens and the circumstances of their finding, there can be no question at all that this primitive ware, primitive alike in fabric and in ornament, some specimens of which might easily pass as early dynastic, used to be manufactured in Nubia at the same time as the highly finished painted vases. The two fabrics, technically so wide apart, are contemporary in fact, and their common date is that of the logically later. Black pottery with white-filled incised ornament originated independently in many parts of the world and it is rash to try to trace it to one common source. The black incised pottery found at the XVIIIth Dynasty castle of Amadeh supplies a link with the past and gives further reason for regarding the ware as an indigenous product. Its survival to this late date, disconcerting as it may seem, is not really surprising among a people so conservative as the Nubians. They made such pottery in predynastic times when culturally upon a level with their kinsmen in Egypt. The Egyptian, transformed by the progress of his civilization, dropped the mode; but theJ^ubian, conservative in his own nature and less profoundly influenced by contact less direct with outside peoples, assimilated much from Egypt of the eighteenth dynasty and later, much from the Hellenistic world and much from Rome, but also preserved throughout much that was originally his own. The black potter}' belongs, on the whole, to the poorer tombs, and it is no doubt in the homes of the lower class that we are most likely to find enduring traces of the primitive native culture. The wares found at Anibeh may then be classified as follows, adopting for the most part the descriptions given of the Shablul pottery, and adding the new types: (a) (i) Hand-made pottery, viz. red (hasmatitic) or black (owing to its being deliberately baked in a smoky fire) either with the natural surface or more or less pebble-burnished (contrast specimens 8776 and 8734, Pll. 101 , 102), plain or with punctured or roughly incised linear ornament. The incised ornament was generally and perhaps originally always white-filled, (ii) Hand-made pottery, very rudely formed vessels, usually F xlviii, less commonly F ix, of drab clay, being coarse imitations of the wheel-made types. They are sometimes kiln-baked, sometimes burned in the open fire, sometimes merely sun-dried. N. B. — The large jar of hand-made ware mentioned as found at Shablul (Areika, p. 35) came from the town site and is a store-jar of a sort not used for funerary purposes. It *The two holes near the rim of the pot and that in the lid are for the attachment of the latter. As in the case of the modern Nubian basket of not dissimilar form, but flat-bottomed, a loop rose from each side, the two just meeting o^-er the lid, from the centre of which a thong passed through both loops and secured the cover, thereafter acting as a handle. tXow in the Ashmolean Museum, Oxford. POTTERY 53 does not occur in the Anibeh cemetery, but there are similar fragments among the house-ruins Classifica- of Karanog. tion - (b) Wheel-made black pottery, pebble-burnished; in texture much like a i. (c) Wheel-made pottery of drab or reddish drab clay coarse but firm in texture, generally unpainted, occasionally with a design in matt black. This includes most of forms F ix, xxi, xxii, xlv, li and a good many of F xvii and xxxii. (d) Wheel-made potter}' of a firm hard texture and more or less burnished surface. The clay is finely levigated and the turning skilful, so that the walls are thin and fairly true. The brownish tint of the surface is the natural colour of the clay brought out bv burnishing. Designs in black and brownish red. To this class belong many of forms F x, xlviii and 1. (e) Wheel-made pottery of red or reddish-drab clay with haematitic surface more or less burnished ; the levigation of the clay is variable. Where colour is to be used, the pot is burnished ; the plain pots have often a matt surface. This is the commonest class and includes the majority of forms F i, v, xvii, xviii, xx, xxxii, xxxiv, xxxv, xliv, xlvii, lii, liii (in these last two the haematitic colour is only applied, as a rule, to the upper part of the vase). (/) Wheel-made pottery of red or drab clay with a cream-coloured slip over the whole surface. This slip is sometimes hard and takes paint, sometimes, as in the case of vessels of the form F xxiii, is soft and rather friable. To this class belong some specimens of forms F i, v, vii, xiv, xxi, xxii, xxiii, xxx, xxxii, xxxvii. (g) Wheel-made pottery of soft white clay finely levigated, sometimes very lightly baked and friable. Sometimes the whole surface is painted red, otherwise designs are painted in black, brown, red and purple on the white ground. This class includes very many examples of forms F xlv, xlvi, xlviii, and specimens of the rarer shapes F lvi, lvii, lx, lxv, lxviii. (h) Wheel-made haematitic pottery, with red body and highly-burnished surface; imported Gallo-Roman ware, Nos. 8874, 8875, Pll. 93, 94. (i) Wheel-made pottery, drab clay with reddish brown or slate-coloured surface on the upper part of the exterior, and raised decoration of blobs of cream-coloured slip ; imported Roman ware; form F liii. (/) Wheel-made pottery, drab clay with light drab or buff surface, imported fabric. Forms F xii, xiv, xv. It is clear that some of these types pass into each other by slight gradations, and it is some- times difficult to refer an individual specimen to one class rather than to another; but the broad lines of the classification hold good for the pottery as a whole. If in technique the Anibeh vases do not add greatly to what was already known from the Forms. Shablul excavations, the vastly greater number of complete examples recovered throws much more light upon the range of forms and of decorative motives employed by the Nubian potter. A table of all the forms is given on Pll. 103-106.* The most common are the varieties of the gourd-shaped jar F i, v, and vii (with aberrations F ii, iii, iv and vi) and the small open bowl, shallow as a saucer or tumbler-shaped, F xlv- lii, of which xlviii is the most usual, xlv being generally of the roughest ware. The gourd-shaped pot and the tumbler, "which, as has been remarked, occur in almost every tomb and form its necessary furniture, may be regarded as characteristically Nubian types; the cylindrical pots, F xxvi-xxix, also seem to be of native design, though the addition of handles in xxvi and xxvii gives them a more classical appearance. The pilgrim-bottle, F xxiv and xxv, betrays an Egyptian source, but it is clear that the chief influence at work so far as the form of vessels is concerned was that *Thc table of forms does not make any pretensions to morphological accuracy, being intended simply for convenient reference. 54 KARANOG of the classical Mediterranean. The jug F xxv may well have originated in the eighteenth dynasty, when JEgean vessels of this form were imported into Nubia and freely copied by the local potters. The varieties of the lecythus type (F xxxii) which is very largely represented, and the amphora (F xvii-xxi) are obviously of classical origin, as too is the single example of F lxix, an imitation of a common metal shape. The classical amphorae F xii-xvi are imported from or via Egypt. Another foreign shape is F liii, which was not without influence upon the local products. The bottle F vii is of interest as carrying back to the Roman period the origin of the modern gulla ; and another form that occurs commonly at the present day and finds its predecessor in the Karanog collection is that of the amphora with a spout at the side and a strainer in the mouth, F xxiii. Two pots, F lvii with the curious straight shoulder, and F lxiv, a tall goblet with indented sides, resembling the so-called 'thumb-bowls' of the Roman empire, are perhaps derivatives from metal; so too is F xxxviii with the upstanding thumb piece on the handle. The guttus, F xl, seems to throw back to a Greek original. The type F xlii is represented by a curious pot of uncertain use; it has a very narrow mouth and the base is pierced as if it were intended for a sprinkler; at Anibeh it forms a class by itself, but a fragment of a similar vase was found at Shablul. F lxvi is a small hearth or off ering- table ; one example was found with the ashes still in position ; some specimens, however, seem ill adapted for this purpose and may have been used as stands for vases. In the decoration of the vases Egyptian, Hellenistic and native motives are freely commingled, but even when the borrowing is most obvious the informing spirit both in the scheme of decoration and in the treatment of details is no less apparent and original. True Egyptian motives are not very numerous ; the sacred eye is the most common and is illustrated by Nos. 8309 (PL 48), 8645 (PI. 85), 8457 (PL 78), 8276 (PL 71) ; the asp wearing the crown appears on Nos. 8194 (PL 58) , 8199 (PL 59) , 8250 (PL 67) , 8672 (PL 83) ; the last being one of the stamped tumblers, on other examples of which it occurs in various stages of degeneration. More often the snake is treated in a free style that owes nothing to Egypt, as e. g. on No. 8224 (PL 63.) The girdle-knot is fairly frequent, but is treated in a peculiar style and often has the adjunct of wings as on Nos. 8158 (PL 53), 8164 (PL 47), 8628 (PL 83); in 8194 (PL 58), it is flanked by ureeus snakes; in 8650 (PL 85) , it is confused with the lotus-flower pattern. The lotus itself is variously conventionalized, reduced to its simplest elements as in 8614 (PL 82), or elaborated as in 81 71 (PL 42), and 8469 (PL 51), and C 40088/ 2 on PL 80. In some cases the convention can be traced back to purely Egyptian originals; 8896 (PL 79) is a type known in the eighteenth and nineteenth dynasties, and that on 8485 (PL 81) belongs also to the New Empire; in other cases the motive only is borrowed and the treatment local. Very Egyptian in its drawing is the fine vulture on 8170 (PL 48) ; this was found in the same tomb as a pot similar in technique but very different in style, No. 8216, represented on PL 45. The grotesque figures, horned and tailed, that dance around this vase are somewhat like Bes, but the setting is not Egyptian. A player on the double flute heads the procession, behind come three pran- cing figures, each holding in the left hand a garland, in the right a wine-ladle which he seems about to dip into the tall classical amphora that stands before him. We might almost see here a reminiscence of Greek satyrs celebrating a Dionysiac orgy. On the pilgrim-bottle 8297 (PL 73), there is an echo in more Egyptian guise of these Bacchic figures. On each side of the bottle is a rudely-drawn figure advancing to the left, holding in one hand the wine-ladle, in the other a bunch of grapes; on the edge of the bottle is a tall classical amphora with a ladle hanging from its rim. Unlike the satyrs of the other vase these figures wear Egyptian head-dress and have no horns or tails. On one of the engraved metal rings (8054, PL 33) is represented a heavily-built man, kneeling on one knee; he wears a tall head-dress, in his right hand is something like a whip, with his left he raises to his lips a tall amphora; he seems to be POTTERY 55 horned.* From early times there was worshipped on the Upper Nile a native god of strong A Bacchic drink sufficiently Bacchic in character for Herodotos to identify him with the classical deity. $ cene - Speaking of Meroe, the capital of the Ethiopians, he saysf "the only gods they worship are Zeus and Dionysius, and these they honour greatly. " The connection between the statement of Herodotos and the subject of the vase-painting is more probable in view of the fact that two engraved rings (8049, 8050 on PI. 33) have representations of Zeus Sarapis, while another (8129) has a Greek inscription in his honour. The influence that gave rise to the manifold wreath and floral motives is not far to seek. Greek Origin The garland of ivy and of the vine is a favourite subject on the later Greek vases and particularly °lj^ t ly^ upon those of Apulia and Campania, but the direct source upon which the Nubian potter drew is the pottery of Ptolemaic Egypt. These Hellenistic vases with their decoration in dark paint on a light ground constantly have for their whole ornament encircling wreaths precisely similar to those upon the Nubian pots. Thus taking a small series of Ptolemaic vases now in the Metro- politan Museum of New York and comparing the specimens with those found at Anibeh, we see the trefoil seed-pod motive of 8202 (PI. 42) , and many others reproduced on the N. Y. vase G R 7 2 1 , only the round circles of the torus being omitted; the curiously shaped leaves of 8315 (PI. 75), of 8331 (PI. 77), and of 8256 (PI. 68) (cf. Areika, PI. xxxi, Figs. 8, 9, 12) reappear on G R 725; the bold trailer of e. g. 8248 (PI. 67), with its berries and tendrils, occurs on G R 677, — not only the shape of the leaves but the technique of the painting is identical; a slight variant of the familiar 'spot-wreath' is given by G R 681. Even were there no such parallels the classical origin of the magnificent vine-trailer on 8177 (PI. 42), of the delicate ivy spray on 8169 (PI. 55), and of the laurel on 8200 (PI. 59), could not be a subject of any doubt. The wreath motive reoccurs in every stage of conventionalism and of degeneration, often leaving its classical prototype far behind. The Nubian was far more of an adapter than a copyist and generally recast his borrowings in his own mould; but that he borrowed, and borrowed very largely, is none the less true. We should hardly have expected to find in the remote regions of the upper Nile this hybrid offspring of the art of Greece. More often than not the decorator of the vases was content with his wreath and flower designs, The repeated with the endless variety of freehand work, or with a combination of merely decorative, Huntsman s often geometrical motives, hatchings, circles, scales, crosses, ankhs and crescents, of which fine examples are to be seen on Pll. 44, 46, 50, 51, 52, etc. But he had at the same time a distinct appreciation for living nature, figure and subject drawing. One of the most interesting results of this tendency is the tumbler, found outside a grave and unfortunately imperfect, 8451 (PI. 43). Here is represented a Nubian going out to the hunt. He is naked, and has the dark curly hair, the low forehead, the projecting lips and jaw of the negro; in his left hand he has two light hunting-spears, the other hand holds aloft a barbed spear. Before him there goes a great hound with a spiked collar; while in front, in a wood suggested (as it would be upon a Greek vase) by a single tree, are two animals, of which only the lower limbs remain. Rough as the painting is, it is distinctly good; the character of the hound is well given, though the isocephalic principle exaggerates its size, and the huntsman himself surely shows us the ordinary Nubian as he was. It is interesting to compare him with the elderly man on the bronze bowl who stoops to offer his milkpail to the queen; the representations are remarkably similar. *Lepsius, Denkmaler X, V, PI. 68, f, shows a not altogether dissimilar figure from the reliefs on the outer southwest wall of the temple at Naga. It is a male figure, gross and thickset, with the lines of the body heavily marked; has thick lips, a short beard slightly curled, and above the ears short straight horns; and wears an apron formed of a beast's skin whose tail hangs down behind. He is drawing water out of a well. f II. 29. «7T£iTa r^fis ets TroXtv /J.tydkr)v ttj oijvo/xa iv AWiottojv. ot 8' iv Tavrrj Aia 6tu>v kcu \l6wS TljUUKTl, KtU CTL /XaVTIjLOV AlOS KaT€ 7rpoa.o-rei9u)v ttolvtwv tu>v TtTpaTroSwv' es tov ras pxv vvKTas imTrjo'evovTu'; TtOiadat ra Kpea rovs eV Te'Aei £«dtrTous eoVras tS)v ao-Twv, rai Se Tj/xepas Saivvardai izpocrlovTa tov /3ov\6p.tvov . dvai Se tovs eVi^to/st'ovs ravra TrjV yrjv avryv avaSiSovai eKacrrore, The table of the Sun laid out by the long-lived ^Ethiopians is referred to by Homer, II. i. 423, and xxiii. 205, and again in Od. i. 22, where Poseidon leaves the other gods. 'AAA' 6 fxkv Ai#tWas p.e.T€Ki'a6e ttj\o9' e'dvras, Ai#(.07ras, rot Siy$& SeSaiaro, etr^arot avSpmv, Oi piv ovaop-tvov YTrepiovos, oi 6 dviovros, Avtlou)v TavptDV T€ Ken apvuwv €KaTopf3rj<; . "Ey#' 6 ye TtpireTO Satri Trapriptvos . "But he himself solemnized a retreat 'To th' ^Ethiops, far dissundered in their seat, '(In two ways parted, at the Sun's descent, 'And underneath his golden orient, 'The first and last of men) t' enjoy their feast 'Of bulls and lambs, in hecatombs addrest; 'At which he sat, given over to delight. " —Chapman. Pausanias VI, 26, treats the table of the Sun as a myth. POTTERY 57 to justify at least the comparison. On the other hand no less light might be thrown upon this as upon other obscure points of Mero'itic art and its interpretation if the whole subject could be approached from the standpoint of purely African ethnography, a study not yet mature for which the Karanog material will, we hope, be a valuable contribution. Apart from the instances already quoted, the complete human figure does not often appear jhe Human upon the vases. Perhaps we should recognize Bes in the grotesque phallic figures on 8220 (PI. 62) ; Figure. the flat topknot of one of them and the full frontal attitude recall the god as known in Egypt. The caricature on 8219 (PI. 62), seems to be a degeneration of the same type and a still further stage of degradation may be seen in the careless scrawl in 8214 (PI. 61), where part of the field is Occupied by small animals and by flying objects, resembling that on PI. 29, Fig. 11, of the Areika volume, proceeding from a horned altar. A very interesting example is that on 8193 (PI. 43), on which two grotesque human figures, holding sticks in their left hands, stand each before a lotus plant conventionalized into a kind of column; the outstretched hands look almost as if an act of worship were intended. One of the figures holds the end of a leash to which is attached a dog or other animal, drawn rather like a note of interrogation. A fragment in the University Museum shows the head of a negro wearing a high head orna- ment, apparently a curved snake supported on an upright; he is clothed and carries what looks like a leaf-shaped shield. On another fragment is a row of human figures rudely done in outline. The lowest stage is reached by an infantile drawing on 8191 (PI. 57). The human head is more commonly treated; a good example is on 8180 (PI. 55), where it is conventionalized into a Mephistophelian mask. Usually it has long pointed ears, though this is not always the case; e. g. the alternate red and black heads on 8275 (PI. 49). The crescent mark seen on the foreheads of these faces is not uncommon; it might be a tribal mark, it is difficult to resist the impression that these heads are meant for those of demons rather than of men, especially as they come in connection with ankhs and sacred knots. The first of this type found was naturally christened Hathor on the strength of the cowlike ears (Areika PI. 24, Fig. 6), but in the examples found this year the resemblance to Hathor is not, except in one case (9020, PI. 99), at all apparent. Such drawings as those on 8270 (PI. 70) , 8724 (PI. 93) , 9002 (PI. 99) , etc., if they are more than mere caricatures of the human face employed for decorative motives, must refer to some cult of which nothing is at present known. It is certainly in some religious or quasi-religious connection that the frog appears so constantly upon thepainted pottery, e. g., upon 8163 (PI. 54), 8221 (PI. 45) , 8238 (PI. 66), 8257 (PI. 41), and upon the Cairo specimen (40084 22); in a good many cases the sacred ankh hanging from the frog's mouth lifts him at once out of the category of the merely decorative. The occurrence of the frog on a stone offering- table from Shablul (No. 5100) substantiates his claim to being a cultus symbol. The ankh is an attribute of the snake also on the fine jug 8168 (PI. 49), where a whole flight of these symbols is being ejected from the reptile's mouth; it is connected with the vulture on the Cairo lecythus (40219, PI. 80). The symbolic elements in the pottery decoration are then the uraeus snake, the vulture, the frog, Bes, the human face, the altar, the ankh (in its Nubian form resembling rather the Coptic cross), the girdle-knot, the eye. Amongst the non-symbolic but pictorial or decorative representations of living things we mav enumerate: (a) The human form (8216, PI. 45; 8193, PI. 43; 8297, PI. 73; 8191, PI. 57; 8451, PI. 43) and two fragments. (b) Giraffe (8154, PI. 53; S213, PI. 61; 8293, PI. 42; 8183, PI. 41) and three fragments. j{ n i ma t (c) Cattle (8153 and 8192, PI. 41) and three fragments. Motives. (d) Dogs (8451 and 8193, PI. 43)- (e) Monkey (8293, PI. 42; 8463 (?), PI. 50). (/) Jackal (8334, PL 77)- 5§ KARANOG Animal (g) Gazelle (8156, PI. 45; 8162, PI. 54) and one Cairo specimen. Motives. (h) Crocodile (8218, PI. 62; 8453, PI. 50; Cairo 40084 / 22, PI. 80) and two fragments. (i) Frog (8188, PI. 57; 8221, PI. 45; 8257, PI. 41; Cairo 40084 / 22) ; frog with ankh (8163, PI. 54; 8205, PI. 60; 8238, PI. 66). (/) Snakes (not uraeus) (8183, PI. 41; 8224, PI. 63; 8225, PI. 63; 8192, PI. 41; 8254, PI. 46; 8259, PI. 68; 8323, PI. 76; 8715, PI. 92; Cairo 40084, 7, 40202). (k) Scorpion (?) (8448, PI. 81) and a fragment. (/) Ostrich (8735, PL 102) and similar fragment. (m) Goose (8157, PI. 45 ; 8303, PI. 46; 8464, PI. 50; 8638, PI. 84) and several fragments. 00 Guinea-fowl (8166, PI. 41; 8197, P1 - 5 8 ; 822 7. P1 - A glance at Pll. 37, 38 and 39 will show that the twenty-eight complete specimens of glass give us at least eleven different forms.* These forms are without exception of widespread occurrence. The round-bellied two-handled flask ("Delphinflasche") of PI. 38 is a type that appears at Pompeiif and therefore goes back to the first century a. d. A small example resembling 7348, but with traces of a bronze handle, has been found as far away as CorbridgeJ in North- umberland and is presumably of the second or third century. Kisa§ illustrates a specimen from Koln with cut horizontal bands and circles like 7359, and another with a bronze stopper and a bronze swinging handle like that of 7352. In the Cairo Museum there is a small example (No. 32730) in thick colourless glass with a cut design of bands and ellipses and traces of a bronze handle; it comes from Balansourah. The unguentarium with straight tubular neck and flattened body more or less triangular in section is much more common and not less widely distributed. Kisa distinguishes between two forms, that with broad flattened body and angular outline (Formentafel 13) which he attributes to a period not later than the middle of the second century, and the exaggerated form (Formentafel 15) which continues into the fourth century a. d. No. 32631 in the Cairo Museum represents the former, No. 32639 the latter type; a short squat example approaching rather to the *Of the fragments only one was certainly of a form not represented by any of the perfect vessels; but it was too incomplete to show what that form had originally been fCf. Museo Borbonico v, PI. xiii, 4. J The Roman Station of Corstopitum. Archffio- logia ^liana, 1908, Fig. 30. § A. Kisa. Das Glas im Altertume, pp. 123, 125. THE GLASS VESSELS 73 former class (No. 32663) comes from the Labyrinth; an example of Kisa's earlier type was found Forms. at Hawara and is assigned to the Constantine period.* Both forms occur commonly throughout the Roman Empire. The Anibeh specimen 7355 (PI. 37) belongs to the earlier class, 7342 approximately to the later. The two vases 7361, 7362 (PL 39) are remarkable for the extreme thinness of their walls; the transport of vessels so large and so delicate as 7361 must have been a matter of considerable difficulty. A specimen of the same form and precisely the same size as 7362 has been found at Kolnf and smaller examples of the type of 7361 are reported from the same site and occur fairly frequently at other Roman stations. Quite as characteristic and more commonly represented are the six and four-sided bottle types 7338 and 7339 (PL 37) ; they are found throughout France, Germany and England, and often bear the manufacturer's name or some other inscription; of such inscribed specimens alone Kisa (op. cit. p. 947) quotes fifty examples from European sites, as well as uninscribed ones from Alexandria (p. 127). Cairo Museum possesses (No. 32542) a four-sided bottle with reeded handle like 7339, from Gourneh, and a slight variant of the type (No. 32771) from Erment. These vessels are usually of greenish or green-brown glass somewhat coarse in texture and rather thick ; this, together with the heaviness of the shape, is characteristic of the late third and the fourth century to which many of them belong, but the fact that examples in light blue translucent glass are found commonly at Pompeii shows that the type at least goes back to the first century. The graceful flasks with pear-shaped bodies and splayed bell mouths (7344-6, etc., PL 37, Kisa's Formentafel 32) are also widely distributed. In the Cairo Museum the type is represented by Nos. 32588, a well-made piece in pale greenish glass found in the Fayum, 32597, and 32596, the last a rather rough example from Hawara which is attributed to the latter half of the third century a. d.J The variant of this type, 7356 (Kisa's Formentafel 26), also occurs in Europe. An example like 7340 with a thread of white glass wound in close spirals round the body is assigned by Kisa to the third century or later, when the technique was particularly common and is exemplified on vases of this and other forms found throughout Europe and Britain. To the same period belongs the other fancy vase C 40092 on PL 39; these grape-cluster glass vessels in every variety of form had a great vogue in the Empire during the third century a. d. and later; Kisa quotes examples from Fresin, Koln and the Marienburg, and a very delicate fragment was found at Great Chesters (Cilurnum) in Northumberland. For the small rough pot 7351 parallels may be found in the Cairo Museum, Nos. 32532, 32534. The bowl 7349 (Kisa's Formentafel 420) is of a form more common in coloured brown or brownish-green glass, e. g. Cairo Museum 32439; but a transparent pale green example from Rum Ushim (C. 32778) bears a fairly close resemblance to the Karanog piece. For 7343, PL 37, the nearest parallel we have met is a greenish glass bowl from Silchester, but this has a more pronounced flange and a base-ring. The pinched thumb- bowl C 40091, PL 39, is of a form very usual in Roman pottery of the Belgic and British provinces ; a glass example from a German collection figured by Kisa on p. 785 is precisely like that from Karanog, and similar pieces occur at Pompeii. All the glass vessels found at Karanbg are therefore characteristic of the Roman Empire Place of as a whole. Seeing that the Nubian showed such marked individuality in his pottery and bronze Manu f a work it is a priori likely that if he had made glass vessels some individual and local features would have betrayed themselves here also. Even if he had borrowed his main forms from Roman models we should have expected some modification of these, some digression in proof of *Petrie. Hawara, Biahmu and Arsinoe, PI. xx, 16. tC. Bone. Romische Glaser der Sammlung des Herrn Merkens in Koln. Bonner Jahrbiicher lxxxi. Tafel I, 17. JPetrie. Hawara, Biahmu and Arsinoe, PI. xix, 6. 74 KARANOG Place of his originality as shown elsewhere. But this is not the case. The vessels are without exception ton! of a foreign type, of the stereotyped patterns that prevailed uniformly throughout the Roman Empire; so little are they peculiar to one region, so devoid of individuality, that any one of the glass vessels found at Karanog might equally well have been found anywhere between the Rhine and the Mediterranean. As in the case of the terra sigillata, such uniformity over so wide an area must be the result not of a single centre of production but of a limited number of scattered centres working upon the same lines, with the same traditions, for a clientele whose tastes were subject to the same civilization. The distinctiveness of the independent Nubian civilization and its unconventionally are against the theory of there having been in Nubia a centre of glass manufacture in close touch with those in the Roman Empire. Certainlv the number of specimens and fragments from Karanog is great, so that if all were imported the trade must have been considerable, but the traffic between Nubia and the North is actually known from other sources to have been on a fairly large scale. Nearly all the vessels are of the shapes used abroad for oils and unguents; two of those found actually retained their original contents, and it is probable that unguents were imported from the North or Northwest (whence they would naturally come) in their original pots. No argument against the vessels having been brought from a distance can be drawn from their fragile nature. Along the Roman Wall have been found glass vessels not less delicate, which were certainly not made in the neighbourhood, even if they were of British fabric at all. In the absence of any definite proof to the contrary we must suppose that vessels of blown glass were not manufactured in Nubia, but together with various bronzes, potteries, etc., were imported into that country along the Nile valley trade route, from Lower Egypt or from some other point within the Roman Empire. C. The Beads. Quantity oj Beads Found. Material and Technique. Beads were very fashionable amongst the Nubian women. They were worn, as has already been pointed out, around the neck, the upper arms, the wrists and the ankles, and two necklaces were worn together as often as one single one. These were buried with the bodies, and fortunately the tomb-robbers in their search for precious metals could afford to leave alone altogether or to throw on one side the strings of glass or stone beads that had no intrinsic value. Consequently the number of beads found during the excavation of the cemetery was very great, and in the majority of cases they could be re-strung in their original order. Sometimes the original thread was preserved intact, more often where this had rotted away some at least of the beads preserved their relative positions in the sand and so could be taken as a sample of the whole set; it was the exception rather than the rule to find a quantity of beads all distributed at random over the grave. Often indeed the grave had been so thoroughly plundered that beads and body alike had almost wholly disappeared; two or three bones and a single bead alone might show what the chamber had once contained; in these cases the body had probably been dragged up to the light for purposes of search, and the beads had been scattered over the surface of the desert. But there were very few cases in which it looked as if the necklace itself had been sought for its own sake; consequently where it remained it remained often undisturbed. Over two hundred complete strings of beads were recovered. Besides these there were great numbers of odd beads found, one, two or three together in the more hopelessly plundered graves. While therefore we have a very fair criterion by which to judge the whole, it must be remembered that the original number was vastly greater. Surprising for their number, the beads were far more astonishing for their variety and excellent technique. Some were of stone, white quartz, carnelian or agate, steatite and breccia; the great majority were of glass. Some of the latter were of transparent white glass, some THE BEADS 75 opaque in every shade of red, blue and yellow; there were marbled beads, millefiori beads, mosaic Material beads, inlay beads, and gilded and silvered glass beads. A representative selection illustrated Technique. in colour on PI. 40 shows their extraordinary richness and variety. For the most part the beads are made from glass rods cut and rolled. For the variegated beads this rod is itself a complex one formed of a number of slighter rods of different colours arranged in a bundle and lightly fused together. When such a rod is cut into flat sections each face shows the pattern that runs through the length of the rod; the method employed is that of certain sugar-sticks of our youth. A small bead of this type — a single one found in a ruined tomb — shows on its flat sides a human face, very finely rendered in a circle of only 0.005 m - Another example of the method is illustrated on PI. 40, string 7906. More often the sections of the composite rod are not left flat but are rolled, so as to give either a marbled or a millefiori effect: Examples of the former treatment are shown on the plate in number 7847, of the latter in numbers 781 1, 79*3- In the Cairo Museum is a string from G 331 (40099, PI. 109) of deep blue paste spheroids with three marguerites in white and yellow inlaid in each bead. A certain number of studs are also of inlay of a coarse sort (e. g. in Cairo, 40101 , PI. 109, from G 400). One bead, in the form of a urseus snake, is fashioned from variegated glass, apparently by hand. A few beads only are moulded; these are rectangular oblongs having on one side raised dots, on the other in low relief a figure apparently of Harpokrates; they are of gilt or silvered glass. Plain beads of gilt glass are very common and of all sizes, either discoid or spheroid in shape. The commonest arrangement of a string is to have rather large beads, often pear-shaped Arrange- pendants of glass or stone, separated from one another by three small spacers of which the outer men ' two are usually of gilt glass, the central one of coloured glass or of carnelian. Sometimes there are uniform strings of self-coloured beads, or two colours are strung alternately; but, especially in the case of the longer necklace strings, the first arrangement is the favourite. When beads were found so scattered in a tomb that no evidence existed of their original order, they were re-threaded in a style so far as possible consistent with that prevailing amongst the authenticated strings. At first sight these beads recall nothing so much as the decorative glass-work of Venice. Place of Of course any direct connection here is out of the question, as the period covered by the cemetery ff™ u ' ac ~ of Karan6g had ended well before the factories of the north Italian city had begun to work. ( a ) Distri- Still, Venice carried on and developed an art already practised. Rough polychrome beads are button. common in Italian tombs of the bronze age. Fine millefiori or marbled beads were known in Rome from the first century onwards. A bead with glass mosaic representing a human face is described by Kisa;* it is said to have come from Asia Minor; a small mosaic plaque of similar technique representing an owl, found in Egypt, f is attributed to the Ptolemaic period. In the Boston Museum of Fine Arts there are Egyptian specimens representing the human face, and a hawk; and other examples from Egypt are not uncommon. From the first century onwards the Romans used plates and other vessels of millefiori glass ; the Naples Museum possesses some magnificent examples, in one of which there are patches of gold leaf sandwiched between two thicknesses of glass very much in the manner to be described below. Beads of gilt glass figure far more conspicuously in the collection. There are two methods for the manufacture of gilt glass beads which are given by Kisa (op. cit., p. 834). 'They were first made,' he says, 'out of beads of colourless transparent or at any rate translucent glass. These were cut in half, and to the surface of the section was attached a small piece of gold leaf which shone through so that the whole head seemed to be gilded. Beads of this sort appear already as imported products in the graves of the middle La Tene period north of the Alps.' *Das Glas im Altertume I, p. 130. fAt Tell Gamayemi, near Nebesheh. It is now in the Ashmolean Museum, Oxford. 2490, 1887. 76 KARANOG Place of This system of manufacture is not represented in the Karanog collection; all the beads are in facture technique analogous rather to the second class described by Kisa wherein, to secure a better surface, (a) Distri- they proceeded by 'laying gold leaf over the surface of a glass core and, by way of protection, blowing over this a thin film of transparent glass.* Certainly in the case of the Karanbg beads it would seem difficult to describe the gilding material as gold leaf; it is so extremely fine and is applied to such irregular surfaces, and is sometimes so powdery in appearance, that perhaps there was here a slight modification in the technique. Moreover, the thin glass film that covers the gilded surface is the result of dipping the bead into liquid glass. As regards the date, Kisa states that the plating of glass beads with gold leaf, this being the simpler process, coincides in Egypt with the middle La Tene period of Europe; and that the more complex method, whereby the gilding has an outer protecting film of glass, was employed there from the fourth century onward. We do not know upon what evidence this general state- ment is made. We are not ourselves aware of any authenticated instances of gilded glass-incased beads of the Karanbg type being found in early Ptolemaic times. An earlier instance perhaps than that of Karanog occurs in the Ferlini hoard from the pyramids of Meroe, now in the Munich Antiquarium.t Later they became more common. Silvered glass beads manufactured by the same process were found at Hawara, belonging to the third or fourth century a. d. Gilt glass beads occur not infrequently in Coptic burials. A small string of gilt glass spheroid beads, some of them joined together in sets of three or four, as occasionally happens in the Karanog examples, was found as far afield as the Roman Wall in Britain, in Coventina's well at Procolitia.J This well seems to have been the receptacle for votive offerings throughout a long period, but the latest coins in it were of the emperor Gratian (375-383 a.d.); in any case therefore these beads would be contemporary with the cemetery. It might appear that if the glass vessels were imported from abroad the glass beads also would *"Uie Antike dagegen verzichtete darauf zu- gunsten des Ueberfanges, indem sie sich damit begniigte, auf die Oberflache eines Glaskorpers Blattgold aufzulegen und daruber zum Schutze eine diinne Schichte durchsichtigen Glases aufzu- blasen Der Ueberzug von Glasperlen mit Blattgold fallt in Aegypten mit unserer mittleren Latenezeit zusammen, vom IV. Jahrhundert ab ist der Ueberfang dabei Regel. " But for the technical question (aufblasen) cf. p. 835, "das Ganze (Gefass) dann in farblose flussige Glasmasse eingetaucht wurde. " tThe objects from the Ferlini find seem to be somewhat earlier than those from Karanog. Cer- tainly the imported bronze vessels are finer, and of a much bolder, less conventional type, which should belong to the first century b. c. The engraved rings from Meroe, though quite of the Karandg class, are far less degenerate; both the classical and the Egyptian traditions are in them stronger and more purely retained. This difference may be due to the superiority of the craftsmen of the capital of the empire over those of an outlying provincial town, or the inferiority of Karanog may point to the fact that even here upon the frontier foreign influence was declining, from which it is to be inferred that an appreciable length of time had elapsed. Certainly northern influence upon Nubia must have been steadily on the decrease after the Roman occupation of Egypt and the con- sequent hostility between the two countries. So far as it did persist, it might naturally have been exercised more strongly upon the border station of Karanog than upon the capital lying far to the south; but in the actual remains the reverse is found to be the case, and the most natural explanation of this is a difference in date between the two sets 01 objects. Nothing was found in the cemetery corresponding in the least to the enamelled gold objects of the Ferlini hoard. If these really belong to the same period as the bronze vessels and the rings they show an extraordinary continuity of the Egyptian tradition that would be a strong argument for regarding the Meroe collection as older than that of Karanog. Meroitic sculpture at Begerawieh does show bracelets, for instance, as elaborate as the Ferlini specimens; but there are strong technical difficulties against regarding this jewellery which resembles the cloisonne 1 work of Dahshur as of a date even approaching the Ptolemaic or Roman period. % There were many Orientals along the Wall, particularly in the third century. A force of Syr- ians was stationed at Magna, traces of Syrians are found at Corstopitum, of a Moor at Newcastle and of a Palmyrene at South Shields. THE BEADS 77 necessarily be of foreign fabric, and conversely if the beads were made locally the vessels would ^ ace °f be so too. But this by no means follows. A people can acquire a very considerable skill in the facture. manipulation of glass without having any knowledge of how to blow it. This was the case for (°) Distn- instance in Egypt of the eighteenth dynasty, when not only were beads of all colours freely ~° n ' manufactured, but bottles and unguentaria were made, fashioned upon a solid core that was afterwards abstracted; yet the art of blowing glass remained wholly unknown.* Given this possibility of the centres of manufacture being different, the arguments that supported the foreign origin of the blown glass vessels point, in the case of the beads, to a local industry. The beads found in Egypt and in Europe that offer parallels to the Nubian examples are rare and isolated; and many of the Nubian types cannot be matched at all abroad. In Egypt masses of Ptolemaic and Roman graves have been opened, in Italy and in many of the Roman provinces graveyards of the imperial times have been excavated often enough; but though beads have been found that occasionally may resemble some of those from Karanog, this is the rare exception. But in the Nubian cemetery hardly a grave of a woman or child had not had its strings of beads. It is perfectly true that in modern as in mediaeval times a civilized country may manufacture a class of goods wholly intended for a savage market and never used for home consumption; but this was hardly the case in the early centuries after Christ. Moreover, the beads are such as would have been prized alike in Alexandria and in Rome ; had they been manufactured either in Egypt or in Italy they would have been more common in the country of their origin than excava- tion has yet shown them to be. Supposing that they were made in Nubia, a certain number could easily have been passed northwards in the way of trade and so could be found as well upon the extreme edges of the Empire as in its centre. If then the beads are so very common in the Nubian graves and very rare elsewhere, if a few of them can with difficulty be matched abroad, but the bulk cannot be matched at all, it is reasonable to suppose that at Karanog we are closer to the place of their production than we are in any region to the north of the Nubian frontier. Apart from the question of distribution, the date is rather in favour of a local origin. Supposing Place of as we do that the cemetery of Karanbg came into use about the end of the first century a. d., ^1""^ the beads found in the various graves are so uniform in character that we must suppose all the (b) Date styles of bead-making represented in the collection to have been already known by that date. Which grave is earlier and which later we cannot say, but all the varieties of beads are distributed throughout them all, and so must belong as much to the beginning as to the end of the cemetery period. Of the scattered examples of gilt glass beads found outside Nubia it is improbable that any could be dated so early as the close of the first century a. d. And if it is right to attribute the Ferlini hoard to an earlier date than that of Karanog, then the gilt glass beads of Meroe still further antedate those discovered abroad; and at the same time the earliest beads of the sort are found most remote from any presumed Egyptian or European centre of manufacture. Similarly with the polychrome beads that are stated by the latest authority to have made their appearance in the Roman Empire first in the time of the Flavian emperors; from that date onwards rare specimens may turn up within the Empire, but in Nubia, not later than perhaps the end of the first century, every woman might be wearing them. If it is true that near to the place of their manufacture objects come into use in vastly greater numbers and at an earlier date than elsewhere, then it is in the south and not in the north that the origin of our beads must be sought. We must suppose that the Romano-Nubian, while importing the blown glass vessels which he did not know how to make, could himself manufacture glass beads of a technical excellence far in advance of anything that was being achieved elsewhere and equal in their way to the products of the later Venetian industry. *See for instance Petrie, Tell el Amarna, p. 27. CHAPTER X A. Graffiti. The majority of the Greek and Demotic graffiti occur in amphorae (F xii) imported into Nubia from the north. On these, the writing is always found upon the shoulder or just under the handle. Presumably they refer as a rule to the maker of the vessel's contents rather than to the maker of the vessel itself; for in the latter case the maker's mark would probably have been either written or stamped in the wet clay of the unfinished pot, whereas in fact all these inscriptions are written or painted upon the surface of the vessel after baking. Generally speaking the characters are small; but Nos. n and 12, which are on roughly shaped amphorae that seem to be local imitations of foreign vessels rather than imported originals, are painted in sprawling red characters so large as to form a regular decoration upon the side of the pot. Taking the graffiti in order, first the Greek, which are printed in the top section of PI. 107 They are: 1. Doubtful;- probably a trade sign rather than a true monogram. 2. X a. 3. TeWio?. \f}(o. Assigned by Dr. B. P. Grenfell to the fifth or sixth century. 4. ya. 5. Presumably a monogram followed by the letter a. ( Perhaps part of an Old Nubian word or name (many such occur in Christian 6. kovu. ■< times), or perhaps Kov/xer, a name which occurs in a Coptic papyrus. Crum, ( Coptic MSS. from the Fayum, lii; Cf. KO/xeTO<;, Crum, Coptic Ostraka, 161. 7. 'HpaK. Probably for the name of a dealer, such as Heraclius, rather than in reference to the god. 8. Monogram (?) 9. irerecjiL xpaKev^. Assigned by Dr. B. P. Grenfell to the second or third century. 10. Ao/x. i. e. Dom[itius], Dom[itianus] or some such name. 11. ye. 12. N over a scrawl; on the opposite side of the pot, O over another scrawl. 13. Possibly Ment-ar-tais, or an Ethiopian name Mentu. . . . Probably of late date. 14. Petesi (?) son of Pa-Khnum (?) 15. Isis. 16. Petesis . A Petesis was a brewer of beer in the neighbourhood of Theadelphia c. 170 b. c. V. Grenfell and Hunt. Fayum Towns, p. 105, Letter XIII. 18. Isis. 19. Ns-p-wr, Espoeris. Mr. F. LI. Griffith considers that the second sign, the definite article, of early date, giving this particular form of it a range from Psammetichus I (only if imported with wine through the Delta) to Alexander, with greatest probability about the Persian conquest by Cambyses, and a possible extension to the first half of the third century b. c. This is the earliest date that has been claimed for any object coming from the cemetery. See p. 83. 20. Isis. (78) GRAFFITI 79 22. Written with black ink or paint in large sprawling characters round the body of a 'gulla.' Meroitic. Apparently a formula; for the characters at the beginning are well formed and gradually deteriorate until they merge into a lot of meaningless marks intended to be ornamental; this implies that the sense of the inscription as a whole could be got from its opening words, and that it was unnecessary to pay any attention to the finish. 23. Three complete Meroitic characters, with traces of three more, written in ink ; just above them, scratched on the surface of the clay after baking, the Greek numeral 184. 24. A name which occurs also as the father's name on one of the stelas from G 174. 26. The same name as 24. 29. This inscription may not be in Meroitic. B. Jar Sealings. All the jar-sealings were of crude mud with the exception of No. 9, which was of white plaster and was in the mouth of a small cenochoe (F xxxii). All the rest were found to be employed uniformly upon vessels of the amphora type and were for the most part confined to the classical amphora (F xii). The stamp with which the sealing was impressed was covered before being used with a colouring matter,, generally bright red, sometimes white, which came off upon the mud and gave prominence to the sealing. In the great tomb G 187 these mud sealings were very numerous and most of those published were found here. The types were repeated many times, and the same type sometimes occurs in two different tombs. The fish and the snake designs are by far the most common; No. 4 occurred twice upon one sealing, No. 8 likewise, while No. 7 was the only example of its type found. In many cases the mud of the seals has so far crumbled 8o KARANOG that the signs are by no means clear and it has been necessary to compare together a number of examples in order to arrive with any degree of accuracy at the type. 1. Snake. This and No. 5, are the most common of all the sealings. 2. Snake of the regular asp type, with in front of it a frog. 3. Snake wearing disk. Below it an uncertain symbol perhaps derived from the frog (cf. No. 6). 4. Two pairs of captives manacled to an upright staff with crescent top ; the most Egyptian of the sealings. G 187. 5. Fish. 6. Fish, with above it two frogs very rudely figured. 7. RATI A. 8. 4>CN (the last letter rather indistinct but corroborated by a second fragment), G 187. 9. Perhaps a conventionalized form of the tenth Meroitic letter .)■ CHAPTER XI CHRONOLOGY Plentiful as is the material recovered from the Anibeh graves, the chronological data Absence of are unfortunately few and vague. The cemetery as a whole must certainly represent a con- ^^gress siderable lapse of time. There are nearly eight hundred graves, containing from one to eleven bodies each. It is impossible to state the original numbers, owing to the plundered condition of the tombs; often only one or two bones remained where there may well have been several bodies, but putting the total at from three to four thousand, we should probably be within the mark.* A precise calculation based on the unascertained death-rate of an unknown population could only be misleading, but Karanog seems to be by no means very large in extent, and if the use of the graveyard was confined to the inhabitants of that town and castle (and we have as yet no evidence of any other Romano-Nubian site in the near neighbourhood, see pp. 2, 3), we could not well assign less than three hundred years for the period during which the cemetery was in use. On the other hand, there is not either in the nature of the graves themselves or in their contents any sign of such development or change as might be expected in so long a period. It is true that on the north side of the cemetery the graves (roughly those of the 400 group) are poor, shallow, and without superstructures; but that is precisely because they are poor people's graves; the objects found in them are altogether homogeneous with those found in the more pretentious tombs. Similarly the black pottery is found chiefly in tombs of the poorer class, though not in any one quarter of the cemetery; but the other objects in these tombs are, as has been pointed out before (pp. 45, 52), the ordinary furniture that appears promiscuously throughout the cemetery; black pottery was merely a ware in use rather amongst the poorer members of the population. Even where we can see that one grave is actually later than another, as is occasionally possible, this does not help us. For instance, tombs G 54, 62, 82, 411, 467, 489, contained worked or inscribed stones that had been taken from pre-existing superstructures; G 47, 104 were burrowed out under the superstructures of other tombs clearly after these had been already built; there were not a few instances of secondary burial, as for instance in G 253,269, 399, 455, 565; but in none of these cases, as comparison will easily show, is there anything to distinguish the furniture of the later from that of the earlier interments. Numerous, then, though the graves are, it is impossible to arrange them in any kind of sequence. It may be that the decipherment of the funerary inscriptions will hereafter throw some light upon their order in time; but, judging from the contents of the tombs, the civilization of Nubia was throughout the period represented by the graveyard uniform and stationary. When we take this period as a whole and attempt to fix its limits, we have again to be satisfied with indefinite results. The decorated bronze objects of Alexandrian work could be assigned to the first century b. c, Bronzes. but they fall so precisely into line with the very numerous examples found at Herculaneum and at Pompeii, that it is safer to attribute them rather to the middle of the first century of the present era. How long it took for them to get so far up the Nile, and how long they had been *The exact numbers noted are 1124, of which 344 are males, 433 females, 205 infants, while in 142 cases the sex could not be determined. 6 (81) 82 KARANOG Bronzes, in use, is of course another question, but the finding of a lamp of similar style at Shablu.1 and of the earlier bronzes at Meroe shows that these are not to be regarded as isolated examples; there may have been a fair trade in such objects. Therefore, though these bronzes give only a terminus post quern, a date probably somewhere in the first century a. d., it cannot be postulated that they are necessarily much older than the tombs in which they were placed. Beads. It is difficult to regard the beads as very early. Tischler dates millefiore beads with rosette and chess-board patterns, made by rolling up small mosaic plaques, to the first century after Christ and onwards. Kisa* says that such beads with millefiore, chess-board, marbling, and other designs were first produced in the time of the Flavian emperors. This date may be some- what over late, especially for our beads if they are of local and independent manufacture, yet if in the Roman empire the mosaic glass beads do not appear until the first century a. d., in Nubia they can hardly have been in such general use as they are in the Anibeh cemetery at a date very much earlier than that. The evidence of the beads is therefore in favour of a period starting with the commencement of the present era. Glass. If we are right in supposing the glass vessels to be of imported Roman fabric they form perhaps the best evidence at any rate for a terminus post quern in the dating of the cemetery. The art of glass-blowing originated either in Phoenicia or, more probably, in Egypt, but apparently not before, or very little before, the Roman period. Mr. C. C. Edgar sums up the evidence for this in his catalogue of the glass vessels in the Cairo Museum. Thus Seneca (Epist. xc. 31) speaks of glass-blowing as comparatively a modern invention 'cuperem Posidonio vitriarium ostendere qui spiritu vitrum in plurimos habitus format qui vix diligenti manu effingerentur. Haec inventa sunt postquam sapientem invenire desivimus. " In Egypt blown glass has not yet been found on pre-Roman sites; thus at Hawara blown glass vessels range from 250 a. d. to the beginning of the sixth century and do not accompany the mummies with cartonnage or panel portraits. At Alexandria none can definitely be called pre-Roman; even the Ptolemaic cemetery of Chatby has produced no blown glass. Of Cyprus, where glass was certainly manufactured in the later period (a Hellenistic or Roman glass-factory has been found at Tamassos), Mr. J. L. Myres states,! "Glass, in fact, does not become common at all in Cypriote tombs until the later Ptolemaic age, when all the common types of cast opaque glass and plain and coloured blown glass become very frequent. It is even possible that the blown glass dates wholly from the Roman period." It has been noticed that the 'Delphinflasche' type, so largely represented in the cemetery, occurs as early as the middle of the first century a. d. and continued for a long time in vogue. Unguentaria with a broad flat base such as No. 7342 (PI. 37), were developed, according to Kisa, in the middle of the second century a. d. ; No. 7355 shows the earlier form which is yet distinctly Roman. Coloured vases with a close spiral ornament of glass thread such as No. 7340 (PI. 37), though not unknown in the first century, the same authority attributes rather to the third century and onwards; also to the third century coloured glass vessels in the shape of a grape cluster, like No. 40092 in the Cairo Museum (PI. 39). The dating of glass vessels by their form is highly uncertain, but while no one of the Anibeh specimens is to be regarded as even probably anterior to the Christian era, several at least seem to fall very far within it. Pottery. The pottery of local manufacture helps us not at all; from the imported wares, however, we can derive a little information that agrees with the evidence given by glass, beads, and bronzes. Of the tall classical amphorae, those with long straight handles, which are the more common, resemble rather those of the late Greek period, while the shorter round handles and ribbed necks ♦Anton Kisa, Das Glas im Altertume, Leipzig, 1908, p. 130. "("Catalogue of the Cyprus Museum, p. 100. CHRONOLOGY 83 are more characteristic of the Roman time. The criterion, however, as is shown by the late Pottery. graffiti on amphorae of the former type, is not one that can be rigidly applied. The small vases with ornament of high-raised slip are common throughout the Roman Empire about the third century a. d. The 'thumb-vase' with intended walls, No. 8490, is also of Imperial date, not much earlier than the second century. Attention has already been drawn to a vase 8875 (see p. 51, PI. 94) of the terra sigillata type; it, too, can hardly be earlier than the middle of the second century after Christ. As regards the graffiti that appear on some of the imported pots, the Greek ones are assigned Graffiti. by Dr. B. P. Grenfell, Nos. 9 and 10 to the second and third century a. d. ; No. 3, with less certainty, to the period of the fifth or sixth centuries. It has already been said that the textiles cannot well be relied upon as chronological evidence; Textiles. there is no certainty that the parallel with Egyptian products holds good. On the analogy of Egypt we should assign to the fifth or sixth century a.d. all those few Anibeh specimens that present any marked characteristic; without unduly emphasizing that analogy we may still say that the tapestries are to all appearance late, and certainly cannot but be referred to the present era, with a strong probability that they do not belong to its earliest centuries. Hitherto all internal evidence is in favour of a date between the beginning of the present era and the fifth century. The third century would seem to be that most represented, and with the possible exception of the bronzes there is nothing that takes us back beyond the year a. d. 1. The evidence of the third-century plaster mask found at Shablul agrees well with this result. On the other hand, on a Romano-Nubian site just south of Behen (Wady Haifa), in clearing other the foundations of a peculiar building, perhaps a temple of the period, there was found near Evidence. the surface a coin of Cleopatra, together with a number of sherds, all without exception of Romano-Nubian type, and a Meroitic ostrakon. Of course the coin may have continued in use for a long time, particularly in a country where money was presumably rare; but it still constitutes an argument for carrying back the Romano-Nubian civilization (though not the Anibeh cemetery) to a date prior to the beginning of our era. Again, the demotic graffito (PI. 107, No. 18) found on one of the straight-handled classical amphorae is assigned by Mr. F. LI. Griffith on epigraphical grounds to the Persian period by preference, with a possibility of its being as late as the first half of the third century b. c. But the character of this tomb, G 323, is precisely similar to that of other tombs in the cemetery wherein were found objects and graffiti that are undoubtedly of the third century a. d. or even later. Now it is difficult to suppose that the cemetery can have been in use for six or eight hundred Limits of years without its contents showing some signs of modification or progress. But it has been Cemetery pointed out that the graves, without exception, exhibit a uniformity that is strange even for a period of three or four centuries. If we except this single graffito, all other datable objects fall into line and agree in representing a comparatively limited period. The peculiarity of writing may possibly be an instance of provincial conservatism or the pot itself may possibly have been very long in use (though this is an argument of despair) ; at any rate, it does not seem wise on this single and unsupported piece of evidence to accept a conclusion so difficult of belief. If the third century a. d. is the date most characteristic of the cemetery as a whole, we can hardly suppose that grave G 323 is about six hundred years earlier; it is far more probable that the earliest graves fall very well within the limits of the first century after Christ. As regards the dating of the latest graves, there is no internal evidence other than the entire absence of Christian objects. One Christian lamp was found (No. 8460), but this lay not inside but near the mouth of the dromos of a grave (G 466) that had been plundered from in front; and from its position in the disturbed soil it was tolerably certain that it had formed no part of 8 4 KARANOG Limits of the funerary furniture, but had been dropped by Christian tomb-robbers. As, however r Period. Christianity was not introduced into Nubia until the middle of the sixth century, this negative evidence is not so helpful as it might have been; there would in any case be no internal necessity for prolonging the floruit of the cemetery beyond the fifth century, though a certain proportion of the graves may well be later. On purely internal grounds, then, we should assume that the Anibeh graves represent a period wholly within the present era, starting very likely nearly a hundred years after its commencement and continuing into the fifth century. CHAPTER XII THE BLEMYES AND THE ROMAN FRONTIER The history of the frontier between the Roman and the Ethiopian Empires has to be compiled chiefly from inscriptions and from the stray notices that occur in various Greek and Roman writers, few of whom could show a more than passing interest or a more than casual knowledge when dealing with so remote an outpost. Now for the first time we have archaeological material enabling us to picture in some measure the civilization of the people who lived to the south of the border, and that material must needs be explained by the history which it illustrates. Previous writers* have collected and co-ordinated nearly all the various literary notices upon which the history is based, and we have made free use of their references and are often indebted to their views; without incurring very wholesale obligations we could not in a short time have put together a chapter that seems necessary to the completion of our work. It will perhaps make the argument clearer if we anticipate its results. Classical writers distinguish between three peoples with whom on various occasions the Romans in these parts had most to do: the Ethiopians of Meroe proper, the Blemyes, and the Nobatai or Noubai; of these three the Blemyes chiefly concern us, for they will be found to be the tribe that inhabited the town of Karanbg and peopled its cemetery during the early centuries of the Christian era. The friendship which certain of the Ptolemies had for the rulers of Ethiopia held good at The Roman the time when that dynasty fell; one of the last acts of Cleopatra was to send Caesarion and her Occupation two children by Antony down to the South, in the hope that in Ethiopia they would find shelter and support against Rome. While such relations endured the Dodekaschoinos remained inviolate and the Egyptian frontier was at Hiera Sykaminos. With the advent of the Romans things changed speedily; the Ethiopians did not recognize the new-comers and ceased to respect the old border. In 29 b. c. Cornelius Gallus had to meet trouble in Upper Egypt; he interviewed the Ethiopian chiefs at Philae, and though there does not seem to have been any fighting he regarded his interview as a moral victory, and celebrated it in the vainglorious inscriptions that caused his disgrace and death. Five years later the position of affairs was more serious (App. I, A). vStirred up, as they themselves alleged, by the misbehaviour of the local magistrates, but more probably excited by the failure of Augustus' Arabian expedition to Mariba, the Ethio- pians living beyond Egypt advanced under the command of Kandake as far as the city that is named Elephantine, making havoc of all that lay before them. But hearing there that Gaius c am p a ig n oj Petronius, Praefect of Egypt, was approaching, they retired without waiting for him, thinking Petronius to make good their escape, but were overtaken on the road, worsted, and pursued by him right 2 3 B ' into their own country. This first engagement was at Pselchis (Dakkeh), an Egyptian town that had fallen into the hands of the raiders and was held bv them on their retreat. Petronius then *Letronne, Memoire sur l'introduction du christianisme en Nubie et Abyssinie; Quatremere, Memoires geographiques et historiques, II; Revil- lout, Memoire sur les Blemyes, a propos d'une inscription copte trouvee a Dendur; Seconde Mem- oire; Une page sur l'histoire de la Nubie, in Revue egyptologique IV, p. 156 (untrustworthy); Krall, Beitrage zur Geschichte der Blemyer und Nubier, in Denkschriften der Wiener Akademie, XLVI, 1898; Budge, The Egyptian Sudan, Pt. II, chh. 10, 11, 16; Sethe, article Blemyer in Pauli-Wissowa. The more important Greek and Latin texts are quoted in full in Appendix I to this chapter, to which references are given throughout. 86 KARANOG Campaign of stormed Primis and leaving a garrison there marched south, captured five towns between this ^j? "c* 5 P omt an( l tne second cataract, and then pushing on into the heart of the enemy's country defeated again the royal forces and too*k and destroyed Napata, the second city of the empire and the seat of Kandake's son. He then retired, but on his way back he regularly fortified Primis and left there four hundred soldiers with provisions for two years. Hardly was he out of the country when Kandake with a large army reached Primis and proceeded to besiege the Roman garrison. Petronius hurried back and again defeated the Queen, this time so thoroughly that she consented to give hostages and to pay tribute. Doubtless the idea of the Roman general was to make the natural stronghold of Primis the frontier of the Roman province, and the tribute paid bv the natives was to be for the region between that fortress and the second cataract; and with this object in view he further strengthened the defences of the town before going back to Egypt. Augustus, however, dismissed the hostages and remitted the tribute; moreover, he seems to have given orders for the immediate recall of the garrison, for in his Monumentum Ancyranum he speaks of the expedition but makes no claim of having advanced at this point the frontier of the empire; and since when next we hear of the frontier, and for many years afterwards, it was on the old Egyptian line at Hiera Sykaminos (Maharraka), we may conclude that Petronius' scheme was short-lived. The town thus fortified and for a short time held by the Romans is the modern Kasr Ibrim. It is called Premnis by Strabo, Primis by Pliny; Olympiodorus (App. I, M) calls it Prima and explains the name by saying that "this was in the old days the first town in the Thebaid* at which one arrived when coming from the barbarian country, and so it was called by the Romans in the Latin tongue Prima, that is, the First City." The explanation, though it might have held good for a few months in Petronius' time, does not carry conviction; but the form of the name Primis or Prima is closer to the modern Kasr Ibrim and probably more correct than Strabo's Premnis. It will be observed that in this account no mention is made of Blemyes, the country is held by Ethiopians and the troops whom Petronius meets both at Pselchis and at Primis are the forces of Kandake, queen at Meroe. Moreover, between Pselchis and Primis Petronius found no towns or fortresses to capture; all lay to the south, between Primis and the second cataract, in the tract where we find ruins of Romano-Nubian settlements, often on the site of older Egyptian forts, such as Gebel Adda, Faras, and Haifa. The forward movement of the Meroitic empire had not, in the first century B.C., advanced beyond Ibrim ; and the successful blow struck there by the Roman forces did more than check that advance, it changed its character. Traffic be- For two hundred years there was peace upon the frontier. The border fortress of Hiera tweenRoman Sykaminos was garrisoned by three cohorts of regular troops (App. I, B), and temples were built E^\' fit (27ld Nubia. by the Romans at the various towns between Syene and the border. Already by the year 13 b. c. there was a certain amount of traffic between the two countries; at Pselchis (Dakkeh) there is an inscription of that date set up by Harpokras, an envoy of Kandake, who was passing through the town on his way up country (App. I, C), while at Masawwarat not far from Meroe there is another inscription of unknown date in which the writer records, actually in Latin, a visit that he had made to Rome (App. I, D). At the end of the first century a. d. Juvenal seems to refer to a regular trade in ivory whose route was down the Nile and across the Roman frontier (Sat. xi, 124, Dentibus ex illis quos mittit porta Syenes); and an hieroglyphic and therefore early inscription at Kabushiya speaks of objects brought from the " Pharaoh of the West," that Veto's spies IS < from the Roman Empire. In the year 68 a. d., the emperor Nero, then at the end of his reign, 68 A. D. contemplated a campaign against Ethiopia; the German legions were actually mustered at Alexandria when his death cut short the project. He had already, however, sent two centurions with men of the Praetorian guard to spy out the country, and these made their way as far south as the 'Sudd' region. Seneca, who interviewed the two officers, was unfortunately interested *The term Thebaid in classical writers is applied to the whole region as far south as the Roman frontier. THE BLEMYES AND THE ROMAN FRONTIER 87 in learning or at least in recording, onlv the natural features of the country through which the Nero's spies, AO A f) spies had passed. The official report that they handed in to Nero was to the effect that the country as far as Meroe was a sheer wilderness (App. I, E). If this phrase refers, as it should do, to the absence of population rather than to the barrenness of the country in general, it is difficult not to believe that the officers exaggerated. They may well have thought it wise to dissuade the emperor from his scheme, but we have no real reason to suppose that Ibrim and the stations to the south of it were entirely deserted or that the whole tract of nearly nine hundred (Roman) miles was without inhabitants; indeed their own statement that they received safe conduct from the neighbouring princes (commendati proximis regibus) proves that they passed through populated centres, and the proper names by which they marked the stages of their journey are the names of towns. We are, however, justified in deducing from the narrative that the district between the frontier and the second cataract, or at all events between the frontier and Ibrim, was not occupied by the chain of fortress towns that commanded it at a later date. The northern half of the region was probably altogether unoccupied, and even in the southern half, though doubtless there was a population of some sort, especially at such a stronghold as Ibrim, yet the towns that Petronius had sacked between this point and the second cataract had not re-arisen from their ruins; the old Meroitic colony was gone and in the first quarter of the first century the former colonists were still wandering in exile (App. I, F), and in 68 a. d. Nero's spies placed the effective frontier of ^Ethiopia at a point a hundred and ninety-two Roman miles south of Hiera Sykaminos (App. T, G). The ^Ethiopians of Meroe had never recovered from the crushing blow dealt them nearly a hundred vears before by the army of Rome; they had small appetite for adventuring a colony of their own people in a district with such formidable neighbours, isolated from the resources of the capital by the one hundred and twenty miles of black rock and broken water to which the modern native has given the expressive name of Batn al Hagar, the Belly of Stones. There were, however, more wavs than one of carrying out the policy of expansion that had before been so rudely checked. Though possessed of many ancient cities the ^Ethiopians, as is natural with a cattle-keeping Blemyes. people in a none too fertile country, were still to a large extent nomadic (App. G) and, as is natural with a nomadic people, preserved much of the tribal organisation. The tribes were commanded bv chiefs who called themselves kings, and the kings were vassals of the sovereign of Meroe. Pliny speaks of such divisions, and Seneca's account of Nero's spies states the same thing, while the fact that the spies were accompanied throughout their journey by an escort sent from Meroe shows that the power of the central government extended over the kinglets of the several tribes. Strabo mentions that among such tribes were the Blemyes, living along the east bank of the Nile; they were subjects of the ^Ethiopians and neighbours of the Egyptians (his account is taken from Eratosthenes c. to6 b. c. and could no longer apply to the straitened boundaries of Egypt); on the western bank were the Nubians, these being no subjects of ^Ethiopia but an independent folk divided up into a number of petty kingdoms (App. I, H, 1). The Greek geographers are very vague upon this subject; when dealing with the remote parts of the earth they were apt to copy blindly from one another or to apply the name of a familiar people to any other tribe that shared at all their characteristics. Thus the Blemyes could be set down as far afield as the slopes of Atlas; but for the most part there is a tolerable agreement that they lived far to the south, on the east bank of the river and near its source, in the neighbourhood of the Pygmies, the Lotus- eaters, the Ostrich-eaters and the Troglodytes (App. I, H, 1, 2, 3). Roughly speaking, their home was probably in the eastern desert north of the country of the Axumites, towards Suakin and at some distance from the river; later they were to be found upon the banks of the Nile itself. In Egypt the name of Blemyes had long been not unfamiliar, and doubtless had the Greek geographers pushed their enquiries there they could have acquired a good deal more information 88 KARANOG Blemyes. than they obtained by copying and conjecture. Thus a late Ptolemaic papyrus* dealing with the island of Elephantine contains a warning or reproach to two men who had neglected the worship of Isis and prayed to the lion-headed god Arsenuphis and drunk wine with the Blemyes. In the second century b. c. there are mentioned 'Blemyes born in Egypt' and occupying, apparently, much the same position as the Greeks born in Egypt. | The appearance of Blemyes at Elephantine, especially in a religious connection, may point to the institution at this early date of the annual pilgrimage to Philae of which so much is heard later; the Blemyes born in Egypt may have been the children of Blemyan slaves, but. it is equally possible that the name was used loosely for the southern negroes who were brought north in the caravans of the slave-catchers or wandered of their own accord into Egypt in the true nomadic fashion of the Bisharin who to-day come from the same southeastern desert to encamp in the outskirts of Alexandria. Certainly in spite of these familiar references the Blemyes remained, at least for the European, aloof, unknown, incredible. Towards the close of the first century a. d. they are still far to the south of the Roman limit, in the desert between the river and the Red Sea, so far away that even for Pliny they were of that monstrous race "whose heads do grow beneath their shoulders", — Blemmyis traduntur capita abesse, ore et oculis pectori adfixis.J Probably, however, it was not long after this date that they began to play a part which Rome in later days would not be able thus to ignore. These desert people, who like several of the east African races were of non-negroid stock (Mela speaks of "white Ethiopians," App. I, H, 6), admitting into their ranks a large number of the negroes from Meroe and its district as well as some recruits from the Western desert, § migrated to the unoccupied region that stretched from the second cataract to the Roman frontier. It is likely enough that the migration was both partial and gradual, and that a certain proportion of the tribe still remained in their old territories. This theory would explain the sometimes conflicting notices in ancient historians as to the dealings between the Blemyes and the powerful empire of Abyssinia or Axum. If the Bega or Bougaeitai are, as is often supposed, the same as the Blemyes, then a certain amount of information is to be got from Abyssinian sources. The Adulis inscription || early in the third century records the conquest of the Tangaites who lived up on the frontiers of Egypt, but does not mention the Bega; an anonymous inscription at Axum speaks of a victory over the Bega, but would rather seem to put them within the modern Abyssinian boundaries. In the middle of the fourth century Aezanas, king of Axum, narrates at length his victory over the Bega who under their six kings had revolted, were crushed, and were forced to migrate to Matlia. Other kings, Ela-'Amida and his son Ezana, a Christian, both claim amongst their many titles that of King of the Bega. It is fairly clear that if these are Blemyes they are not the Blemyes of the inter-cataract region, who in the fourth and fifth centuries were very far from acknowledging a Christian overlord. The Bega of the Axum inscriptions may be a part of the Blemyan people who remained in the eastern desert and were made subjects of the Abyssinian empire, while their emigrant kinsfolk acknowledged the suzerainty of Meroe. On the other hand there are references to Axumites participating in Blemyan campaigns against Rome, but they do not appear as the leaders of the invading force, and it is difficult to suppose that the Axumites, then in the flush of their growing power, were content to act as subordinate allies. The supposed Axumites ma} r have been Bega subjects of the Axumite kings, who came north to assist their kinsmen in a crisis. If that is the case we are justified in regarding the *Dodgson papyrus; Proceedings of the Society JN. H. V., viii, 46. Cf. Pomponius Mela I, ix. of Biblical Archaeology, XXXI, 100. Griffith. §Budge, Egyptian Sudan II, p. 175. fGriffith, Rylands Papyri, pp. 139, 271, note 18. || Mtiller, D. H., Epigraphische Denkmaler aus Cf. Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archae- Abessinien. •ology XXXI, 291. THE BLEMYES AND THE ROMAN FRONTIER 89 Blemyes of the Commilitium as nominally dependent upon Meroe alone, and the mention of their Blemyes. Axumite allies need not prevent us from holding that the inhabitants of Karanog and its sister cities were the protagonists rather than the cat's-paw in the struggle with Rome. But the new settlers who re-organized and extended the old ^Ethiopian province were not, like those of Petronius' time, the direct subjects of Kandake; while they owed allegiance to the Meroitic overlord, they had their own king or kings and their independent home government, which they preserved long after Meroe had fallen. But they shared in the Meroitic culture, and without involving the Empire directly in an invidious forward policy directed against Rome, they formed at once a buffer-state between the two chief powers and a new and profitable appanage to ^Ethiopia. Thus we find in the cemetery of Karanbg the bodies of a mixed race, wherein the negroid element indeed preponderates but the non-negroid is also represented, and represented particularly in the sculpture that belongs to the larger and the wealthier graves. We find evidence for the existence of a local chieftainship or kingship that apes if it does not claim the attributes of royalty. We find the Meroitic script in general use, and a culture that, so far as comparison is yet possible, corresponds to that of Meroe, though its rougher style bears witness to its pro- vincial character. We find lastly the marks of a cattle-keeping people who were at the same time, apparently, huntsmen and warriors fitted, as beseems a desert folk, with the bullock's-hide armour and the light missile weapons that Dio Cassius ascribes to the Blemyes. The internal evidence given by the objects from Karanog would show that the cemetery The Blemyan first came into use about the close of the first century a. d. Unfortunately literary evidence I mmt S ratlon fails us for the date at which the Blemyan migration to Nubia took place in fact. In Pliny's time, as we have seen, they had not come north of the second cataract, and the first mention of them in classical history does not occur till 250 a. d., a hundred and fifty years later. But though they are not mentioned by the historians, it is probable that they were during this period estab- lishing themselves firmly in their own territory and they may possibly have extended their activi- ties into Egypt proper. In the general disturbances that followed the death of Commodus Egypt was involved, and the unruly province espoused the cause of the usurper Pescennius Niger who until 197 a. d. held the northern part of the country against Septimius Severus. We have it on the somewhat doubtful authority of the historian Spartianus that in the neighbourhood of Thebes a monument was set up to Niger by one who styled himself 'King of Thebes'; it is just possible that a Blemyan thus early anticipated the part that his countrymen were to play in the times of Aurelian, Theodosius, and Charachen. Fifty years later, in the reign of the Emperor Decius, the Blemyes invaded Upper Egypt, and from this time forward they were a continual thorn in the side of the Romans. Strabo affects to make very light of the powers of these nomads from the Land of the Nine Bows; 'not a warlike folk, ' he writes, 'and only thought to be so in the past because of their continual robber-raids upon defenceless people' (App. B, i) ; but a picture more fanciful perhaps but not less true is given in the pseudo-historical romance of Heliodorus* where they are matched in battle against the mail- clad knights of Persia. "When the Blemmies perceived that the horsemen were hastie to come uppon them, they did as Hydaspes commaunded, and leaving the Seres to see to the elephantes, they ranne a great way before their fellowes toward the horsemen, that those who sawe them would have thought they had bene madde, that being so fewe, durst incounter with so many and so well armed. Herewith all the Persians spurred their horses faster than they did before, taking their boldnesse in manner for a vantage, and thought without more adoo at the first dash to dispatch them. Then the Blemmies when they were almost come to handstrokes, and in a manner stucke upon their speares, soudainly al at once fell downe, and crepte under the horses, and kneel- ing with one knee uppon the ground layed their heads and shoulders under the horses without any *Aethiopica, ix 16, 18. Englished by Thomas Underdowne, 1587. go KARANOG The harme, saving that they were troden a little with their feete; but they did a wonderfull straiige hnlmgra- thing, for contrary to all mens opinion they wounded the horses, and thrust them in the bellies, tion. as they past by them, wherewith a great sort fell down by reason that their horses for griefe would be ruled no longer, and so cast them. Whom as they lay on heaps, the Blemmies wounded under y e thighes, for y e Persian horsman is not able to sturre, if he want his horse." These have been regular Dervish tactics down to the present day, and it was natural enough that the successive attacks of "the Bleminges which caried bows, and arrowes made of dragons bones" should, at least at first, have taken the form of raids by border thieves rather than of a deliberate advance by the would-be conquerors of the Thebaid; every inroad was sooner or later repulsed. But hampered though they were by this constant attack, the Romans never repeated the home- thrust of Petronius' campaign as they surely would have done had the enemy whose terrors Strabo thought more mythical than military been new-comers only then for the first time trying to occupy their own base. If the Roman frontier force, which was now augmented to far more than the three squadrons of Augustus' time, failed to cross the boundary and rid the country of a pestilent foe, it was because the Blemyes were already too firmly settled, because the chain of forts was already continuous from the cataract almost to the gates of Maharraka, and the attacks on Egypt were pushed forward from a base long established and strongly held. Rome could not have allowed these many fortress-towns to be built up by neighbours who were already showing themselves obnoxious, and certainly to prevent them at the outset would in such a case have been easy. The strong walls of Karanog, Begrash, Gebel Adda and the rest must date from the years of peace between the time when Pliny wrote and that when the Blemyes first dared to risk the reprisals of their northern neighbour. The task of settlement and fortification must have been a long one, and quite apart from the archaeological evidence we should be inclined to assign its beginning to a date early in the period of a hundred and fifty years during which it was completed. The Blemyes In 250 a. d., as has been remarked, the Blemyes began to give trouble on the Roman frontier *"o>P'z) (App- I. l.i). They had taken advantage of the embarrassments of the Roman Empire and their own well-established base to commence a series of inroads that was to last for some thirty-five years. It was the time when the empire was split up and lay at the mercy of those numerous and obscure usurpers whom historians called the Thirty Tyrants, and as pretender after pretender rose and fell, the Blemyes fought with one, intrigued with another, and throughout maintained their position in the province. Decius opposed but does not seem effectually to have checked them. In 253-4 Pa-smun, son of Paese, set up at Philae an inscription wherein he calls himself the 'great ambassador to Rome" sent by his king Terermen to interview Caesar. The Terermen who thus made overtures to Trebonius Gallus may have been a Meroitic monarch, the oyerlord of the Blemyes, but it is more probable that he was the actual Blemyan king and that this inscrip- tion may fall in line with other inscriptions set up by Blemyan envoys who came to Philae for the great annual sacrifice.* A few years later, about 261 a. d., Julius ^Emilianus overcame them (App. I, J), yet the forces at his command were insufficient to do more than drive the raiders back over the borders of Egypt itself ; his hold even upon the Roman province was precarious and short-lived, and after his disappearance the frontier was left defenceless. The Blemyes swarmed again into Egypt, penetrated far northwards, and even occupied Coptos and Ptolemais in the Thebaid proper. Now, when the Roman empire was at its lowest ebb, divided against itself and threatened on all sides by foreign enemies, the Blemyes took their part in the general movement; they allied themselves with the Palmyrenes, who under Zenobia were attempting a military renaissance of the East; with the Thebaid, now in revolt against the Roman yoke; and with Firmus, who headed a mutiny in Lower Egypt and from his fortress of Prucheion turned Alexandria into a shambles and defied in his own name the successive masters of Rome *Trans. by F. LI. Griffith. Cf. Wilcken, Berliner Philolog. Wochenschrift, viii, 1205 f. THE BLEMYES AND THE ROMAN FRONTIER 9 1 (App. I, K). Probus, thegeneral commanding the forces of the emperor Aurelian in Egypt, at last Firmus and defeated Firmus and proceeded to turn against his allies; the Palmyrene troops in Egypt were 2 J4^T>. with some difficulty crushed, and then came the turn of the Blemyes. Aurelian's army cleared the '1 hebaid 274 a.d., and though it is not clear that the emperor himself took part in the campaign yet the Blemyes figured in his triumph and his successor Tacitus in his letter to the Senate declared that the Blemyes and Axumites had worshipped as a very god in his lifetime him whom Rome proposed to deify being dead. But by the time that Probus himself had mounted the imperial throne his work in southern Egypt had all to be done again. It is difficult to distinguish between the two campaigns* and to decide whether the first had really for a time freed Egypt from the invaders, who returned as soon as the armies were withdrawn, or whether under Aurelian the success of the Roman arms had been less thorough and less far-reaching than the emperor and his historians would admit. At any rate, shortly after 276 a. d., the enemy, p ro bus now supported by Narseus the Persian, were again in possession of the complaisant Theba'd and 2 7 6 A.D. had occupied Coptos and Ptolemais. This time Probus with his veteran troops was not content with driving them back ; if Vopiscus is to be believed, he annihilated them. The old frontier post of Hiera Sykaminos (Maharraka) was re-established and strongly garrisoned, but the emperor did not venture to push his conquests south and risk the siege of the enemy's strongholds. The triumph that he celebrated marked the delivery of the Egyptian province and the extermination of its actual invaders, but not in any sense the overthrow, or even the defeat, of the main power of the Blemyes (App. I, L). How little indeed that power had been broken was shown some twenty years after. Dio- Diocletian cletian and his colleague had at last put an end to the disorders that so long had oppressed the 77^^^'. Roman world; on the Rhine and the Danube, in Britain and along the frontier of Africa the drawalofthe barbarians had been driven back and the rebels put down. Achilleus, who had usurped the purple p°^^ er at Alexandria, was involved in the promiscuous slaughter of his partisans, and the Blemyes who had once again been giving trouble upon the southern borders might well have expected to fall the next victims to the revenge of the two emperors. In 297 -8 a. d., Diocletian arrived upon the spot; but instead of invading the country, a course which certainly could have had no terrors for the conqueror of so many more formidable foes, he abandoned the territory that for centuries Rome had held. The act was indeed statesmanlike. In that region where the high desert approaches nearly to the Nile the area of cultivated land is small and the income to be derived from it was negligible. For a long time the garrison had been a very considerable one and the cost of it pressed heavily upon the community (App. I, M). Throughout the recent troubles the people of Upper Egypt had welcomed the raiders from the South who fostered their rebellions, so that a barrier more effectual than the arbitrary frontier-line of Maharraka, which has no natural qualifications, was desirable in the interests of peace within the province. The emperor might further suppose that the victories of Probus over the Blemyes would have crushed the colonizing ambition though it could not quiet the itch for foray of these old desert thieves; given a buffer state between, which might at once remove them from the tempting proximityf of the *The different accounts that we have of these operations are confused ; there may have been two generals, one Probus or Probatus who com- mitted suicide after a defeat by the Palmyrenes, and the Probus who later became emperor. More- over, the campaigns against the Blemyes were according to some conducted by Probus the emperor in person, according to others entrusted by him to generals who carried them to a successful issue. fProcopius De bello Persico I, 19, p. 58 d, makes the curious statement that the Ethiopians possessed neither iron nor any other metal suited to take its place; moreover, they could not purchase iron from the Romans, the sale of that metal to the natives being forbidden by the government on pain of death. We should have supposed that they did not lack iron, and could get it from central Africa ; but if Procopius is right, this may give us one of the motives of their constant raiding, just as the Scots would raid the Roman Wall and perhaps find in iron their best booty. Q2 KARANOG Diocletian Roman province and give them a playground for the exercise of their predatory habits, they 2Qj A. D. might C ease to be a thorn in the side of Rome. In the second century Ptolemaeus (v, 5. 74) shows that the frontier established by Augustus was still maintained; in the early years of Diocletian's reign the Itineraries carry the imperial roads to Hiera Sycaminos still; but in the Notitia Dignitatum, a century later, the posts stop short at Syene, Philae, and Elephantine. It was an humiliating policy but one largely justified by the event; Diocletian withdrew the frontier to the First Cataract. Introduction Evacuation was however only part of the emperor's scheme. In the neighbourhood of the Nobatai "city of Oasis" (Kharga) lived the Nobatai or Noubai, who were in the habit of harrying the whole district ; these barbarians he persuaded to migrate and to find a new home on the banks of the Nile, undertaking to give them large towns and a great territory far richer than that in which they had lived hitherto. His idea was that they would in these circumstances cease to disturb the district round the oasis and regarding the land thus ceded to them as their own property, constituting a stake in the country, would fend off the attacks of the Blemyes and other barbarians. The Nobatai accepted the offer with alacrity and entered into possession of the cities that had belonged to the Romans and of all their territory on both banks of the river from Elephantine southwards to the old frontier. Diocletian meanwhile fortified Philae, the future outpost of the empire, but he seems to have trusted rather to conciliation than to arms for its defence. Ihe ^Ethiopian tribes had long been accustomed to visit Philae on a yearly pilgrimage, carrying back with them to their own country the image of Isis, which by its presence brought fertility to their fields and was in due course returned to its shrine. The emperor, far from putting a stop to this practice encouraged it. Upon the sacred island he set up a shrine and altars which should be the common property of the three contracting nations, the Romans, the Nobatai and the Blemyes, in whose various creeds the uncritical theology of that age found common elements which its easy pantheism could digest. Isis, Osiris and Priapus witnessed the new friendship of these ill-assorted neighbours, and the name of the island, Philae, was thought to testify to their good feeling. For a hundred and fifty years the annual procession of the ^Ethiopians came down stream from the South, the Nobatai provided the sacred ferry-boat in which the image was borne away from Roman soil, and the sacrifices in the common shrine conducted by priests chosen from the three nations at least reminded the Blemyan envoys of a pact which they might have little mind to keep. But something stronger than religion was needed to bind the wild tribes to their agreement, and Diocletian agreed to pay both to Nobatai and to Blemyes a yearly subsidy, the price of peace upon the Roman border. " Even up to my own time," complains Procopius in the sixth century, "they receive their money, and overrun the neighbourhood none the less; so impossible is it really to make barbarians keep faith with Rome, except through fear of the troops that will avenge its breach;" but during Diocletian's lifetime and for a hundred years after his death the compact seems to have been observed as faithfully upon one side as upon the other; the two tribes settled down within their respective borders and though doubtless irresponsible spirits might sometimes yield to the hereditary temptations of a raid, yet the Roman frontier at least was undisturbed by any serious outbreak. The Blemyes The Nobatai from the Western deserts had small sympathy with their new neighbours the Nobatai Blemyes. The policy of playing off one tribe against another is only successful when the two are already so far hostile as to have at least no common interest which could unite them against the third party ; Diocletian is not likely to have chosen for his buffer-state kinsfolk of those against whom it was to act, and though we know little of the Nobatai at that time we should expect to find them sufficiently distinct from the Blemyes in culture as in origin. As a matter of fact the Romano-Nubian civilization, as we have called it, which seems to have been spread uniformly along the Nile from Meroe to the Blemyan province, ends abruptly at the northern frontier of the latter; the Roman troops themselves during the first three centuries scarcely offered a more THE BLEMYES AND THE ROMAN FRONTIER 93 effectual bar to its advance into the district between Maharraka and Syene than did the Nubian The Blemyes • Did settlers who succeeded them. For the next two hundred and fifty years these lived side by side Nofcatai. with the Blemyes yet never mixed with them, seeming to incline far more to the Roman than to the .-Ethiopian side, adopting in time the religion of their northern neighbours and at last turning their victorious arms against the south. In the town and cemetery sites that lie within the country of the Nobatai traces of the Meroitic civilization are as yet wholly wanting; the burials, to which we should naturally look for distinctive racial features, are for the most part the ordinary burials characteristic of the Roman province, and with the introduction of Christianity they develop the regular Coptic type whose religious uniformity is undisturbed by local aberrations. In the exhaustive excavations that he has carried on from Shellal southwards, Dr. G. A. Reisner* has however discovered a certain number of graves that form a class of themselves. In structure these tombs correspond to the Karanbg types B 6 and C i and 2 ; the pottery shows strong Roman influence and painted vessels of our form F liii seem to be common, though the decoration of pots does not appear in other cases to resemble that of the Anibeh specimens. There are however associated with these tombs no Meroitic inscriptions and no such Ba statues as form the distinctive feature of the Karanog cemetery. Moreover, there is a marked difference between the methods of burial employed in the two areas; in Dr. Reisner's tombs the bodies are nearly always contracted, in ours they are invariably extended. Such a difference in funeral rites denotes a racial distinction between the two populations. Dr. Reisner dates his tombs of the X type to the late Roman or very early Christian period, and finds them in the immediate proximity of Christian graves or mixed up with such; he suggests the sixth century a. d. as the approximate terminus ante quern for their use. It may well be that we have here to deal with the tombs of the Nobatai whom Diocletian introduced to che region in 298 a. d., and if this is the case we obtain from them proof of the small extent to which this people was affected by contact with the Blemyes throughout the long period of more than two hundred years during which they lived side by side. By the walls of Dakkeh, which for some time at least was in Blemyan hands, we have observed scattered potsherds of the Romano-Nubian or Meroitic type, but otherwise the region north of the frontier is so far as we know clear of all such remains; and while sporadic specimens do not invalidate the theory of the isolation of the two peoples, they would have to be very general to establish an argument for a common civilization. The Romans had hardly withdrawn when the Nobatai were called upon to defend their new possessions; for the Blemyes, whom the legionaries had failed to keep off the disputed land, were little minded to cede it peacefully to the Nubians. The emperor could rejoice in his diplomacy as he watched his two troublesome neighbours apparently engaged in mutual extermination (App. I, N). It may have been as the result of these struggles that the Blemyes entered into possession of Talmis (Kalabsheh), but the seeming scantiness of their remains in that town inclines us rather to believe that their occupation of it was more short-lived than would have been the case had it fallen to them thus early. Desultory fighting may have continued for very many years before so signal a success was obtained, and the common frontier was probably long the scene of foray and combat. But upon the Roman border peace was secured by Diocletian's withdrawal of the frontier- Unrest line. It is true that in the reign of Constantine we hear of Blemyan raiders who had made their ^^tantine. way so far north as Tabenna, but their conduct seems to have been dictated rather by religious zeal than by any idea of conquest; they captured one of Pachomios' monks, but freed him as soon as he had done sacrifice to their idols. Constantine secured his southern border (App. 1,0), but we hear of no fighting there, and the presence of Blemyan envoys at his courtf would point ♦Archaeological survey of Nubia. Bulletin No. 3, pp. 15 sqq. fEusebius Vita Const, iv, 7. t 94 KARANOG Rise of rather to a policy of peaceful repression. For the most part the tribes earned their pay, and yearly in^Egyp" y ^le priests of the three peoples celebrated together in harmony the festival of their common gods. But a force was rising up within the Empire that was to disrupt an alliance based in any way upon such creeds. Christianity, tolerated by Galerius and fostered by Constantine, spread rapidly in every part of the Roman world, and not least so in Africa. Egypt itself had long been the home of one of the most flourishing churches, and in the Arian controversy that now split Christendom, Athanasius of Alexandria took the leading part. During the persecutions to which his followers and those of the other sects were in turn subjected, more and more took refuge in the deserts of the Thebaid, where they lived the life of anchorites; certainly the influx of Christian fanatics to their neighbourhood if not to their territory may well have begun even at this early date to influence the Nobatai and to pave the way for their ultimate conversion. Just before the middle of the fourth century- Axum was Christianized by the envoys of Athanasius, and soon after his conversion Aezanas the Axumite king records at length the overthrow by his troops of Meroe.* With the disappearance of their old overlords and the spread of the Abyssinian kingdom the Blemyes might with good reason feel that the new and intolerant faith that was closing in about them was not without its menace. At all times, whether the creed which they upheld was that of Isis against Christianity, the Christian against the Mohammedan, the Mahdist against Christianity once more, the tribes of this part of Africa have been tenacious of their belief and courageous in its defence. Such a people, tied as they were by bribes and treaties to the Edict oj Roman Empire, could not sit unmoved when in 390 a. d. Theodosius I published his famous Theodosms j ag ^ e( jj C £ jjy which sacrifice with blood was pronounced high treason, offerings of wine, garlands and incense to the old gods were condemned, and even the harmless worship of the household lares was rigorously proscribed. Upon the Blemyes devolved the duty of championing the adherents of the older faith. The Nobatai were still ready to make common cause with them in their pious raids on Egypt, and in the Thebaid itself, where the Christians led by such fanatics as Senouti were celebrating their moral victory with nameless outrages, the Blemyes received a hearty welcome from the down-trodden pagans. From this time onwards they are constantly to be found within the Roman province, but they play there the role not of mere reivers but of partisans, on excellent terms with the followers of the old creed, bitter opponents of the Christians who were striving with fire and sword to put the edict of Theodosius into force. A pleasing incident Visit of illustrating their friendly attitude towards the pagans occurred between 407 and 427 b. c. Ihe dorus^ 0 ' Greek historian Olympiodorus was in Thebes and Syene collecting materials for his work when the sheikhs and prophets of the Blemyes, hearing reports about him, requested an interview. Unfortunately the epitome of his history which alone survives does not give the detail which we should wish to possess on the districts and the peoples that he visited. "They took me," he says, "as far as Talmis itself, so that I could investigate those regions also which extend for five days ' journey from Philae as far as the city called Prima, a city for many years past occupied by the barbarians, together with four other towns, Phoinikon, Chiris, Thapis and Talmis." (App. I, P). Olympiodorus distinctly states that Talmis, the modern Kalabsheh, and Thapis were in the hands of the Blemyes and not, as we should have supposed, of the Nobatai. f Between this *Semitic stela shortly to be published by Prof. E. Littman of Strassburg. Cf. a fragmentary Greek inscription found at Meroe by Prof. Sayce (Proc. of the Soc. of Biblical Archaeology, xxxi, 5, p. 189. In this the Axumites and Homerites are memtioned in connection with a campaign. The mention of Ares recalls the style of the pagan Greek inscriptions of Axum, and would date the inscription earlier than the year 340 c. when Aezanas was converted ; but the contents of the inscription are too fragmentary to be illuminating. fOn the other hand this may merely mean that the two peoples were in alliance and the Blemyes as the stronger held the hegemony, in which case the whole tract of country, governed as it apparently was in the case of both tribes by similar civil and religious officers, could be called that of the Blemyes. THE BLEMYES AND THE ROMAN FRONTIER 95 town and Primis he enumerates three other Blemyan cities. At the present time there are known to Visit of exist between Kalabsheh and Ibrim the Meroitic ruins of Sh'ablul, Begrash and Karanog, besides the df%.™f i0 ~ more scattered villages that lined the river bank. Karanog, according to the modern Nubian, means the House of Gara or Kara (the initial letter is uncertainly pronounced), and dangerous as such identifications are it is difficult not to see the same word in the name Chiris which Olym- piodorus gives to one of the towns. Certainly at the time of the historian's visit Karanog must have been one of the most important if not the most important town after Ibrim to be seen in this country, and he cannot fail to have included it in his enumeration; so that the choice of names is reduced at most to three, of which Chiris seems the most probable.* In Phoinikon, the city of palm-trees, we are tempted to recognize Begrash whose rockv acropolis looks down upon the wide palm-groves of Tomas, the most fertile reach in lower Nubia. Thapis may be Taphis, identified with the modern Tafa. But this kindly welcome of a pagan litterateur was but an interlude in a long act of religious -phe Blemyes wars and persecutions. About the same time as it occurred Palladiusf found the Blemyes raiding i j'^ a ^ e -^ le in the neighbourhood of Panopolis and threatening the monastery there. The pay of the Byzan- tine troops in Egypt was in arrears and the men refused therefore to exert themselves in the defence of the province; the wretched Christians took refuge in the strong monasteries that now began to spring up in Egypt, and the land was left at the mercy of the invaders who exacted tribute on what they did not destroy. In about 429 a. d. the Blemyes descended upon the Oasis at Kharga and sacked its towns; amongst the captives whom they carried off was no less a person than NestoriusJ the heresiarch, then living in exile in the Oasis, but the retreating invaders were threatened by the Mazices, a Numidian tribe of the western desert, and Nestorius and his companions in misfortune were released and passed into the hands of Senouti. This militant Senouti. monk, who had himself carried out wholesale massacres of pagans and had burned their priests alive, regarded the Blemyes, who retaliated by firing churches and slaughtering Christians, as the scourge of God sent to punish a back-sliding generation. 1 he great White Monastery at Akhmim had only been finished two years when the Blemyes raided the district of Kynopolis. Senouti § threw open his gates to the fugitives, and twenty thousand of these, including the prisoners released after the Kharga raid, found shelter with the monks and for three months were fed by them, while the worshippers of Beliar enjoyed undisputed mastery over the country- side. Senouti indeed was brought into collision with the Blemyes on more than one occasion, || but though the most prominent he was not the only sufferer amongst the church fathers. In the latter part of the reign of Theodosius II, Appion, bishop of Syene, writes begging for assistance for the churches built on the island of Philae in near neighbourhood to the international temple of Isis; the Christian shrines thus invidiously placed could no longer stand unaided against the incursions of the Blemyes and the Nobatai.^f By 447 a. d. the danger to the Empire had become pressing; with all the ^Ethiopian peoples in alliance (App. I, Q) the policy of the buffer state had for the time being failed; the cry went up loudly from Egypt, and it would seem that *Chara is a common element in ^Ethiopian names, e. g., Charachen, Charahiet, Charapatchour. Chiris and Kara ... are probably both corrup- tions of this. tVitae Patrum, ed. 1628, p. 957. JEvagrius, Hist. eccl. i, 7. §Besa's life of Senouti; cf. J. Leipholdt, Berichte Schenutes iiber Einfalle der Nubier in /Egypten, ^Egypt. Zeitschrift 40, 1902-3, Leip- holdt is at some pains to show that the Egoosh of the earliest account were Nubians, wrongly identified by Besa and Evagrius with the Blemyes; since however Blemyes and Nobatai were at this time acting in concert, both names could probably be employed with equal truth in a description of the raids, and to differentiate between them might well be historically wrong. || Cf. Revillout; Memoire p. 393. ^Wilcken in Archiv fur Papyrusforschung, I, 396, IV, 1 72 . 9 6 KARANOG Senouti. the Romans made a transient effort to defend their subjects. If the fragments of an epic poem* recording a victory over the Blemyes won by one Germanus refer to the general of that name who in 441 a. d. was fighting for Theodosius against the Vandals, then the invaders received a decided check, for the poet records in Homeric language how the hero and his Greek-named followers routed their neo-Trojan enemy and stormed the Blemyan camp. It was, however, no more than a temporary success, and did not suffice to clear the province. Indeed the Blemyes were now more than raiders; they were definitely settled in the Thebaid and assumed in a measure its civil government; the Roman troops that had garrisoned the frontier were prisoners in their hands, and Ptolemais seems to have been the regular base from which their forces terrorized the country to the north. How thorough was the occupation is shown by two extant lettersf (App. I, R). In the first of these Charachen, king of the Blemyes, entrusts to his sons Charapatchour and Charahiet the government of the island of Tanare, instructing them to safeguard it against any infringement of rights on the part of Rome. In the second letter another king, apparently Pachytimne, appoints a priest governor of the same island. The documents were found at Gebelen, some twenty-five miles south of Thebes, and the island over which the Blemyan kings exercised their rule was that which lies almost opposite the modern village. The invitation extended to Olympiodorus was a sign, not only of courtesy to a fellow pagan, but of an intelligent interest in the scientific researches of Europe; now we see a Blemyan sovereign issuing his orders in Greek, keeping about him a regular court of domestics, chamberlains and scribes, and dating the events of his reign by Indictions, altogether after the manner of a Byzantine ruler. But if the Blemyes seemed firmly established in the Thebaid, they did but aggravate the wild disorders from which the province suffered. The Christians were systematically harried, and the presence of these bloodthirsty settlers so far within the broken frontier was a menace to the dignity as it was ruin to the subjects of Rome. Campaignof In a. d. 452 Maximinus, a general in the service of the emperor Marcianus, embarked upon Maximmus. a ser j 0 us an( j a decisive campaign. He consulted, it seems, John the hermit of LycopolisJ and the aged Senouti, § and assured by them of success attacked the combined forces of the Blemyes and the Nobatai (App. I, S). The routed enemy sued for peace, first of all for so long as the Roman troops should remain in the Thebaid, then for the space of the general's lifetime, and, when the two ingenuous proposals failed, they concluded a treaty that should hold good for a hundred years. They agreed to restore without ransom the Roman captives they had taken in their previous raids, to give up the cattle and goods that they had lifted, to pay for the damage caused by their incursions, and, what they had never done before, to give hostages for their good behaviour in the future. In return Maximinus, good Christian though he was, granted permission for the annual pilgrimage to the Isis temple at Philae to continue and for the image to be carried down yearly to Ethiopia on its fertilizing mission. The pagan ceremony had never yet been interrupted, || and with religious feeling running so high, peace would have been impossible except upon the condition of its maintenance. On the sacred island the general met the envoys of the defeated ♦Published by F. Biicheler in Rheinisches Museum xxxix, p. 279 f. tj. Krall, Beitrage zur Geschichte der Blemyer und Nubier. On epigraphical grounds these letters are attributed (by Wessely) to the end of the fifth or the beginning of the sixth century a. d . It is tempting to assign them to a date prior to Maxi- minus' campaign, but in any case the state of affairs to which they point must date back to that period. After Maximinus ' victory there can have been no re-occupation by the Blemyes of territory so far north of the frontier, but the terms of peace dictated by the general may well have sanctioned something more of the status quo ante than imperial historians have chosen to record. JPalladius Hist. Laus., xliii. §Coptic life of Senouti, quoted by Revillout, Memoire, p. 405. || It was performed by one Smetchem in 448-9. C.I.G., 4945. For the conduct of Maximmus cf. the story of Archelaus at Elephantine, Revillout, Seconde Memoire 17. THE BLEMYES AND THE ROMAN FRONTIER 97 tribes and the terms of their agreement were written up in the shrine of the goddess; but, as in Campaign of Diocletian's treaty, the sanction of religion was strengthened by the yearly subsidy which Rome Maxtmtnus - still paid to her unruly neighbours. A very fragmentary poem in Greek hexameters* apparently celebrates the victories of Maximinus who from his post of honour about the Emperor's person had been specially dispatched to the rescue of the Thebaid and had secured a hundred years of truce for that harrowed country. The poem, however, was a little premature. The question of their hostages still rankled in the minds of a people who never before had bought peace at such a price; as soon therefore as they heard of Maximinus ' death, which occurred shortly after his withdrawal, they again overran southern Egypt and recovered by force the persons whom they had involuntarily surrendered. Florus, the praefect of Alexandria, repelled the raid.f but the vexed matter of the hostages was judiciously overlooked, and the Blemyes settled down to keep with as much good faith as could be expected of them the terms that Maximinus had imposed. Until the reign of Justinian the Romans in Upper Egypt seem to have been comparatively untroubled. The worship of Isis continued upon the island of Philae (App. I, T), but the pagan temples of the Thebaid were ruthlessly destroyed, and amongst the Nobatai, who were no longer in alliance with the Blemyes, but called themselves friends of Rome, the new religion had made very considerable headway. The Blemyes, however, remained true to their ancient faith and showed no desire for conversion; the old raiding spirit broke out afresh as the hundred years of the truce drew towards an end, and it was only too likely that the formal expiry of the term would be marked by a general conflagration. In the year 538-9 a. d. Johannes, praefect of the East, was ordered by Justinian to embark on a general reform of Egypt, and he is probably the praefect Johannes to whom is addressed a plaintive Greek poem of which a few fragments have come down to us (App. I,U). The author, a landholder in the south of Egypt, complains of the extortion practised by the tax-collectors, but most of all beseeches the modern Herakles to protect him from the Blemyes so that he may find money to pay in to the imperial treasury. Twice in three years had the Blemyes swarmed across the frontier; the government forces on the spot were not strong enough to oppose them effectively, and a special expedition would be needed to crush the pagans. Religious zeal and political foresight alike demanded that Rome should take timely action. Between the years 540 and 548 a. d., and probably at the beginning of that period, Justinian j^/^ a ^ and Theodora, grieved that the Nobatai, the friends of the Roman Empire, should still be heathen, and determined upon their conversion. Two missions were despatched ;J the emperor sent a bishop Theodora. of the orthodox faith, the empress a Jacobite monk, Julian by name; but the empress by letters to the governor of Syene contrived that her missionary should be first upon the field and receive the welcome which the Nubian king, a ready convert, was eager to extend to the emissary of his powerful friends. Nubia embraced the monophysite faith, and while Justinian's presents were politely received the creed of Chalcedon was firmly rejected. This rejection was a political error which the king of the Nobatai did not take long to rectify; we know§ that before Justinian's death the orthodox faith had already prevailed over the monophysite in Nubia, and that the priest Julian remained only two years at the Nubian court ; probably his departure coincided with the conversion of his former patron. Thus the way was paved for averting such danger as threatened the Roman frontier. The last chapter of Blemyan history is written in the triumphal stela set up at Talmis by Silko, king of the Nobatai (App. I, V). It is difficult to set in order the lamentable Greek of the inscription, but apparently the king speaks of two campaigns whose combined results he sums up at the beginning of his record. *In Berliner Klassikertexte, Heft V, Band I, Pap. 9799. The fact that the hero has played the part of a Themistokles against the Persians would seem to clinch the allusion. fEvagrius, Hist, eccles. II, 5. JBar Hebraeus Ecclesiastical History, translated by Budge, Egyptian Sudan, vol. II, p. 295. §Procopius, de bello Persico I, 20. 7 9§ KARANOG oTsilko 0 " 1 Silko -' he ^ eclares - ' kin g of the Noubades and of all the Ethiopians, went to Talmis and c. 545 A. D. Taphis. Once, yea twice I warred with the Blemyes, and once after the three (battles or "with the three allies") God gave me the victory. I conquered them again and made myself master of their cities; I established myself there with my armies. 'The first time, I conquered them and they made supplication to me ; I made peace with them and they swore to me by their idols and I believed their oath, that they were good (i. e. loyal) men. I went back into my own upper country. When I became king I went out not at all behind the other kings but far ahead of them. For they that seek a quarrel against me, I leave them riot sitting in their own land, unless they make supplication and call upon me, for I am a lion in the lower country and in the upper country an oryx (or bear). T warred with the Blemyes from Primis unto Telelis (? Talmis) once for all, and the others to the south of the Noubades I sacked their countries since they sought a quarrel against me. The lords of the other nations who seek a quarrel against me, I leave them not to sit in the shade but outside in the sun, and they did not so much as drink water inside in their own houses; for they who set themselves against me I carry off their women and their children.' The first campaign seems to have been successful but not particularly decisive, the worship of the old gods continued at Philae, and the Blemyes, though reduced to subjection, remained a nation. But the new ally and convert had shown at once his zeal and his powers, and Justinian determined to use both to his advantage. Narses, the commander of the Roman troops in southern Egypt, was sent to Philae; the shrines were dismantled, the priests of Isis put in prison, and the images sent to Constantinople (App. I, W). Of the three parties to the original compact made by Diocletian and renewed by Maximinus two had embraced a faith to which the old treaty rites were odious; they united now to destroy the sanctuaries of the older gods and thereby to provoke to a similar destruction those to whom the sanctuaries were still holy. The Blemyes indeed 'sought a quarrel ' against those who would rob them of privileges so long enjoyed. Silko, probably supported by the troops under Narses, again overran the country, sacked or occupied the cities, carried off the women and children and left not a man in the shelter of his old home. From this time the Blemyes disappear from the region north of Ibrim if not from the whole country between the first and second cataracts ; the remnant of the people took refuge in the eastern deserts from which their forefathers originally came. The destruction of the Blemyes thus took place before the middle of the sixth century, perhaps about 543 a. d. A few years later, when Eirpanome* had succeeded to the throne of Silko, bishop Theodore turned the pronaos of the temple of Isis at Philae into a Christian church, churches sprang up in all the river-side towns, where temples had been, and a Byzantine exarch held sway at Talmis — a witness to the part that Justinian's forces had played in the victories that the Nubian Basiliskos claimed for his own. The Blemyes passed away with the religion to which they had been faithful. Some of their towns, such as Begrash and Ibrim, were inhabited afterwards by an alien people, but Karanog seems never to have recovered from the blow that Silko dealt. The latest objects from the cemetery belong, as we have seen, to the fifth or sixth century, nor does Christianity anywhere intrude; and the same holds true, so far as we know at present, of the town. The fortress with the houses that cluster about it was built when the Blemyes entered the country at the close of the first century, and fell into disuse when in the sixth century the Blemyes were driven out; its history is strictly conterminous with that of the dominion which for nearly four hundred and fifty years that desert people exercised over lower Nubia, nor is there any need for us in this volume to deal with a Christian Nubia in which Karanog and its inhabitants played no part. ♦Hellesthiaios who was in alliance with Justinian before the close of the Persian war in 561 a.d. was perhaps the successor of Eirpanome Proc. de Bello Persico, I, 20. APPENDIX I HISTORICAL PASSAGES FROM CLASSICAL AUTHORS (1) Pliny, A r . H., vi, 181. Intravere autem et eo arma Romana divi Augusti temporibus duce P. Petronio et ipso equestris ordinis praefecto Aegypti. Is oppida eorum expugnavit quae sola invenimus quo dicemus ordine: Pselchin, Primi, Bocchin, Forum Cambusis, Alteniam, Stadissim, ubi Nilus praecipitans se fragore auditum accolis aufert. Diripuit et Nepata. (2) Monumcntum Ancyranum 27. Meo iussu et auspicio ducti sunt duo exercitus eodem fere tempore in Aethiopiam et in Arabiam, quae appellatur eudaemon, maximaeque hostium gentis utriusque copiae caesae sunt in acie, et complura oppida capta. In Aethiopiam usque ad oppidum Nabata perventum est, cui proxima est Meroe. (3) Dio Cassius, liv, 5. virb Se tov avrbv tovtov ^povov ol Aidiorres ol vnep AlyvTTTOv OLKOvvres Trpo€^d>p~qaav pe^pt rrj? 7rdXeoj? rrj<; EXec^avr 1V77? wvopaapeviq^ ndvTa ra iv Trocrl Tropdovvres, rjyovpevrj<; o-(f)Lcn Ka^Sa/cr}?. Trvdopevot Se ivTavdd ttov Tdiov Uerpaiviov tov rrj? KlyviTTov ap^ovTa irpocTLevai, TrpoairrjXdov pev a>? kol &La(f)€v£6pevoi- /cara- XrjdivTe<; Se iv toj dSaj rjTTijdrjo-av, /cd/c tovtov Kal e? ttjv oIkzLov ambv lo~-na.o-a.vTo. /cat /caXai? /cat e'/cet dyojvLO-dpevos, 7rdXet? dXXa? /cat ttjv Tavdrnqv to /^acrt'Xetof a.7reXe/3e. /cat eK€Lvr) pev /carecr/cd^. iv eTepco Se' tlvl ^copia) (f>povpd KaTeXel^drj. 6 yap HeTpcovto' pr\Te irepanepu> Sid re Tr/v dppov Kal Sid to Kavpa TrpoeXdelv, pv)Te Kara ^copav peTa TrdvTO<; tov CTpaTov pelvai /caXai? hvvrjdels, dve^coprjae to irXelov avTov iirayopevo<;- Kav tovtco to)v AxdiOTTOiv roi? povpoi<; itriQ epeviav , avdis re eV avrovq icrTpaTevae kol rou? cr(f)€T€pov<; ippvaaTO, Kal Trjv KavSaKrjv o~vp^rjvaL ol rjvdyKao-ev. (4) Strabo, xvii, i, 54. 'E^ciSr) Se ol Aid [ones, KaTapovrjo-avTe<; ra! pepo<; tl tt}~ iv AiyviTTO) Svvdpecos direo-ndo-d 'at pera TaXXou AtXtou rroXepovvTO<; irpb<; rov? 'Apa/3a?, iirrjXdov ttj (Bh^atSi, Kal ttj (f>povpa tcov Tpitov cnret.pu)v twv Kara ~S,vr]v7]v Kal eXoi^re? e(f)dao~av tt/v re "Zvrjvqv Kal tt)v 'EXecfravTLviqv kol 4>iXd? e'£ e'^dSot Sta to alvyeiv avTov; els ^eX^cv, iroXiv AWlottlk^v, /cat 7rpeo~/3euerai ra re Xrj(f)devTa diraiTwv /cat rd? atria?, St' d? r/p^av rroXepov XeyovTcov S' rL? dSiKolvTO vrrb tu)v vopdpyoiv dXX ou/c i<§>r) tovtov 1 ; rjyepova<; eti^at 7175 x&jpa? aXXa Katcrapa- aLTrjcrapiviov S' 7)pipa.<5 rpet? et? fiovXrjv /cat prjSev, £>v e^prjv, ttolovvtcov, Trpoo-/3aXa)v rjvdyKao-e irpoeXdelv ct? pd^rjv, ra^u Se TpoTrrjv eVotr^cre, crvvTeTaypivcov re /ca/cw? /cat wirXio-pivoiv peydXovs yap ei^ov dvpeovq /cat tovtov; v AlOlottcov, avSptKij rt? yvvrj TreTT-qpcopevn) tov erepov tu>v 6(f>daXpojv tovtov; re Srj t,u>ypia Xapfidvei airavTas, eVt7rXeuo"a? cr^eStat? re /cat vavai, Kal KaTaTripTrei, napa^pr/pa et? ' AXe^dv&peiav, itreXdcov re Trp ^Fe'X^tt- alpel. tt poo~ apiQ povpivov Se rot? eaXcoKocrt rou irXrjdovs tojv irecrovTOJV iv ttj pd^rj, rou? o"a)^eWa? oXtyou? TravTairao-i yeveadat avvi^rj. e'/c Se ^Fe'X^to? ^/cef et? UprjpvLv, ipvpvrjv ttoXiv, hieXdoiv rov? divas iv ot? 6 Kap/Svcrov KaTe-^diaOrj crrpard? ipirecrovTO 1 ; dvepov irpoo-fiaXcov Se e'^ i(f)6Sov b vyovTo<; tov TratSds, Kal KaTacrKaTTTei- i£avBpaTTO$io~d{x€vo<; 8' dvao~Tp4(f>€L ttoKlv eis tovttlo~o) pera raj^ \avpwv, SvcroSa Kpivas Ta TTpoaorrepco- rr)v 8e UprjpvLV Tet^tcras fiikriov, (f)povpdv ip/3a\ojv Kal Tpor)v Bvelv ivLavrcov T€TpaKoo~tOL<; dvSpaaiv, aTrrjpev eis 'AXe^dvSpeiav Kal tojv al^fiakancov tous p,ez/ ikavpoTTCo\-qo~e, ^iXiov? Se Katcrapi eTrep\\ie vea)0~Ti 4k KavTa(3pa>v t^kovti, toi"? Se vdo"ot Siexprjaavro. iv tovtco pvpidat Kav&aKT) 7roXXat? eVt tt)i> povpav inrjXOe. TIeTps Katcrapa npea^evecrdaL- ovk etSeWt Se (fyacTKovrcov darts €*rj Kauxa/> Kal 07117 /3a8io"TeW €117 Trap 1 avrov, eSaiKC tov<; Trapairepxliovras- Kal tjkov €19 ^dpov, ivravOa tov Katcrapo? ovtos Kal /xe'XXoiro? €19 "Zvpiav ivrev0ev TTpo'iivax, Ttfiipiov ets 'Appeviav o-tcWovtos. TrdvTcov Se Tu^di^ra*^, wv iSiovro, drjK€v aurots Kat tou? 6pov<; ovg lTreaTr)o~€. B (1) Strabo, xvii, i, 54. etcrt 8' ovVot vopdBes Kat ou 770XX0I ovoe p.dyip.01, Sokovvtcs Se rot? 7rdXai Std to \tjo~t piKws d(f)v\aKToi<5 eViTtc^eo'^ai 7roXXaKt9 . . . /cat iw . . . rpio~l o"7retpats, ouSe Taurats eWeXecrt, tKavws vtto twv Vcjpaiojv 77 X^P 0, ^povpcirau.. Strabo here refers equally to the Aethiopians, Nubians and Blemmys. (2) Cf. C. I. L., iii, 79. Deo magno Mercurio | adoravit vexillus ] Leg. II Traiani fortis | nonas febr. anno XIIMP Traiani Aug | Scripsit C. Cossinius. Inscription at Dakkeh, 109 a. d. C C. I. G., iii, 580. * ApTTOKpa<5 t}k(o dvafiaivcov p.[e]Td 'E . . . | Trpeo~fievTov Kat TaXtou ypappaTi[aj<; twv 7Tept] | tt)v Kvplav [/3]ao-iXtcrcrai' Kal to Trpoa\j<; £a}o~t Kat aVdpaj? Sid tc tt)v Kvtt poTTjTa Trjs ^ajpa? «al ttjv tu>v depcov ao~vppeTpiav Kat tov d(f>' rjpoiv iKToir to~ pov. G Pliny, N. H.,vi, 29. a Syene Hieran Sycaminon liiii mil. pass.; inde Tama Ixxii mil. pass.; regionem Euonymiton Acthiopttm primam, cxx. HISTORICAL PASSAGES FROM CLASSICAL AUTHORS 101 H (i) Strabo, xvi, 2. 2ep./3/HTcu . . . fiacnXevovTcu vtto yvvaLKos, viraKOvovcri Be to>v ev Meporj. ret Se KcvroiTepa) eKcvrepwOev Mepdrys irapd pev tov NeIXoi> npbs ttjv 'Epvdpdv Meydfiapoi kol BXeppves, Ai6l6tto)v viraKovovTes AlyvnTioLS Be opopoi. . . . e£ apLcrrepuv he rrjs pvcre(i))( vtroTaTTopevoL rots AldioxftLv, ctXX' iSia Kara TrXeiovs /3ao"tXeta5 BiecXrippevoL. (2) Theocritus, Idyll vii, 112. 'Ey Se Qepei TrvpaTOicn Trap' AidioTreao-i, vopevoi<; Trerpa vtto BXepvcov, odev ovxeri NetXos opards. (3) Dionysius, Periegetes, 220. ev Be pv\olo-i [56o~kovt rjireipoLO ■na.vvo~ra.Toi AlOioTrrjes avru) Itt 'QKeavy TTvpdrr)S napa repnea Kepi/779. Tojv Trdpos aWaXecov BXepvojv dve^ovai KoXwvai, evOev TTLordroio Karepyerai vSara Nei'Xov, os 8' rjTOL Atfivr/dev eV avroXir/v ttoXvs epnwv Xipis vtt AWlottcov KLKXijcrKeTai- 61 Se Xvijvrjs evvderai o~rpe9 No/xaSas Kal BXeppvas fiapfidpovs. J Trebcllius Pollio, Tyranni, xxx, 22. {Vita Acmiliani) : nec eius ad regendam rempublicam vigor defuit, nam Thebaidem totamque Aegyptum peragravit et quatenus potuit barbarorum gentes forti auctoritate summovit. X (1) Vopiscus. Vita Firmi, 3. cum Blemmyis societatem maximam tenuit et cum Saracenis. On Firmus as an Egyptian tyrant cf. Mommsen's Roman Provinces, where he says that ' the so-called description of his life is nothing else than the sadly disfigured catastrophe of Prucheion.' (2) Zosimus, i, 71. r^s Se Kara ®rj/3atBa UroXepaiBos dTToo~rdarj^ /3a.o-(,Xe'(ys, TtoXepov Be tt poKOTTTOvTa eirl ^povov fipa^yv dpapevrj<;, avrrjv re Kal tovs o~vppa')(ijo-avTa<; avrf} BXeppua? TTapeaTTjcraTO IIpd/3os. (This may refer to the later campaign of 276 a. d.) IC2 KARANOG K (3) Vopiscus: Vita Probi, ix. pugnavit etiam contra Palmyrenos Odenati et Cleopatrae partibus Aegyptum defendentes, primo feliciter, postea temere ut paene caperetur, sed postea refectis viribus Aegyptum et Orientis maximam partem in Aureliani potestatem redegit. (4) Vopiscus: Vita Aureliani, xxxiii. praecesserunt elephanti viginti, ferae mansuetae Lybicae . . . praeter captivos gentium barbarorum Blemmyes Exomitas Afabes Eudaimones . . . Praecesserunt et inter hos etiam Palmyreni qui superfuerant principes civitatis et Aegyptii ob rebellionem. (5) id., xli. Ille (proh pudor) Orientem femineo pressum iugo in nostra iura restituit . . . Ilium Saraceni Blemyes Axomitae . . . veluti praesentem paene venerati sunt deum. L (1) Vopiscus: Vita Probi, xvii. Blemmyes etiam subegit quorum captivos Romam transmisit qui mirab'jem sui visum stupente populo Romano praebuerunt. Copten praeterea et Ptolemaidem urbes ereptas barbarico servitio Romano reddidit iuri. . . . Narseus (Parthicus) maxime territus et eo praecipue quod Copten et Ptolemaidem comperit a Blemmyis qui eas tenuerant vindicatao caesosque ad internitionem eos qui gentibus fuerant ante terrori. (2) id., xix. triumphavit etiam de Germanis et Blemmyis. M Procopius, De bcllo Persico, lib. I, 19, p. 59 A. 'E/c Se Kv^oopihos TrdXeaj? e's rd iii Axyvrrrov opia tt)s Vtopaioov dp)(rj<;, ov St) 770X15 7) 'JLXeavr Ivrj KaXovpevr/ 01/cetTai, rpiaKovra 6805 -qpepoov itrrlv ev^oovop dvopl. ivravda edvq re dXXa noXXd tSpvTat /cat BXeppve<; re /cat No/3drai, rroXvavd poorroraTa yevrj. ctXXd BXeppves pev tolvty) 9 St) tt)? ^copas e's ra pecra ooKiqvTaL, No/3drat Se ra dpcf)l NeiXo^ rrorapov e\ovai. rrporepov Se ov ravra iyeyovec ra ecr^ara TT79 Foopalcov dp)(rjepov arravra eVaet ra iKelvr) ^cupta - rovrovs 87) Tou? fiapfidpovs dveireiaev dvacrrrjvaL pev ifj rjdcov roov crerepoov, dp(f>l rrorapov Se NetXov tSpucrao~#at. hooprjcratrdai avrov<; opoXoyrjaas TroXtal re peydXat? Kal ^oopa TToXXrj re /cat Starve povr ct>? dpeivovi r/irep ra irporepa ooKTjvro. ovroo ydp coero avrov? re ou/cert rd ye dpof>l rrjv Oacnv ivo^Xyjcreiv ^a/pta Kai yfjs tt)'io~iv irreareXXe, koX VcopaCtov rds re 7rdXei5 Kal ^copav crvpiracrav i" exdrepa rov irorapov i£ 'EXec^airiVri? 7rdXeaj5 ecr^ot', rore St) 6 /SaxriXev? ovros avrols re Kal BXepvo~uv era^e StSocr^ai dva rrav eros prjrov ri ^pvcriov icf) to p-qKert yr/v rrjv Vcopditov X~qlo~oovrai. orrep Kal e? ipe Koptl^opevot ovSev ri rjtrtrov KaraBeovo~i rd iKeivrj ^copia- ovrcos apa ftapfidpovs drravras ovhepLa prj^avrj &iao~6oo~ao~daL rrjv e'avrivri<; 7r6Xeco<; evpoov 6 /3ao"tXeu5 ouro? (ppovpiov re ravrrj heipdpevos i^vpoorarov kolvovs riva<; ivravda vea>s re Kal fitopovs P&;adtot5 re Kai rovrois St) Karearrjcraro rot? /3ap/3dpot5, /cat iepeis eKacrrcov iv too cfrpovpico rovrco l&pvcraro, iv too f3e/3aito rr)i> fyiXlav avrols ecretrdai too pereyeiv roov lepoov o~LO-lv olopevos. Std St) Kal ^t'Xa? inoovopao-e to ^oopiov. dpof)oo Se ravra rd edvrj, 01 re BXepves Kal ol No/3drat rov? re dXXou? deov<; ovcrrrep 'EXXTi^e? vopi^ovtrc navras /cat rrjv re T Io"t^ rov re "Otripiv crefiovtTL Kal oi>x r\Kio~rd ye rov ^plarrov ol pevroi BXepves Kal dvdpooirovs too rjXioo dveiv iioodaai. HISTORICAL PASSAGES FROM CLASSICAL AUTHORS N Claudii Mamertini Gcnthliacus Maximus: de la Baume, Paris, 1676, p. 138. O magnam vim numinis vostri! non istae modo aliaeque gentes viribus armisque terribiles fiducia instructae ad perniciem immanitatis utuntur; sed etiam Blemyes illi, ut audio, levibus modo assueti sagittis ad versus Aethiopes, quaerunt quae non habent arma, et pene nudis odiis praelia interneciva committunt. O Eusebius; Vita Const., ed. 1558, p. 161. Turn ad postremos usque meridionales terminos, Blemmyos videlicet et Aethiopes, proragato imperio id efficit ut a se nec Orientis possessio aliena fuerit. P Olympiodorus; Excerpta, p. 13 A, Bckker'sed. otl 6 IcrTopiKos r)cn, Sta-yovro? avTod Kara ©r^Sas re Kal tyjv "Zvijvqv tcrropta? eveKa, iv e-niQvpla yevicrdai rou? (frvXap^ovs Kal row? TTpo(f)yjTa<; tojv Kara ttjv TdXptv fiapfidpajv, r/rot tuiv BXeppvcov, rrj<; evTv^las avrov. eKeivei yap avrovs im tovto r) (fnjprj. Kal eXafiov pe (fnqcn pe\pi a\)Trj<; 7179 TdXpea)<>, aJcrre kov<; toupov^ icrToprjcraL, Ste^ovTa^ dirb to)v tXa)f hido-Trjpa rjpepcov ire'vre, pe^pi ^oXeai? T179 Xeyopevrj<; Tlpipa, 77x1? to iraXaibv irpcoTr) 770X19 rrjq oivLKO)vo<;, XtptSo?, OaVtSos, TaX/xtSo<>. Q Priscus, p. 37 A. e'SeSiecraf . . . Kal ^apaK-qvovq rrjs avTcov em^pareia? ttjv ecu KaTaTpiyovTas, Kal ra AldiomKa eOvrj o~vvi(TTdpeva. R (a) t eyw Xapa^rjv /3ao"tXeto"Koa> rot? Tex^ots Xapa\i)v XapairaT^ovp Kai Xapa 2. ter ware KeXevou Kai hehaiKevai Tns KovpaT(x)pta<; tt)<; vrjaov Xeyopevrp; Tavape Kai. ouSet? KeXevcrerat KtoXwat u/ia? ea^ 8e ayvopovovaiv 01 Pai/xet? -napeypvo-iv o-vvrjdetav o (^uXap^o? ou KaiXvcerai ouSe o viroTvpavos Kparrjaai Pallet? ecu? TrXrjpojveTaL ra? crwnpetas Tns vt)o~ov pov Xapa^qv fiaaiXeiaK/ O Aat£e hopeaT / pap/ 1* TtourtKi/a hop/ + ? ? ? t? t St e/i.ou Sat'O't'at? eyp / /u, aoj(f)i k8 iVS / a ? ? ? (6) t eya> TlaKvTipve eirify / /3acrtXtcr/cou ypa 6o~ov 6 Ma^Lplvos ttjv ®r)/3aLcov eyKarapevoL ydtpav tov he prj npocrhe^apevov eVi ^povcp cnrevhecrdaL toctovtco eXeyov d^pi T1 7 ohov rjXcocrav, ra he Tore aTra^cfyevTa dnohoOrjvaL fiocTKrj para, Kal tcov harrav-qdevrcov KaraTiOeadaL rrjv arroriprjCTLV opr/povs he tous ev yeyovoras rrapd ctc^lctl Si'Socr#ai -nicnecov eveKa tcov cnrovhcov elvaL he aurots Kara tov rraXaLOv vopov aKcoXvrov TTjv et? to iepbv T179 *IcriSo? hiafiacnv , rod rrorapLov o~Ka evTLdepevov hiaTTopdp.eveTa.i- ev prjrco yap oi (Sdpfiapoi xpovu) e? tt)v olKeiav hiaKopl^ovTes to £6avov rrdXiv avrco xprjo-rrjpLacrdpevoL e? tt)v vrjcxov diroaco^ovcTLV. 'YLpirehcodrjvaL to'lvvv ev rco ev i'Xcus £e/3<3 rag crvvdr\Kas ehoKei rco Ma^ipLvw eir LTTjheiov . 'EnepTrovTO pere^erepoL- rrapeyivovro he kol tcov BXeppvcov Kal Novfidhcov ol ra? cnrovhds ev rfj vrjcrcp Tidepevoi eyypaevrcov he tcov crvvho^dvTcov Kal tcov oprjpcov rrapahodevrcov rprav he twv re Tvpavvr\cr avrcov Kal vtto rvpdvvcov yeyovorcov, brrep ovhe TTcorrore ev rcohe rco rroXepco eyevero, ovrrore yap Novfidhcov Kal BXeppvcov rrapd VcopaLOLS coprjpevcrav TratSc?- crvvrjve^dr) he tov Mafrplvov dvcopdXcos hiaTeOrjvai to acopa Kal dirodaveiv. Tr)v he tov Ma^ipivov reXevrr)v pa06vre<; ol fidpfiapoL tou? re bprjpovs acj>eiXovro fiLacrdpevoi., Kal rrjv ^copav Karehpapov. Marinus, Vita Prodi, ed. Boissonade, 1814, p. 18, writing about 480 a. d., speaks of "Ictlv ttjv Kara TtXa? ctl TLpcopevqv. Berliner Klassikcrtextc , V, 1, p. 117. Poem ad Johannem Praef. Praet. TOvve\Ka y] ovvdi^op [a j t ere iravaXKipov 'HpaKXrja irrj \ paT a J TTOTTTveiv BXepvcjv yevows t/tol (3or)0a)v 7njua[r a \TTOTrrvelv B\epva)v yevov<; a>s Kev i(f)evpa> dpyvp I ov 'ckJ Tiaeiv /3acri\7]iov ov (f)6pov oio"v Kat copoaav pot ra eihcoXa avrcov Kat eTriarevo-a tov opKOv avrcov cos KaXoL eicriv avdpcoiroi avayjjipr\Or\v ei5 ra avco pepr] pov ore eyeyovepr/v ySacrtXtcKO? ovk aTTTjXd ov oXa>5 ottlctco tcov aXXcov fiacTLXectiv aXXa aKprjv epirpocrOev avrcov ol yap cfuXovLKovcTLV per epov ovk aco avrovs Kadi^ope vol ei? ^copav avrcov ei pr\ Karrj^Lcocrav pe kol rrapaKaXovatv eyco yap ecs Karco pzpv) Xecov eipi kol eitXat9 tepa ovtol St) 01 fidpfiapoi. (i. e., ot BXeju,ves) fat e'9 ipe ei^ov, aXXa /3ao~tXei"? aura 'loua'rt^tat'6? Kadekeiv eyvoj. Napo-7)s yovv, Uepo-appevLOs yevos, ov wpoadev are rjvTopokr) kotos e's Vaipaiows lpvr)o~dy]v, Twv 4k€lpt] arpaTLojTwv ap^ojv to. re iepd KadelXe, /3ao~iXeaj9 ot eVayyet Xa^ro?, kcll rou? /txev iepels eV (fivXa^r) ecr^e, ra 8e dydXpaxa e'? Bi/£aVrtoj; eTrepxjjev. APPENDIX II THE GARRISON OF EGYPT UNDER THE ROMAN EMPIRE The system by which the southern frontier of Egypt was defended during the Roman period cannot be properly understood by taking into account merely the troops actually stationed in Syene and its neighbourhood. We must also consider the numbers and organi- zation of the force which could readily be made available if invasion were threatened, that is to say the whole garrison of the province. The most concentrated force at the disposal of the imperial authorities consisted of the legions, each of which during the first three centuries of the empire contained about 5,300 infantrv and a small detachment of cavalry. Strabo, referring probably to the time of his own visit to Egypt, states that there were three legions stationed in the province,* one of which was in Alexandreia,! one in the fortress of Babylon near Memphis, J while the third was probably in Upper Egypt. This comparatively large force (for only one legion was stationed in all the remain- ing African provinces) was demanded as much by the unsettled condition of Egypt itself, as by the power of the ^Ethiopian kingdom, which Strabo rated very lightly. § This garrison was however reduced in consequence of the demands made by the Pannonian and German wars at the end of the reign of Augustus, and Tacitus in his sketch of the distribution of the military forces of the empire in 23 a. d. places only two legions in Egypt. || These must be the legions III Cyrenaica and XXII, which appear on numerous papyri and inscriptions of the first century. The first of these may have formed part of the original garrison of the province, but the case of the second is not so clear. It came into existence by the incorporation of the native Galatian troops, which had been organized by their old rulers on the Roman model, and the date of this incorporation used to be given as 9 a. d., when new troops were required to replace the three legions lost by Varus in Germany. A recent papyrus however (B. G. U. n 1104) shows that the legion was in existence and in Egypt in 8 b. c.** and it may of course have been raised earlier still, although not before the annexa- tion of Galatia in 25 B.C. As a consequence of this reduction it seems that the fortress at Babylon was abandoned, for legio XXII was stationed at Alexandreia and III Cyrenaica in Upper Egypt. ft This arrangement however was altered by the emperor Gaius, who concen- trated both the legions at Alexandreia where they remained until the end of the century. JJ Soon after 105 a.d. Ill Cyrenaica left Egvpt to garrison the new province of Arabia, which was created in that year, but it was immediately replaced by a newly-raised legion, II Traiana Fortis, so that the total of the garrison was not diminished. §§ These two legions, II Traiana and XXII, now officially known as Deiotariana, continued *Strabo XVII, 1. 12. fStrabo loc. cit. JStrabo XVII, 1. 30. §Strabo XVII, 1. 53. IITacitus Annals IV, c. 6. "I The legion thus acquired from the name of the last tetrarch of Galatia, the title "Deiotariana," which was not officially recognized until the reign of Trajan. **See the note by A. von Domaszewski in the Romisch-germanisches Korrespondenzblatt fur 1 910. ftAn inscription of 8 a. d. (C. I. Gr. n 4922) records the presence of III Cyrenaica in Upper Egypt. The evidence for XXII is not so clear but C. I. L. Ill n 6597 and Dessau 2274 from Alex- andreia are both early. tJC. I. L. Ill n 6809, Philo in Flaccum 13 §§The last notice of III Cyrenaica in Egypt is August 4th, 104 a. d.(B. G. U. 140). The first notice of II Traiana is an inscription from Pselkis dated Februarys, 109 a. d. THE GARRISON OF EGYPT UNDER THE ROMAN EMPIRE 107 together in the province until the destruction of the latter, which probably took place during the Jewish rebellion at the end of the reign of Hadrian.* 1 he action of Gaius in placing the headquarters of both the legions in the province at Alexandreia did not of course mean that Upper Egypt was henceforward entirely destitute of legionary troops. The number of inscriptions in which legionary officers have recorded their visits to the statue of Memnon near Thebes, as well as others from Syene, Pselkis, Koptos, and Talmis are sufficient to prove the contrary. It seems probable that while the bulk of the legionaries remained at Alexandreia, f detachments constantly relieved one another in the arduous duty of guarding the frontier. J But the greater part of this duty fell, not upon the legionaries, but upon the "cohortes" and "alas" of the troops of the second class, the "auxilia, " who remained for the most part permanently stationed in the frontier fortresses. Unfortunately our information regarding these troops is very incomplete and we cannot in most cases do more than make an approximate estimate of their numbers. Strabo, in his sketch of the military forces in Egypt which has been quoted above, says that there were three cohorts on the frontier, three in Alexandreia, and three "in the rest of the country. " He adds that there were also three alas similarly distributed. § This gives us a total of nine cohorts and three alae, and the proportion of auxiliaries to legionaries in the garrison was smaller than was usual even at this period when auxiliaries were not so numerous as later. We have also an inscription from Koptos which probably dates from the reign of Tiberius, || showing that at this period there were at least three alas and seven cohorts in the province, and a diploma of the year a. d. 83^ grants an honourable discharge to soldiers from the same number of regiments. But neither of these inscriptions necessarily contains all the auxilia in the province, so that ten is only the minimum number of regiments which were certainly stationed in it during the first century. When we reach the second centurv our information is rather fuller and it is worth our while to make up a list of all the regiments known to us from documents of this period. For during the second century the different units of the Roman army, particularly the auxiliaries in the frontier forts, became so immobile that a document which shows that a regiment was present in any particular province in anv vear during the century may with comparative safety be taken as showing that it remained in the province throughout the whole century. The following list gives after the name of each regiment the principal datable inscriptions or papyri, beginning with the diploma of 83 a. d. Those regiments however which are only mentioned in that diploma are not given. ALAE. Apriana D of 83 a.d. A papyrus dated 120 a. d. (B.G.U.n 69). An inscription dated 170 a. d. (Ill n 49) from the Memnon statue. Sepulchral inscription from Syene (III n 6026). *Paul Meyer (Das Heerwesen der Ptolemaer und Romer in ^Egypten, p. 154) hardly proves this conclusively, but it seems the most probable hy- pothesis. The legion was certainly in Egypt at the end of Trajan's reign (C. I. Gr. 4713d, 4843), but on the other hand it does not necessarily follow from C. I. L. X n 6976 that it was still in existence under Hadrian. fThat this was the case is shown by Josephus, B. J. Ill, 16, 4 and 18, 8. {Inscriptions at the statue of Memnon ; Leg. Ill, C. I. L III n 33 and 34 (Titus). Leg. XXII C. I. L. Ill n 30 (64), n 36 (84), n 56, 57, 58 (first cen- tury). Leg. II. C. I. L. Ill n 42 (127), C. I. Gr. n 4768, (189). Talmis; Leg. Ill and XXII in 104-5 a. d. — Lepsius 12, 97, 440. Pselkis; Leg. XXII. C. I. Gr. n 5088 (1st century), Leg. II. C. I. L. Ill n 79. (109 a. d). Leg. XXII at Silsilis and "YSpcvfw Tpa'iavov in Trajan's reign, C I. Gr. 4713d, 4843. Leg. Ill at Koptos under Domitian, C. I. L. Ill n 13580. §Strabo XVII, 1. 12. The three cohorts at Syene are also mentioned in XVII, d. 53 and 54. || Published and discussed by Mommsen, Ephemeris Epigraphica III, pp. 5-16. H Diploma n LXXVIII. Ephemeris Epigraphica III, pp. 611-615. KARANOG Gallorum veterana Dedication in Alexandreia of 199 A. D. (Ill n 6581). I Thracum Mauretana Papyrus of 154-5 a. d. (B. G. U. n 447). Also on the Alexandreian dedication of 199 a. d. Moved by Diocletian to the Syrian border in 288 a. d. (Ill n 13578). Vocontiorum Inscription of 122 a. d. (Annee Epigraphique 1906, n 22. COHORTS. I Ulpia Afrorum Equitata Papyrus of 177 a. d. (B. G. U. n 241). I Apamenorum sagittariorum E Several papyri, among them one dated 145 a. d. Letter of a soldier to his father (B. G. U. n 423) (B. M. Pap. CLXXVIII). I Flavia Cilicum E D of 83 a. d. Erects a basilica at Syene in 140 a. d. (Ill n 6025). Still there in 162 a. d. (Ill n 14147 4 ). Other inscriptions C. I. Gr. n 4713 cf III n 14147 3 . I Hispanorum E D of 83 a. d. Inscription of 98 a. d. from Syene (III n 14147)- Several inscriptions from Talmis (C. I. Gr. n 5043, 5046). II Hispanorum Papvrus of 134 a. d. Archiv fur Papyrusforschung III, p. 75- II Ituraeorum E D of 83 a. d. Inscription of 98 a. d. from Syene (III n 14147 2 ). Inscription from Pselkis of 136 a. d., from Talmis of 147 a. d., and from Hiera Syka- minos (C. I. Gr. n 5081, 5050, 51 10). III Ituraeorum D of 83 a. d. Inscription from Talmis (Lepsius 97, 439, 445). Existing in reign of Hadrian (IX n 1619). A letter dealing with recruiting dated 103 a. d. (Pap. Ox. VII n 1022). I Augusta Praetoria Lusitanorum E Papyrus shows that it was stationed at Contra Appol- lonopolin Maiorem 131-15.6 a. d. (Ephemeris Epigraphica VII, pp. 456-467). II Lusitanorum Inscription from Talmis of 107 a. d. (Ill n 13582). Scutata civium Romanorum Papyrus of 143-4 a. d. (B. G. U. n 741). Not. Dig. Inscription at quarries of Ptolemais Hermiu to- gether with the Ala Vocontiorum and the Cohors III Ituraeorum (III n 12069). I Thebaeorum E D of 83 a. d. Inscription of 89 a. d. from Syene (III n 14147 2 ). Inscription from Talmis (C. I. Gr. n 5°S3> 5°54-)- Papyrus of 114 a. d. Archiv III, p. 78. First century inscription from Koptos (III n 6627). II Thebaeorum D of 83 a. d. Inscription at Memnon statue of 95 a. d. (Ill n 39). II Thracum E Receipt of a centurion from Upper Egypt in 167 a. d. (Wilcken, Griechische Ostraka n 927). II Ulpia E (Afrorum ?) Papyrus of 159 a. d. (B. G. U. n 142). Some of these regiments are supported by very scanty evidence, but generally speaking the principle of immobility may safely be depended upon. We have grounds therefore for believing THE GARRISON OF EGYPT UNDER THE ROMAN EMPIRE 109 that four alae and thirteen cohorts were stationed in Egypt in the second century with Legio II Traiana. This is a larger force than was attached to three legions in the reign of Augustus, but the total is probably not too high, if we consider the increased proportion of Auxilia in the whole army in the second century. As regards the strength of these regiments an ala or cohort might be "quingenaria" or "miliaria," but none of those mentioned above is described in any of the documents as belonging to the latter class. An ala quingenaria was supposed to contain, exclusive of officers, 480 men, divided into 16 squadrons of 30 men each. A cohort contained the same number of men divided either into 6 centuries of 80 men each, or, if a proportion of cavalry were included, of 6 centuries of 60 men each and 4 squadrons of 30. That the regiments were kept up to this strength is illustrated by a document of the Cohors I Augusta Praetoria Lusitanorum which has fortunately been discovered.* This shows that on the 1st of January, 156 a. d. there were on the roll of the cohort 6 centurions, 3 decurions, 114 cavalry, 19 dromedarii, and 363 infantry, giving a total, with the praefectus, of 506. We may therefore safely reckon an average of 500 men for each of the regiments in our list. The total garrison of Egypt during the first three centuries may therefore be estimated as follows: Reign of Augustus. Three legions 16,500 men. Twelve cohorts and alae . . First century. Two legions 1 1,000 men. Ten cohorts and alae Second century. One legion 5>5°° men. Eighteen cohorts and alae 6,000 men. 5,000 men. 9,000 men. It must be remembered that the number given for the auxiliaries in the first two centuries is merely a minimum and that further research will probably add to the list. Still it is probable that the garrison of Egypt during this period was under 20,000. When this is compared with the strength of the garrison of Britain during the same period, 45-50,000 men, it is easy to see how low the imperial government rated the strength of their enemies. Moreover, the materiel of the Egyptian garrison was probably the worst in the Empire. In the Western provinces during the first century the legions, which were required to consist of Roman citizens, were recruited almost entirely from Italy, and even when, in the second century, local recruiting became more common, the recruits were by no means deficient in military quali- ties. In the Eastern provinces on the other hand the legions were from the beginning recruited locally, the difficulty as regards citizenship being surmounted by a grant of the franchise on enrolment. At first it seems that these recruits were drawn from all the Eastern provinces, and legio XXII was, as stated above, originally raised in Galatia. Later recruiting was restricted almost entirely to Egypt, the majority of the recruits coming from the nominally Hellenized towns. f Two inscriptions may be cited here to illustrate the provenance of recruits in the first and second centuries. The first, which probably dates from the beginning of the first century, gives the names and nationalities of thirty-six legionaries detached on special duty to Koptos.J The provinces from which they come are as follows: Italy i, Gaul 2. Bithynia 1, Galatia 19, Cyprus 1, Syria 2, Egypt 9 and Cyrenaica 1. The second inscription§ gives the provenance of 43 soldiers of Legio II Traiana fortis, who had joined the army in 168 a. d. and were discharged in 194 a. d. These soldiers give their ' *Ephemeris Epigraphica VII, p. 456-467. Discussed there by Mommsen. tFor the general principles of recruiting under the empire see Mommsen, Hermes XIX, and the evidence in Ephemeris Epigraphica V. JEphemeris Epigraphica V, pp. 5-16. §C. I. L. Ill, n 6580. I IO KARANOG nationality as follows: 22, "castris"; 12, Egypt (6 of these are from the Greek towns, 6 from other parts of the province); 7, Asia; 2, Africa. Thus 80 per cent of these soldiers were recruited in Egypt, and 63 per cent of those from the "castra," children that is of former soldiers, but probably no better fighting material than recruits drawn from outside, except for a certain amount of Galatian blood in their ancestry. Nor were the auxilia any better; titles such as Lusitani, Cilices, Thraces, indicate nothing more in most cases than the district in which the regiment was originally raised. Probably in the first, certainly in the second century these regiments obtained no fresh drafts from their titular recruiting ground but filled up their ranks on the spot. Names such as Anubis and Ammonius among the recruits of the Cohors I Lusitanorum (see the inscription cited above) indicate this clearly enough without the evidence of the papyri.* Thus during the second century, if not earlier, practically the whole garrison of the province was Graeco-Egyptian in origin. During the anarchy of the latter half of the third century the old military system of the Empire broke down completely. Whole sections of the frontier garrisons were blotted out by the advancing barbarians, while others, which had been hurried from one province to another to meet the demands of the constant civil wars and hostile inroads, found no opportunity of returning to their old quarters. While the old regiments of the provincial armies were being destroyed and dislocated in this way the whole spirit of the system was revolutionized by the introduction into the Roman ranks of barbarians from beyond the frontier, who made little attempt to adopt the old discipline and organization. After almost every victorious campaign thousands of these mercenaries were enrolled, and in the armies of Aurelianand Probus the Teutonic war-band, commanded by its chief, marched side by side with corps made up of the survivors of the old legions and auxilia. At the end of the third century Diocletian once more brought order out of this chaos and the process of reorgan- ization was continued by his successors, especially by Constantine, who left the army once more efficient, although based upon very different principles from those of the early empire. These principles must be briefly explained in order to make intelligible the one remaining document which throws light upon the Egyptian army, the section dealing with it in the Notitia Dignitatum. It is true that the Egyptian section of this work dates from the beginning of the fifth century, but the arrangements it describes are substantially those of Constantine. The most important point is the abandonment of the old principle of having all the troops stationed in small units along the frontiers, in favour of a new arrangement by which relatively weaker frontier garrisons were supported by strong mobile armv corps which were stationed in the interior of the provinces, ready to move to anv threatened point. The distinction between first and second class troops is no longer between legions of cives Romani and auxilia of unenfranchised provincials, but between these field armies, the palatini or comitatenses, and the troops on the frontier, limitanei or ripenses, who sank steadily in consideration and fighting value. As a matter of fact under this system the comitatenses contained far more of the barbarians, whose importance increased throughout the fourth and fifth centuries, than did the limitanei. As the con- servatism of Roman officials would lead one to expect, this new system still employed many of the old names. Cohorts and alae still appear among the limitanei, side by side with regiments bearing the newer titles of cuneus, vexillatio, or numerus.f The term legio, too, is still used to denote regiments not only of limitanei but also of comitatenses, although in a different sense from the old one. During the confusion of the third century each of the old legions had become *On the recruiting of the army in Egypt see Paul Meyer, op. cit., and J. Lesquier in the Revue de Philologie, XXVIII (1904). fThese titles began to be used earlier, numerus indeed as far back as the reign of Hadrian. THE GARRISON OF EGYPT UNDER THE ROMAN EMPIRE m split up into several detachments, each of which had come to call itself simply by the name of the legion. Ihese detachments were never properly re-united, and hence the title "legion" came to be given to new regiments, which were no stronger than one of these detachments.* After this preface we may turn to the list of the garrison of Egypt as given by the Notitia. The army is divided into two parts, one under an official who is described as the "comes limitis ^Egypti" or the "comes rei militaris per ^Egyptum, " the other under an officer of inferior rank, the "dux Thebaidos. " This division of the command probably dates from the latter half of the fourth century, since as late as the reign of Constantine we rind a certain Rometalca, who is "Dux iEgypti et Thebaidos utrarumque Libyarum." The troops under the command of these two officials are as follows: Sub dispositionc viri spectabilis comitis rei militaris per JEgyptum. Legio V Macedonica§ — Memfi (the spelling of place names is given after Seeck's edition of the Notitia.) Legio XIII Gemina§ — Babilona. Equites stablesiani — Pelusio. Equites Saraceni Thamudeni Scenas veter- anorum. Legio III Diocletiana — Andro. Legio II Traiana§§ -Parembole. Ala Theodosiana nuper constituta. Ala Arcadiana nuper constituta. Ala II Armeniorum — Oasi minore. Et quae de minore laterculo emittuntur.l| Ala III Arab urn — Thenuthi. Ala VIII Vandilorum — Nee. (Seeck suggests Arsinoe on the Red Sea.) Ala VII Sarmatarum — Scenas Mandrorum. Ala I ^Egyptiorum— Selle. Ala veterana Gallorum§§ — Rinocoruna. Ala I Herculia — Scenas extra Gerasa (Seeck suggests to. yeppa Strabo, pp. 50, 56. Ala V Raetorum — Scenas veteranorum. Ala I Tingitana — Thinunepsi. Ala Apriana§§ — Hipponos. Ala II Assyriorum — Sosteos. Ala V Praslectorum — Dionisiada. Cohors III Galatarum — Cefro. *What Diocletian did in this matter is uncertain. Legions raised by him and his colleagues appear in the Notitia split into as many detachments as the older ones. Hence his legions were probably of the old strength. Whether he himself divided them into several sections, or whether this is the work of Constantine is uncertain. Probably he attempted to preserve a nominal connection be- tween the severed parts. Cohors II Astarum ("Asturum" of course is meant) — Busiris. Provincial Augustamnicae. Ala II Ulpia Afrorum§ — Thaubasteos. Ala II ^Egyptiorum — Tacasiria. Cohors I sagittariorum — Naithu. Cohors I Augusta Pannoniorum§ — Tohu. Cohors I Epireorum Castra Iudaeorum. Cohors IV Iuthungorum — Affrodito. Cohors II Ituraeorum§§ — Aiy. Cohors II Thracum§§ — Muson. Cohors IV Numidarum — Narmunthi. Sub dispositionc viri spectabilis ducts Thebaidos. Cuneus equitum Maurorum scutariorum - Lico. Cuneus equitum scutariorum -Hermupoli Equites sagittarii indigenae Tentira. Equites sagittarii indigenae Cop to. Equites sagittarii indigenas — Diospoli. Equites sagittarii indigenae — Lato. Equites sagittarii indigenae -■ Maximianopoli. Equites promoti indigenae — .... Legio III Diocletiana — Ombos. Legio II Flavia Constantia Thebaeorum - Cusas. Legio III Diocletiana — Praesentia. Legio II Traiana§§ — Apollonos superioris. § Regiments marked § are known to have existed in the first or second centuries, those marked §§ belonged to the garrison of Egypt at that period. || This expression, which recurs frequently in the Notitia, has never been satisfactorily explained. Probably it indicates that the troops which follow occupy in some way an inferior position. 1 1 2 KARANOG Milites miliarenses — Syene. Legio I Valentiniana — Copto. Legio I Maximiana — Filas. Legio III Diocletiana — Thebas. Legio II Valentiniana — Hermunthi. Equites felices Honoriani — Asfynis. Ala I Abasgorum — Hibeos-Oaseos Maioris. Et quae de minore latereulo emittuntur. Ala II Hispanorum§ — Poisarietemidosp. Ala Germanorum — Pescla. Ala IV Britonum — Isiu. Ala I Hiberorum — Thmou. Ala Neptunia — Chenoboscia. Ala III Dromedariorum — Maximianopoli. Ala VIII Palmyrenorum — Foenicionis. Ala VII Herculia voluntaria — contra Lata. Ala I Francorum — contra Apollonos. Ala I Iovia catafractariorum — Pampane. Ala VIII . . Ala II Herculia Ala I Abasgorum Ala I Quadorum- . — Abydum-Abocedo. dromedariorum — Psinaula. -Oasi maiore. -Oasi minore — Trimtheos. Ala I Valeria dromedariorum — Precteos. Cohors I Lusitanorum§§ — Theraco. Cohors Scutata civium Romanorum§§ — Mutheos. Cohors I Apamenorum§§ — Silili. Cohors XI Chamavorum — Peamu. Cohors IX Tzanorum — Gnitnu. Cohors IX Alamannorum — Burgo Severi. Cohors I Felix Theodosiana — Apud Elephan- tinem. Cohors V Syentium — Syene. Cohors VI Saginarum (this name is obviously corrupt) — in castris lapidariorum. Cohors VII Francorum — Diospoli. This list deserves a full commentary, but it is impossible here to do more than touch upon those main features in the military situation in the province which are illustrated by it. i. The first point which strikes us is the size of the garrison as compared with that of the second century. Unfortunately we are very imperfectly informed concerning even the nominal strength of these post-diocletianic regiments, but we shall probably not be wrong in asserting that an "ala," "cohors," and "legio" were each supposed to contain 500 men, the last named possibly more.* The "equites" and "cunei" were probably smaller units but they can hardly have contained less than 200 men each. Taking these figures we arrive at the following total for the garrison of Egypt and the Thebaid at the beginning of the fifth century. CAVALRY. Egypt. 2 Equites, 16 Alae 8,400 men. Thebaid. 9 Equites, 15 Alaef 9,300 men. Total 17,700 men. INFANTRY. Egypt. 4 legions, 9 cohorts 6,500 men. Thebaid. 8 legions, 1 1 cohorts! 9,500 men. Total 16,000 men. Total of the whole garrison 33. 700 men. *Mommsen considers (op. cit.) that the old legions had been divided into six divisions of 1000 men each and that the post-diocletianic legions were all supposed to be of this strength. . Against this it may be urged (1) that at least one of the old legions, XIII Gemina, was divided into seven and that more may have been so divided originally, (2) that one would have expected these divisions to have borne some relation to the cohorts of 600 which are pre- supposed by a legion of 6000. We do indeed hear earlier of 'vexillationes miliariae,' but these were probably organized as two cohorts of 480 each. The strength of a legion in the fourth century is best illus- trated by the well-known passage of Ammianus describing the siege of Amida in 359 A. d. "intra civi- tatis ambitum non nimium amplffi legionibus septem et promiscua advenarum civiumque sexus utrius que plebe et militibus aliis paucis ad usque numerum milium viginti cunctis inclusis. " XIX, 2, 14. With this may be compared XXVII, 12, 16, where twelve legions are sent on a comparatively unimportant campaign in the Caucasus. These passages cer- tainly prove that a legion cannot have contained more than 1000 men. •(■Counting the Ala I Abasgorum, which is men- tioned twice, as one unit. ^Counting the 'militis miliarenses' as a cohort. THE GARRISON OF EGYPT UNDER THE ROMAN EMPIRE 113 This figure, which represents at any rate the intentions of the government in the fourth century, shows a strong desire not to let Egypt slip out of their hands as it had done in the third century. The fact that Constantinople had now to be supplied with corn was doubtless an important consideration. On the other hand it is improbable that the garrison was kept up to anything like this figure. Regiments were apt at this period to fall very much below their paper strength, and those in Egypt were probably not free from this defect. We have, however, no means of estimating how great this deficiency was. 2. Organization and provenance of recruits. The troops in Egypt were all limitanei, for the field army of Asia had to be held in readi- ness to repel a Persian attack and no detachments of it could be kept so far from the point of danger. It will be noticed that cavalry now form the majority of the garrison. This is in accordance with the general tendency of the period; in the armies of Belisarius in the next century the infantry occupy a still lower position. As regards recruiting the question is, how far the general barbarization of the army had affected the personnel of the garrison of Egypt. First of all comes the general consideration that the limitanei were not recruited from among the barbarians to anything like the same extent as the palatini and comitatenses, unless indeed they were raised from a barbarian nation which had recently been settled within the frontier. Hence we may suggest that a large proportion of the Egyptian troops were still obtained by local recruiting, and one or two pieces of evidence support this view. Zosimus* mentions that Theodosius II, thinking that the proportion of Gothic foederati enrolled in his main army on the Danube was a dangerously large one, exchanged some of them with troops from the garrison of Egypt. These troops are expressly stated to have been of provincial origin, and this fact is indeed the main point of the story which follows. Now in the Notitia we find among the field army in Thrace the following legions : I Maximiana Thebaeorum, III Diocletiana Thebaeorum, and in the field army of the East there appear the Legio II Flavia Constantia Thebaeorum and the II Felix Valentis Thebaeorum. f These legions therefore probably represent the troops transferred by Theodosius. Now as all these names, with one exception, occur also in the list of the garrison of Egypt, it is clear that the troops transferred were simply detachments from regiments which continued to remain in the province. These therefore must also have been recruited in Egypt, and the same is probably true of all the "legions" in the province. J Now let us turn to the other regiments of the garrison. Here we at once find evidence of local recruiting in the " equites sagittarii indigenae. " But in addition to this we can detect no less than seven of the old second century regiments, which may well have retained their old character. § But the greater number of the alae and cohorts are new creations ||, which must have been originally formed, as their names show, of barbarians captured in battle or *IV c 30. The story which follows is a panegyric upon the valour of the provincial troops as opposed to the imported foederati. fit may be noticed that the title Thebaeorum is given to all these legions, whereas in the Egyptian list it is only borne by the Legio II Flavia Constantia. J This must clearly have been the case with II Traiana, and legions I and II Valentiniana may well have consisted like the II Felix Valentis of Thebaei. The case is different with V Macedonica and XIII Gemina which had come at some time from the lower Danube, but they probably fell into line with the others. § Possibly more of these old regiments may be detected. It is significant that the old list contained a cohors II Hispanorum and a cohors II Ulpia E, probably with the title Afrorum, while the Notitia has two alae with the same titles. In the desire for more cavalry were some of the old infantry regiments mounted? || The earliest are probably the Iuthungi and Van- d(a)li who may date from the conquests of Aurelian. 8 114 KARANOG raised beyond the frontier. But was any effort made to preserve their tribal character? What was difficult in the second century had become almost impossible in the fifth. How could the government secure a regular supply of Tzanni, Abasgi, and Iberi from the Caucasus and Franks and Chamavi from the lower Rhine? The most that can have happened is that sons of the original soldiers took their fathers' places, and that occasionally fresh barbarians, not necessarily or probably of the same race as the original levy, were drafted into the province. But this small proportion of barbarians in the Egyptian garrison means that, in spite of its increased size, it occupied the same inferior position in the Roman army as in the first and second centuries. For, although the Eastern half of the Empire never fell so completely as the Western under the domination of imported mercenaries, yet right through the fifth and sixth centuries they continue to hold the leading place in the Eastern army. The greater part of the force which Belisarius led to Italy and Africa was composed of this class of troops and it was on them that he chiefly relied. 3. Position of the troops. It is impossible here to go through the Notitia, correct its often faulty spelling, and dis- cover where each of the regiments mentioned had its station, but a few general facts are worth mentioning. Firstly the abandonment of the Dodekaschoinos, which we know of from other sources, is confirmed. The second century stations of Hiera Sykaminos, Pselchis, and Talmis have dis- appeared from the list, and the Roman garrisons extend no further South than Philas. The new frontier stations however are strongly held, Elephantine by the Cohors I Felix Theodosiana, Philag by the Legio I Maximiana, and Syene by the milites miliarenses and the Cohors V Sven- tium.* As a further obstacle to an enemy descending the river it may be noticed that posts are held on both banks. Thus we have the Legio II Traiana at Apollonos, and the Ala I Francorum at contra Apollonos, a detachment of the Equites sagittarii indigenae at Lato, the Ala VII Her- culia voluntaria at contra Lato. The remaining regiments of the garrison are stationed over the whole province! i n such a way that it appears that the increase in their numbers was due to the fear of internal disturbances as well as of foreign invasion, a fear which was justified by the turbulent conduct of the Egyptians during the third century. G. L. Cheesman. *The real name of the cohort has probably been lost, the title Syentium being merely of a secondary character as in a number of cases. fWith one curious omission — Alexandreia. The turbulent character of the Egyptian capital was notorious and it could not possibly have been left ungarrisoned. Possibly it was occupied by the Gothic Foederati sent into the province by Theo- dosius; troops of this class do not appear in the Notitia, since technically they do not form part of the Roman army. CHAPTER XIII TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS ANALYSIS OF TOMBS Note. — cT = male; $ =female; + =immature or child; o=a body of which not enough remained for the sex to be distinguished. The points of the compass (N. E. S. W.) give not the true direction but the supposed direction based on the course at this point of the river Nile, which theoretically runs due North. The following abbreviations are used: h. on p. = hands on pelvis (normal attitude). ext. = extended. ptd. = painted. frag. = fragments. rt. and 1. = right and left respectively. The tomb types referred to in the first column are explained in ch. iii, p. 22. The Roman numerals in the pottery columns refer to the table of forms, plates 103 to 106. Catalogue numbers are given where the object was preserved ; the absence of such numbers means that the object was either too much decayed or not sufficiently important to be brought away from the site. When the object is in the University Museum, the number alone is given ; when in the Cairo Museum, the number is preceded by the letter C. In the case of some of the inscribed stones now at Cairo, the word Cairo is written in full and the original field-number of the object is given. In the Pottery columns, unless otherwise stated, only one example of the given form was found in the tomb. ("5) n6 KARANOG Tomb No. G G G G G G 10 ii 12 13 14 G is G 16 Type, etc. B 6. Opened from in front through the door. Bodies. 2, E. ext., on back, h. on p. but dis- turbed; no tibiae. B 6. Opened through the door; dromos ; 6*2, in confusion, had six regular steps. B 6. Roof of grave disappeared through denudation of soil. B 6. Opened through door. B 6. Opened through door ; roof partly disappeared. A (?). Only a few bricks left in position at end of rude cutting; no proper chamber. B 6. Opened from behind. Chamber cir- cular ; to the S. was a recess 1.75 m. long containing pottery the robbers' hole W. ran through to the next tomb. B 6. Opened through the door. B 6. Opened through door. B 6. Opened through door. B 6. Opened through door. A 4. A rectangular pit .70 m. deep, 1.50 by Mom., lined with brick and paved with stone slabs. An oval pit .85 by .75 m. across and .85 m. deep. Perhaps the start for digging dromos and chamber. A 1 or A 3. Superstructure, if any, and part of vault destroyed ; three whole and two half bricks in the arch. Opened from W. B 6. Very shallow ; no brick work re- maining at door. B 6. Very shallow ; no brick work re- maining; E. end of grave gone. d\ lying in confu- sion near en- trance. ?+, W. ext., on back, h. on p. ; child across lap. 2, W. ext., on back, h. on p. $2, W.W. ext., on backs, h. on p. 2, W. ext., on back, h. on p. +, E. ext., on back, h. on p. -)-, W., arms over face ; legs miss- ing. 2, E. ext., on back, h. on p. 2, E. ext., on back, h. on p. Metal. Wood and Ivory. Iron anklets, 7378, 738i, PI. 35- Iron anklets, 7374- 5, PI- 35- Bronze handle, 7698. Bronze vase, 7144, PI. 3^. Wood kohlpot (in dromos). Iron anklets, 7376, 7379, PL 35- TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS 117 Beads. Pottery Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. Glass. Varia. ix, plain, rough, lxvi, plain. xlvi, ptd., 8731, PI. 93- i, thirteen plain, v, ptd., 8238, PI. 66. i, three plain. v, two plain ; frag, of two ptd. in dromos. xlviii, plain red- xxvii, ptd., 8958, PI. 97- xlv, three plain, xlvi, ptd. xxi, plain. In dromos, fragments of a Ba-statue. Younger woman wore ear- rings of bronze with leather and beads at- tached. Body wrapped in stuff, had lain on a board or boards, perhaps a rude litter or bier. i, plain. v, two plain ; frag, of ptd. one. 7757- Some of bones calcined as if by fire in tomb; dried leaves in tomb, perhaps from a wreath. ix, rough, plain. n8 KARANOG Tomb No. Type, etc. B 6. Opened through door. B 6. Opened through doorway; contents a good deal confused. B 6. Opened through doorway ; contents in confusion and most bones re- moved. D. Cut in N. side of dromos of G 18. Undisturbed burial. Bodies. ?o, only a few bones left. c??+, W. ext., on backs, h. on p. +, skull only lying by door. 4-, very well pre- served ; short straight hair. Metal. Wood and Ivorv. Iron kohlstick, Cai- Kohlbox. ro, 40096. B 6. Dromos on the West, reverse of c J5 i only skulls and rule; all W. end destroyed. a few odd bones left. B 6. Opened through door and all E. Q , W., only upper 'half' left; body ext. on back. end of tomb destroyed. B 6. Opened through doorway. B 6. Opened from in front; all bones re- moved. B 6. Opened from behind and completely gutted. D. Cut in the S. side of a pit 3.50 by _(__ \y ext., ?, W., on back, but twisted ; h. on p. back, h. on p. 2.00 m., probably dug for making mud-bricks. Undisturbed burial. A r. Ruined superstructure of brick on stone foundations. Chamber arch of four bricks, walls of three courses ; on floor of chamber a single line of bricks ran up centre with return north, making an en- closure for the body, the pots being for the most part outside this. Opened from side; all bones removed and contents in confu- sion. A 3. False arch of two bricks length- 2, W. ext., on wise, walls of two courses; top of right side, hands tomb broken away at W. end. by side. on Cup, 7151. B 6. Completely ruined. B. (?). Traces of superstructure; opened from behind. The stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G 30, lay by the S E. corner of the superstructure. o, W. Shaft of arrow, 7417 (in dro- mos). Wood and ivorv kohlbox, 7686. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS 119 Beads. Pottery. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. Other K or ids. Fragments of stuff, sack- ing-like, mixed wool and linen. Two sorts of textiles, linen, one coarse, one fine with open cord-work border. A heap of leaves in the corner where the skull lay. Below body coarse stuff, string-like texture ; round body finer cloth, yellow with single scarlet thread in selvage. 7752; stud 7962 a ; amulet 8022. v, plain. i, three plain, v, three plain. xxxii a, ptd., 8na PI 76 7753, anklet on !. leg; stud 7962 B. i, three plain. v, two plain, one ringed. viii, ptd., 9000, PI. 97 (in dromos ) . xlvi, ptd., 8663. xlviii, two plain red. 7754-5, PI- 40, necklaces. v, plain. i, two plain. \t tli T" r> f> n 1 ri i n V , LIU CC LJIdlll. Bowl inverted on water- jar, which stood by left shoulder. By the tomb lay four little cups rudely made of un- baked clay. Body wrapped in fnarcf* n 1 n in linfn 111 tUdl it yJlallL IJUCli* i, three plain, v, two plain. 1 20 KARANOG Type, etc. B 6. Opened from above; a few bones in the robbers' hole. loose Bodies. Child's tomb; no body. B 3. Only remains of superstructure;] 0*?+, all in con- opened from behind. fusion. B 3. Superstructure much ruined. Frag- ments of a Ba-statue were found within the containing-wall of the superstructure and an offering- table in the filling of the dromos just below the surface. B 3. Superstructure with approach com- plete, the dromos cut very steeply under this. Opened from behind, all bones removed. B 6. Dromos and door wrecked by rob- bers. B 6. Opened through door; dromos partly destroyed ; contents gone but body undisturbed. D. Cut in W. side of a circular pit 1. 00 m. across; doorway only 0.85 m. long ; opened through doorway. B 6. But cut out from the S.E. side of a round pit 3.00 m. in diameter and 1.20 m. deep; it ran S.E. B 6. Dromos at the W. end ; top of grave broken in owing to denudation of surface. C 2. Ruined; cover gone. B 6. Ruined; E. end and part of roof broken away. B 6. Opened from above. B 6. Apparently undisturbed. B 3. Superstructure much ruined. Cham- ber almost circular, 180 by 1.50 m. across, apparently undisturbed. o+, all sion. in confli- ct E. ext., on back, h. on p., very well preserved. c?, E., young, ext. on back; h. on p. ; very short black hair, tightly curled ; negro features. Metal. Wood and Ivory. +, S.E. o*, W. ext., on back, h. on p. ; man wore short beard. o, E., remains only, ext., on back, h. on p. E. ext., on back, h. on p. ?, W. ext., on back, h. on p. c?, W. ext., on back, h. on p. Bowl, 7117, PI. 32. Spindle whorl, 7675. THEIR CONTENTS Beads. Forms i-vi. 7756, round neck. i, plain. v, plain, Cairo. v, plain. i, two plain, v, two plain. Pottery. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. xlviii, plain red. liii, ptd. 8705 PI. 90. (in dromos). i, plain. i, plain (in pit ). i, three plain, v, two plain ; one ringed ; ptd., 8220, PI. 62. i, four plain, v, six plain. lxvi, plain (in dromos) . ix, rough (in dromos). xlv, two rough. (in dromos). xxv, ptd., 8297, PL 73- xxxn, ptd., 8335, PL 77- Glass. Fragments. Varia. In dromos, very rough stela with incised human fig- ure, outline for a paint- ing of which all colour had gone. Child wore coarse linen dress. Body dressed in coarse linen with fringes round neck. 122 KARANOG Tomb No. Type, etc. G 45 G 46 G 47 G 48 G 49 G 50 G Si G 52 G 53 G 54 G 55 G 56 A 3. Undisturbed tion p. 32. burial. See descrip- B 6. Broken open through door. B 6. Dug almost under N. precinct wall of G. Broken open through door. B 3. Superstructure of brick on stone foundations, 3.80 m. square, ap- proach 1. 00 m. long. No altar. Broken open from behind. To this tomb belongs the Cairo stela labelled G 48. B 3. Complete superstructure 4.30 m. square, of brick upon coursed rubble, with brick approach 2.00 m. long, having a brick threshold. No altar. Broken open from behind. B 6. Broken open from behind. B 3. Superstructure of brick; lower courses 3.00 m. square, upper courses withdrawn to a size 2.05 m. square ; with approach 1. 00 m. long, having threshold of brick. No altar. Broken open from behind. To this tomb prob- ably belongs the stela, Cairo, labelled G no. B 3. Brick superstructure ; much ruined, especially in front ; apparently c. 2.50 m. square. Undisturbed burial, but a few loose bones seemed to point to a secondary interment. To this tomb belongs the stela 7102, PI. 18, found at entrance of ap- proach. A 1. Superstructure of brick on coursed rubble 4.20 by 4.80 m., with brick approach 1.50 m. long; chamber 2.00 by 1.30 m., with brick ends and barrel vault. Broken open from behind. C 2. Pit 1.40 by 0.60 m. ; covered with rough flagstones on which were two stone tables of offerings, Cai- ro, labelled G 54. B 6. Small grave chamber 1.30 by i.oom Undisturbed burial. B 6. Small (child's) grave; broken up. Bodies. $, W. ext., on back, h. on p. c?, W., body bro- ken up ; arms gone. ?, E. ext., on back, h. on p. Bowls, 7113, 7115, 7120; tripod, 7137; lock, 7460, PI. 25. Wood and Ivory. Wood and ivory casket, 7519, PH. 24, 25. Wood and ivory kohl- box, 7514, PI. 25. $+, ext., on back, h. on p. ?, E. ext., on back ; h. on p. ?, E. ext., on back, h. on p. +, E. ext., on back, h. on p. Ring, 8140. Bowl, 7149. Sawblade. Wood kohlpot. 7623 ; four spin- dle-whorls, 7673- 4. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS 123 Beads. Pottery. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. 7759-7763 (7759, 7761 on fi. 40) ; studs 7963. 1, three plain. 7352, Pll. 25, 3«- • Two blue beads on neck. The ring was on the child's breast. xlviii, fragments ptd. ix, rough, plain. i, one plain, v, two plain ; one ringed. Bone smoother, 7727. xlv, rough. v, plain, v, ringed. xlviii, plain red. Body had been wrapped in heavy cloth, wholly de- cayed. 124 KARANOG Tomb No. Type, etc. B 3. Brick superstructure 2.50 by 2.45 m., with approach 0.80 m. long; broken open from behind. At en- trance of approach lay a stone table of offering, Cairo, labelled G57. B 3. (?) Superstructure almost all de- stroyed. Opened from above. 59 J B 3. Superstructure of brick on stone foundations 3.60 by 3.50 m. ; brick approach 1.80 m. long, with threshold. Opened from behind. B 3. Brick superstructure and approach, much ruined. Opened from be- hind. The stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G 60, lay in the dromos of the tomb. Possibly the stela C 40165, PI. 11, also belongs here. B 6. The dromos ran N. by S., the cella being at the N. end, lying E. by W. Opened from above. B 6. Under G 89. Disturbed. Bodies. Metal. Wood and Ivory. OC?, E.W. disturbed. both 2, E. ext., on rt. side, facing N. ; h. on p. 9, W. ext., on back, h. on p. 6", disturbed; only a few bones left. +, E. ext., on back, h. on p. ; imma- ture. +, E., disturbed. Wood and ivory lid, 7528 ; kohl- box-lid, 7520. Wood and ivory cylindrical box, wood and ivory box lid, 7521-2; two wood kohl- pots; spindle- whorl. 63 I B 4. Brick superstructure 4.30 by 4.10 m.; grave opened and ransacked. 1. Elaborate grave with superstructure of brick on stone foundations ; within, three vaulted chambers. See p. 33 and Figs. A. 2 and B. G 65 B 3. Superstructure of brick on coursed rubble 3.00 by 2.50 m., with brick approach 0.85 m. long, having threshold. Opened from behind. G 66 B 6. Inside the door for 0.00 m. from it the chamber had side-walls and vault of brick, walls six courses high, false arch of two bricks. Hewn chamber beyond 1.30 m. long. Opened from behind. B 6. Broken open. B 6. Half of tomb broken away, together with dromos. c?, scattered bones only. cCo, old man, ext., on back, h. on p. ; also odd bones. + . E. 000, all mixed. Tweezers in form of swimmer, Cai- ro, 40104, PI. 35; iron kohlstick. 7389, PI. 36; arrow, 7370. Wood kohlpot ; wood stand, 7607; wood object. Fragments of wood and ivory kohl- box. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS Beads. Pottery. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. v, plain. xlviu, plain red. Position of body probably due to robbers. The tumbler was in a little niche made to fit it. near the door on the N. side of the chamber. i, two plain. v, two plain ; ptd., 8229, PI. 64. xii., plain. xlv, rough, plain. Body covered over with reeds or withies, tied round at intervals. v, three plain ; ptd , 82^4, PI. P lvl '> ^ O 1 ' *■ 65. xlviii, plain red. xxii, rough, small. i, plain, v, plain. Blue bugle beads, 7955- Cf. 7862. Body wrapped in stuffs. Two jgilt glass beads. i, twelve plain, v, six plain. xlviii, plain. xvii, plain. xxi, plain. xlv, four plain, rough. xlvi, two plain. One ptd., frag- ments lamp. 8148. Fragments. Over the robbers' hole was a cuirass of leather, with repousse bosses ; much destroyed. A big pot was sunk in the ground outside the brickwork of the N.E. corner. i, three plain. i, three plain, v, three plain. Body in wooden coffin (wholly destroyed by white ants) which was covered with coarse bas- ket-work. Three beads. Fragments. In grave, a Ba-bird's head and a stone cone painted green. 126 KARANOG Tomb No. Type, etc. G 69 B 6. Opened from behind. G 69 a D. Recessed in S. side of dromos of G 69 ; disturbed. G 70 A 1. Superstructure of ashlar stone, 5.00m. square, v\ith brick above; brick approach 2.20 m. long and 2.00 m. wide with offset (for stone frame?) and stone sill at entrance. In the chamber a line of bricks making compartment for body. See PI. 112. Opened from behind. In front of the approach were fragments of stelae, Cairo labelled G 70. G 71 A r. Elaborate grave with superstruc- ture of brick on stone foundations, and brick approach 2.00 m. long, to which the stone C 40228, PI. 11, formed the S. door-jamb. Inside were two vaulted chambers. Opened from behind. See Fig. B and PI. 112. G G G 72 G 73 G 74 G 75 G 76 G 77 78 79 B 3. Superstructure of brick on stone foundations 4.50 by 4.60 m., with brick approach 1.45 m. long; cross- walls, so probably originally mound-topped. Opened from be- hind. The Ba-statue 7030 may be- long to this tomb. B 3. Superstructure of brick on stone foundations ; too ruined to meas- ure ; brick approach. Opened from in front. Probably to this tomb belongs the stone table of offer- ings, Cairo, labelled G 72. B 1. Superstructure, brick, 1.90 by 2.00 m. with brick approach 1.00m. long; remains of hollow apse at W. end. Opened from above. The Ba- statue 7002 probably belongs to this tomb. B (?) Small tomb, superstructure broken up; in its S.W. corner was found the stela 7105, PI. 19. B 1. Brick superstructure 3.00 by 2.40 m., with brick approach (ruined) and western apse. Opened from above. B 1. Brick superstructure, 2.20 m. square, with brick approach (ruined) and western apse. C 2. B 6. Burrowed under S.W. corner of G 64; but perhaps older than G 64. Bodies. Metal. Wood and Ivory. G 80 B 6. Broken all up. -|-, odd bones. $0, E. ext., on backs, h. on p., skull and pelvis of one missing. ?, in confusion, only a few bones left. o*. disturbed. c?i, E.E. ext., on back, h. on p. o, odd bones. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS 127 Beads. Pottery. Forms i-vl. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. v, plain. i. four plain. V j L W \J iJlalii. xii, four plain. 1 y r»l a 1 n ft 1 C C 8384. i, four plain, v, five plain. i, plain. v, one plain ; one ptd., 8153. • v, two plain. v, ptd. i, two plain. xlviii, plain red. Glass. Varia. The small rough jars (ix) were in the filling of the superstructure. Also in the filling a fragment of a stela. The apse was built out from a ledge of brick- work projecting 0.33 m. from the west wall face. 128 KARANOG Tomb No. Type, etc. 81 B 6. Burrowed under S. wall of G 31. Opened from W. end. A 3. Roof gone, only two parallel lines of brick, 2.00 m. long by 0.30 m. high ; at the W. end fitting closely between the walls was a stone offering table (7088, PI. 15) on edge, the handle uppermost, the inscribed face to the tomb. Prob- ably in position but re-used. B 6. Opened from W. end. B 3. Superstructure of brick on ashlar, 3.00 m. square, standing 0.60 m. high ; brick approach 1.25m. long. Opened from side. The stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G 84, probably belongs to this tomb. B 3. Superstructure of brick on stone foundations, 3.40 by 3.65 m. ; brick approach 1.10 m. long. Opened from behind. In position before the approach lay the stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G 85. B 6. Dromos almost perpendicular. Opened from behind. C 2. Opened from above. C 1. Opened from above. A ?. Two parallel walls, brick, four courses high ; at the E. end a stone doorway from a tomb approach ; it had a roof of architectural frag- ments, including the stela, Cairo, labelled G 89, an uninscribed stela, and a carved lintel with uraeus disk, doubtless from a tomb-ap- proach. B ?. Superstructure almost all destroyed. Opened from in front. Bodies. 5, E. ext., on back, h. on p. c?+. ?+, W. ext., on back, h. on p. <3 E. ext., on back, disturbed. +, skull. + , disturbed. Metal. Wood and Ivory. ?, W. ext., h. on p. on back, ?+++oooo, all mixed up. D. Opened from in front. B I. Superstructure almost all destroyed. 0 E. ext., on back Opened from above. h. on p. B 6. Opened from behind. B I. Brick superstructure, 2.70 by 2.90 m., with broken brick approach and sunk apse, 100 m. E by W. Opened through apse. c?, disturbed. Wood box (cylin- drical). TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS 129 Beads. Pottery. Forms i-vi. 7765, 7766, PI. 40. Two necklaces on child's body. V, plain. v, plain. v, ringed. i, two plain, v, three plain. v, plain. v, plain. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. i, plain. v, two plain. v, two plain. v, two plain. xlviii, ptd. S619, PI. 82. xlviii, ptd. 8666, PI- 87; 8713. PI. 91. xlv, rough. 'Ink-pot' of un- baked clay. ix, two. rough, xxxvii, rough. Glass. Varia. Man's body covered with long straight stems of reeds and twigs arranged lengthways along the body. 7358, PL 38. Adolescent body wrapped in coarse stuff. ix, two rough. Ear-stud, blue glass, in woman's rt. ear. The painted stela, 7080, had fallen through the robbers' hole into this grave. Also the bottom of a pot containing red pigment. 9 KARANOG Type, etc. B i. Brick superstructure, 2.oom. square; brick approach and threshold ; traces of sunk apse; opened through apse. To this tomb prob- ably belongs the stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G 51 b, and perhaps too that labelled G. 96. B ?. Brick superstructure 2.00 m. square, much ruined; opened from behind. B 6. Cut out from circular pit, making a tangent to the circle. A 3. Superstructure, if any, disappeared; chamber 2. 00 by 0.57 m. high, five bricks to arch. B 6. No proper dromos but perpendicu- lar hole; broken up. B 3. Brick superstructure 3.30 by 3.50 m. and approach 1.45 m. long; opened from behind. B 6. Broken open from behind. B 6. Broken open from behind. B 3. Stone superstructure 3.40 by 3.70 m. brick approach 1.20 m. long; opened from above. To this tomb belonged the stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G 103. B 6. Dug under S.W. corner of 65. B 6. Opened from behind. C 1. Side not bricked up. D. Recessed in N. side of dromos of G 69. Undisturbed grave. B 6. Opened from in front. B 4. Brick superstructure 2.25 by 2.60 m-, much ruined ; opened from above. Small cella 1.50 by 0.90 m. Bodies. E.E. ext., on back, h. on p. Child crouched under man's rt. shoulder. o, skull only. c?, in confusion. ++++, three young, one ado- lescent. c?c??, in confusion. +, W. ext., on back, h. on p. +, only a few bones. Metal. Wood and Ivory. Kohlstick. Ivory stick, 7691. Bronze wire ear- rings, 8031-2. Three wood spin- dle whorls. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS 131 Beads. Pottery. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vi. Forms xIvii-L Other Forms. 1. L 1 1 1 v. v. plain. v, ptd. 8239. i, plain. v, two plain. , xviij ptd. viii, ptd. ix, three rough. Incised gourd (broken), 8144, PI. iog. 7770-3, child's necklaces all mixed up. xlviii, plain. v, plain. i, six plain. v, five plain ; one ptd., 8176, PI. 46. xii, plain. viii, ptd., 8894. xlv, plain. xlviii, ptd. 8686, PI. 89. i, three plain, v, plain. v, plain. xlviii, ptd. 8652, PI. 86. vii. black, 8772, PI. IOI. Body wrapped in three sorts of stuffs, gausapa, linen and a ribbed stuff (polymita). One body wrapped in stuff with decorated blue bor- der, "hand" pattern. Three gourds, 8147, PI. 109, two decayed. The vase, 8321, was near the mouth of the dromos. A mother of pearl nose- guard is on the string of beads. Body wrapped in coarse 1 1 tt r> ti x»r 1 ri m 0 n f*Q mp r^i"it*— 11IICI1 Willi II ML 1 dine HU1 der and fringe. Jars by feet. 7774-7, 7783. 7778-778o, 778+ Studs 7966-7. 7781. xlviii, ptd. 8682, PI. 88. xlviii, plain red. ix, plain, xxxii, ptd., 8321. xxxii, plain, rough. xlv, rough. 1 v, two plain. v, ringed, v, ringed. xlviii, two plain. 7785. viii (in dromos). 132 KARANOG Tomb No. IIO G in G 112 G 113 G 114 G 11: Type, etc. G 116 G 117 G 118 G 119 B 6. Opened from behind. B 3. (?) Brick superstructure much ruined. Opened from behind. In the filling of the superstructure was the stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G in. B 3. Superstructure of brick on stone foundations ; chamber almost cir- cular 2.00 by 1.40 m. B 3. Brick superstructure, much ruined ; 3.00 m., N. by S. Opened from behind. B 6. Dug against S. wall of G 64. Child's grave. B 3. Brick superstructure 2.00 by 2.15 m. ; approach 0.85 m. long ; the whole offering-table structure rested on a rectangular base 2 50 by 3.00 m., projecting on the N. side and flush with the end of the approach. Opened from behind. B 4. (?) Brick superstructure 2.30 by 2.40 m.; much destroyed on S. and E. Opened from above. B 3. (?) Brick superstructure 2.10m. square, much destroyed on E. face. Opened from behind. In front of it lay, face upwards in position, the stela 7104, PI. 19. B 4. Brick superstructure 2.25 by 2.50 m. ; opened from behind. B 3. (?) Only traces of brick super- structure left. Opened from be- hind. In front of the ruined ap- proach lay, face upwards, the stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G 119. G 120 B 6. Opened from behind. G 121 I B 4. Brick superstructure 2.00 m. square ; E. side knocked about. Opened from above. G 122 D. Recessed in S. side of G 75. Bodies. Metal. ??o, in confusion. ?, E. ext., on back, h. on p. $, in confusion. $, few bones in con- fusion. 9, in confusion. ?o. c?, E., disturbed. ?, E. ext., on back, h. on p. c?5, few bones only. confused. +, E. ext.. on back, h. on p. Ring, 8088, PI. 33- Kohlstick, 7385, PI- 36 ; Kohlspoon, 7386, PI. 36. Ring, 8081, PI. 33 Wood and Ivorv. Wood kohlpot, 7605. Wood and ivory kohlbox, 7568. Wood and ivory kohlbox lid. Wood and ivory kohlbox, 7524, PI. 23 ; wood kohl- box, 7525. Wood and ivory- casket (frag- ments), 7531-5- Two wood boxes. 7526-7, PI. 23 ; two wood and ivory boxes, 7529- 30, PI. 23. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS Beads. Pottery. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1: Other Forms. xlviii, ptd., Cai- ro, 40084/15; 8910, PI. 52. ix, two plain (one in dro- mos). xlv, plain. Also fragments of pottery. v, ringed. ix, rough, xlv, rough. Body wrapped in stuffs. i, five plain. v, ptd. 8170, PI. 48; 8216, PI. 45 ; three plain. xxxiii, 8571. i, two plain, v, three plain. 7359, PI- 38. i, four plain. xlviii, plain. ix, two plain, ix, plain, at inuuiii 01 uru- mos. xii, plain. Fragments of white leather embossed. v, ptd. 8184, PI. 50, 0233, ri. 6; i, four plain, v, ptd. 8166, PI. 41 ; two plain. xlviii, plain. xii, two plain, one with graf- fito, PI. 107, Fig. 27. One body wrapped in linen having blue and yellow tapestry border and fringe. Contents of tomb piled up against door. xlv. rough. vii, black, 8565, PI. 102. xii, plain. Mud jar stopper in dro- mos. The amphora has demotic inscription by handle (PI. 107, Fig. 17). -782, 7786, waist- band ; mixed beads in cas- ket. Studs, 7968-73. i, three plain, v, two plain, 8518. xlviii, ptd. xlviii, four plain. Oval object, destroyed by white ants, probably basketwork box. One body wrapped in linen. v, plain. xlviii, ptd. (frag- ments). 7788-9, round neck. Body wrapped in linen. !34 KARANOG Tomb No. Type, etc. B 4 (aberration from type). Brick super- structure 2.40 by 2.50 m. ; chamber N. by S., brick, with vaulted roof, forming fore-chamber to 123A. (See detailed description p. 34). Undisturbed grave. Same superstructure; chamber cut in side 1.80 by 0.60m. (See detailed description.) Undisturbed grave. B 3. (?) Few traces of brick superstruc- ture; opened from in front. B 3. Brick superstructure 2.80 m. square, with solid block instead of ap- proach ; opened from behind. To this tomb probably belongs the stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G 125, and the stela simi- larly labelled. D. Recessed in N. side of dromos of G 57. Undisturbed grave. B 4. (?) Superstructure of brick on stone foundations 3.^0 m. square, and brick roof supported on groining arches. Opened from behind. The stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G 16, lay just in front of this tomb. B 3. Superstructure of brick on stone foundations 3.30 m. square, with ruined brick approach ; cella un- usually deep, 3.80m. below surface. Opened from above. B 4. Brick superstructure 2.40 x 2.30 m.; opened from above. G 130 B 4. Brick superstructure 2.40 x 2.30 m. opened from behind. B 6. Opened from in front. B 6. Dug under S.E. corner of G 27 : opened from above. B. I. Brick superstructure 3.00 m. square with brick approach 1.40 m. long ; by robbers' hole at W. end were a few bricks probably representing hollow apse. Opened from behind- To this tomb belonged the stone table of offerings, 7002, PI. 16. Bodies. Metal. 8, N. ext., on back, h. on p. 8, E. ext., on back, h. on p. 0*59, two W., one E. ext., on back, h. on p. 8, in confusion. + . Bowl, 7150. Wood and Ivory. 8, E. ext., on back h. on p. 899, in confusion. 899+ + +, one 5 N. E., other bones in confusion above. 9, E. ext., h. on p. on back Kohlstick, 7388, PI. 36. Spindle-whorl, 7613; kohlbox. 7612. Kohlbox. Wood and ivory kohlbox, 7566; wood spindle- whorl, 7680. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS i35 Beads. Pottery. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. v, plain. v, two plain. xlviii, ptd., 8673. Wicker-work basket con- taining dates. Small beads at neck of ?. i, plain. xlviii, plain. One woman had linen wrappings with open- work border. 1, pltiin. v, two plain. xlviii, one plain. xlv, red. one black. 7787, 7810, PL 40; stud 7974- v, plain. xlviii, plain. i, plain. v, two ringed. i. two plain. v, ptd. 8192, PI. 4i> and one plain. Leather slipper (?). i, three plain, v, ptdi 8965 ; one plain. ix, 8365, rough. 7790-1 all mixed up with later bodies. v, ptd. 8230, PI. 64; 8304, PL 74- ix, 8585, rough, xlvi, Cairo, 40213, PL 80. Lowest $ body wrapped in linen with needlework border of cross-filled reticulated pattern. i, plain. v, two plain. xxxii, two plain, xxxvii, plain. Studs 7975-6- i, plain. v, ptd. 8158, PI. 53; 8224, PL 63 ; two ringed. Two blue glass ear-studs by left shoulder. 136 KARANOG Tomb No. Type, etc. G 134 B 3. Brick superstructure 3.20 m. square with brick approach 0.90m. long. Opened from behind. Exactly in front of the approach lay the stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G 127. G 135 [ B 3. Brick superstructure 2.90 m. square with vaulted brick approach 1.35m. long, having stone frame at en- trance. Opened from behind. To this tomb apparently belonged the stela, Cairo, labelled 135. G 136 G 137 G 138 G 139 G 140 G 141 B 1. Well-preserved brick superstructure 2.30m. square with brick approach 0.90m. long, hollow apse 1.40m. in diameter and brick altar in posi- tion. Opened from behind. The stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G 116, possibly belongs to this tomb, 2.00m. E. of whose approach it lay; that labelled G 136 (Cairo) also lay before the approach, apparently in position. B 1. Brick superstructure 2.40 m. square with brick approach 1.05 m. long and hollow apse 1.05m. in diame- ter. Opened from behind. C 1. Opened from above. B I. Brick superstructure 3.40 m. square, with brick approach 1.25m. long; at W. end a few bricks probably indicating hollow apse. Opened from behind. The stela, Cairo, labelled G 100, may belong to this tomb, 150 m. from whose approach it lay; as also the stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G 139. A 1. Superstructure of brick on stone 4.40 m. square, with cross walls to support jacketina: brick approach 1.90 m. long, brick altar in posi- tion whereon stone table of offer- ings (Cairo, G 140) ; in the ap- proach a painted stela (7076, PI. 12), face downwards, apparently in position. (See page 10.) Mixed type. ; rectangular brick superstructure with cross wall N. by S. and four cross-walls E. by W. 6.60 by 3.90 m. Below, three tombs of type C r. A single shaft from behind had given the rob- bers access to chambers one and two; chamber three was undis- turbed. (See p. 35.) Bodies. + +, one E. ext., on back, h. on p ; odd bones of second. o, few bones only. 9, in confusion. Metal. Wood and Ivory. Bowl, 7123, PI. 32; arrowhead, 7369. 0*0000, odd bones Ring, 8142, PI. 33. in confusion ; five skulls. o", E. ext., on back, h. on p. (a) (b) In filling of super- structure, wood and ivory casket, 75i8, PI. 21. (c)o*, E. ext., back, h. on p. Bowl, 7126, PI. 32; arrowheads 7180- 7221, PI. 34; spearhead, 7368, PI. 36. A musical instru- ment, shaft and five wood keys preserved, 9050. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS j 37 Beads. Pottery. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. ;8l I, PI. 40- v, ptd. 8214, PI. 6t; 8218, /PI. 62; 8896, PI. 79- i, three plain. The waterjars, 8214, 8218, found outside grave at mouth of robbers' hole ; 8896 in position with bowl inverted on it. Ar- rowhead on child's breast. 7347, PL 38. xlviii, ptd. xlviii, plain. xlviii, plain. xlviii, fragments of two ptd. ix, five rough (in dromos). xxiv, plain. xlv, two rough (in dromos). One blue bead. Plaited grass bracelet. Fragments of gausapa and polymita. Blue faience tumbler, 7366. PI. 39. v, plain, 8513. Fragments. In the S. wall of the super- structure was found half i, plain, i, three plain, v, one plain and one ringed. a scarab, 8141. Body wrapped in linen. i 3 8 KARANOG Type, etc. B ?. Superstructure almost entirely ruined. Opened from behind. B I. Brick superstructure 2I.30 by 2.50 m., with brick approach 0.95 m. long and ruined hollow apse, c. 1.30 m. diameter. Opened from behind. B 1. Brick superstructure almost wholly destroyed, c. 2.50 m., N. by S. ; well preserved apse. (See Fig. B). Opened from behind. The statue labelled Cairo, 137, lay just in front of this tomb. B 4. Superstructure of brick on stone foundations, opened from in front, door destroyed. To this tomb be- longed the stela, Cairo, labelled G 145- B 3. Superstructure of brick over three courses of ashlar stone 3.80 m. square, with brick approach 1.40 m. long. Opened from behind. C 2. Very rudely above. cut. Opened from B 1. Brick superstructure 2.20 by 2.50 m., with brick approach 1.10 m. long, and ruined apse. Opened from behind. To this tomb perhaps belonged stela 7080, PI. 14, or else Cairo, labelled 148. B 4. Brick superstructure 2.20 by 2.10 m. Opened from behind. The statue, Cairo, labelled G 149, perhaps be- longs to this tomb. B 3. Brick superstructure 2.00 m. square ; instead of a small approach a court as wide as the tomb and 2.40 m. long. Opened from behind. By the N. W. corner lay the statue 7029, PI. 8. B 1. Brick superstructure almost wholly destroyed ; traces of apse. Opened from behind. By the dromos lay the stela 7083, PI. 14. B 3. Brick superstructure 2.40 by 2.70 m., much ruined. Opened from be- hind. Bodies. 5, S.E. ; disturbed. $, scattered bones. 0*?$, all in confu- sion. +, W. ext., on back, h. on p. Metal. Wood and TTory. Wood kohlpot, 7633- 0*0", E. ext., on Bowl, 7152. backs, h. on p., side by side. Spndle-whorl, 7676. o, odd bones only. o"c?, in confusion. oV, in confusion. 9, odd bones in confusion. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS i39 Beads. Pottery. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. xlviii, plain. Fragments. Body wrapped in linen with tapestry border. xlviii, plain. i, plain. xxxii, ptd., 8318, PI. 76. i, three plain, v, two plain. i, plain. v, two plain. v, plain. ix plain rough. Blue glass ear stud found with spindle-whorl in the pot ix. i, plain. v, ringed. i, three plain, v.ptd., 8205, PI. uu, out: ringed. xlviii, ptd. five plain, all Ul UKC II. xlviii, ptd. 8622, PI. 83; 8625, xxxiii, ptd., 8324. 140 KARANOG Tomb No. Type, etc. G 153 G 154 B 1. Superstructure of brick on stone foundations 3.60 m. square, with brick approach 1.45 m. long, roofed with arch of three bricks and with reveal for stone frame at entrance. Traces of apse. Opened from be- hind. The statue, Cairo, labelled G 153, lay exactly in front of the approach. The stone table of of- ferings 7089, PI. 15, lay in the ap- proach, and another, Cairo, labelled G 134, lay close by. B 6. Opened from in front, body lying in broken doorway. G 155 C 1. Plain pit 1.70 by 0.90 m, 1.80 m. deep, lying E. by W. G 156 B 1. Brick superstructure 2.80 by 3.00 m., with brick aproach 1.00 m. long and apse 1.30 m. across- Entered through apse. To this tomb prob- ably belongs a stone table of of- ferings, Cairo, labelled G 156 b. G 157 B 1. Brick superstructure 2.75 by 2.60 m., with brick approach 1.20 m. long, and traces of apse. Opened through apse. To this tomb possibly be- longs a stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled 156 a. G 158 B 4 (?). Brick superstructure much o*. ruined, only S. wall 2.55 m. long left. Opened from behind. Bodies. $. in confusion. o + , only a few bones. 6*. E., body ext. ; part missing; al- so few bones +. G 159 1 B (?). Superstructure represented by a few bricks only. Opened from in front. G 160 1> 1. Brick superstructure wholly ruined; traces of apse. Opened from behind. G 161 B 4. Brick superstructure 2.40m. square; with brick altar in front. Opened from in front. On the brick altar lay the stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G 161. G 162 B 4. Brick superstructure 2.40 m. square, two lowest courses of E. face stepped out 0.20 m. each. Opened from behind. G 163 I! 5. Brick superstructure 2.60 m. in di- ameter and 0.60 m. high ; chamber E. by W. Opened from above at W. end. G 164 D. Recessed in S. side of dromos of G 159; 0.80 by 0.40 m., 0.35 m. high. Grave undisturbed. Metal. Wood and Ivory. Fragments of wood and ivory casket ; ivory panels from box. oo+, only a few scattered bones. Wooden cylindrical box with stopper. ? o, odd bones and skull of first, and \ a second jawbone. j o, only a few odd bones. c?, E. ext., on back, h. on p. Ring, 81 10, PI. 33. o, only a few odd bones. + . E. ext.. h. on p. on back, Rings, 8033, 8034. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS 141 Beads. 7795-8. Studs, 79/7-8. A few mixed beads. Pottery. Forms i-vi. i, ten plain, v, ptd., 8163, PI. 54; 8207, PI. 60 ; fragments ; one plain. v, plain. v, ptd., 8171, PI. 42 ; 8242, PI. 50; both found in robbers' hole. v, three plain. "99. i, two plain. Forms xlvii-l. xvliii, six plain. xlviii, ptd., 8672, PI. 88. xlviii, ptd. frag- ments and one plain. xlviii, ptd., 8465, PI. 50. xlviii, ptd., Cairo, xlviii, plain. 40084/13. Other Forms xxxviii, ptd., 8328. xlviii, ptd., 8972. xii, inscribed ; cf. PI. 107, Fig. 28. xxviii, ptd., 8293, PI. 42 (in the robbers' hole). xlviii, ptd., 8491, xvii. white with PI. 52; also red ring, two plain. Glass. Varia. Leather, 7469. All pottery in the robbers' hole. The beads, plain blue, formed a string round the neck, and the two rings were slung on this. 142 KARANOG Type, etc. B 3. Brick superstructure 2.35 by 2.65 m., still 0.60 m. high, with brick ap- proach 1.40 m. long, having at end door-frame of stone painted (7084, PI. 112, fig. 1) ; in this door a clay offering-table, and one of stone uninscribed. Chamber cut out side- ways on S. of dromos. Opened through doorway. B 1. Brick superstructure 2.50 by 3.00 m., with brick approach (broken) and apse 1.60 m. across. No proper dromos, the chamber opening out of a round pit. Opened from be- hind. B 6. Chamber lies N. by S. with dromos on the N. Opened through door. C 1. Cut out and down in S. side of a pit probably made in digging for bricks. Opened from in front. B (?). Brick superstructure, much ruined and shape doubtful : apsidal hollow at N.W. corner. Opened from above. In front of the tomb lay the statue, Cairo, labelled G 169. B 6. Undisturbed grave. (See p. 36.) B 6. Cella cut from E. side of perpen- dicular shaft 1.00 m. E. by W, 1.50 m. N. by S. Undisturbed grave. B 6. Opened from above. B 3- Superstructure of brick on stone foundations, 1.60 by 1.85 m. ; still has nine courses, giving height of with brick approach long roofed by bricks laid giving a height inside of Opened from behind. See 1-35 m., 1.05 m. across, 0.45 m. PI. 113- B 3- G 175 Superstructure of brick on stone foundations 2.30 m. square, with brick approach 0.95 m. long having a flat roof and corner pillars above. (See pp. 10, 11, ana Fll. 113, 114.) Opened from behind. Face down- wards before the approach lay the stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G 174. Another similarly labelled was in the robbers' hole. B 4. Brick superstructure 2.20 m. square. Opened from in front. Bodies. +, a few scattered bones. $, E., but disturbed ; also a second skull o. $. scattered bones only. ?, E. ext., on back, h. on p. Across her knees +• ?, W. ext., on 1. side, h. on p. o, E. $, E., disturbed. tlnT Forms. <;lass. Vaiia. i, two plain, v, ptd., 815 1, PI. 53; 8161, PI. 54; 897.1. pi. 97, and two plain. xlviii, ptd., 8933, xiv, plain. PI. 94- xxxiii, plain. By the body's head was a pile of leaves, prob- ably from a wreath. Tapestry. 7804, 7806, two necklaces on one child. i, fragments of several. i, ptd., 8227, PI. 64; three ringed, one plain, 8S09. v, ptd., 8152, PI. 53 ; one ringed, 8962, five plain, and other fragments. i, plain, iv, ptd. i, four plain, v, ptd. three plain. i, six plain. v, ptd., 823=1, PI. 65; 8236, PI. 65- xlviii, fragments of three plain red. xlviii, one ringed, three plain, 8647, PI. 85. xlviii, ptd., (bro- ken). xii, 16, in- scribed ; 8498, ( see PI. 107, Figs. 13, 24, 25, 26). xiv, two plain, 8497. xv, three plain, 8499, inscribed, PI. 107, Figs, r and 6. xvii, two plain. xxi, plain, 8595. xxxiii, in- scribed; PI. 107, Fig. 23. xliv, nine plain red, 8396, 8400. \lvii, plain red, 8917. x\ii. ptd., 822=,, PL 63. xx xii, b, ptd., 9048. xlviii, ptd., 8451, xii. plain. PI. 43; 8680, PI. 88 ; 9042 and three plain. xlviii, ptd., 8437, xvii, ptd., 8223, PI. 52, Cairo, | PI. 63 ; ringed, 40084/34. 8504. 7362, PI. 39. Body wrapped in stuff having inserts and border of tapestry. Fragments of wood and twisted leather thong (?) bow. In the superstructure tim- ber, rope and wattle- work. (See p. 38.) Base of wicker-work bas- ket or tray. Mud jar-sealings, 9006, 9007 ( See p. 79.) i 4 8 KARANOG Tomb No. Type, etc. B 3. Brick superstructure 1.80 m. square, 0.95 m. high, with brick approach 0.80 m. long having false arch of 2 bricks. Opened from behind. In the dromos lay the stela, 7106, PL 19, which probably belonged to the tomb. B 3. Brick superstructure 2.70 m. square, 0.75 m. high, with high approach 0.85 m. long having false arch of 2 bricks. Opened from behind. B 3. Brick superstructure 2.25 m. square, with brick approach 0.85 m. long which had had a false arch of 2 bricks. Opened from behind. B 3. Brick superstructure 2.25 m. square with brick approach 0.40 m. long (? more originally). Opened from above. B (?). Traces of ruined brick super- structure. Opened from above through the superstructure. B 3. Superstructure of brick on stone foundations 2.30 m. square, 0.90 m. high, with brick approach 1.00 m. long roofed with flat stone slabs over which bricks are laid, the interior of the approach being 0.53 m. high by 0.45 m. wide. (See PI. 113.) Opened from behind. B I Brick superstructure 2.40 by 2!- 30 m. Approach ruined; at W. end apse 1.10 m. across. Opened from above. B 6. Opened through door. D. Recessed in the S. side of the dromos of G 189. Undisturbed grave. Bodies. Metal. Wood and Ivory. 6*, E. ext., on back, h. on p. o+, only skull and second jawbone. 0?$+, scattered bones. c?, only a few odd bones. B 6. Opened from behind. B (?). Brick superstructure wholly ruined. Grave undisturbed after secondary burial. c?d'd'??o, all mixed up. +, E. back. ext., on c?$?, scattered bones. c?+, E. ext., on back, h. on p. (See last col- umn.) Lid of wood and ivory box. Wood kohlbox, 7609. TABULAR ANALYSTS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS 149 Beads. Pottery. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. i, two plain. ix, plain rough, xlv, plain rough. In the dromos, stela 7106. Nutmegs. 7958. v, ringed. xlviii, ptd., 8618, PI. 82, and one plain. xlv, plain. xlviii, ptd., frag- ments only. v nlain v, plain. 7346, PI. 37- All the bodies had been wrapped in stuffs now destroyed. Oval wicker-work box with domed lid 0.21 by 0.18 by 0.16 m. high, lid 0.03 m. high ; wholly decayed. In it a dozen date stones. 7808-9, two neck- laces. xlviii, plain red. i, two plain. v, ptd., 8280, PI. 71, and one plain. xlviii, ptd., Cai- ro, 40084/28, and one plain. Hi, plain red, 8730. Fragments of cut leather, perhaps purse. The earlier body + had been rolled over so that it lay on its 1. side with its face against the S. wall of the cella; but the limbs retained their posi- tion. The head of the later body rested on a brick. KARAXOG Tomb No. Metal. Wood ;iud Ivory. G 202 G 203 G 204 G 205 G 206 G 207 G 208 B 6. Opened through the door. Bronze vase, 7140, PI. 32. G 20Q 0*0*?, E. ext., on backs, h. on p. Also skull o, and in dromos body $, dragged through door, head E. A 1. Superstructure of brick on stone c?, scattered bones; foundations 6.50 m. square, with but skull at E. brick approach 2.50 m. long to end. which belonged the painted door- jamb, 7078, PI. 12, and 2.25 m. from the front of this a brick altar 0.50 m. square. At the W. end a hollow apse, 12 courses deep, 1.50 m. wide, diminishing with top 6 courses to 105 m. below which bricks went perpendicularly. Cella walls cut down in soil with- out brickwork, brick vault 1.20 m. high. Opened from W. end. In the back of the approach was the stela, Cairo, labelled G 203. The stone table of offerings, C 40164, PI. 20, lay 2.00 m. N. E. of the brick altar and probably belonged to the tomb as did also the statue 7000, PI. 5. A 1. Superstructure of brick on stone foundations 4.40 m. square, with brick approach 2.50 m. long, hav- ing a stone threshold and 1.85 m. in part of it ; a brick altar 0.60 m. square ; cella walls cut down in soil without brickwork except at E. end; brick vault 1.20m. high; at W. end cella enlarged by an apse-like end hollowed out in the soil. Opened from VV. end. By the N.E. corner of the approach lay the stone table of offerinngs, Cairo, labelled G 204. B ( ?). Only a few bricks left from the $, scattered bones, superstructure. Opened from abo\ e. ext., on nit dis- $, E. ext.. on back, h. on p. o, only a few odd bones. Key ring. 8136. Wood kohlbox (in dromos). Fragments of wood and ivory box, 7577-88. Wood chip-carving, 7636. B (?). Brick superstructure wholly ruined. Opened from above. ( ?). Brick superstructure wholly ruined. Grave undisturbed. ?$+, E. back, turbed. B (?). Brick superstructure wholly ruined; about 2.20m. square. Dro- mos on W. side. Child's grave 1.00 by 0.60 m. Opened through door. To this tomb probably be- longed the stone table of offer- ings, Cairo, labelled 2og. B 6. No proper dromos, the tomb being right against W. end of G 234. Opened through the apse of this latter. o, only a few odd bones. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS I 5 I Pottery. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-L xlviii, plain. One blue glass bead. i, ptd., Cairo, 40087, and six plain. i, two plain. xlviii, ptd., 8450, 8624, PI. 83; 8689, PL 89, fragments stamped with "Coptic cross." i, plain. v, two plain. i, two plain. v, ptd., 8188. PI. 57, and one plain. v, ringed. xlviii, fragments of ptd. xlviii, two plain. xlviii, ptd., 8614. PI. 82, Cairo. 40084/28. Other Forms. xxxvn, two plain. Glass. xvii, ringed. ix, plain rough, xxxii, plain rough. xxxii, plain rough. Varia. All the bodies had been wrapped in plain stuffs. Bone die 7694. This and the casket-fragments and cup 8624 were found in the robbers' hole. Stone weight ( ?) 7657. At the S. side of the cella was a rectangular com- partment for the body, 1.80 by 0.65 m., made by four lines of brickwork one course wide and two high. I 152 KARANOG Tomb No. Type, etc. Bodies. B 4. Brick superstructure 2.20 by 2.00 m., 045 m. high. Opened from be- hind. D. Recessed in N. side of dromos of G 206. Grave undisturbed. B 4. Brick superstructure much dam- aged, 2.60 by 2.40 m. Opened from behind. C 2. Plain trench 1.20 by 0.50 m., cut at bottom of large pit; sides heightened by two courses of brick; roof of stone flags. Opened from above. B 6. No dromos, the cella opening straight onto a large pit, probably dug for bricks. B 6. Lying N. by S., entered on E. side by dromos leading from large pit. B 1. Brick superstructure 2.20 m. square, much ruined, with apse at W. i.mm. across. Opened above. end from B 2. Brick superstructure 3.20 m. square, with central apse, the curved side to the E.. 075 m. across. Opened from behind. In the dromos was found the stela. 7000, PI. 18, which probably belonged to the tomb. B 3. Brick superstructure 1 QO by 2.20 m., with brick approach 0.70 m long Opened from behind. At the end of the approach lav the stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G 218. B 2. Brick superstructure 2.00 by 2.10 m., with brick approach 1.00m. long; 0.50 m. in front of this a brick altar 0.33 m. square, on which, in position, lay the stone offering- table, 7006, PI. 17. Central apse 0.45m. across; curved face W. Opened from behind. B 1. Brick superstructure wholly ruined; only part of apse left. Opened from above. B 1. Brick superstructure wholly ruined; only part of apse left. Opened from above. c?, scattered bones. ?, E. ext., on back, h. on p. +, E. ext., on back, h. on p. ?, scattered bones, and a second skull o. o, only a few odd bones. $+ 00, all mixed up. Metal. Wood and Ivory. Wood spindle-end, 7679. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS Beads. Pottery. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vl. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. i, plain. v, two plain. i, plain. i, two plain. Also lumps of matter, apparently animal intes- tines. In dromos, head of Ba-bird. Body wrapped in cloth; water-jar by feet with cup inverted on it. xlviii, plain. *7iR T O- A fTi r P A necklaces. v, ringed. xxxv, plain. wicKer-worK dox, wnoily decayed. Body wrapped in stuffs. xxxii, b, ptd., 8332, PI. 77 (in dromos). 7361, PI. 39- Part of a double Ba-bird, 7034, was found near the front of the tomb. A wall had been built obliquely over the top of the superstructure, but seemed to be only part of a later cattle-shed. Three millefiori. v, ptd., 8284, PI. 72. *54 KARANOG Type, etc. Bodies. Metal. B i. Brick superstructure 2.50 m. square, ?, disturbed, with brick approach 1.35 m. long and apse 0.70 m. across. The door of the cella was one with the E. face of the superstructure, being 2.00 m. high and 0.70 m. thick. Behind it a mud-plastered brick vault 0.85 m. long led to the cella proper, cut iin the soil. (See p. 20.) Opened trom behind. The stone table of offerings, 7090, PI. 15, lay just E. of the approach and probably belonged to the tomb. B (?). Brick superstructure wholly ?, E. ext., on back, ruined. Opened from behind. h. on p. B 1. Brick superstructure 2.75 m. square, with brick approach 1.20m. long; a few bricks may represent apse. As in G 222, door of cella came right up to foundations of E. wall of superstructure, being 2.00 m. high by 0.70 m. thick. No vault- ing inside. Opened through apse. A 4. At bottom of big pit in soil, prob- ably dug for bricks, two lines of brickwork diverging towards the W., from 0.15 to 0.40 m. apart, three courses high, roofed with bricks lying flat. W. end disturbed. B 6. No proper dromos ; opening out of large pit dug for bricks. Opened from in front. B 6. No proper dromos, but perpendic- ular "well*' approach. Opened through door. C 1. Ledge on S. side. Chamber 2.20 by 0.70 m. and 1.65 m. deep. Opened from shaft. B 6. Opened through doorway. B 1. Brick superstructure much ruined ; 1.80 m. square; traces of apse. Opened through apse. B 6. Opened through doorway. C 1. Lying N.W. by S.E., ledge on W. side, 200 by 0.60, 1.60 m. deep. Opened through shaft. C r. Lying N.E. by S.W., ledge on N. side, 1.50 by 0.50, 1.70 m. deep. Opened through shaft. 2, disturbed. c?, W. ext., on back, h. on p. 0, skull only. ??+, all mixed up. Bronze bowl. 7148 (in dromos ~) ; ring, 8075. PI. 33. c?, scattered bones. +, N.E.. only lower limbs left. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS Bends. POTTBBT. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. i, three plain. i, two plain, v, ptd., 8259, PI. 68; two plain. i, ptd. Bes amulet, 8013. xlviii, ptd., 8464. PI. 50; 8665. PI. 87; 8709. PI. 91. xlviii, plain. Fragments of bottle. Doll*s head of mud, 7729, PL 96. Three reed pens, 9096 A-C. Fragment of cut leather,. 7470. xlviii, ptd., 8946, PI. 95- i, plain. v, ptd., 8519, and one plain. i;6 KARANOG Tomb No. Type, etc. G 234 G 238 G 239 B 1. Brick superstructure common to this and G 235, but with separate approach 0.95 m. long and apse 1. 00 m. across ; the whole super- structure is 5.95 by 2.80 m., but G 234 is treated as having 2.95 m. of the whole length. Opened from behind. G 235 B 3. Same superstructure as G 234, with separate approach 1.20 m. long, its N. wall 1.05 m. from N. corner of superstructure. No apse. Opened from behind. The stela, Cairo, labelled 152', may perhaps have belonged to this tomb. G 236 A. 1 Superstructure of brick on stone foundations 5.85 by 5.65 m., with two cross-walls each way; no ap- proach ; cella 2.30 by 0.90 m., walls four courses high, vault of four bricks, giving total height 0.75 m. G 237 B 1. Superstructure of brick on hammer- dressed stone foundations 5.40 by 3.90 m., with brick approach 1.80 m. long having stone lintel. The cella was 3.05 m. deep ; the dromos 3.90 m. long. Opened from above. B 4. Superstructure of brick on stone foundations 4.30 m. square. Opened from behind. B 6. No dromos ; opens out of same pit as G 232. Lying N. by S., opening on S. Opened from in front. G 240 B 6. Opened from in front. G 241 B (?). Brick superstructure much ruined. Opened through doorway. In the dromos, close to the surface, was found the stone table of of- ferings, Cairo, labelled G 241, which probably belonged to the tomb. G 242 B 6. No proper dromos ; opens from E. side of a large pit; doorway closed by stone slab. Opened from above, but little disturbed. G 243 B 6. No proper dromos, but perpendicu- lar shaft 1 .00 by 0.55 m.; cella lies NE. by S.W., entrance at N.E. Opened from in front. Bodies. 244 l B 6. Opened from behind. ?, one ilium only. c??, scattered bones. Metal. Wood and Ivory. +, skull only. Only two leg bones, big, probably d*- Ivory lid, 7693. 6*. scattered bones- ??+, E. ext., on back, but dis- turbed (two heads in dromos). ??, W. ext., on backs, h. on p. In the robbers' hole a skull o. ?, scattered bones. Ring, 8077, PI. 33. Ring, 8121, PI. 33; iron kohlstick, 7398, PI. 36. Wood kohlbox (de- cayed) ; wood kohlstick, 7409. Wood and ivory kohlpot, 7717. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS i57 Beads. 7817-8, loose. One blue glass. Pottery. Forms i-vi. i, three plain, v, ptd., 8185, PI. 56. i, four plain, v, three plain. i, five plain, v, five plain. i, five plain, v, two plain. 7819, loose in dust. v, ptd., 8282. i, plain. v, two plain. Forms xlvil-L xlviii, plain. xlvii, two plain rough (in filling of superstruc- ture). xlviii, plain ; ptd., 8667, PI. 87 (in dromos). xlviii, plain. xlviii, plain. Other Forms. Glass. xxxii, a, plain red. xlvi, ptd., 8733, PI. 93 (in filling of superstruc- ture). ix, fourteen plain. xlv, fifteen plain (all in filling of super- structure). Fragments of bottle. ix, small rough. xxxvii, two ringed. xlvi, ptd., Cairo, 40210 (all these in dro- mos). Varia. In the sides of the rob- bers' hole were very evident the steps cut to facilitate descent. As the brickwork of the apse was over the shaft leading to G 209, this must have been an earlier tomb. In filling of superstruc- ture, head of a Ba-bird, just above roof of vault. The pottery was near the surface. With one of the bowls in the filling leaves resem- bling myrtle. The cella was divided into two by a single line of four bricks ; the pottery was to the S. of this Horn kohlpot, 7590. Also in grave, dates. Broken gourd. This may be a case of secondary burial ; one body lay slightly aslant close to the S. wall, the other in the middle, her head on a brick; she wore the ring on the little finger of the r. hand. 158 KARANOG Tomb No. -'45 G 246 G 247 Type. etc. A i. Superstructure of brick on stone foundations 4.00 m. square, with brick approach 1.15 m. long. Cella 2.00 by 0.95 m., has brick walls four courses high, vault of four and one-half bricks, giving total height of 0.90 m. Opened from behind. 6. Opened from above. B 1. Brick superstructure wholly ruined; only part of apse left. Opened from above. G 248 B 6. Opened from in front. G 249 I) Recessed in S. side of dromos of G 248. Opened from W. end. G 250 1! (?). Brick superstructure wholly destroyed. Opened from above. G 251 H 6. Dromos E. by W., but cella N. by S. Opened through doorway. In the dromos was found the stela. Cairo, labelled G 251, which prob- ably belonged to the tomb. G 252 G 253 G 254 B r. Domed superstructure of brick on stone foundations 4.65 by 4.80 and 1.55 m. high, with single cross- walls ; brick approach 1.60 m. long, with brick reveals and 0.15 m. in front a brick altar 0.33 m. square. Cella 3.60 m. below sur- face. I! 6. Opened from behind. Superstructure of brick on stone foundations 3.50 m. square, with brick approach 0.85 m. long. No cross-walls; the top had been flat and jacketed with a single layer of bricks. Opened from behind. The stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G 254, was found against the E. side of the superstructure and probably belongs to the tomb. Bodies. Metal. Wood and Ivory. 9. E. ext., on back, partly destroyed ; also skull +. -j-, disturbed. 5??+, all mixed up. ?, W. ext., on back ; partly de- stroyed. ?o, few mixed bones. 3, scattered bones Iron chain, 7372, only. PI. 36. c?$, E. ext., on back, h. on p. ; also +. 6", E. ext., on back, h. on p. Bracelets, 7308, 7310, PI. 35. Iron chatelaine, Cai- ro, 40093 ; chisel, 7367, PI. 36; ar- rowheads, 7222- 7272, PI. 34 (all in filling). Ivory ring, 7684 ; remains of wood box. Fragments of wood and leather from quiver. In filling. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS Beads. I'OTTEEY. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vl. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. i, plain. v, two plain. xliv, plain. xlv, four plain / q 1 1 1 tt (-1 1 1 1 n (r \ d.11 111. lining of super- structure). 7820. i. plain. v, two plain. • v, two ringed. Part of glass pendant and flint scraper, 7749B, in dromos. In grave, re- mains of stuff with colored tassel. xlviii, ptd., 8691, 8710, PI. 91, Cairo, 40084/4. xxxii, a, plain red, 8587. i. ptd., (frag- ments) and seven plain (broken). v. plain, i. two plain. xii, plain, xlvi, plain. Four mud jar-stoppers. Fragments of basketwork. Fragments of mica. Two interments; the ? had been pushed aside and lay on its right side by the wall, the head miss- ing, but limbs in posi- tion. The 0" lay in the middle of the chamber, the child between his feet. A box, containing in a leather bag jthe chisel, chatelaine and ivory ring, and by it the quiver of arrows, lay under the jacketing of the super- structure. (See p. 40.) xl iii, ptd.. 8492. PI. 81. Cairo. 40215, PI. 80. xlviii, plain, 8634; ptd., Cai- ro, 40084/19. ix. plain rough; another in brick approach. xii, plain. i6o KARANOG Tomb No. Type, etc. Bodies. Metal. Wood and Ivory. G 255 G 256 G 257 G 258 G 259 G 260 G 261 G 262 G 263 G 264 G 265 G 266 G 267 B 2. Brick superstructure 2.00 by 2.30 m., with brick approach 0.75 m. long, 1.33 m. from which was a brick altar 0.33 m. square. Traces of internal apse with curved side to W. Opened from S. side. C r. Ledge on N. side; 1.40 by 0.70m., 2.10 m. deep. Opened from shaft. B 6. Opened through doorway. B 3. Brick superstructure 2.60 m. square, with brick approach 0.80 m. long. Opened from behind. A 1. "Domed" superstructure of brick on stone foundations 5.20 by 5.40 m. ; walls 0.90 m. high, summit 1.20 m., with brick approach 1.80 m. long and 0.80 m. high. Cella 2.00 by 1.05 m., sides of three courses of brick, vault of four and one-half bricks, giving total height of 0.80 m. (See PI. 112.) B 6. Opened through doorway. B (?). "Domed" superstructure of brick on stone foundations 4.00 by 4.30 m. ; approach gone. Opened from above through super- structure. B 6. Opened from above. E 6. Opened from G 209. C I. Ledge to S. Cella longer than shaft, being hollowed out at the W. end. Opened through shaft. B 1. Brick superstructure 2.50m. square; approach gone; apse 1.80 m. across, much damaged. Opened from above. B 4. Brick superstructure 2.00 m. square ; approach gone ; with square inter- nal depression 0.70 m. square and 1.40 m. deep, of which 0.75 m. was brick-lined. Opened from behind. B 6. Opened from above. +, E., below this another +, W. Disturbed. ?, scattered bones. ?, E. ext., on back, lower arms gone. C??, a few mixed bones. Iron arrowheads, 7157-7179, PL 34 (in filling of superstructure). Wood handle of key, 7646. $?o, E-, much dis- turbed. +, scattered bones. c?? + oo, all piled up in corner. ?, E. ext., on back; lower limbs only. In dromos skull, +. 0*6"???, loose mixed bones. Wood kohlpot, 7594- Wood disk from head of Ba-bird (?) (in dro- mos), 7643. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMES AND THEIR CONTENTS 161 Beads. Pottery. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. v, plain j another plain in brick approach. v, plain. xlviii nlain ix. three nlain This was the best instance of pots being put in the approach to a tomb. 7821-3, three necklaces. xlviii, plain red. rough. xxxvii, plain rough. (All in brick ap- proach.) xxxvii, plain, xxxv, plain red. v, two plain. ix, 2 plain rough in fill- ing of super- structure. One blue len- toid. v, plain. i, two plain, v, three plain. Horn kohlpot, 7593. viii, ringed, 8521. xii, plain, with graffito, PI. 107, fig. 4- t i, plain. xlviii, ptd., 8445, PI. 81; 8490, Pi. 53; 8494. PI. 52 ; 8664, PI. 87. Cairo, 40084/6. xxxii, plain. Bottle, 7356, PI. 37- i, plain, v, ptd., 8892; three plain. 1 1 l62 KARANOG Tomb No. Type, etc. Bodies. Metal. Wood and Ivory. G 268 C 2. Plain trench without ledge, roofed by rough flags lying just below modern surface ; trench 2.00 by 0.45 m.; total depth 1.55 m. Grave undisturbed. h. on p. front. G 397 1 B 6. Opened from in front. G 398 B (?). Traces of brick superstructure of uncertain type. Opened from above. 9, E., part of bodj only ; also c?c?. bones scattered. oV?, mixed bones. Metal. Wood and Ivory. Bronze needle, 741 1 . Wood kohlbox, 7480. Wood kohlpot (of stained wood ) . Cf. p. 71- Wood kohlbox, 7621. Ring 81 \2 PI ■w Bronze bowls. 7132. PI. 31, and Cain.. 40227. Ivory stud ( ? 1 . Wood kohlpot, 7599- Wood kohlpot. Iron kohlstick, 7394, PI 36. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS 183 Beads. Pottery. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvil-1. Other Forms. i, plain (in dromos). v, ptd., 8222, PI. 63, and one plain. i, three plain, i, ringed. Ixvi, 8573, rough ( in dromos). xlviii, ptd., 8627, PI 8-?; 89^, PI. 94; 8950. xlviii, ptd., 871 1, PI. 91. Pair of leather sandals, 7478. Ear-stud of blue glass in right ear of ?, 7997- One glass bead. Loose, blue glass. Mixed loose beads, 7885. i, plain, v, plain. i, plain. v, ptd., Cairo, 40085, and one plain. i, plain. v, two plain. i, plain, slight variant with ribbed rim. v, ptd., 8215, PI. 61, and frag- ments of another. i, plain, v, ptd., frag- ments. xxxii, ptd., 8323, PI. 76, and one plain. xlv, rough plain. The small jug, F xxxii, was fotind on the top of the coloured jar F ii, where a cup, F xlviii, is usual. xlviii. ptd., frag- ments of two. xlviii, ptd., 8951, and one plain wii, fragments, xxx vi, rough. xvii, ptd., frag- ments. Body wrapped in plain linen and laid upon a mat of gausapa spread on the ground. Fragment of leather. In the filling of superstruc- ture, pots, F xxxii, ptd., 8317, PI. 75, and F xlix. plain. ii, ptd., 8294, PI. 48. . iv, plain. v, plain. xlviii, ptd., 8658. rl. so. xlviii, ptd., 8442. ix, rough. liii, three plain. viii. ptd., 8254, PI. 46. xlv, rough. Few gilt glass. v, fragments of two ptd. KARANOG Type, etc. B 6. N. side of dromos bricked up. Opened from above. Bodies. B 6. Opened from above. B 6. Opened from in front. B 6. Opened from in front. G 403 C 1. Cutting lying N. by S., with semi- circular pit approach on E. side, walled up with rough stone slabs- Opened from above. B (?). Traces of brick superstructure of uncertain type. Opened through door. B 6. Opened from in front. B (?). Traces of brick superstructure of uncertain type. Opened from above. B 6. Opened from in front. B 6. Infant's grave, 0.60 m. long. Opened from in front. B 6. Opened from above. C 1. Opened from above. ?$o, E. ext., on backs, h. on p. ??+, E. ext., on backs, h. on p., but all disturbed. 00, two skulls and odd bones. 00000,. fragments only, all in dro- o*, E. ext., on back, but disturbed. 9, scattered bones- ?, E. ext., on back, h. on p. ; also c? in confusion. c?o. Metal. Rings, 8083, 8096, PI. 33- Iron kohlstick, 7410. Ring, 8078, 8097, PI. 33 (one on third finger of left hand, one in rubbish). Wood and Ivory. Ivory tube, 7690. Wood kohlpots, 7709, 7714. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THETR CONTENTS 185 Beads. Pottery. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-L Other Forms. 7876. Blue ear-stud, 7965. 7864, 7886-7891, and some other carne- lian and green and red glass beads. Inlay ear-studs, Cairo, 40101 ; amulet, 8025. v, plain. xlviii, ptd., Cairo, 40084/11, and two plain white. xlvii, black ware., xlviii, ptd., 8645, PI. 85. xxxii, ptd., and one plain. xxxii, rough, xlv, rough. liii, fragment of high-slip ware in dromos. Secondary burial, two bodies being rolled up against S. side of tomb to make room for last ($). This one wore two rings on middle finger of rt. hand and was wrapped in linen with blue and yellow tapestry, star-pattern border (See PI. 108). All heads and 1. arm of later body miss- ing. v, ptd., 8271, PL 70. On each side of the dro- mos, driven down the face of the cutting, was a hole, 1. 10-120 m. deep; at the bottom of jone were remains of a wooden post, perhaps of a flagstaff. (See p. 17.) xii, two plain (one with graffiti, PI. 107, fig. 14, 19). xxxii, small plain. Glass pendant bead. Fragments of dyed leather. One green glass bead. Body had been wrapped in coarse polymita cloth. Fragments of dyed leather. v, black ware, 8774, PI. IOI. v, ptd. frag- ments. lii, plain. xlviii, ptd., frag- ments. i86 KARANOG Tomb No. G 411 B 6. Opened from in front; doorway of mixed stone and brick. In the dromos was the stela, Cairo, 40265, PI. 11. G 412 B 6. Lying N. by S., at the end of dro- mos E. by W. Opened from in front. G 413 B 6. Opened from in front. G 414 D. In N. side of dromos of G 412. Opened from dromos. G 415 B 6. Opened from in front. G 416 B 6. Opened from in front. G 417 B 6. The dromos walled on either side. the chamber sloping down and very shallow,, being only 1.30 m. at mouth ; dromos 0.85 m. deep. Opened from in front. G 418 B 6. All broken up. G 419 B 6. Opened through doorway. G 420 B 6. Shared one dromos with G 429. Opened from in front and the contents of the two graves hope- lessly mixed. G 421 B 6. Opened through doorway. G 422 , B 6. Opened through doorway. G 423 C 2. All broken up. G 424 B 6. Opened through doorway. G 425 B 6. Opened from in front. Bodies. 0*$?+, scattered over tomb and dromos. c?, E., disturbed ; also c?+ scat- tered. Bones mixed with those of G 412. o*, E. ext., on back ; disturbed. 0*0*. bodies in con- fusion. $0, confused ; of the second only a jawbone left. +, skull only. $+00. c? /1 0. Opened from in front. ?, two or three bones only. Rings, 8051, 8099, PI. 33- Wood kohlbox, Cairo, 40093. Lid of cylindrical box of dyed wood. G 528 B 1. Brick superstructure 3. 10 by 3.30 m. with apse 1.40 m. across", approach missing. A robbers' hole through the apse had missed the tomb, which was then opened from the front. ?, E. ext., on back, h. on p. Wood kohlbox (fragment). Cylindrical wood box. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS 20I Beads. Pottery. Glass. Vaiia. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. Loose blue beads. v, ptd. frag- ments (in dromos). xlviii, ptd., 8708, PL 91, also, in dromos, frag- ments of one ptd. and of two plain. xxxii, plain small, xlv, with painted rim. Fragments of basketwork. 1 liese, together with the two kohlboxes and stick, the two tumblers and the saucer, belonged to the lowest (c?) burial. Studs, 7988-9. i, plain. v, ptd., 8178, PI. 55 (both 111 dromos). v, ptd. frag- ments. xlviii, ptd., 8674, PI. 88; 8694, PI. 89. Cairo, 40084/20. xii, plain (with graffito. PI. 107, No. 15). xxx, plain (both in dromos). The place fqr the body had been cut down to a lower level. A recess on the S. side and the E. end of the chamber were consequently 0.30 m. higher. 7Q25- xlviii, ptd., 8919 (in dromos). xxxii, ringed (in dromos). Seeds similar to those found here are still used • by the modern Arabs and called by them Nubuq. xlviii, ptd., 8926; 8943. PI- 95- Cairo 40084/14 (all in dromos). xlviii, ptd. frag- ments. xvii, ptd. frag- ments, ringed. xxiii, plain white. xxviii, ptd., 8551. PI- 96; 8890, PI. 96 ; 8989, PI. 96. One blue bead. v, ringed, 8528 (in filling of superstruc- ture) and painted frag- ments. xii, plain, xxx, ptd., 8174, PI. 42. Fragments of jar. Inlaid leather, 7471. Mixed beads, 7868, PI. 40 ; 7869-7874. v, ptd. (in dro- mos). xlviii, plain. xxx, ptd., frag- ments. xxxvii, ringed (in dromos). xlvii, rough plain. Fragments. A few blue i, ptd., 8154, PI- 53- iv, ptd., 8186, PI. 43- v, ringed. xvii, ringed, xxxii, plain red. xxxiv, ptd. Also (in dromos). x, plain red. Ixvi. ptd. beads. 202 KARANOG Tomb No. Type, etc. G 529 j D. Recessed in N. side of dromos of G 521, but with narrow opening so as to resemble rather a shaft- tomb. Opened from dromos. G 530 G 531 G 532 G 533 G 534 G 535 G 536 G 537 G 538 D. Recessed in S. side of dromos of G 521. Undisturbed burial. B 4. Brick superstructure 3.00 m. square- Opened from above. A 3. Chamber 3.05 by c. 0.90 m. with walls two courses high with vault of five bricks, giving total height of 0.70 m. ; the E. end only vaulted, the W. being a mere shaft. Opened from both ends. A 1. Traces of brick superstructure, v, G 525. Opened from behind. Bodies. 6", E. ext., on back, h. on p. $, E. ext., on back, h. on p. 6", scattered bones. Metal. Wood and Ivory. D. A ( c?, E., part of body only. Recessed in N. side of cutting made $, E. ext., on back, for G 532. Opened from in front h. on p. '). A few loose bricks on the sur- face may point to a superstruc- ture now wholly destroyed. Chamber 2.80 by 0.90 m. with walls two courses high resting on ledges cut in the soil, and vault of three whole and two half bricks, giv- ing total height of 090. No W. wall by chamber. Opened from W. end. C 2 Trench cut in floor of dromos of G 543 against the brick doorway and right under the superstruc- ture. Roofed with stone slabs. Opened from above. B (?). Traces of brick superstructure of uncertain type. Opened from above. B I. Brick superstructure 2.50 by 3.50 m. with o.^om. E. of the centre of its front face a brick altar 0.33 m. square. Traces of apse (?). The chamber was vaulted at its E. end for a distance of 0.70 m. Opened from behind. c?, scattered bones. c?, a few scattered bones only. d<$6, remains in confusion. o+, two bones only. Rings, 8074, 8128, PI. 33- Bronze pot, 7139, PI. 32. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS 203 Beads. Forms i-vi. V, ptd., 8275, PI- 49, and another, re- sembling 8262. Pottery. Forms xlvii-1. v, ringed. i, three plain. i, three plain. v, ptd fragments. xlviii, ptd., 8648, PL 85; 8695, PL 89. Cairo, 40084/24 (pair to 8648), and one plain white. xlviii, ptd., PI. 89. xlviii, two plain white. xlvii, ptd., 8479, PL 78. xlviii, ptd., 8448, PL 50; 8697: also two ringed and one plain. Other Forms. xvii, ptd., 8226, PL 63. xxvi, ptd. (du- plicate of 8203). xxvi, ptd., 8206, PL 60. xii, plain (with graffito), xviii, plain. xxvii, ptd., 8193, PL 43- xxviii, ptd., 8959. liii, ptd., 8422. and three plain, 8413, 8656. lvi. ptd., 8221, PL 45- lxvi. rinsed, 8296, PL 73- xxviii, ptd., frasrments. xxxii. large plain (frag- ments). Glass. Varia. By the r. hand a square of leather, perhaps a purse. The two amphorae and the water jar, 8275, had tumblers inverted on their mouths. Lamp, 8149. The body was wrapped in linen and laid on a mat of gausapa. PL 108. fiar. 1. Fragment leather. of stamped 204 KARANOG Tomb No. Type, etc. B 6. Opened from in front and from behind. B 6. Opened from above. B 6. Opened from above. B 4. Brick superstructure 3.30 m. square; much ruined; no trace of ap- proach. Opened from above. B 4. Brick superstructure 3.20 by 6.00 m. Opened from above. B 4. Brick superstructure 3.50 by 3.40 m. Opened from behind. B 6. Opened from in front. B 3. Brick superstructure 2.60 i>y 3.20 m. with brick approach 0.70 m. long, Opened from behind and from the side. B 6. Opened from above. A 4. E. end vaulted and closed in by large stone slab, W. end a mere shaft in the soil. Opened from above. Bodies. Metal. c?2?o, remains in confusion. 2+, a few bones only. $$?o+, very scanty mixed remains. <$, scattered bones. o*, E. ext., on back. Wood and Ivory. Wood kohlpot, 7601. ?, scattered bones. o", scattered bones. +, scattered bones. 9o, mixed remains. Ring, 8125, PI. 33. Wood kohlstick, 7403- TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS 205 Beads. Pottery. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. xlv, rough plain. A few carnelian beads. v, ptd. fragments. xlviii, ptd. frag- ments, and one ringed. xii, plain (frag- ments). v, ptd., 8.162, PL 54, and frag- ments of ringed. xii, two plain with graffiti, PI. 107, figs. 10, 16, 29. xvii, ringed. xxviii ptd. Cairo, 40708, PI. 80. iv, ptd., Cairo, 40220. v, ringed (both in filling of superstruc- ture). v, ptd., 8310, PI. 43- x, black ware, 8824, PI. 101. xvii, ptd., 8252. xvii, ringed. xxiii, plain white. Hi, ptd., 8700, PI. 90. Ixvi, ptd. (in filling of superstruc- ture). Blue fly ear- stud, 8004. v, black ware, 8564, PI- 101. • xlviii, ptd-, 8642, PI. 85, and fragments. xlviii, ptd., 8640, PI. 84. ix, rough plain. xvii, ptd., frag- ments. xxxii, large black, 8771, PI. 101. lni, plain, 904° liii, high slip ware (frag- ment). v, ptd., 8196, PI. =58; 8204, P1-. 59; 8308, PI. 74- xlviii, ptd., 8669, PI. 87, and one plain white. xii, plain. xviii, plain red, Cairo, 40088/2. lxviii, ptd., Cairo, 40214, PI. 80, and fragments. 1, ptd., 8900. xxviii, ptd. fragments, xxii, rough small. Glass. Varia. One body, ?, lay at a deeper level along the centre of the grave and the ring and beads be- longed to this. The re- mains had been earthed over, the tomb widened on each side and re-used. In the dromos just outside the door a mud jar- stopper. The filter-jar and two amphorae were found in a recess on the N. side of the grave, where a second robbers' hole had been driven down into the chamber but afterwards bricked up roughly at the bottom from outside. In the hole above this brick- work was the black pot F x. All the contents were found in the (second) robbers' hole, not in the chamber proper. 2 06 KARANOG Tomb No. G 549 G 550 G 551 G 552 Type, etc. D. Recessed in the N. side of the dromos of G 548 but below that level. See p. 45. Undisturbed grave. B 6. Opened from in front. G 553 B r. Brick superstructure 2.85 by 2.75 m. with brick approach 1.00 m. long and apse 1.20 m. across. Opened from above. A 2. Brick superstructure 4.25 m. square with brick approach 1.45 m. long, having reveals and second exterior returns. Chamber 2.35 by 1.20 m. with walls two courses high and vault of six bricks, giving total height of 0.85 m. Opened from above and from back and side. A 1. Brick superstructure 4.20 m. square with brick approach 2.00 m. long. Chamber 2.75 by 1.00 m. with sides cut in the soil and vault of four and one-half bricks, giving total height of 0.80 m. Opened from behind. G 554 B 6. Opened from G 558. G 555 I B 6. Opened from in front. G 556 j B 6. Having one dromos with G 548 but lying beneath it. Opened from above. G 557 i B 6. Opened from above. G 558 1 B 6. Opened from above. G 559 G 560 B 6. Opened from above. D. Recessed in S. side of dromos of G 559. Undisturbed burial. Bodies. ?, E. ext., on back, h. on p. d", E. ext., on back, h. on p. ; also + + in confusion. ?, E. ext., on back, part of body only. o, one bone only. 0*0+, confused re- mains. $, a few bones only. 0"$?+, mixed remains. $, a few bones only. $, a few bones only. + , E. ext., on back, h. bv sides. Metal. Rings, 8095, 8106, PI- 33- Wood and Ivory. Wood kohlpot, 7625 A-B. Polished wood staff. Cylindrical wood box, 761 1. Wood egg-cup box, 7661. Part of arrow shaft. Polished wood stick. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS 207 Beads. Pottery. Glass. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. v, ptd., 9037 (fragments). v, ptd., 8237, PI. 65 and two plain. xlviii, ptd., 8447, PI. 50. xlviii, ptd., 8471, PI. 51; 8662, PI. 87, and one plain. xxxii, ptd., 8333, PI. 77. lix, black, 8967, PI. 101. xii, plain with stamped mud seal. xvii, ringed. xviii, plain red. xxii, plain. liii, high slip ware (frag- ment). Thumb-bowl, 7354, PI- 39- ix, rough small xii, two plain with graffiti, PI. 107, figs. 20, 21. xxxviii, ringed. i, plain. xlviii, ptd., 8940, PI- 95- v, ptd., 8187, PL 57- xlviii, plain. xii, plain. xxiii, plain red. xxviii, frag- ments of two ptd. Ixvi, plain. i, ptd., Cairo, 40202. v, two plain, 8512. xlviii, ptd., 8646, PI. 85. xxxii, ptd., 8331, PI. 77- Child's blue bead v, plain, v, plain. anklets. Two green ear- studs, 7964 A, B. xlviii, ptd., 8644, PI. 85. iv, ptd., 8572. xix, plain, 8612. liii, plain. Varia. In the filling of the super- structure a pair of san- dals. The pottery table of offerings had the ashes still resting upon it. Incised gourd, 8146, PI. 109. In the S. side of the dromos driven down the face was a hole 0.30 m. diameter with remains of a wooden post at the bot- tom. 208 KARANOG Tomb No. G 561 G 562 Type, etc. Bodies. Metal. C I. Double trench grave with central ledge. Opened from above and contents confused. B 6. Opened from in front. ?oo, scattered bones. +, a few bones only. Iron kohlstick, 7395, PI. 36. G 563 j B 6. Opened from in front. G 564 ' B 4. Brick superstructure 2.55 square. Opened from behind. G 565 C 1. Triple trench grave having central 6, E. ext. on back, Iron key-ring, 8134- trough and two side niches. and $++ dis- Opened from above and all con- turbed remains, tents confused. G 566 B 6. Opened from above. G 567 B 6. Opened from above. 0*+, a few bones only. $+, a few bones only. G 568 B (?). Traces of brick superstructure of a few bones only, uncertain type. Opened from above. G 569 B 6. Opened from in front. G 570 , B (?). Traces of brick superstructure of uncertain type. Opened from above. G 571 B 6. Opened from in front. G 572 G 573 G 574 G 575 G 576 G 577 B 6. Opened from above. B 6. Opened from above. B 6. Opened from in front. B 6. Running E. from the E. end of dromos of G 574. Undisturbed burial. B 6. Opened from in front. B 6. Undisturbed burial. o, one bone. $, scattered bones. ??+, in confusion ; one 9 had the legs doubled up behind body. cT?$, scattered remains. ?, part of body only- c?$, scattered bones. +, W. ext., on back, h. on p. c?c?$?++, mixed bones. +, E. ext., on back, h. on p. Rings, 8069, 8070, PI. 33- Rings, 8080, 8093, PI. 33- Iron anklet, 7312. Ring, 8065, PI. 33- Bronze bowl, 7127, PI. 32. Wood and Ivorj. Cylindrical wood box, 7687. Wood kohlstick. Wood kohlsticks, 7391, 7406, PI. 36. TABULAR ANALYSTS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS 209 Beads. Pottery. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. Blue glass ear- stud, Cairo (no number). v, plain. xlv, plain xlvi, ptd. frag- ment. Four necklaces, 7792, 7800, 7960, 7961 A, and rt. wristlet of gilt glass beads, 7961 B. A few blue and white beads. v, plain. v, ptd., 8183, PI. 41 and four ringed 8^17 8542. xxi, rough small. xxxii, plain. One child had been pushed up into a corner and doubled up ; all the beads belonged to it. xlviii, ptd., 8628, PI. 83; Cairo, 40084/23. and one plain. xlviii, stamped ware frag- ment. xxxv, plain red, 8583, and fragments of a second. v, ringed, 8516. xlviii, ptd., 8934, PI. 94. xlviii, black hand-made incised, 8409, PI. IOI. xviii, plain red. xvii, ringed, xxxii small rough, xxxv, plain red. xlv, plain rough. xxxiii, ringed. xlii, plain red, 8606, another plain red, 8601 A few blue and yellow beads. 7907. xii, plain frag- ment, liii, plain. xxiii, ringed. Hi, ptd. frag- ment. xlix. plain, 8605. Hi, variant, high- sided with in- cised orna- ment, red. lxv. plain, 8888. v, plain. ] -I 2 IO KARA NOG Tomb "No. Type, etc. Bodies. G 578 B 6. Opened from in front. 6, scattered bones. G 5/9 B 3. Brick superstructure 2.90 square 6, scattered bones, with brick approach 1.10 long. Opened from behind. Metal. Iron chatelaine, 7307, PI. 3b. Wood and Ivory G 580 j B 6. Opened from above. G 581 B 6. Opened from in front. G 582 G 583 B 6. Opened from in front. B 6. Opened from in front. G 584 B 6. Opened from in front. G 585 B 6. Opened from in front. G 586 B 6. Opened from above. G 587 j B 6. Stone doorway. Opened from in front. G 588 B 6. Opened from above. G 589 B 6. Opened from in front. G 590 D. Recessed in S. side of dromos of G 586. Infant's grave. Opened from dromos. G 59i G 592 B 6. Opened from in front. B 6. Opened from behind. G 593 B (?). Brick superstructure 4.90 m. square with projecting walls at S.E. corner and on N. face, as if for court. Onened from behind. 6, scattered bones. + , a few bones only. 62, mixed bones. $ + . parts of bodies only. +, disturbed. 66+, all in confusion. 62 + , very scanty mixed remains. 6622, remains all in confusion. o-f-, scanty remains. $0, scanty remains. + , a few bones only. + , few bones only. Iron tools, 7301, 7303. 7304. PI- 36- Ring, 8067, PI. 33. Remains of wood casket. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THETR CONTENTS 211 Beads. roTTEUY. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. One yellow'bead. xlviii, ptd., 8679, PL 88. ii, ptd., 8180, PI. v, 5 ptd., 8262, PI. 44- ii, ptd., 8300 PI. 49- v nt-H 8?n? PI 46. xlviii, ptd., 8941, PI. 95, and s\ ?1 0 r\ 1 0 1 ti v, plain. Two millefiori beads. Blue ear-stud, Cairo (no number). V j p 1 d. 1 H . \' T\t f rn O" _ v ■ 1 H ' 1 . 1 1 dp, ments. Ring of small beads, 7915. A few loose beads. xlviii, plain fragments. Other Forms. xviii, plain red, 8556. . xix, plain, 8597. xix, ringed, xlix, plain red. Hi, plain red. liii, high slip ware, 8704, PI. 90. Glass. Varia. xvii, ptd., and fragments of second. xvii, ptd., 8253, and one ■ ringed." xxxii, rough small. xxxv, plain red. xxxi'x, plain red, 8580. lii, ptd. xlv, plain red. xvii, ringed, xlv, plain, xlvi, ptd. lii, ptd., 8699, PI. 90. Ixii, red burnished. 8875, PI. 94- xliii, rude plain. Inscribed tab- let. The second (broken) am- phora contained remains of foodstuffs. Remains of leather sandals. Horn kohlbox (remains of). Contents mixed with those of G 595 and 596, q. v. KARANOG Tomb No. G 594 G 595 G 596 G 597 G 598 G 599 G 600 G 601 G 602 G 603 G 604 G 605 G 606 G 607 G 608 G 609 Type, etc. B 6. All broken up. D. Recessed in N. side of dromos of G 589. Opened from dromos. D. Recessed in S. side of dromos of G 589. Opened from dromos. B 6. Opened from the side and from be- hind. B 6. Opened from in front. B 6. Opened from in front. B 6. Opened from in front. B 3. Brick superstructure 2.55 and 2.95 m with brick approach 0.95 m. long. Opened from behind. B 6. Opened from behind. B 1. Brick superstructure wholly ruined ; only traces of apse left. Opened from above. B r. Brick superstructure wholly ruined; only traces of apse left. Opened from behind. B 3. Brick superstructure 2.30 by 2.45 m. with brick approach 0.95 m. long. Opened from above. B (?). Brick superstructure much ruined, c. 250 m. square. Opened from above. B 3. Brick superstructure 225 m. square, with brick approach 0.85 long. Opened from behind. B I. Brick superstructure 2.00 by 2M5 m., with brick approach 1.40 m. long and traces of apse. Opened from behind. B 6. Opened from above. Bodies. o, a few bones only. $, a few bones only. ?$$?+, remains all mixed up. d"o*???, remains all mixed up. c??o, a few bones only. o*, scattered bones. ?$$oo-f-, scattered bones. c??+, mixed remains. ?+, E. disturbed. o". E. ext., on back, h. on p. oV$9, a few bones only. o*, scattered bones. oV, mixed bones. oV??+, a few bones. Metal. Bronze wire anklet (?), 7382, PI. 35- Lead bowl, 7136, PI. 32. Iron arrowhead, 7208, PI. 35. Iron arrowheads, 7292-3, PI. 35. Wood and Ivory. Wood kohlstick. Cylindrical wood box, 7615 A-B. Wood box lid, 7606. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS 213 Beads. Pottery. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vi. Other Forms. xxxv, ringed. A few loose beads. xxxii, rough small, xliii, two plain, xlv, two plain. xx, ringed, 8553. xlv, plain. xxi, rough red. xliv, two plain red. lv, red, hand- made, 8776, PI. 101. xxxii, plain. Hi, ptd., frag- ments. v, ptd. frag- ments. xlviii, ringed, 8726, PI. 93- Mixed beads, 7908-791 1. i, plain. i, plain. _ v, one ringed and one plain. A few loose beads. Red ear-stud. A few loose beads. xlviii, plain, 8690. xxxii, ptd., 9046. i, plain, and another in dromos. v, ptd., 8247, PI. 67 ; one plain, and in dromos three ringed. xlviii, ptd., 8449, PI. 81 ; 8721, PI. 92. 8722, PI. 92. 8723, PI. 92. xvii, ptd., 8558. xxxvii, rough small. The pots in the dromos were undisturbed, lying as they had been placed at the time of the inter- ment, against the intact doorway of the chamber. v, fragments of two ptd. xvii, fragment. xlvi, ptd., 8458 (outside the tomb). ix, eight rough small. x, rough small, xlv, six rough small. One quartz bead. All the pottery was in the dromos, in the upper fill- ing. Blue ear-stud, KARANOG Tomb No. Type, etc Wood and Ivory. G 610 B 6. Opened from above B. I. Brick superstructure 2.40 m. square, with brick approach 1.05 m. long and apse 1.00 m. across. Opened from behind. B 1. Brick superstructure 3.80 by 3.60 m. with brick approach 1.35 m. long, 0.60 m. from which was a brick altar 0.35 by 0.55 m. Superstruc- ture still six courses high ; had had rounded top. Opened from behind. B 1. Brick superstructure 2.50 m. square, with brick approach 0.40 m. long and traces of apse c. 0.70 m. across. Opened from above. B 6. Opened from behind. 3. Brick superstructure much ruined, c. 3.30 by 2.60 m., with brick ap- proach c. 1.00 m. long. Opened from behind. G 616 B 6. Opened from above. G 617 o*, E. ext., on back, h. on p. I! o*, E., disturbed. ?+, scattered bones. a few bones only. $0+, parts of bodies only. (?). Traces of brick superstructure of ??, scattered uncertain type. Opened from 1 remains, above. ! t . Traces of ruined brick superstruc- ture and apse. Opened from above. > 4. Brick superstructure 2. 00 by 2.50 m„ with at 0.30 m. from its E. face a brick altar 0.30 m. square. Opened from above. G 620 B 4. Br ; "k superstructure 3.10 by 3.00 m. Opened from behind. G 621 I B 4. Bri'-k superstructure 3.50 by 3.60 m. The brickwork of the E. face was carried straight down to the bot- tom of the dromos and, formed the doorwav of the chamber. Opened from above, side, and front. G 622 B 6. Opened from behind. G 623 B 6. Opened from above. $$. scattered bones. c?, E. disturbed. c?. E. ext., on back, h. on p. o", scattered bones. scattered bones. Iron tool-head, 7682. Two bands of cop- per binding, 7688, 7692. Ring, 8085, PI. 33- Ring, 8107, PI. 33- Iron kohlstick, 7393. PI. 36. Part of polished wood stick like pen-stick. Wood kohlbox (de- cayed). Wood spindie- whorl, 7670. Wood kohlbox (de- cayed), cylindrical wood box. Wood kohlbox (dc cayed). ?, a few bones only. ! Iron kohlstick, 7384, Wood kohlbox, PI. 36. fragment. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS 215 Beads. Pottery. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. Two glass beads. xlviii, ptd., 9042, PI. 98. i, thirteen plain. xlviii, ptd., 8719, PI. 92. Fragment of unguenta- rium. The big jars were all stacked along the S. side of the chamber. All the pottery was in the filling of the superstruc- ture. ix, rough small, xxxviii, plain red, 8574. xlv, six rough xxxii, ptd., 8313, PI. 48. ix, rough small, xlvi, ptd., 8952, PI. 87. li, plain red, 8863. xlv, rough. A few loose beads. Loose beads (with one sil- vered glass figure bead), Cairo, 40103. 7912. Stud, 7990. 7941. i. ptd., 8529, Cairo, 40204, and one plain. v, ptd., 8244, PI. 66 and two plain. xlviii, ptd., 8613, PI. 82. xlviii, ptd. frag- ments ; ringed, 8631, PI. 84, and one plain. xlviii, ptd. frag- ments, and one plain. xlviii, ptd. frag- ments. xlviii, plain. xlviii, ptd., 8632, tr i, 04 . Lairo, 40084/7 ; Cairo, j 0084/30; Cairo, 40084/31. xlviii, ptd. (in dromos). Fragments. A few mixed beads. 795o. Ear-stud, 8006. 2l6 KARANOG Type, etc. B I. Brick superstructure much ruined, 2.40 by 2.70 m., with traces of apse ; approach missing. Opened from above. B 1. Traces of ruined brick superstruc- ture and apse. Opened from above. B 6. Opened from above. B 6. Opened from above. B 6. Opened from behind. B 6. Opened from in front. Bodies. 0*0", E., remains, disturbed. ??, confused remains. ??+, scattered bones. ?o, confused remains. 0", scattered bones. ?, a few bones only. Metal. Needle, 7412. Iron arrowhead. Wood and Ivory. Fragments of four wood kohlboxes, 7710 A, B. Wood kohlstick, 7405- B 1. Brick superstructure 2.50 by 2.45 m. with brick approach 1.00 m. long and traces of apse. Opened from behind. D. Recessed in N. side of dromos of E. ext., on back, G 619. Undisturbed burial. h. on p. B 3. Brick superstructure 2.75 by 3.00 m. Instead of a brick approach a sin- gle squared stone 0.75 by 0.40 m. was laid against the middle of the E. face. Opened from behind. B 1. Brick superstructure 1.90 by 2.00 m., with brick approach 0.70 m. long and apse 0.80 m. across. Opened from behind. B 6. Opened from in front. C 1. Double trench grave with central ledge. Opened from shaft. C 1. Ledge on S. side, cover of stone slabs. Opened from shaft. ?, a few bones only. d 1 ?, mixed bones. 0*0. mixed remains. +, two or three bones only. Fragment of lid of wood and ivory casket TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS 217 Beads. Pottery. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. xlviii, ptd., 8454, PI. 50. xlv, rough, Ringed lid of vase. xxvi, ptd., 8173, PI A A. v.. 44 xxviii, ptd. fragments, xxxii, ringed. Three beads. Three beads. i, plain. ■v ntrl R?fi? PI V, piu., O^JUJ, xl. 68; 8272, PI. 70; 8961; and two plain. xlviii, 8486, PI. ther Forms. xxix, ptd., 8289, PI. 72. xlviii, ptd. frag- ments. xxxii, .ringed. xvii, ptd. frag- ments. xxxvii, rough small. xlviii, ptd., 8488, xxxv, rough red- Pi. 81, and one plain. ix, plain, xxxv, plain frag- ments. Glass. Jottle (frag- ments). Fragments ot tumbler. Varia. Remains of basketwork. Cf. construction of G 222, p. 20. Fragments of leather. The touriya was found in the rilling of the superstruc- ture 1.30 m. from the sur- face, behind the raised wall of the doorway and under the foundation of the E. wall of the super- structure. Fragment of leather. In the brick approach stood in position two pots, F xxi and F xlv, both small, of rough ware. Fragment of leather sandal. 224 KARA NOG Tomb No. G 679 Type, etc. 1. Traces of ruined brick superstruc- ture and apse. Door of stone slabs. Opened from behind. G 680 B 6. Opened from behind. G 681 G 682 G 683 G 684 G 685 G 686 G 687 G 688 G 689 G 690 B 1. The tomb shared a common brick superstructure with G 682; this seemed to have had a double rounded top ; G 681 had an apse c. 1.00 m. across and traces of court ; approach missing. Total superstructure 6.20 by 3.15 m. Opened from behind. B 4 (?). See G 681. No sign of apse or approach. Opened from above and from side. B 3. Brick superstructure 2.20 by 2.70 m., with brick approach 0.75 m. long. Opened from above. C 1. Ledge on S. side, cover of rough stone slabs. Opened from shaft. B 6. Opened from behind. B 3. Superstructure of brick on stone foundations 2.30 m. square, with brick approach 1.10 m. long, imme- diately in front of which a brick altar 0.33 m. square. Opened from behind. B 3. Brick superstructure 2.40 m. square, with brick approach 1.00 m. long. Opened from behind. B 6. Opened from in front. B 3. Brick superstructure 3.00 by 2.90 m., with brick approach 1.10 m. long. Opened from behind. B 6. Opened from in front. G 691 IB (?). Traces of brick superstructure of uncertain tvpe. Completely broken up from above. Bodies. Metal. Wood and Ivory. 6", E., part of body only. Rings, 8064, 8094, PI. 33- 0*, a few scattered bones. Rings, 8063, 8073, PI. 33- Seal impression in leau, yvw. Fragments of iron lock. 6*, a few scattered bones. ?, a few scattered bones. Fragments of cylin- drical wood box, varnished, 7616. d'o'?o4-, confused remains. Ring, 8105, PI. 33. 6", scattered bones. 6*?, one E., one W. ext., on backs ; parts of bodies only. Fragments of wood and leather ( ?) musical instru- ment, 7472-9. v i four T"\.""itiise n,i Mr 4., d lew Dunes uiny. 6*, a few bones only. 6*6*6", confused re- mains in tomb and dromos. Ring, 8048, PI. 33. °, a few bones only. 6". E. ext., on back ; part of body only. ■ Ring, 8124, PI. 33- TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS Bends. Pottery. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. v, ptd., 8175- xlviii, ptd., 8915. xii, plain frag- ments, xxxv, plain red. lii, plain red. Studs, 7992 A, B. Two green glaze ear-studs, 7992 A, B. A few blue beads. v, ptd., 8960, PI. 79- v, plain. xlviii, ptd., 8482, PI. 78 and another plain. xlviii, ptd. See p. 15. A few quartz and blue glass beads. One blue glass bead. v, ptd., 8150, PI. 1 1 i n r 1 t w O plain, i, plain. v, ptd., 8219, PI. 62, and one ringed. xlviii, ptd., Cai- ro, 40084/22, PL 80; 9012'; 9041. vlvili f raorrnpntQ Al Y Ml, 1 1 ■ 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 1 of two ptd, and one plain, xlix, plain. Stuffs with green and yel- low tapestry borders. Fragments of leather. Remains of sandals with green and red cut up- pers, 7468. v, plain. v, ptd. frag- ments. v, plain. Human face mo- saic bead, 8014, and amulets, 8018-9. ix, rough small, xvii. ptd., 8251, PI. 67. xxxii, ringed, xlv, plain. Two blue beads. 15 226 KARANOG Type, etc. Bodies. Metal. Wood and Ivory. B 6. Opened from in front. B 6. Opened from in front. B 6. Chamber lying N. by S. at end of dromos running E. by W. Opened from above. B 6. Infant's grave. Opened from in front. B 6. Door of stone slabs. Opened from o, skull only, behind. ???o, confused re- mains. ???, scattered bones. c??oo, scattered bones. B 6. Opened from in front. B 6. Chamber lying N. by S. at end of dromos running E. by W. Opened from in front. In the filling of the dromos was found the stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G 698. C 1. Ledge on S. side. Opened from shaft. C r. Unusual in having a brick super- structure of B 1 type, 2.00 m. square, with brick approach 1.00 m. long and traces of apse. Opened from behind and above. B 3. Brick superstructure 3.00 m. square, with brick approach 1.50 m. long, 1.10 m. in front of which was a brick altar 0.50 m. square. Opened from behind. In the robbers' hole was found the stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G 701. Between the approach and the altar was another, almost in posi- tion, 7095, PI. 17. D. Recessed in S. side of the dromos of G 694, cut down deeply below the level of the dromos. Opened from it. A 2. Brick superstructure 3.40 by 3.70 m., with brick approach 1.70 m. long, 0.90 m. in front of which was a brick altar 0.50 m. square. Cham- ber 2.30 by 1.40 m.; sides cut in soil, vault of five and one-half bricks, giving total height of 1.00 m. Only E. end for 1.15 m. vaulted ; the rest a shaft driven into the soil. Opened from behind. 00+, a few bones only. rough small, xxi, rough, xlv, rough. xxxii, plain, lxi, burnished red, 8874, PI. 93- xii, fragments plain, xvi, but with four handles, ptd., 8165, PI. 44- xii, plain with graffito. PI. 107, Fig. 5. xiii, two with graffiti, 8295, 8501, PL 107, Figs. 11, 12. xliv, plain red. One blue bead. A few gilt glass beads. i, four plain, v, plain. xlviii, plain. Fragments of leather san- dals. In the brick ap- proach were found in po- sition the following pots : F v, one ringed and four plain, all very small ; F iv, five rough ; F xxi, rough small ; F xxii, rough small ; F xlv, rough ; F xlviii, ptd. fragments ; F xlix, rough ; F lxvi, rough small. 228 KARANOG Type, etc. B 3. Brick superstructure 2.45 by 2.80 m., with brick approach 1.20 m. long. Opened from above. By the N.W. corner was found the stela, Cairo, labelled G 704, which probably belongs to the tomb, as also the statue, Cairo, labelled G 704, which was found against the N. side, and perhaps the stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G 704. B 6. Opened from behind. Bodies. G 706 B 6. Opened from in front. G 707 B 6. Opened from in front. G 708 B 2. Brick superstructure with traces of rounded top 2.75 by 2.80 m., with , approach 1.05 m. long. Opened from behind. A 1. Brick superstructure 4.00 m. square, with brick approach 1.65 m. long. Chamber 3.40 by 1.10 m., E. end only vaulted for 1.50 m., sides cut down in soil, vault of five and one- half bricks, giving total height of 1,00 m.; the W. end a mere shaft driven into the soil. Opened from behind. Immediately in front of the approach lay the stone table of offerings, Cairo, labelled G 677, which probably belonged to tomb G 709- B 6. Opened from in front. B 6. Opened from in front. B 4. Brick superstructure 3. 45 by 2.4^ m., with brick approach. Opened from behind. Immediately in front of the approach and apparently in position lay the stone table of of- ferings, Cairo, labelled G 712. B 6. Undisturbed grave lying N. by S. B 6. Opened from in front. ?$?, mixed bones. c?$, mixed bonet. ?+, a few mixed bones. ?, scattered bones. c?, a few bones only. Metal. Wood and Ivory. Bronze bowl, Cairo, 40224. Ring, 8049, PI. 33. Fragments of wood cylindrical box. cf? + , mixed re- mains ; in dro- mos a skull o. $?, E. ext.. on back, part of body only. c? + . bodies broken and piled up to- gether ; heads at E. end. + , N. ext.. on back, h. on p. a few bones only. Ring, 81 14. PL 33- Bowls, 7125, PI. 32; 7133, PI. 31. Fragments of wood and ivory casket. Lid of cylindrical wood box, 7650. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS 229 Beads. POTTERY. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. Yellow paste beads. Blue ear-stud, 0007 u , a icw blue beads. xlviii, two plain. xxx, ptd. frag- ments, xxxii, plain. ix, two rough, xxi, rough small. A few green beads. xxxv, ringed. xvii, plain red, 8554- xxii, plain. xxix, ptd. (vari- ant). 8179, PL S5 : . xxxii, plain small, xliv, two rough. xii„ plain frag- ments. xvii, plain frag- ments. xxi, rough small. xxii, rough small, xlv, two rough, lii, two plain. xxi, rough, lii, ptd., 8701. v. ptd., 8978, PI. 97- i. six plain, v, two plain. v, plain. xlviii, ptd., 8930. xlviii, two plain. Two beads. Fragments of leather. 7920. PI. 40; 7921. String of blue and white small ring beads. Blue glass eye amulet, 8027 ; ear-stud, 8007 E. v, ptd., 81 57, PI. 45 ; 8182, PI. 56. v, ptd. ix, rough small, xx, ptd., 8156, PI. 45- All the pottery was found in the dromos ; the beads were some in the dro- mos, some in the cham- ber. xlviii. ringed, 8683, PI. 88. 2 3 o KARANOG Tomb No. G 715 G 716 G 717 G 718 G 719 G 720 G 721 G 724 G 725 G 726 G 727 G 728 G 729 G 730 Type, etc. B 6. Opened from in front. B 6. Chamber lying N. by S. at end of dromos running E. by W. All broken up. B 6. Opened from behind. B 1. Brick superstructure, much ruined, 2.30 by 2.70 m., with (solid) brick approach 0.35 m. long and traces of apse. Opened from behind. B 6. Opened from behind. B (?). Traces of brick superstructure, apparently of B 3 type, 3.30 m., E by W. B 6. Opened from above. G 722 B 4. Brick superstructure 3.45 m- square, 0.40 m. in front of whose E. face were the remains of a brick altar. Opened from behind. G 723 B 6. Opened from behind and in front. C 2. Ledge on N. side; S. side of cham- ber lined with bricks. Opened from shaft. C 1. Ledge on N. side. Cover of stone slabs. Opened from shaft. B 6. Infant's grave. Opened from behind. B 6. Opened from in front. B 6. Opened from in front. B 6. Opened from in front. B 6. Opened from above. Bodies. c?, a few bones only. +, skull only. c*c*o*?????+, con- fused bones. 0*0*??, confused re- mains. $, scattered bones. o*, scattered bones. ??, confused re- mains. ?, E. ext., on back, hi on p. ; also scattered bones ?. 0*0*0*?, mixed re- mains in dromos. 0*, E. ext., on back, h. on p. +, a few bones only. 5, E. ext., on back, disturbed ; and scattered bones $. Metal. Ring, 8062, PI. 33. Iron kohlstick. Ring, 8091, PI. 33. Bronze bowl, 71 14, PI. 32. Rings, 8068, 8079, 8100, 8103, 8127, 8131, PL 33- Wood and Ivory. Wood kohlbox. Fragments of cylin- drical box of dyed woods. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS Beads. Pottery. Glass. Yaria. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. i, plain. xlviii nrd.. 8716. xvii. rineed. PI. '92; 8937, PI. 94- xlviii, stamped ware. xlviii, ptd. frag- ments. xlviii, ptd., 8250, PI. 67, and one plain. xlviii, two plain, xlviii, two plain. xxxii, small plain. Hi, ptd., 8309, PI. 48. ix, two rough. xxxii, ringed, 8588. A few blue beads. 7917. Fragments of leather san- dals. Place for the body cut down to lower level, leaving a shelf at each side and at E. end of chamber for objects. A few blue and orange beads. A few loose beads. 7922-4. Two amulets, 8020-1. v, ptd., 8285, PI- 72 ; one ringed and two plain. v, ptd. frag- ments. v, ptd., and three plain. xvii, ringed, 8559. 8560. xxxii, two rough, xliii, plain. Hi, two plain. xii, four plain (two with gramti, PI. 107, Figs. 3 and 8). xxxii, plain (in dromos). xlviii, ptd., 845S1 PI. 81 ; 8650, PI. 85 ; 0714, PI. 91 ; 8636, PI. 84, and one plain. All in dromos. Remains of sandal. xxii, plain, 8596. xxxii, rough small. v, ptd.. 8276. PL 71. and one plain. 232 Tomb No. G 731 Type, etc. B 6. Opened from above. G 73Z B 6. Opened from in front. G 733 B 6. Opened from in front. G 734 D. Recessed in S. side of dromos of G 733. Opened from dromos. G 73s B 6. Chamber lying N. by S. at end of dromos running E. by W. Opened from the side. G 736 B 6. Opened from in front. Bodies. Metal. 2, E. ext., on back, h. on p. 22-K mixed bones. <$, E. ext., on back : disturbed. G 737 B 6. Opened from behind and from side. Wood iind Ivory. o", scattered bones. 2, a few bones only. G 738 B 6. Door of stone slabs. Opened from $, E. ext., on back; behind. disturbed. G 739 B (?). Traces of brick superstructure $, E.. some bones of uncertain type- Opened from in only; some in front. dromos. G 740 B 6. Opened from above. G 74 1 B 6. Opened from behind. G 742 G 743 G 744 G 745 B 6. Opened from in front C 2. Brick roof broken down, but con- tents undisturbed. See p. 45. C 1. On N. side of trench in which G 743 lay ; ledge to S. Opened from trench. C 1. On S. side of trench in which G 743 lay ; ledge to N. Opened from trench. G 746 D. Recessed in N. side of dromos of G 742. Opened from dromos. 2. part of body only. ?o, scattered bones. ■ Ring, 8053. PI. 33. + , E. ext., on back, h. on p. 0", a few bones only. 24-, confused bones. Wood kohlbox, -617. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS 233 Pottery. Beads. One blue bead. Glass snake pen- dant, 8015. Bes pendant, 8017. One blue glass bead. One blue bead on a thread round neck. 7926, some beads in the filling of the tomb; probably be- long to G 744. Forms 1-vi. i, ringed, and one plain. v, ptd., 8260, PI. 47 ; 8270, PI. 70, and frag- ments. Forms xlvii-1. v, ptd. frag- ments. vi, plain, 8513. , ptd., 8126, and one plain. xlviii, ptd. frag- ments and fragments of black incised ware. xlviii, fragments of two ptd. xlvii, black in- cised, 8735, PI. 102. xlviii, plain. Other Forms. Hi, ptd., Cairo, 40217. Hi, high slip ware, Cairo, 40216. xxxii, ringed. Glass. xii, plain frag- ments. Lid of terra cotta box, 8737, PI. 98. xvii, ringed, frag- ments. xvii, ptd., 8287, PL 43- xxi, small red. Mi, ptd., 8457, PI. 78. xii, fragment, plain, with mud sealing. xvii, ringed. xxxii, plain. Hi, ptd., Cairo, 40218, and two plain. vii, red hand- made, incised, 8550. xxxii, rough. Hi, plain. Thumb-bowl Cairo, 40091, PI. 39- Varia. Fragment. One blue bead. 234 KARANOG Tomb No. Type, etc. G 747 B (?). Traces of brick superstructure of uncertain type. Opened from in front. G 748 B 6. Opened from in front. G 749 B 6. The E. end was partly walled and probably had been vaulted. Opened from above. G 750 B 6. Infant's grave. Opened from in front. G 751 D. Opened from dromos. G 752 B 4. Brick superstructure 2.00 by 3.00 m. Opened from behind. G 753 C 1. Ledge on N. side. Opened from W. end. G 754 B 6. Opened from in front. G 755 D. Recessed in S. side of dromos of G 754. Undisturbed grave. G 756 B 6. Chamber lying N. by S. at end of dromos running E. by W. Opened from in front. G 757 D. Recessed on S. side of dromos of G 756. Opened from dromos. G 758 B 6. Opened from in front. G 759 B 6. Opened from in front. G 760 B 6. Mixed type ; the top of the shaft had fallen in, and a brick roof had been built to replace it. Opened from above. G 761 B (?). Traces of brick superstructure of uncertain type. Opened from in front. G 762 B 6. Opened from behind. G 763 B (?). Traces of brick superstructure of uncertain type. Opened from be- hind. G 764 B 6. Opened from in front. G 765 D. Recessed in S. side of dromos of G 773- Opened from dromos, and contents rather mixed with those of G 772 and 773, (q. v.). Bodies. 2, E. ext., on back; parts of body only, and remains +. 2??+, scattered remains. o, one or two bones only. +, a few bones only. o", E. ext., on back; disturbed. 2, E. ext., on back, h. on p. + , W. o", parts of body in dromos. 2, scattered re- mains. c?++, a few scat- tered bones. c?2, mixed remains. 22+, mixed remains. 2, E. ext., on back; parts of body only. c?o + , scattered re- mains. o*, disturbed bones. c?, E. ext., on back; part of body only. Metal. Wood and Ivory. Ring, 8123, PI. 33. Ring, 8050, PI. 33. Fragments of wood kohlbox with cane inlay, 7482-3. Fragment of cylin- drical wood box. TABULAR ANALYSTS OF TOMBS AND THEIR CONTENTS 235 Beads. Two paste inlay studs, 7093-4. Three strings round neck, 7927-9. Pottery. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1 A few gilt glass beads. A few white beads. Two beads. v, fragments of xlviii, ptd. frag- two ptd. ments and two plain. xlviii, ptd., Cai- ro, 40084/16. v, ptd., 8278, PI. 7i- xlviii, ptd. frag- ments. v, plain. v, ptd., 8279, PI. 79- xlviii, ptd., 8470; 8653, PI. >86. v, plain, v, plain. xlviii, ptd., 8637. PI. 84. v, ptd., 8306, PI. \ xlviii, plain. 74- v, ptd., Cairo, 40207. v, stamped, 8552. ii, ptd., 8246, PI. 67. xlvii, ptd., 847^ PI. 79- Glass. Varia. Other Forms. xxxii, rough small, xxxvii, high slip ware, 8493, r*. 81. xxxii, two roueh plain. Stuff with tapestry border in green, blue and yel- low, PI. 108, fig. 3. Inverted 011 the jar was the base of a broken vase in- stead of a tumbler. xxxv, ringed. xxxiv, ptd., 8200, PI. 59- liii, high slip ware, 8703, PI. 90. xxxii, ptd., 8325, PI. 76. Hi, high slip ware frag- ment. 236 KARANOG Tomb No. Type, etc. G 767 G 708 G 770 G 774 G 775 G 776 G 777 G 778 G 779 G 780 G 781 G 782 G 783 G 766 B 6. B 6. Opened from in front. Opened from behind. B 6. Opened from in front. G 769 ; B 6. Opened from in front. B 6. Opened from in front and broken through to G 780 and 782. In the dromos lay the stela 7107, PI. 20. G 771 G 772 I D. G 773 B 6. B 6. Opened from in front. Recessed in N. side of dromos of G 773. Opened from dromos. Opened from in front and contents mixed with those of G 765 and 772. Infant's grave. Opened from in front. B 6 B 6. Opened from in front. B 6. The E. end was walled on three sides and may have been vaulted. Opened from in front. B 6. Infant's grave, lying N. by S. at end of dromos running E. by W. Opened from in front. B (?). Traces of brick superstructure of uncertain type. Opened from in front. B 6. Opened from in front. D. Recessed in N. side of dromos of G 770. Opened from dromos. D. Infant's grave recessed in S. side of dromos of G 761. Opened from dromos. D. Recessed in S. side of dromos of G 770. Opened from dromos. D. Recessed in N. side of dromos of G 204. Undisturbed grave. Bodies. 9, disturbed. o*, E. ext., on back ; part of body only. o*, part of body only. o+, skulls only. $+, remains in dro- mos. o, skull only. $+, scattered bones. 2, a few bones only. 0^$$+, mixed bones. Metal. c?, E. ext., on back, h. on p. ; also scattered bones 0*0*00. 0*0*?, mixed re- mains. + -+-. a few bones onlv. + . E. ext., on back, h .on p. Ring, 8104, PI. 33. Iron kohlstick, 7407. Wood and Ivory. Iron arrowhead, 7419- Wood and ivory box lid, 7608. TABULAR ANALYSIS OF TOMES AND THEIR CONTENTS 237 Beads. Pottery. Glass. Varia. Forms i-vi. Forms xlvii-1. Other Forms. xxxii, two rough small. xlv, plain. A few beads (in dromos). v, ptd. frag- ments. xlviii, plain. xxxii, rough small. v, fragments of three ptd. (in dromos) . xlviii, ptd. frag- ments (in dro- mos). A few small blue beads. xlviii, two plain rough, one be- ing of black ware. xlviii, plain. viii, two plain, 8 5?.°- xxxii, plain small, xlviii, black ware, 8883, PI. 102. Hi, two plain red. xvii, fragment. i, plain frag- ments, v, plain. v, ptd., 8198, PI. 58. v, ringed. v, plain, 8567. xlviii, ringed. The arrowhead was stick- ing in the bodv. Tn the corner of the dromos by the door were the re- mains of a vertical post running from the surface down to a depth of 1.30 m. 7934- xxi, rough. Hi. ptd., 8897, PL 52. 7933- Stud. 7980. Round neck, three strings of beads, 7931. 7932, 79-U. and bracelet of small mixed beads. ix, two rough small. CHAPTER XIV CATALOGUE OF THE OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH NOW IN THE UNIVERSITY MUSEUM, PHILADELPHIA Note. — Where no tomb-number is assigned to an object, it is to be understood that the object was found in the surface sand and not in any direct relation to a particular tomb. STONE OBJECTS 7000. Sandstone statue. /2.0.57 m. PI. 5. G 203. Wears skirt with central fold, knotted girdle- cord, and heavy fringe along the bottom ; sandals on feet ; about the neck two double necklaces, one of small ring-beads, the other of large spheroids. The left hand, slightly advanced, holds a staff reaching to the shoulder, the right hand a fruit resembling a fir-cone. Fine work. Body col- oured red; bands of red on wings. Found in the angle between the E. wall and the N. side of the approach of G 203. 7001. Sandstone statue, h. 0.79m. PI. 3. G 183. Wears flounced skirt, and amulet over a scallop-edged corslet; both hands extended from the elbow; the head separate, has been attached; traces of colour very faint. The left hand held a staff, apparently of metal. Fine work. Found just in front of tomb G 183 to which probably it belonged. 7002. Sandstone statue. /2.0.77 m. PI. 4. G 74. Work rather flat, especially front of body; left hand stretched by side, right arm across body, holding a staff, done in flat relief; dress plain with heavy central fold. On the head a disk of stone. Colour gone. (Made up from many fragments. Found by tomb G 74, the fragments lying round the superstructure.) 7003. Sandstone statue. /1.0.58 m. PI. 3. G Small head (readjusted) ; figure very straight in poor flat relief; pendulous breasts; both arms by side; dress quite plain, reaching from waist to feet. Colour gone. Hole in head for disk with remains of lead to fix it in. 7004. Sandstone statue, h. 0.69 m. PI. 4. G 133. Retaining clear traces of colour on the wings* Head pushed prominently forward, good lively features. Body bare to waist, very fleshy and treated in good relief; left hand by side, right hand across body broken away. Dress plain with broad central fold. (Head readjusted.) Hole in head for disk. Found S. of superstruc- ture of G 100, directly in front of the approach of G 133 and 1.70 m. from it. 7005. Sandstone statue, h. 0.51m. PI. 5. G182. Head missing; round neck strings of beads; whole body draped, skirt heavily flounced; both lower arms and feet gone. Wings spread out broadly, left one broken away. Very fair work. Found against the W. wall of G 182 to which probably it belonged. 7006. Sandstone statue, h. 0.465 m. PI. 7. G Face flat and bad; body in worst relief, two planes only; pendulous breasts; no arms; dra- pery not marked. Very squat and wretched work. 7007. Sandstone statue, h. 0.54 m. G Complete; arms by sides, pendulous breasts just distinguishable. Very flat work, very rude, perhaps the poorest figure found. Corner of stand broken off. 7008. Sandstone statue. /2.0.48 m. PI. 6. G 174. Complete; very rude. Almost wholly bird- form; human head, no arms; long legs with human feet come from the shoulders. Found almost in position; figures in conjectural restora- tion of G 174. PI. 114. 7009. Sandstone statue, h. 0.46 m. PI. 8. G "Siamese twins" having only three arms between them. Heads pushed prominently for- ward; bodies fleshy and strongly moulded; rough drapery below waist with heavy central fold; arms by sides. Found against the S. E. corner of G 273. 7010. Sandstone statue, h. 0.47 m. PI. 6. G Head with curly hair and diadem; much colour left on face. Both arms by sides, left hand holding double staff (lotus?). Body bare above, short pleated kilt from waist. Relief fairly good. Broken away below the knees. The wing feathers are all marked by deeply incised lines. 701 1. Sandstone statue, h. 0.34 m. G310. Almost wholly bird-form; very broad and squat, no arms, pendulous breasts in flat relief, short legs with human feet. Poor work. 7012. Sandstone statue, h. 0.45 m. G174. Head and part of stand missing. Both arms by sides. Body above waist bare, breasts shown (238) OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH by circular flat bosses; plain drapery below. Very poor work. 7013. Sandstone statue, h. 0.44 m. G 64. Head missing; arms by sides, left hand holds linen fold; body bare to waist, pendulous breasts; below, dress plain. Very rude coarse work; flat relief. Found in the large front court of the tomb. 7014. Sandstone statue, h. 0.48 m. PI. 7. G 639. Head missing; both hands hold a staff. Body bare to waist, drapery below plain. Poor work. 7015. Sandstone statue, h. 0.45 m. PI. 6. Head missing; pendulous breasts; both arms by sides, right hand holds strip of linen ( ?) ; drapery plain. Wings very strongly accentuated, all feathers marked by incised lines. No colour. Found by tomb G 185. 7016. Sandstone statue, h. 0.42 m. G Head missing ; left arm by side, right arm across body holds staff. Breasts pendulous (broken away), plain drapery below waist. Very rude work. 7017. Sandstone statue, h. circa 0.41 m. PI. 8. G Double; heads lacking. Right hand figure has both arms by sides, left hand figure holds staff with both hands; front of his drapery curiously schematised.* Very rude poor work. Found in robber's hole of G 223 ; possibly belonged to G 224. 7018. Sandstone statue, h. 0.58 m. G Headless ; right arm advanced free has held metal staff (hole through hand and into base). Left arm by side holds linen fold ( ?) ; band over right shoulder to waist, upper body bare. Below waist plain skirt with heavy central fold; below this finely pleated underskirt, moderately good relief. No colour left. 7019. Sandstone statue, h. 0.42 m. G265. Lacking head, holds staff with both hands; body and drapery only slightly indicated ; very poor work. Found at E. end of the dromos of tomb G 265 to which it may belong. 7020. Sandstone statue, k. 0.47m. G252. Lacking head ; arms by sides ; right hand holds linen fold. Body bare to waist, pendulous breasts, drapery below plain. Bird's body behind, plain. Found in front of the approach of G 252, 1.20 m. from the end of its N. wall; it probably belongs to the tomb. 7021. Sandstone statue, h circa 0.17 m. G. 708. Head and body below waist lacking. Pure bird body rudely treated; no arms, front of body plain. 7022. Sandstone statue, h. 0.40 m. G 73. Head missing; arms by sides; body bare to waist, draped below. Very bad rude work. 2 39 Probably belongs to G 73, found against the south side. 7023. Sandstone statue, h. 0.27 m. G Head, legs below knees, base and back of tail missing. Left hand by side; right hand holds staff with triangular lower end, like a reversed lotus. Very poor rough work. 7024. Sandstone statue, h. 0.28 m. G 672. Head, feet, and base missing. Big pendulous breasts in high relief; below waist plain drapery; no arms, wings project forward beyond body- plane. Squat figure. 7025. Sandstone statue, h. 0.33 m. G 503. Head missing, squat figure ; both arms loosely bent at elbow across body; small pendulous breasts; below waist, plain drapery; sandals on feet. Wings brought prominently forward projecting beyond body-plane. Poor rough work. 7026. Sandstone statue, h. 0.44 m. PI. 7. G 245. Head and back part of stand with tail missing. Arms by sides, left hand holds linen fold ; pendu- lous breasts; below waist plain drapery. Poor coarse work. Found against the north side of tomb G 245 to which it may perhaps belong. 7027. Sandstone statue, h. circa o. 18 m. G 183 Head and feet lacking ; wings clearly marked by grooves ; arms crossed on breast, both hands hold- ing staff ; body below waist lacking. Poor flat work. 7028. Sandstone statue ; part of . d. 0.26 m. PI. 5. G Head and legs below knees lacking. Left hand by side holds the usual curved leaf (?) or fold of linen. The right hand, crossed over the breast in high relief is bored to receive staff of wood or metal. Dress plain but in the front of the girdle is a bar with knob ends from which hang four strings of green and red beads supporting a square plaque (?). Body painted red; traces of orange and white on wings ; fair work. 7029. Sandstone statue; part of. h. 0.34 m. PI. 8. G Two figures, from breast downwards. Right hand figure holds staff with both hands; central fold to lower drapery. Left hand figure holds in right hand a classical amphora, in left a handled pot. Skirt plain. Poor work. 7030. Sandstone statue; part of. h. 0.16 m. G 72. Very small headless figure of Ba-bird in red sandstone. Arms not marked; dress plain. Very bad work. Found just east of tomb G 72, to which it may belong. 7031. Sandstone statue; part of. h. circao.28m. PI. 8. G Legs below knees and part of stand of a fine figure. By left side a staff; dress shows three flounces and has heavy central fold; feet with sandals well done. The staff may be meant to have at the lower end a mace-head, triangular like a schematised lotus; cf. 7023. 240 KARANOd 7032. Sandstone statue, h. 0.40 m. PI. 6 G376. Completely bird-form, with hawk's head and body. Legs missing. Found at the entrance of the approach of G 376, to which it probably belonged. 7033. Sandstone, much damaged fragment of a statue, h. 0.33 m. G Head, back of base, and all bird-body missing. Left hand by side; right hand across body holds, apparently, a staff with a big crooked lower end. Pendulous breasts; plain drapery below waist. Very flat bad work. 7034. Sandstone, portion of a double statue h. 0.10 m. . G Fragment of two figures, from neck to waist only. Each has the hands clasped over the breast, one holding a staff, the other a stalk of corn (or palm-leaf ( ?) . Bodies painted dark red ; poor work. Found near the front of the superstructure of tomb G 219. 7035. Sandstone statue, h. 0.58 m PL 7. G Face set at angle, very poor. Pendulous breasts, arms by sides; very flat and bad relief. Stand much broken. 7036-7075. Sandstone heads of statues. Pi!. 9 and 10. 7076. Sandstone stela. 0.42 by 0.33 m. PI. 12. G 140. A nude male figure painted in red on a white ground facing left. The left hand holds a black and yellow object, perhaps a wreath, the right hand is advanced. Above the head four whole lines and three half lines of Mero'itic inscription. Found face downwards within the approach of tomb G 140. See p. 10 7077. Sandstone stela. 0.33 by 0.19 m. PI, 13. G Uninscribed but with figure of a man, now half erased, painted on it in red. Found loose in sand 1.70 m. west of tomb G 257. 7078. Sandstone door-jamb. 0.71 by 0.24. PI. 13. G 203. Coloured bas-relief of female figure wearing head-dress of Isis with top-knot above, seated left, holding in both hands a small phial whose contents are pouring out. Uninscribed. Found 4.00 m. east of the approach of tomb G 203 to which doubtless it belonged. 7079. Sandstone stela. 0.37 by 0.33 m. PI. 13. G Figure painted in red representing a negress with bracelets and collars, a winged disk above her. Wreath in hair and object (wreath ?) in left hand green, beads round waist alternately green and white bugles; disk, snakes and ground line yellow. Found 1.00 m. from the northwest corner of tomb G 146. 7080. Sandstone stela. 0.29 by 0.22 m. PI. 14. G Small, uninscribed, but with three figures faintly painted in red. Found in tomb G 92, having fallen through the robbers' hole ; perhaps belonged to G 148. 7081. Sandstone stela. 0.34 by 0.23 m. PI. 14. G Small, uninscribed, but painted with full- length figure of a man in red, with a winged disk behind him. Found 3. 00 m. east of the east face of tomb G 149. 7082. Sandstone stela. 0.32 by 0.22 m. PI. 14 G Small, uninscribed but painted with full-length figure of man in red. Oval top, rather chipped Found loose between tombs G 151 and G 258. 7083. Sandstone stela. 0.32 by 0.23 m. PI. 14 G 151 Small, uninscribed, but painted with full-length figures of a man and boy in red. Oval top Found over N. edge of dromos of G 151. 7084. Sandstone miniature door. 0.63 by 0.43 m PI. in. G 165 With winged disk painted above, Anubis on right jamb, a female (Maat ?) on left. Found in situ let into the doorway of the approach of tomb G 165. 7085. Sandstone stela. 0.51 by 0.37 m. PI. 13. G Wedge-shaped, painted with full-length figure of a man in long red robe. Inscribed with several lines of Mero'itic characters above head of figure. Found against southwest corner of G 111. 7086. Sandstone stela. 0.19 by 0.11m. PI. 12. G 178. Very small, painted with full-length figure of a man in red. Two lines of Mero'itic characters painted above the head of figure. Found in the dromos of tomb G 178. 7087. Sandstone offering table. 0.455 by 0.445 m - PI. 15. G Sculptured with libation vases and loaves. Inscribed with a double line of Mero'itic characters round the border. Found against the northwest angle of G 187, face downwards in the sand. 7088. Sandstone offering table. 0.47 by 0.44 m. PI. 15- G 8; Sculptured with representations of a pylon over which hang large lotus flowers. Inscribed with a single line of Mero'itic characters round the border and with three lines across the face of the pylon, Re-used to form the west end of the tomb G 82. 7089. Sandstone offering table. 0.455 by 0.37 PI. 15. G 153. Sculptured with libation vases and loaves. Inscribed with a double line of Mero'itic characters, one being inside, the other outside the ruled bor- der. Found in the doorway of the approach of the tomb. OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH 241 7090. Sandstone offering table, 0.41 by 0.30 m. PI. 15. G 222. Sculptured with libation vases and loaves, and inscribed with double line of Meroitic characters round the border. Found just in front of the approach of G 222, to which it probably belongs. 7091. Sandstone offering table. 0.32 by 0.295 m. PI. 16. G Sculptured with libation vases and loaves. The streams flowing from the libation vases terminate in ankh-crosses. Inscribed with ir- regular lines of Meroitic characters round the border. Found against the middle of the south wall of G 158. 7092. Sandstone offering table. 0.29 by 0.24 m. PI. 16. G 133. Sculptured with a single vase supported on a stand, flanked by lotus plants. Inscribed with a single line of Meroitic characters round the border. Found face upwards exactly in front of the approach of G 133, and 1.00 m. from it. 7093. Sandstone offering table. 0.27 by 0.22 m. PI. 16. G Sculptured with libation vases and loaves. Inscribed with a line of Meroitic characters round the border. Found against the south wall of the superstructure of G 184, near the southwest corner. 7094. Sandstone offering table. 0.345 by 0.285 m. PI. 16. G Very roughly sculptured with libation vases and loaves. Inscribed with three lines of Meroitic characters round the border. Found against the southeast corner of G 208. 7095. Sandstone offering table. 0.47 by 0.55 m. PI. 17. G 701. Finely sculptured with libation vases and loaves, flanked by lotus flowers. Inscribed with three lines of Meroitic characters round the border. Found virtually in position, between the approach and the altar of tomb G 701. 7096. Sandstone offering table. 0.42 by 0.36 m. PI. 17. G 219. Roughly sculptured with libation vases and loaves. Inscribed with two and three lines of Meroitic characters round the border. Found in position on the brick altar in front of G 219. 7097. Sandstone offering table. 0.255 by 0.34 m. PI. 17. G 285. Rudely sculptured with two figures, Anubis and another deity, holding between them a reversed vase. Inscribed with a double line of Meroitic characters round the border. Found against the southeast corner of the approach of tomb G 285 to which probably it belonged. 7098. Sandstone offering table. PI. 17. G Plain, without any sculptured ornament. Inscribed round the border with four lines of Meroitic characters. Found against the west side of G 157, at the north end. 7099. Sandstone stela. 0.56 by 0.39 m. PI. 18. G 217. Inscribed with Meroitic characters on lines ruled within a quadrangular frame. Another row of similar characters is inscribed round the border. Found in the dromos of G 217, 1.20 m. from the east face of the superstructure and 1.20 m. below the present surface. 7100. Sandstone stela. 0.41 by 0.34 m. PI. 18. G 180. Finely inscribed with ten rows of Meroitic characters between ruled lines. Found opposite the middle of the east wall of the ruined super- structure of G 180, and 0.60 m. from it. 7101. Sandstone stela. 0.46 by 0.35 m. PI. 18. G Finely inscribed with fourteen rows of Meroitic characters between ruled lines. 7102. Sandstone stela. 0.37 by 0.25 m. PI. 18. G 52. Inscribed rather roughly with rows of Meroitic characters between ruled lines. There are five single rows, then two double rows of characters. Found face downwards at the entrance of the ruined approach of G 52. 7103. Sandstone stela. 0.70 by 0.61 m. PI. 19. G 183. Very large, and finely inscribed with fourteen rows of Meroitic characters between ruled lines. Found against the northeast corner of the super- structure of G 183 to which it probably belonged. 7104. Sandstone stela. 0.53 by 0.20 m. PI. 19. G 117. Inscribed with ten rows of Meroitic characters between ruled lines, and four small rows crowded in under the last line. Found immediately in front of centre of east wall of G 117, face upwards and probably in position. 7105. Sandstone stela. 0.36 by 0.50 m. PI. 19. G 75- Inscribed with twelve rows of roughly cut Meroitic characters between ruled lines. Found in the southwest corner of the ruined super- structure of G 75, 0.65 m. from the surface. 7106. Sandstone stela. 0.38 by 0.28 m. PI. 19. G 191 . Inscribed with eight rows of roughly cut and now much rubbed Meroitic characters between ruled lines. Found in the dromos of tomb G 191. 7107. Sandstone stela. 0.33 by 0.19 m. PI. 20. G 770. Roughly incised with now much rubbed and almost illegible Meroitic characters; no ruled lines. Oval top. Found in the dromos of tomb G 770. 7108. Sandstone stela. 0.32 by 0.255 m. PI. 20. G 261. Shaped like an offering table but with no vases or loaves; in place of them is rudely sculptured 16 242 KARANOG a curious tree, not unlike some of those painted on the pottery. Found against the northeast corner of the superstructure of tomb G 261. Note. — Fragments of statues and of inscribed stelae occur later, Xos. 9062-9095. BRONZE VESSELS. 7109. Bronze bowl. h. 0.14 m. d. 0.358 m. PI. 30. G 187. Straight sides curved down to flat bottom, rim flat and slightly turned out; bottom rather battered. Three ring handles. 7110. Bronze bowl h. 0.10 m. d. 0.266 m. PI. 30. G 187. Straight sides curved down to flat bottom; rim rolled outwards. 7111. Bronze bowl, h. 0.145 m. d, 0.323 m. PI. 30. G 187. Rather less than hemispherical. 7112. Bronze bowl. /;. 0.15 m. d. 0.328 m. PI. 30. G 187. Rather less than hemispherical; a pair to 7 1 1 1 . 7113. Bronze bowl. h. 0115 m. d. 0.276 m. PI. 25- G45. Straight sides curving down to flat base. Small ring in middle inside. Rim slightly in- turned. 7114. Bronze bowl. h. 0.10 m. d. 0.26 m. PI 32. G 722. Very similar to 7 no; straight sided, coppery- yellow; rather battered. 7115. Bronze bowl. h. 0.105 m. d. 0.218 m. PI. 25. G 45- Hemispherical with umbilical base; rim in- turned. 7116. Bronze bowl. h. 0.09 m. d. 0.146 m. PI. 30. G 187. Curved sides, rounded base; tinned inside and out. 7117. Bronze bowl. h. 0.083 m. d. 0.133 m. PI. 32. G 39. 7118. Bronze bowl. h. 0.072 m. d. 0.180 m. PI. 30. G 187. Shallow, rather less than hemispherical, with a slightly umbilical base. Plated with yellow alloy. 7119. Bronze bowl. h. 0.075 m - d. 0.151 m. PI. 32. G 324. Roughly hemispherical ; tinned inside. 7120. Bronze bowl. h. 0.068 m. d. 0.158 m. PI. 25- G 45. Hemispherical; hole in base roughly patched; tinned inside and out. 7121. Bronze bowl. h. 0.062 m. d. 0.127 m - PI- 3 2 - G 33 1 - Slanting walls, rounded below, with small umbilical base ; tinned inside. 7122. Bronze bowl. h. 0.075 m - d. O I 57 m - P-- 3 2 - G330. Less than hemispherical; interior tinned but the tin wearing off. 7123. Bronze bowl, h. 0.062 m. d. 0.078 m. PI. 32- G 134. With one ring-handle ; rather less than hemi- spherical with umbilical base ; tinned inside and out. 7124. Bronze bowl. h. 0.055 m - d. o.n m. PI. 32. G 488. Hemispherical; golden colour outside; the in- side tinned but tin wearing off. 7125. Bronze bowl. h. 0.05 m. d. 0.10 m. PI. 32. G 712. Flattened hemispherical. 7126. Bronze bowl. /t. 0.049 m. d. 0.123 m. PI. 32. G 141. Curved sides; small umbilical base; tinned inside but tin worn off. 7127. Bronze bowl. /1.0.049 m. i. 0.153 m. PI. 32- G 576. Very shallow bowl, curved sides; tinned. 7128. Bronze bowl. h. 0.047m. d. o.nm. PI. 32. G 520. Tinned inside and out. 7i2g. Bronze bowl. h. 0.06 m. d. 0.094 m. PI. 3*- G 331. With pattern punctured sideways with a blunt chisel, the metal being raised at the end of the groove; straight walls curved off to base-ring; red patina. 7130. Bronze bowl. h. 0.063 m - d. 0.114 m. PI. 31. G 270. Flattened hemispherical, with engraved criss- cross pattern on rim; yellow colour outside, rim and interior tinned ; thick and heavy metal. 7131. Bronze bowl. /1.0.055 m. d. o. 105 m. PI. 3 1 - G 331. Pattern punctured, like 7129; walls straight curved off to flat base ; patina dark outside, red on rim and interior. 7132. Bronze cup. h. 0.074 m. d. 0.091 m. PI. 3 1 - G 394. Handleless, with engraved design of quatrefoils and ankhs, and in the lowest zone, of water-plants. Walls straight, but sloping slightly outwards; slanted in to fiat base ; apparently tinned. 7133. Bronze cup. h. 0.07 m. d. 0.085 m - PI- 31. G 712. Handleless, with engraved design of girdle-knots. Walls straight, with a very flat curved base tinned. 7134. Bronze cup. h. 0.07 m. d. 0.072 m. PL 32. G 671. Handleless, and plain. Walls straight, slanting angularly to umbilical base. 7135. Bronze saucer. /1.0.028 m. d. 0.08 m. PL 32. G 293. Once had two handles; has base-ring. OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH 243 7136. Lead cup. h. 0.057 m. d. 0.115 m. PI. 32. G 600. Bent into shape for pouring. 7137. Bronze caldron, h. 0.112 m. d. 0.132 m PI. 25. G 45 With three feet; straight sides, whereon very- faint is a punctured design of a floral scroll splayed neck. 7138. Bronze vase. h. 0.115 m. PI. 30. G 187 Two-handled, with flattened pear-shaped body base-ring, and cylindrical mouth. 7139. Bronze vase. /1.0.150 m. PI. 32. G 536 Two-handled, with flattened globular body base-ring, and slightly splayed mouth. 7140. Bronze vase. h. 0.128 m. PI. 32. G 203 Two-handled, with flattened globular body base-ring and splayed mouth. 7141. Bronze situla. h. 0.092 m. PI. 30. G 187 With handle attached by two ears; drop- shaped body. 7142. Bronze ladle. /. 0.30 m. PI. 30. G 187. With long handle which at the top is twisted and then bent over, with a rough snake's head end. 7143. Bronze jug. h. 0.150 m. PI. 31. G 316. Hellenistic, with handle moulded and chased, having at base a female mask with leaf set- ting, and a second mask, etc., above; tinned. P. 61. 7144. Bronze vessel, h. 0.048 m. d. 0.068 m. PI. 32. G 5. Circular, with three feet and spout, resembling early Coptic sacramental oil-pots. 7145. Brass caldron. h. 0.037 m. d. 0.053 m - PI. 31. G 293. Small, with three legs; vandyke pattern en- graved on shoulder and floral scroll on body; broad out-turned rim. 7146. Bronze patera. Total /. 0.257 m. d. of bowl 0.162 m. h. of rimo.024 m. PI. 29. G 187. Hellenistic; handle formed by a full length figure in New Empire style, the arms of the figure embracing the rim of the bowl. The handle terminates in a mask similar to that on Xos. 7512-3. Bright yellow alloy. 7147. Bronze lamp. h. 0.35 m. PI. 30. G 187 Hellenistic; swinging on high stand; acanthus pattern at fork; claw foot tripod; between the feet, two rough acanthus (?) leaves, and a hook for suspension. Body of grooved type. 7148. Bronze bowl. d. 0.185 m. G 229. Yellow outside ; inside tinned ; base all battered in; roughly hemispherical. Original height doubtful. 7149. Bronze bowl. h. circa o. 10 m. d. 0.124 m. G 52. Rather more than hemispherical; sides brought up straight and edge a little turned in ; bottom battered nearly out. 7150. Bronze bowl. h. 0.047 m. d. 0.11m. G 123 A. Tinned inside and out. 7151. Bronze bowl. h. 0.05 m. d. 0.10 m. G 26. The interior is tinned. Very much battered. 7152. Bronze bowl, i 0.12 m. G 147. Roughly hemispherical ; very much battered ; original height doubtful. 7153. Bronze bowl. h. circa 0.064 m. J. 0.12 m. G 268. Roughly hemispherical; bottom battered. In- scribed with symbol, perhaps maker's mark. 7154. Bronze bowl. d. 0.122 m. G 445. Body hemispherical (?) with rim slightly out- turned ; bottom made separately and lost ; very much battered. Original height doubtful. 7155. Bronze bowl. h. 0.16 m. d. 0.256 m. Pll. 26, 28. G 187. With straight sides curved down to rounded base; round the upper part of the walls, incised (chisel and hammer) decoration ; under a rope- pattern border a procession of bestial, four cows and two calves, driven by a Nubian herdsman who carries in right hand a milk-pail, in left a barbed spear, and another pail on his head. Very fine work. Green and red patina outside, deep red granulated patina within. See p. 60. 7156. Bowl. 0.173 m. d. 0.262 m. Pll. 26, 27. G 187. Bronze electrotype of the big bronze bowl now in Cairo. Rather more than hemispherical. See P- 59- OBJECTS OF BRONZE, IRON, ETC. 7157 to 7179. Twenty-three iron arrowheads. Forty-two iron arrowheads. Forty-eight iron arrowheads. 34- 7180 to 7221. 7222 to 7269. 7270 ~| 7271 f Three bronze arrowheads. 7272 ) PI G 259 PI. 34 G 141 PI- 34 G 254 PI. 34- G 254 7273 to 7288. Sixteen iron arrowheads. PI- 35- G 324. 7289. Iron arrowhead. G 342. 7290. Iron arrowhead. PI. 35- G 504. 7291. Iron arrowhead. PI. 35- G 342. 7292. Iron arrowhead. PI. 35- G 607. 7293. Iron arrowhead. PI. 35- G 607. 7294. Iron arrowhead. G 342. 7295- Iron arrowhead. G 7296. Iron arrowhead. G 7297. Iron arrowhead. G 342. 7298. Iron arrowhead. PI. 35- G 605. 7299. Iron axe. PI. 35. G 187. Length from shaft to e dge, 0.092 m. ; across blade, 0.062 m. 2 44 KARANOG 7300. Iron arrowhead. G 309. 7403. Wooden kohlstick. G 546. 7301. Iron chisel. PI. 36. G 585. Broken. 7302. Iron chisel with bronze handle. PI. 36. 7404- Wooden kohlstick. G 346. G 182. Broken. 7303. Iron shears. PI. 36. G 585- 7405. Wooden kohlstick. G 627. 7304. Iron tweezers. PI. 36. G 585- 7406. Wooden kohlstick. G 572. 7305. Iron kohlstick. G 292. 7407. Iron kohlstick. G 77 2 - 7306. Iron kohlstick. G 650. 7408. Iron kohlstick. G 269. 7307. Iron chatelaine with tweezers, knife and 7409. Wooden kohlstick (part of). G 241. stiletto together on an iron ring. PI. 36. G 578. 7410. Iron kohlstick. G 399- 7308 and 7310. Iron bracelets. PI. 35. G 253. 7411. Bronze needle. G387. 7309 and 7311. Iron ankle-rings. PI. 35. G 513. 7412. Iron needle. G 624. 7312. Iron bracelet. G 57 2 - 7413- Iron arrowhead. G 37i- 7313- Iron key. PI. 36. G 7414. Iron cutting tool. G 37i- 7314 to 7325. Iron arrowheads. PI. 35 . G 294. 7415- Reed butt of an arrow. G 7326 to 7328. Iron arrowheads. G 7416. Part of reed shaft of an arrow, with notch. 7329. Bronze arrowhead. G G 309. 733° to 7337 B. Twelve iron arrowheads. G 27 1 . 7417- Part of reed shaft of an arrow, with feather- Note. — Numbers 7338-7366, being the numbers attached to glass vessels, are printed after No. 7749. ing. 7418. G 23. Part of reed shaft of an arrow with notch. G wn. 7367. Iron chisel. PI. 36. G 254. 7419- Bronze arrow head. G 778. With maker's mark engraved on each side ; With part of reed shaft. remarkably preserved. 7420. Bronze spoon. /. 0.191 m. PI. 29. G 187. 7368. Iron spearhead. PI. 36. G 141. With knot pattern. 7369. Iron arrowhead. G 134- 7421. Wooden spoon. 1. 0.210 m. PI. 109. G 187. 737o. Iron arrowhead. G 64. With carved handle. 7371- Iron chatelaine. PI. 36. G 271. 7422. Wooden spoon. /. 0.190 m. G 187. Suspended from a ring, spatula, tweezers, Handle carved into crocodile (?) form. knife and stiletto. 7423 to 7454. Portions of arrows. G 187. 7372. Iron chain. PI. 36. G 252. Iron heads and reed shafts. 7373- Iron arrowhead. PI. 36. G37i- 7455- Iron key with wooden handle. /. of iron With part of wooden shaft remaining part 0.10 m. ; of wood, 0.095 m. PI. 36. G 187. 7374, 5. Pair of iron anklets. PI. 35. G 2. 7456. Bronze kohlrod. G 7376, 7379. Pair of iron anklets. PI. 35- G8. 7457- Iron implement (part of). G 183. 7377, 7380. Pair of iron anklets. PI. 35. G 7458. Iron scissors. /. 0.165 m. PI. 35. G 663. 7378, 7381. Pair of iron anklets. PI. 35 G 1. With central rivet; one blade broken 7382. Iron bracelet. PI. 35. G 597- 7459- Iron adze. /. 0.18 m. PI. 35. G 672. 7383. Iron kohlstick. PI. 36. G 293. 7460. Iron cylindrical spring lock. d. 0.08 m. 7384. Iron kohlstick. PI. 36. G 623. PI. 25. G 45- 7385. Iron kohlstick. PI. 36. G 118. 7386. 7387. Bronze kohlstick. PI. 36. Bronze kohlstick. PI. 36. G 118. G 3.1.5. LEATHER OBJECTS 7388. Iron kohlstick. PI36. G 131. 7461 A. A pair of leather sandals. G 325- 7389. Iron kohlstick. PI. 36. G 64. Complete, with plain red leather uppers, and 7390. Iron kohlstick. PI. 36. G 445- toe-strap. 7391- Wooden kohlstick. PI. 36. G 572. 7461 B. A pair of leather sandals. G 270. 7392. Iron kohlstick. PI. 36. G 467. Much damaged; only the soles remaining, plain Surmounted by figure of bird. with a fragment of yellow leather uppers. 7393- Iron kohlstick. PI. 36. G 619. 7462. Fragments of leather. G 2 7 1 . 7394- Iron kohlstick. PI. 36. G 398. Plain but with edge bound in two colours. 7395- Iron kohlstick. PI. 36. G S 6r. Apparently part of a bag or quiver, being found 7396. Iron kohlstick. PI. 36. G 304. with a number of arrowheads by the side of a man, 7397- Bronze kohlstick. PI. 36. G 521. in an undisturbed burial. 7398. Iron kohlstick. PI. 36. G 242. 7463. Pair of leather sandals. G 647. 7399- Iron kohlstick. PI. 36. G 384. The soles are of white leather with engraved 7400. Iron bar. G 293. lines ; tolerably complete. The uppers of green 7401. Wooden kohlstick. G 566. embroidered leather had largely come to pieces. 7402. Wooden kohlstick. G 182. See Nos. 7719-7720. OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH 245 7464. Pair of leather sandals. G 345. Much decayed. The soles covered with reticu- lated pattern having a filling ornament of rosettes ; round the sole a border of snake pattern. The uppers are of red leather stamped with rows of snake pattern. 7465. Leather bag. G 299. Small, in two pieces. Surface dressed dark and covered with incised decoration of scales and lines. 7466. Doll. PI. 109. G 286. Of terra-cotta, moulded in two halves; body- straight, arms from elbow outspread. Surface white with details in red, green and black. Big headdress, body nude. 7467. Leather sandal. G 664. For left foot. Sole only. The upper surface covered with stamped reticulated pattern having filling ornament of small rosettes. 7468. Decorated appliqu^ leather. G 688. Dark blue-black ground cut with star-pattern to show light leather backing; bound with red leather sewn on with thin strips of white leather. 7469. Leather bag (?). G 162. Of thick leather; the face covered with incised patterns, festoons, reticulations and Vandykes. 7470. Leather bag (?). G 229. Of thick leather; the face dressed dark and covered with incised patterns, crescents, crosses, ovals, etc., arranged in compartments. 7471. Coloured leather. circa 0.08 m. square. PI. 109. G 526. Inlay of red leather stitched with white thread onto a green ground ; two snakes with disks facing each other. From a sandal. 7472 to 7479. Wood and leather. G 685. The leather cut in open-work patterns or covered with incised ornament. Apparently fragments of sandals and of a bag containing wooden objects; but the whole has been ruined by white ants. 7478. Fragments of leather sandals. G 387. Soles only. The upper surface covered with a stamped reticulated pattern having a filling ornament of small rosettes. 7479. Fragments of coloured leather. G 323. Design of crosses in red inlay on green ground ; white stitching. OBJECTS OF WOOD, IVORY, ETC. 7480. Part of turned wooden kohlpot. G 388. 7481. Half of a wooden kohlpot. G 523. Inlaid with ivory; 'Noah's ark' tree pattern. 7482) Wooden kohlpot. G 748. 7483 I In two halves. Inlaid with wood and afterwards lathe-turned. 7484 to 7505. Fragments of wooden boxes. G 671. Inlaid with ivory. 7507] Two wooden spindle-whorls. G 445. 7508 ^ 7508 A J- Pieces of inlaid wooden boxes. G 7508B J 7509. Piece of inlaid wooden box. G 7509 A. Piece of inlaid wooden box. G 7509B. Lid of wooden kohlpot inlaid with ivory spot pattern. G 170 7510. Inlaid wooden "patch box." h. 0.039m d. 0.048 m. PI. 23. G 445 Cylindrical box with knobbed lid; round the sides, chevron pattern with ivory triangles. 751 1. A, B, C, D, E, F, G. Fragments of textiles from various graves. PI. 108. 7512) A pair of bronze jugs. h. 0.135 m. PI. 29. 75i3 > G 187. Trefoil mouths, and handles terminating below in a female mask, above in a human figure whose arms encircle the rim of the vessel; another mask and other decorative motives appear on the handles. See p. 61. 7514. Kohlpot. /. 0.176 m. d. 0.041m. PI. 25. G 45- Wood and ivory; chequer pattern ends and columnar centre. See p. 70. 7515. Kohlpot and lid. /. 0.262 m. d. 0.048 m. PI. 23. G 293. Wood inlaid with ivory, 'Noah's ark' tree pattern. 7516. Casket with lid. /. 0.184 m. br. 0.093 m. h. 0.074 m. PI. 22. G 671. Wood and ivory; bottom missing; inlaid with rosettes enclosed by squares of small dots. See p. 71. 7517. Casket with lid. /. 0.236 m. br. 0.117 m. h. 0.165 m. PI. 22. G 445. Wood and ivory; bottom missing; short legs. Square rosettes in panels enclosed by beading; on frame, dotted lines. Lid re-rivetted, corners brass-bound; lock and handles added. Seep. 71. 7518. Casket. /.0.26 m. br. 0.210 m. /2.0.228 m. PI. 21. G 140. Wood and ivory; floral design on front and top; corners brass-bound, lock-plate and handles added. (Most of wood modern.) See p. 70. 7519. Casket. /.0.26 m. br. 0.206 m. h. 0.227 m. PI. 24. G 4 5- Wood and ivory; in front, figures in pillared niches and sphinxes. (Only front feet remain of original wood.) See p. 69. 7520. Wooden box (part of). G 59. Inlaid with ivory. 7521 ) Pieces of wooden box. G 60. 7522) Inlaid with ivory. 7523. Wooden "patch box." h. 0.048 m. d. 0.04 m. PI. 23. G 1 16. Sides lathe- turned with horizontal ribs; ivory knob on lid. 246 KARANOG 7524) Two tops of wooden kohlpots. G 116. 7525 I Inlaid with ivory, dotted lines, 'Noah's ark' trees, ankhs, and stars. 7526) Two turned wooden "patch boxes." (1) 7527 1 0.024 m. d. 0.042 m. (2) h. 0.013 m. d. 0.015 m. PI. 23. G 118. Plain wood; cylindrical, with concentric circles on lids. 7528. Top of wooden kohlpot. G 59. Inlaid with ivory, 'Noah's ark' tree pattern; on top, an eight-pointed star. 7529) Kohlpot and lid. I. 0.228 m. d. 0.046 m. 7530 f PI. 23. G 1 18. Wood inlaid with ivory in 'Noah's ark' tree pattern. 7531 to 7535. Fragments of wood inlaid with ivory and fragments of wood not inlaid, evidently all part of one casket. G 118. 7536 to 7541. Fragments of one or more wooden boxes inlaid with ivory. G 7542. Fragments of wooden box inlaid with ivory. G 7543 "J 7544 > Sides of a wooden box inlaid with ivory. 7545 -* G 7546 to 7565. Fragments of wooden box or boxes inlaid with ivory. G 7566. Top of kohlpot. G 133. Wood inlaid with ivory, 'Noah's ark' tree pat- tern in diamond reticulation ; knob top. 7567. Wooden top of kohlpot. G 287. Inlaid with ivory, alternate rosettes and leaves, on the top, a cross. 7568. Top of kohlpot, wood inlaid with ivory. G 1 1 2 Reticulated pattern. 7569. Fragment of box inlaid with ivory. G 141. 7570. Ring of wood inlaid with ivory, d. 0.045 m - G 187. Pattern of running trefoil. Use uncertain. 7571 to 7576. Fragments of wooden box, some inlaid with ivory. G 460. 7577 to 7586. Fragments of wooden box inlaid with ivory. G 203. 75?7' 7533 I 7589. Kohlbox (part of). G275. Wooden base and six wooden columniform uprights, from a kohlbox resembling No. 7514. 7590. Lid of a turned horn kohlpot. G 238. 7591 I Two fragments of turned wooden kohlpots. 7592 i G 137. 7593. Lid of turned horn kohlpot. G 260. 7594. Turned wooden kohlpot. h. 0.107 m. G 263. Plain ; no lid. 7595. Lid of turned wooden kohlpot. G 382. Inlaid with ivory studs. 7596. Wooden kohlpot. h. 0.057 m - G 3^9- Small, plain. No lid. Similar fragments. 7597. Part of wooden kohlpot. G 5. Chip-carved to resemble stem of a palm. The rim had been studded with ivory. 7598. Part of wooden kohlpot, chip-carved, very similar to last. G 198. 7599. Lid of turned wooden kohlpot. G 397. 7600. Turned wooden "patch box." h. 0.05m. d. 0.06 m. G 287. Plain sides, ringed and knobbed lid. 7601. Half of wooden kohlpot. G 539. Lathe-turned with close-set ridges. 7602. Wooden kohlpot with lid. PI. 23. G 521. Lathe-turned with close-set ridges, splayed base, high knobbed lid. 7603. Turned wooden kohlpot. h. 0.17 m. G 445 Plain ringed ; no lid. 7604. Turned wooden kohlpot. h. 0.21 m. G 369 One side decayed. Plain ringed; no lid. 7605. Turned wooden kohlpot. h. 0.16 m. G no Plain ringed; no lid. 7606. Lid of wooden casket. G 602 The top side chip-carved in diamond pattern 7607. Turned piece of wood. G 64 Perhaps stopper for wooden jar. 7608. Fragment of wood from a box. G 775 With holes for lost ivory inlay. 7609. Wooden kohlpot with lid. h. 0.165 m. G 193 Plain ringed. 7610. Broken wooden "patch box. " G 7611A, B. Wooden "patch box," and lid. h 0.03 m. d. 0.057 m. G 551 7612. Lid of turned wooden kohlpot. G 130 7613. Wooden spindle-whorl. G 130 7614. Wooden kohlpot. G 508 Plain with knob end. Lid missing. 7615A. Plain wooden kohlpot. h. 0.083 m - G 598 7615B. Plain wooden kohlpot. h. 0.078 m. G 598 7616. Fragments from a large cylindrical wood box. G 681. The wood has been coloured all over with some dark mineral paint ; round the body are two bands of paint, green and grey; a few incised lathe- turned bands were cut through the colouring to the wood, and the whole surface was then smoothly coated with a light brown gum-like varnish. 7617. Wooden kohlpot. h. 0.08 m. G 746. 7618A. Wooden kohlpot. h. 0.165 m. G 361. B. Wooden kohlpot. G 361. C. Lid of wooden "patch box. " G 361. 7619. Lid of a wooden "patch box". G 174. 7620. Wooden "patch box." h. 0.042 m. d. 0.047 m - G 288. Plain. Lid missing. 7621. Broken wooden kohlpot. G 391. 7622A, B, C, D, E. Three plain turned "patch boxes, " with lids, and two wooden spindle-whorls, broken. A. 0.032 m.; d. 0.043 m - B. h. 0.027 m. ; d. 0.035 m - h. 0.021 m. ; d. 0.02 m. PI. 23. G 284. OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH 247 7623. Wooden kohlpot. G 52. One side decayed ; plain with lathe-turned rings. 7624. Wooden kohlpot. h. 0.20 m. G 641. Plain ringed. 7625 A, B. Wooden kohlpot and lid. /. 0.132 m. G 549- Perfectly plain cylinder. 7626 A, B. Wooden kohlpots. G 701. 7627. Wooden kohlpot with lid. h. 0.205 m. PI. 23. G 448. Plain ringed with splayed foot, and knobbed lid. 7628. Wooden kohlpot. h. 0.19 m. G 671. Plain ringed; no lid. 7629. Wooden kohlpot. /. 0.245 m. d. 0.037 m - G 331- With lid. Plain ringed. 7630. Wooden kohlpot. /. 0.18 m. G 269. Inlaid with ivory; dot pattern. The iron kohlstick remains inside. 7631. Side of a wooden box. G 162 7632. Fragments of wooden kohlpot. G 585 7633. Wooden kohlpot. G 142 7634. Fragment of wooden kohlpot. G 309 7635. Wooden "patch box." h. 0.025 m. d 0.037 m. G 293 Plain turned wood with knobbed lid. 7636. Fragment of chip-carved wooden box. G 204 7637. Plain wooden kohlpot with lid. h. 0.09 m G 304 7638. Plain wooden kohlpot. h. 0.095 m - G 384 7639. Wooden handle (?). G 212 Tip-cat shaped object, flat below, with nail driven through centre. 7640. Top of wooden kohlpot. G 781. 7641. Side of a wooden box. G 7642. Side of a wooden box. G 7643. Wooden disk with handle. G 267. Resembling a mirror-back; but more probably from the head of a Ba-bird statue. 7644. Similar disk in sandstone. G With a coloured band across each face, and a lotus pattern at base of one face; from the head of a Ba-bird statue. Found loose in the surface sand. 7645. Fragment of wood. G271. The angles are notched, a hole through the centre. Perhaps a tally; or a key-handle. 7646. Fragment of wood. G 257. A fragment of a wood-carving representing a girdle-knot. 7647. Small wooden object shaped as a flag. G With ankh-sign carved on it. Perhaps from head-dress of a. statue. Found loose in the sand. 7648. Fragment of wooden box inlaid with ivory. G 7649. Wooden kohlpot. h. 0.165 m. G Plain ringed ; no lid. 7650. Lid of wooden "patch box." G 714. 7651107656. Fragments of wooden kohlpots. G 7657. Sandstone pendant weight. G 204 7658. Key-handle of carved wood. G Representing a girdle-knot. 7659. Bronze ring-handle. G 332 7660. Small wooden object. G 367 Apparently a stopper for a vase or kohlpot. 7661. Lid of wooden "patch box." G 551 7662. Clay doll. PI. 96. G 300 Of primitive type. 7663. Part of bone handle. G 305 7664. Small stone object. G Perhaps piece for a game. 7665. Stone weight. G Resembling a net-weight. 7666. Lead sealing. G 680 With impression from signet. 7667. Fragment of iron plate with key-hole. G 7668. Fragment of shaft of spindle. G 7669. Wooden spindle. 0.235 m. G 356 Shaft and whorl and hook complete. 7670. Wooden spindle-whorl. G 615 7671 A-C. Four spindle- whorls. G 284 One of ivory, ringed; three of wood. 7672. Wooden spindle-whorl. G 382 7^73 ) t wo S pindle-whorls. G =52 7674 J 3 7675. Wooden spindle-whorl. G 37 7676. Wooden spindle-whorl. G 147 Carved with rosette pattern. 7677. Ivory spindle-whorl. G 468 Engraved with bands and concentric circles. 7678. A-H. Eight wooden spindle-whorls. G 293 7679. Wooden spindle-whorl. G 217 7680. Wooden spindle-whorl. G 133 7681. Wooden spindle-whorl. G 7682. Green stone ring. G 488 Shaped like early dynastic mace-head ; probably the head of a staff. 7683. Ivory ring. G 526 Similar to 7682, perhaps the head of a staff See p. 28. 7684. Similar ivory ring with lead lining. G 254 Perhaps the head of a staff. 7685. Ivory piece of some game (?). G 327 7686. Half of lid of cylindrical ivory toilet pot G 2 7 With engraved pattern of circles and lines. 7687. Wooden "patch box." h. 0.01 m. d 0.016 m. G 561 Plain, lid missing. 7688. Circular band of metal. G 612 7689. Small wooden stopper for a vase. G 657 7690. Four-sided tube of ivory. G 399 Engraved with concentric circles. 7691. Ivory rod. G 98 Perhaps a key-handle. 7692. Bronze band on a piece of wood. G 612 7693. Small ivory cylinder. G 237 Engraved with lines and circles. 248 KARANOG 7694. A playing die. G 203. 7695. Part of iron binding of a box, with iron nails. G 269. 7696A, B. Part of copper or bronze binding of a box with nails of same metal. G 332. 7697. Bronze handle of a large vessel. G 183. 7698. Bronze handle. G 4. Two strands spirally coiled and terminating in ivy leaf. 7699 to 7703. Parts of iron binding of box, with of G 269. G 315- lathe- G 162 G 162 0.019 m. d G 399 Lid missing and lid. h G 625 G G iron nails. 7704. Wooden kohlpot. I. 0.15 m. One half decayed. Close bands turned lines. Lid missing. 7705. Side of wooden box. 7706. Wooden kohlpot. /. 0.153 m - Quite plain ; lid missing. 7707 to 7708. Wooden rings of uncertain use. G 1 62 One with engraved symbols. 7709. Wooden "patch box." h 0.03 1 m. Lathe-turned with plain bands. 7710A, B. Wooden "patch box,' 0.035 m - Less than half remaining. 771 1. Part of plain wooden kohlpot. 7712. Part of plain wooden kohlpot. 7713. Turned wood box, shaped like an egg-cup G 521 7714. Wooden kohlbox. I. 0.20 m. G 399 Left as a rough piece of stick with protruding knots (unless this be due to total decay of surface) 7715. Part of wooden kohlpot. G 7716. Part of plain wooden kohlpot. G 7717. Part of inlaid wooden kohlpot. G 242 Surface decayed; star pattern. 7718A, B, C. Parts of a terra-cotta doll. G 182 Similar to No. 7466, figured on PI. 109. 7719 to 7720. Fragments of decorated leather. PI 109. G 647 From sandals 7463. Green ground slit and embroidered with narrow strips of white, yellow, and brown leather. Very delicate work. 7721 to 7723. Spindle-whorls. G 7724. Piece of iron with saw edge. G 7725. Wooden kohlpot. I. 0.20 m. G 651. Together with its iron kohlstick, enclosed in original case of string netting and coarse linen. 7726. Iron arrowhead stuck in vertebra. G 628. 7727. Flat piece of ivory, probably a 'smoother' for making pottery. G 52. 7728. Carved wooden spoon. G 7729. Doll's head of clay. PI. 96. G 225. Primitive type. For a similar specimen of Nubian origin, but of XVIIIth Dynasty date, cf. Areika, PI. 8, 4025. 7730. Two small bronze rings originally covered with leather. G 7731 to 7737. Iron arrowheads. G 488. 7738. Iron arrowhead. 7739. Iron tweezers. 7740. Part of wooden kohlbox. 7741. Part of wooden kohlbox. 7742. Part of wooden kohlbox. 7743. Part of wooden kohlbox. 7744. Part of wooden kohlbox. 7745. Part of wooden kohlbox. 7746. Egg-cup-shaped turned wooden pot, much broken. 7747. Egg-cup-shaped turned wooden no lid. 7748. Wooden stopper for vase. 7749A. Piece of flaked flint. B. Piece of flaked flint. GLASS VESSELS G 179 G 494 G G 460 G 657 G G G No lid G 521 kohlbox G 131 G G 198 G 248 7338. Glass bottle, h. 0.145 m. PI. 37. G 314. Hexagonal body, round neck and mouth, reeded handle ; green semi-transparent glass. The original contents are intact, but solidified. 7339- Glass bottle, h. 0.125 m - PI- 37- G 278. Square body, round neck and mouth, broad reeded handle ; green translucent glass. 7340. Glass bottle, h. 0.10 m. PI. 37. G 384. , Pear-shaped body, small neck, splayed mouth; dark greenish-brown opaque glass with white thread wound spirally round. 7341. Glass bottle, h. 0.085 m - PI- 37- G 181. Pear-shaped body, small neck, splayed mouth; greenish-white semi-transparent glass, very full of bubbles. The original contents were found still liquid inside. 7342. Glass bottle, h. 0.175 m. PI- 37. G 314. Unguentarium type. Somewhat high tri- angular body, cylindrical neck. Green trans- parent glass. 7343- Glass bowl. h. 0.056 m. d. 0.075 m - PI- 37- G 384. Flattened bowl-shaped body, rolled-in neck and splayed lip, slightly umbilical base; streaky brown-green glass. 7344. Glass bottle, h. 0.07 m. PI. 37. G 518. Pear-shaped body, boldly out-turned bell mouth; greenish-brown slightly translucent glass with very rough surface. 7345- Glass bottle, h. 0.127 m. PI. 37. G 361. Pear-shaped body, boldly out-turned bell mouth; horizontal lines engraved round body; greenish-white transparent glass discoloured by sediment inside. 7346. Glass bottle, h. 0.157 m. PI- 37- G 198. Pear-shaped body, boldly out-turned bell mouth; horizontal lines engraved round body; white transparent glass. 7347. Glass bottle, h. 0.093 m - PI- 3^- G 135. "Delphinflasche;" greenish- white transparent glass. OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT AXIBEH 7348. Glass bottle, h. 0.08 m. PI. 38. G 355. " Delphinflasche ; " small; greenish-white trans- parent glass. 7349. Glass cup. h. 0.023 m. d. 0.075 m. PI. 39. G 384. Greenish-white transparent glass, with base- ring. 7350. Glass bottle, h. 0.062 m. PI. 38. G 292. "Delphinflasche;" small; greenish- white trans- parent glass with rough surface. 7351. Glass bottle, h. 0.048 m. PI. 39. G 356. Small thumb-bowl, straight-sided with lip broadly out-turned; green translucent glass; very rude make. 7352. Glass bottle, h. 0.152 m. PI. 38. G 45. "Delphinflasche," bronze handle; on the sides band of engraved perpendicular lines; greenish- white transparent glass. 7353. Glass bottle. PI. 38. G 330. "Delphinflasche," cut on the body, horizontal bands, uprights and circles. Traces of colouring matter in some of the engraved lines. Green- ish-white transparent glass. Broken and mended. 7354. Glass cup. h. 0.082 m. PI. 39. G 550. "Thumb-jar," with indented sides and out- turned rim; greenish- white transparent glass. 7355- Glass bottle, (h. 0.15 m.) PI. 37. G 281. Unguentarium type. Flat triangular body, cylindrical neck. Transparent green glass. The neck broken and part missing, so that the . present height is not original. 7356. Glass bottle, h. 0.073 m - Pl> 37- G 263. Elongated pear-shaped body, boldly splayed bell mouth, neck but little contracted; white transparent, glass. 7357- Glass bottle. h. 0.14 m. PI. 38. G 648. "Delphinflasche;" cut on the body, concentric circles between horizontal lines. Much broken and mended. 7358. Glass bottle, h. 0.16 m. PI. 38. G 88. "Delphinflasche;" cut on the body, horizontal bands, uprights and circles; greenish- white trans- parent glass. Much broken and mended. 7359. Glass bottle, h. 0.155 m - PI- 38. G 114. "Delphinflasche;" cut on the body, horizontal bands, uprights and circles; greenish- white trans- parent glass. Broken and mended. 7360. Fragments of glass bottles. G 7361. Glass bottle, h. 0.283 m - PI- 3°- G 217. Straight-sided cylindrical body, small neck, cup- shaped mouth, broad reeded handle ; engraved lines round body; white transparent glass. Broken and mended. 7362. Glass bottle, h. 0.15 m. PI. 39. G 187. Slender cylindrical body, round neck, splayed mouth, two reeded handles ; engraved lines round body; white transparent glass. Broken and mended. 249 7363-4-5. Fragments of glass bottles. G 7366. Faience cup. h. 0.086 m. d. 0.084 m. PI. 39. G 139. Blue and purple glaze, design of triangles alternately right and inverted, whereon scale pattern ; bands of cable pattern in low relief above and below. BEADS 7750. /. 0.18 m. G 5. Thirty-six uniform globular beads of translucent dark blue glass. Original order; child's necklace. 7751. /. 0.20 m. G 5. Large dodecagonal beads, eleven of dark blue translucent glass, two of light blue semi-opaque glass, two of orange paste. Original order; child's necklace. 7752. /. 0.32 m. G 18. Forty-five small pear-shaped quartz pendants separated by pairs of small spheroids, one of gilt glass, one of green, red or blue paste. In centre an eye amulet of green glaze. Original order; necklace. 7753- I- 0.20 m. G 23. Spheroid beads of opaque white and blue glass, and smaller ring or spheroid beads of red paste, strung blue, red, blue, white, etc. Original order ; anklet on left leg. 7754. /. 0.34 m. G 26. Thirty-eight uniform large spheroids of trans- lucent dark blue glass; from the centre is strung a lead eye amulet. Original order; child's neck- lace. 7755- I- 0.27 m. PI. 40. G 26. Large spheroids of quartz, haematite and carnelian, fifteen in all, separated by one or two small spacers of blue, green, red or gilt glass. In the centre a scorpion pendant of blue glaze. Original order ; child's necklace. 7756. G 36. Part of necklace of very small ring beads, blue paste in groups of from seven to eleven separated by groups of black and yellow strung alternately in groups of from six to ten. Original order. 7757. G 12. Five cowries, one large centre-pierced disk bead of blue paste, and a broken blue glaze amulet. Strung round neck. 7758. Various short strings of mixed beads collected in small numbers from many plundered tombs and arbitrarily re-strung. G 7759. /. 0.175. PI. 40. G45. Pear-shaped pendants of quartz and breccia alternately, nineteen in all, separated by groups of three small spacers, uniformly of red, blue, green or gilt glass. Original order; bracelet from left arm. KARANOG 7760. /. 0.72 m. G 45. String of small blue and green ring-beads with red, gilt or silvered glass, blue paste and haematite spheroids, and small quartz pendants. Original order for 0.05 m. of its length, after which con- jectural, 371 beads in all. String round body. 7761. /. 0.48 m. PL 40. G 45. Forty-three large blue paste spheroids and four carnelian lentoids; separated by groups of three small spacers, two of gilt or silvered glass, one red, blue or green. Original order for 0.35 m. of its length, after which spacing is done with small green and silver beads. Bracelet from left arm. 7762. /.0.235 m. G 45. Spheroids of carnelian, haematite, quartz, breccia and blue paste, twenty-two in all, separated by groups of three small ring or spheroid spacers, two of gilt glass, the central one of green, red or blue glass or paste. Original order; bracelet on right arm. 7763. I. 0.16 m. G 45. Small quartz pear-shaped pendants, thirty- four in all, alternating with ring or spheroid spacers of gilt glass, red, green or blue. Original order ; necklace. 7764. G 67. One large carnelian bugle, one large quartz lentoid, one spheroid of black and white eye- pattern millefiori glass, a cowrie, and a black and white banded glass lentoid. Strung round neck. 7765. /.0.215 m. PI. 40. G 83. Large spheroid beads of opaque dark blue glass with white agate line, separated by two small ring-bead spacers, one of gilt, one of green, red or blue glass. Original order; child's necklace. 7766. /. 0.26 m. PL 40. G 83. Nine large uniform facetted beads of semi- opaque light blue glass. Original order; child's necklace. 7767. /. 0.325 m. G 88. Small heart-shaped pendants of quartz, haema- tite, carnelian and blue glass, separated by three small ring or spheroid spacers, two of gilt glass and the central one of green, red or blue paste. Restrung from loose beads in tomb. 7768. /. 0.215 m. G 88. Alternate spheroids of translucent or opaque blue glass, and smaller flattened spheroids of carnelian ; forty-seven beads. Restrung from loose beads in tomb. 7769. /. 0.23 m. G 88. Small dodecagonal beads of opaque blue glass, plain or with red and white agate bands, separated by four or five small globular beads of dark green, blue or red glass and haematite. Eighty-five beads restrung from loose beads in tomb. 7770. /. o. 18 m. G 97. Thirty-eight small pear-shaped pendants of opaque sage-green paste, alternating with small brick-red paste discoids. Selection from loose beads about child's neck. 7771. /. 0.23 m. G 97. Fifteen small pear-shaped pendants of opaque blue glass, separated by groups of six small blue glass ring beads and one blue glass centre-pierced discoid. Selection from loose beads about child's neck. 7772. /. 0.45 m. G 97. Small facetted beads of plain blue or blue, red and white agate glass separated by groups of three small rings or spheroids of gilt or coloured glass or carnelian; 1 78 beads in all. Selection from loose beads about child's neck. 7773. /. 0.49 m. G 97. Mixed string of blue and red paste or glass beads, all small and of various shapes, lentoid, discoid, spheroid, and facetted ; 117 in all. 7774. /.0.12 m. G 104. Twenty-five large pear-shaped quartz pendants separated by small ring-beads of red, yellow or blue paste (only 16 remain). Original order; child's necklace. 7775- I- 0.25 m. G 104. Forty-six small ring-beads of blue paste, four spheroids of gilt glass and two of red paste; also a quartz pear-shaped pendant. Restrung from beads scattered in tomb. 7776. /. 0.12 m. G 104. Small mixed beads ; green translucent glass and red and black paste spheroids and dodecagonal beads of dark and light blue opaque glass, 29 in all. Restrung from beads scattered in tomb. 7777. /. 0.12 m. G 104. Twenty-seven roughly facetted small beads of opaque green and dark blue glass alternately; one with red and white agate band. Restrung, being scattered beads of child's bracelet. 7778. /. 0.32 m. G 105. Opaque blue glass discoid and spheroid beads, blue and white mosaic spheroids ; red paste, green and gilt glass spheroids, strung in pairs separated by steatite ring-beads, 106 in all; selection from the scattered beads in the tomb. 7779. /. 0.125 m - G io 5- Centre-strung discoid beads of blue, green and red translucent glass or paste, alternating with dodecagonal, ring and facetted bugle beads of blue, green, red and millefiori glass; in centre, a blue glaze pendant. Restrung selection from the scattered beads in the tomb. 7780. /. 0.22 m. G 105. Thirteen blue glass and one red paste bugle beads and one red paste lentoid ; restrung selection fiom the scattered beads in the tomb. 7781. /. 0.25 m. G 106, Seventeen small cowrie-shells pierced longitu- dinally, separated by small spacers of gilt or blue OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH glass and red paste, 19 in all. From the centre hangs a flat oval of mother-of-pearl, 0.053 m - l° n g> apparently a nose-guard. Restrung beads found scattered in tomb. 7782. /. 0.52 m. G 1 18. Fifty-seven flat discoid edge-pierced beads of opaque light and dark blue, green, and red glass, alternating with small globular and facetted beads of opaque light blue, translucent dark blue, gilt, and translucent red glass. Original order; waist band. 7783. I. 0.215 m - G io 4- Small pear-shaped quartz pendants separated by three glass spacers, gilt glass, transparent green and red, opaque green, red, yellow and blue, and blue, red and white agate beads, small, and of various forms; 77 beads. Original order; child's necklace. 7784. /. 0.28 m. G 105. Small edge-pierced discoids of red or blue paste or of red, purple or gilt glass, alternating with small gilt or opaque white glass spheroids. Beads found scattered in tomb and re-strung. 7785. /. 0.125 m. G iog. Small facetted beads of opaque red or blue glass strung two together, the pairs separated by two small spacers of green, red, blue or gilt glass; 49 in all. Restrung beads found scattered in child's grave. 7786. I. 0.04 m. G 178. Four blue paste bugles and a pendant. Found loose in the grave. 7787. /. 0.30 m. G 126. Twenty-one large facetted beads of semi-opaque light blue glass. Original order ; child's necklace. 7788. /. 0.245 m. G 122. Forty-two small pear-shaped pendants of dark blue translucent glass, separated by pairs of small rings or spheroids, one of gilt glass, one of red, green or blue glass or paste. Original order; child's necklace. 7789. I. 0.50 m. G 122. Twenty-one plain bugle-beads of opaque light blue glass, separated by small globular spacers of gilt, blue or red glass. Original order; child's necklace. 7790. I. 0.23 m. G 131. Thirty small edge-pierced discoids of red paste alternating with small gilt glass spheroids. Re- strung selection from numerous beads found with secondary interments. 7791A. I. 0.15 m. G 131. Thirty-nine uniform small dodecagonal beads of opaque red glass paste. Restrung selection from numerous beads found loose with secondary inter- ments. 7791B. /. 0.34 m. G 131. Forty-three lentoid beads of opaque glass alternately light blue and green. Restrung selection from numerous beads found loose with secondary interments. 7791C. /. 0.315 m. G 131. Small dodecagonal beads of opaque light blue glass alternateing with small ring-beads of red paste; 109 in all. Restrung selection from beads found with secondary interments. 7791D. /. 0.245 m. G 131. Twenty-one dodecagonal beads of translucent dark blue glass, separated by sets of four dark blue or green translucent glass spheroids. Re- strung selection from beads found with secondary interments. 7792. I. 0.21 m. G 565. Nineteen large plain or nasturtium-seed sphe- roids of gilt glass, irregularly spaced with small rings or spheroids of gilt or silvered green, red and blue glass. Original order; child's necklace. 7793. I. 0.25 m. G 464- Pear-shaped pendants of quartz, carnelian, quartz and agate with between them two small ring-bead spacers, one of gilt, one of blue, red, green or white glass. Original order. Found alongside the body of a woman. 7794. /.0.345 m. G312. Nine pear-shaped beads of lemon-coloured paste, 6 discoids edge-pierced and one bugle of red paste, 8 domino-beads, blue with yellow spots, 7 green paste ribbed ovoids, 1 1 opaque green paste bugles, 1 3 very small spacers of gilt glass and coloured paste and one of carnelian ; also a green and blue glaze Bes amulet. Restrung set of beads found scattered in the tomb. 7795. /. 0.25 m. G 153. Centre-pierced discoid beads of translucent blue glass with sharp edges, separated by two small spacers, a short cylinder of opaque green paste and a globular bead of brick-red opaque glass, or carnelian; 94 in all. Restrung selection from beads found scattered in tomb. 7796. I. 0.13 m. G 153. Fifteen small facetted beads of black glass with white agate band, separated by pairs of small gilt glass spheroids. Restrung selection from beads scattered in tomb. 7797. /. 0.155 m. G 153. Small tip-cat shaped pendants alternating with edge-pierced disks of brick-red paste; 35 beads in all. Restrung selection from beads scattered in tomb. 7798. /. 0.075 m. G 153. Pear-shaped pendant beads, pierced at the thick end, 10 of haematite, 3 of carnelian, 4 of quartz. Restrung from beads found loose in the tomb. 7799. /. 0.295 m. G 164. Sixty-two uniform ring-beads of blue paste, strung in groups of four, separated by small edge- pierced discoids of semi-opaque blue glass. KARANOG Original order; child's necklace. From it were slung two finger-rings. 7800. /. 0.30 m. G 565. Two hundred and twenty-two uniform green paste ring beads. Original order; child's neck- lace. 7801. /. 0.19 m. G 671. Large spheroid beads of haematite, quartz and carnelian, with one of red, black, white and yellow millefiori glass, draught-board pattern; 16 in all. Restrung from beads found loose in tomb. 7802. /. 0.29 m, G 479. Small pear-shaped pendants, 23 of quartz, one carnelian, one blue glass and one breccia, divided by groups of five small beads, four being blue paste ring-beads, one a spheroid of blue, red, yellow or gilt glass or carnelian. Restrung selection from loose beads in grave. 7803. /. 0.13 m. G 479. Eighteen small pear-shaped pendants of red paste irregularly spaced with two or three small rings or spheroids of green, gilt or blue glass. Restrung selection from loose beads in grave. 7804. /. 0.23 m. G 189. Forty small pendants of quartz separated by pairs of small rings or spheroids, one of gilt glass and one of coloured glass or paste. Original order; child's necklace. 7805. I. 0.18 m. G 361. Twenty-nine small pear-shaped haematite pen- dants separated by two small ring or spheroid spacers, one of gilt and one of green, red or blue glass. Original order ; child's necklace. 7806. I. 0.22 m. G 189. Thirty-four small pear-shaped pendants of opaque light blue glass separated by two small ring-bead spacers, one of gilt and one of coloured glass or paste; also four dodecagonal beads of opaque light blue glass. Mostly original order; child's necklace. 7807. /. 0.175 m - G 445- Fifty-three uniform centre-pierced discoid beads with sharp edges, of translucent dark blue glass. 7808. /. 0.45 m. G 199. Eighty-eight pendants of quartz, haematite and carnelian separated by two small spheroids, one of gilt glass, one of green, red or blue paste. O.iginal order. 7809. /. 0.20 m. G 199. Forty-five pear-shaped pendants of mother-of- pearl. Original order. 7810. /. 0.12 m. PI. 40. G 126. Thirteen pear-shaped pendants of millefiori (marbled) glass, separated by groups of three small spheroids, two of gilt glass, the central one of red or blue glass or paste. Original order; child's necklace. 7811. /. 0.28 m. PI. 40. G 134. Five large lentoids of millefiori glass, draught- board pattern, separated by groups of two small blue glass beads, varying forms, two gilt glass spheroids and two gilt glass dumb-bell beads. Original order; child's necklace. 7812. /. o. 19 m. G 214. Thirty-one small edge-pierced discoids of translucent dark blue glass spaced by small paste ring-beads alternately red and green. Original order; child's necklace. 7813. 0.29 m. G 214. Twenty-four small facetted bugle-beads of opaque blue glass. Original order, child's neck- lace. 7814. /. 0.27 m. G 214. Twenty-saven small pear-shaped pendants of haematite, carnelian and quartz strung alternately and separated by groups of three small spheroids, two of gilt glass, the central one of coloured paste or glass. Original order; child's necklace. 7815. /. 0.095 m - G 229. Three spheroids of opaque light blue glass, and very small spheroids, 6 of translucent blue glass, 12 of red paste, and 24 of opaque white paste; irregularly strung from beads found loose together in the tomb. 7816. I. 0.17 m. G 229. Twenty-eight centre-pierced sharp-edged dis- coids of pink glass and one facetted lentoid of the same. Original order. 7817. I. 0.30 m. G 236. Six silvered and two gilt glass bugle beads found together in the grave and restrung. 7818. I. 0.20 m. G 236. Large spheroids, 5 of haematite, 7 of quartz, 2 of carnelian ; also a few small spacers of coloured glass. Restrung from beads found in the grave. 7819. /.0.12 m. G 242. Eighteen uniform spheroids of opaque light blue glass with red and white agate band ; in ■ centre large leaf-shaped pendant of marbled glass imitating malachite. Restrung beads found scattered in tomb. 7820. /. 0.10 m. G 248. Two large spheroid millefiori beads, check-board pattern, 33 small silvered glass and 3 gilt glass ring beads, 5 centre-pierced discoids of opaque blue glass; restrung beads found in disorder by hips of woman. 7821. /. 0.25 m. G 256. Eight large bugle beads of semi-opaque light blue glass and 3 small ones of opaque red paste. Original order; child's necklace. 7822. /. 0.43 m. G 256. Sixty-eight small pear-shaped pendants of blue or blue and white translucent glass, separated by two small coloured beads, red, green, gilt or blue. Original order ; child's necklace. OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH 2 53 7823. /. 0.23 m. G 256. Sixteen large uniform dodecagonal beads of semi-opaque blue glass. Original order; child's necklace. 7824. /. 0.53 m. G 269. Sixty-nine small dodecagonal beads of blue glass with red and white agate band, strung in groups of three, separated by lentoids of red paste. Originally one string, but order uncertain. 7825. /. 0.42 m. PL 40. G 269. Small edge-pierced discoids, 32 of blue and 19 of red paste alternating in groups of three and two, separated by pairs of gilt, red, green or blue glass or haematite spheroids. Originally one string, but order uncertain. 7826A. /.0.29 m. PI. 40. G 278. Thirty-nine small shell-shaped pendants of blue paste separated by pairs of small spheroids, one of gilt glass, one of camelian or blue or red paste ; also two bugle beads of gilt glass as terminals. Original order; necklace. 7826B. /.0.20 m. PI. 40. G 278. Twenty-one facetted beads of translucent dark blue glass, separated by groups of three small spheroids, two of gilt or white glass, the central one of green glass or red paste. Original order; child's necklace. 7827. /. 0.10 m. G 283. Thirty-eight spear-head-shaped beads of trans- lucent light blue glass, strung in sets of three, these being separated by single carnelian pear- shaped beads pierced at the broad end. Restrung selection from mixed beads found with child's body. 7828. /. 0.13 m. G 283. Small pear-shaped pendants, 38 of opaque, light green glass, strung in threes, 13 of mother- of-pearl separating the former groups. Restrung selection from mixed beads found with child's body. 7829. /. 0.34 m. G 283. Sixty-one small pear-shaped pendants of trans- lucent dark blue glass separated by pairs of small spheroids of blue, red, green or gilt glass or paste. Restrung from mixed beads found with child's body. 7830. /. 0.09 m. G 283. Twenty-four small tooth-shaped bone beads strung (originally) in threes, each set separated from the next by three small spacers, two of gilt glass and a central one opaque red or blue. Restrung from mixed beads found with child's body. 7831. /. 0.065 m - G 283. Twelve small tooth-shaped haematite beads strung in threes, the sets separated by three small spacers of green glass, with 3 gilt glass beads at either end. Restrung from mixed beads found with child's body. 7832. /. 0.34 m. G 283. Seventy-one small pendants of translucent blue glass separated by pairs of small spheroids, one of gilt glass, one of red, blue or green glass or paste or of carnelian. Restrung from mixed beads found with child's body. 7833. /. 0.17 m. G 283. Sixty-nine uniform small spheroids of opaque light blue glass. Original order; bracelet on child's left arm. 7834. /. 0.31 m. G 384. Fifteen facetted beads of transparent blue glass separated by irregular groups of small spheroids or rings, generally three carnelian, two gilt and two coloured glass. Original order; bracelet on left wrist. 7835. /. 0.34 m. G 293. Fourteen facetted bugles of lemon paste separated by pairs of edge-pierced blue glass discoids. Also two spheroids of blue translucent glass with white eye-pattern. Restrung from the loose beads found in the tomb. 7836. /. 0.12 m. G 293. Large pear-shaped pendants of white quartz, 13 in all, separated by three small spheroid spacers of gilt glass. Apparently formed a string originally in this order. 7837. /. 0.215 m. PI. 40. G 293. Large dodecagonal beads of translucent dark blue glass, alternating with facetted lentoid beads of translucent greenish-white glass; 21 in all. Apparently formed one string originally in this order. 7838. /. 0.18 m. G 293. Thirty small dodecagonal beads of opaque light blue glass strung in pairs, these separated by three small spacers of blue, green, pink, white and gilt beads of ring, spheroid or discoid forms. Re- strung from the loose beads found in the tomb. 7839. /. 0.35 m. G 293. Thirty-two small pear-shaped pendants of quartz, haematite and carnelian, alternating with small lentoids of white paste. Restrung from the loose beads found in the tomb. 7840A. /. 0.385 m. G 300. Small spheroids of black and grey agate glass, strung in pairs separated by gilt glass lentoids. Restrung selection from beads scattered in the grave. 7840B. /. 0.23 m. G 300. Eight cubical millefiori beads, draught-board pattern, in red, white and blue, 5 blue paste beads, flattened cubes with bevelled edges ; two large lentoids of black and white agate glass; 10 small facetted beads of opaque blue glass. Restrung selection from beads scattered in the grave. 7841A. /. 0.17 m. G 464. Thirty small dodecagonal beads of opaque light blue glass strung in pairs, these separated by two 2 54 KARANOG small spheroid spacers of blue, red, green or gilt glass and carnelian. Original order; woman's bracelet. 7841 B. /. 0.145 m - G 464. Twenty-nine small dodecagonal beads of brick- red paste strung in threes, these separated by two small ring or spheroid spacers, one of gilt and one of coloured glass. Original order; woman's bracelet. 7842A. I. 0.12 m. G 300. Pear-shaped pendants, 9 of haematite, 9 of carnelian, 18 of quartz; restrung selection from scattered beads found in the dromos. 7842B. /. 0.14 m. G 300. Forty-six pear-shaped pendants of opaque dark blue glass. Restrung selection from scattered beads found in the dromos. 7843. /. 0.225 m. G 304. Twelve large spheroid beads of opaque white glass with blue spots, 4 of blue glass with white spots, and two of translucent dark blue glass irregularly spaced with small ring, spheroid or ovoid beads of gilt and green glass and carnelian. Original order. 7844. G 304. Four Bes amulets of green and blue glaze, and three flat oblong beads of gilt glass, on one side of which are raised dots, on the other a nude human figure in relief, probably Harpokrates. Found loose in the grave. 7845. /. 0.09 m. G 304. Seventy-two very small ring beads of blue paste. Found loose in the grave. 7846. /. 0.20 m. G 304. Large ovoids, 10 of quartz, 2 of haematite, separated by gilt glass bugle beads with spirally- twisted surface; also one blue paste bugle. Restrung from the loose beads found in the grave. 7847. I. 0.55 m. PI. 40. G 307. Thirty-two large spheroids of brown and white marbled paste alternating with slightly smaller similar beads in purple and white. Restrung selection from beads scattered in the grave. 7848. /. o.4r m. G 307. Twenty-five large facetted lentoids of dark blue translucent glass. Restrung selection from beads scattered in grave. 7849. I. 0.32 m. G 307. Fourteen large quartz ovoids and 10 smaller haematite spheroids strung alternately; in the centre a large haematite pendant. Restrung selection from beads scattered in grave. 7850. /. 0.27 m. G 307. Forty-nine uniform spheroid beads of opaque dark blue glass. Restrung selection from beads scattered in grave. 7851. I. 0.285 m - G 307. Large spheroid beads, 23 of quartz and 3 of carnelian. Restrung selection from beads scattered in grave. 7852. /. 0.12 m. G 307. Small spheroid beads, 1 1 of quartz and 7 of carnelian. Restrung selection from beads scat- tered in grave. 7853. I. o.on m. G 307. Small pear-shaped pendants, 9 of haematite, 10 of carnelian and 19 of quartz. Restrung selection from beads scattered in grave. 7854. I. 0.31 m. G 315. Very small silvered glass spheroids and green paste ring beads strung irregularly in groups of about six and ten respectively, 263 beads in all. Original order ; found in basket. 7855. I. 0.295 m - G 315. Very small uniform spheroid beads of translu- cent dark blue glass. Original order; woman's necklace. 7856. /. 0.205 m. PI. 40. G 315. Eighteen spheroids of opaque light blue glass separated by groups of three small spheroids, two of gilt glass, the central one of blue glass and carnelian alternately. Original order; bracelet from left upper arm. 7857. /. 0.22 m. G 315. Small edge-pierced discoids of gilt glass alter- nating with small ring or spheroid beads of carnelian and green, blue and red glass or paste. Original order; bracelet on left wrist. 7858. I. 0.265 m. G 315. Small pear-shaped pendants of translucent dark blue glass separated by groups of three small rings or spheroids, two of gilt glass, the central one of red or green glass or paste. Original order ; bracelet on right arm. 7859. I. 0.23 m. G 317. Two hundred and eighty-one minute beads of amethyst; a remarkable example of stone drilling. Found loose in the filling above the grave. 7860. /.0.195 m. G 356. Long pear-shaped pendants of translucent dark blue glass 22 in all (three had been broken) separated by two small beads, a carnelian ovoid and a gilt glass spheroid. Restrung selection from mixed beads, but probably original order. 7861. /. 1.60 m. G 317. Two hundred and thirty large uniform spheroids of transparent white glass. The string lay across the left shoulder and under the breasts. 7862. /. 0.31 m. G Pear-shaped pendants of blue glass, red paste and millefiori glass separated by pairs of small rings or spheroids of all colours; 140 beads in all. Collected from G 62 and various plundered tombs. 7863. /. 0.18 m. G 317. Twenty-nine small lentoids of gilt glass alter- nating with small gilt glass spheroid spacers; also four stud-beads of green, red and white OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH 2 55 millefiori glass. Restrung from beads found loose in the tomb. 7864. /. 0.20 m. G 400. Very small carnelian spheroids in groups of three alternating with similar groups of very small gilt glass ring-beads, 88 in all. Restrung from beads found loose in the tomb. 7865. /. 1.05 m. G317. Small irregular drop-beads of gilt glass, 228 in all, together with 12 gilt glass dumb-bell beads. Restrung from beads found loose in the tomb. 7866. /. 0.08 m. G 317. Sixteen spheroid beads of gilt glass, mostly fused together in twos and threes. Restrung from beads found loose in the tomb. 7867. /. 0.265 m. G 317. Thirty-nine uniform gilt glass spheroids. Selec- tion from beads scattered in grave. 7868. /. 0.495 m - PI- 4°- G 527. Thirty-five facetted beads of dark blue translu- cent glass divided by groups of from 3 to 5 small gilt glass spheroids. Selection from beads scat- tered in grave. 7869. /. 0.50 m. G 527. Ninety-nine uniform small discoid beads, edge- pierced, of gilt glass. Selection from beads scattered in grave. 7870. /. 0.41 m. G 527. Fifty-three small lentoid and bugle beads of gilt glass strung indiscriminately. Selection from beads scattered in grave. 7871. I. 0.19 m. G 527. Thirty-three uniform ovoids of silvered glass. Selection from beads scattered in grave. 7872. /. 0.215 m. G 527. Thirty-two small spheroids, alternately of haematite and of opaque light blue glass; also 4 small facetted beads of red paste. Selection from beads scattered in grave. 7873. /. o. 1 1 m. G 527. Spheroids of opaque blue millefiori glass with red, green and yellow eye-pattern, in pairs separated by centre-pierced discoids of trans- lucent dark blue glass. Selection from beads scattered in grave. 7874. 0.25 m. G 527. Forty-one cowrie-shells separated irregularly by one, two or three small spheroids of carnelian, blue, green, red and gilt glass or paste. Selection from beads scattered in grave. 7875. I. 0.175 m. G 361. Fifty-three very small uniform ring-beads of bright blue opaque glass. Original order. 7876. I. 0.125 m. G 399. Small bone pendants separated by groups of five beads, four small, of gilt or coloured glass, carnelian or haematite, and a central larger one of green paste. Mostly original order; small string worn on chest. 7877. /. 0.62 m. G 361. Thirty-eight large spheroids of gilt glass separated by groups of three small spacers, two of gilt glass, the central one of coloured glass or paste. Original order. 7878. I. 0.26 m. G 361. Thirty small pear-shaped pendants of opaque blue glass separated by groups of three small spacers, two of gilt glass, the central one of coloured glass or paste, or of carnelian. Original order. 7879. I. 0.45 m. G 361. Forty-three facetted beads of translucent blue glass (sometimes with a white agate line) separated by pairs of small spacers of gilt or coloured glass or paste. Original order. 7880. I. 0.33 m. G 361. Twenty-three large pear-shaped quartz pen- dants separated by pairs of spheroids of coloured glass or paste, carnelian or haematite. Original order. 7881. /. 0.48 m. G 361. Twenty-nine pear-shaped pendants of quartz, haematite and carnelian separated by irregular groups of small gilt and coloured glass spacers, Partly in original order. 7882. /. o. 1 1 m. G 361. Three large spheroids of blue, red, black and white millefiori glass, eye-pattern, 6 small car- nelian spheroids and 30 small gilt glass spheroids. Restrung selection from the loose beads found in the tomb. 7883. /. 0.27 m. G 361. Gilt glass spheroids, blue glass discoids, quartz and haematite pendants and two blue and white millefiori beads, 45 in all; selected from the loose beads found in the tomb. 7884. I. 0.085 m - *-* 361. Seventeen small flat edge-pierced discoid beads of gilt glass, selected from the loose beads found in the tomb. 7885. /. 0.38 m. G 391 Thirty bright blue paste spheroids divided by pairs of small spheroids, one of gilt glass, one of dark blue or of carnelian. Also two large carne- lian ovoids. Original order. 7886. I. 0.59 m. G 400. Ninety-two uniform lentoids of gilt glass. Original order. 7887. /. 0.165 m - G 4°°- Seventy- three small centre-pierced discoids with sharp edges, of translucent dark green glass, strung in sets of 10 or 11 divided by dumb-bell shaped gilt glass spacers; five in all. Original order; child's necklace. 7888. I. 0.15 m. G 400. Eighty small discoids of translucent green glass. Original order; necklace. 7889. 0.16 m. G 400. Eight large lentoids of blue paste separated by 256 KARANOG small spheroids in groups of three, two of dark blue paste and one of gilt glass. Original order; bracelet on right arm. 7890. /.0.115 m. G 400. Thirty-six small beads, gilt glass edge-pierced flattened ovoids and translucent green glass spheroids strung in alternate groups of four each. Original order; apparently continuation of 7887. 7891. /. 0.165 m. G Small roughly globular beads of ruby-coloured and of translucent dark blue glass strung in pairs; 68 in all. 7892. /. 0.43 m. PI. 40. G451. Sixty-three small pear-shaped pendants of translucent blue or opaque blue and white glass, separated by one gilt glass and one coloured glass or paste small ring or spheroid spacer. Original order; child's necklace. 7893. /. 0.21 m. G 451. Forty-eight small uniform dodecagonal beads of opaque blue glass. Original order. 7894. /. 0.20 m. G 452. Six large bugle beads of semi-opaque blue glass, separated by two small spacers, one gilt glass spheroid, one discoid of red paste. Original order; child's necklace. 7895. 1.0.235 m. G Fifty-four uniform ovoid beads of red paste. 7896. /. 0.29 m. G 384. Thirty-two small facetted beads of black- brown glass with white agate band, separated by three small spheroids, two of gilt glass, the central one of red glass and green paste alternately. Found loose in basket and restrung. 7897. /. 0.21 m. PI. 40. G 471. Thirty-two small pear-shaped pendants of quartz, carnelian and breccia, separated by pairs of small spheroids, one of gilt glass, one of red, green or blue glass or paste. Original order; necklace. 7898. /. 0.22 m. G 471. Fifteen small facetted lentoids of semi-opaque light blue glass, strung in pairs and separated by spacers of gilt and blue glass and carnelian. Original order. Armlet on right elbow. 7899. /. 0.57 m. G 471. Forty small lentoids of opaque blue glass, some facetted, and two of red paste, strung in pairs, these being separated by three or four small spheroids of gilt or silvered glass; also a few rough spheroids and ring-beads of blue, red and silvered glass. Mostly original order ; child's necklace. 7900. /.0.29 m G471. Fifty small facetted beads of semi-opaque blue glass strung in pairs, separated by three small spheroids, two of gilt glass, the central one of blue, red or green paste or glass. Original order. Armlet on right elbow. 7901. /. o. 16 m. G 471. Twenty-one small pointed quartz pendants separated by groups of three small spheroids, two of gilt glass, the central one of red, blue or green glass or paste. Original order; necklace. 7902A. /. 0.095 m - G 471. Small globular beads of translucent dark blue gla-ss, largely fused two, three or four together, but representing 54 beads, with large central barrel- bead of breccia. Bracelet from left wrist of child. 7902B. /. 0.67 m. G 471. Small blue paste ring-beads strung in irregular groups of about 24 beads each, these separated by groups of from 5 to 8 of gilt, silvered, or coloured beads; 397 beads in all. Original order; necklace. 7903A, B. /. 0.23 m. G 448. Two similar armlets, each of large beads of red paste, alternately facetted and plain lentoid; one has further a single large spheroid of green paste. Original order. 7904. /. 0.47 m. G 488. Ninety-two centre-pierced discoid beads of opaque blue glass strung in sets of four separated by small red, green, blue, yellow, white and gilt glass spacers of various forms. Largely original order; man's necklace. 7905. /. 0.60 m. G 488. Fifty lentoid, 3 dumb-bell-shaped and 19 ring- beads of gilt glass, 2 1 of red, blue and white agate glass, 12 small dodecagonal opaque white glass and 31 small ring-beads of red, green or blue glass or haematite. Mostly in original order. Man's necklace. 7906. /. 0.22 m. PI. 40. G 648. Thirteen small stud-beads of red, green and yellow millefiori glass, alternating with 25 spheroids of white opaque glass with blue spots. Original order; bracelet on left elbow. 7907. /. 0.28 m. G 572. One hundred and twenty-four small uniform spheroids of translucent dark blue glass. Original order. 7908. /. 0.31 m. G 599. Small spheroids of silvered and of green trans- lucent glass, strung in alternate groups of 1 5 and 10; 152 in all. Restrung selection from mixed beads found in the tomb. 7909. /. 0.165 m. G 599. Uniform very small globular beads of opaque lemon-coloured glass paste; 88 beads, but many are fused into doublets and triplets. Restrung selection from mixed beads found in the tomb. 7910. /. 0.10 m. G 599. Uniform ovoid beads of opaque brick-red paste with unusually vitreous surface; 20 in all. Re- strung selection from mixed beads found in the tomb. OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH 257 791 r. /. 0.21 m. G 599. Small dark blue glass ring-beads, in sets of 10 or 11, alternating with similar sets of light blue ring-beads, and divided from them by black and white striped glass beads strung in couples. Restrung selection from mixed beads found in the tomb. 7912. /. 0.12 m. G 616. Fourteen spheroids of light-blue opaque glass with brown and white eye marbling, alternating with pear-shaped pendants of translucent dark blue glass. In centre, a lion's head in dark, blue paste. Restrung beads found scattered in grave. 7913. /.0.135 m. PI. 40. G 639. Fourteen large spheroid beads of blue, black and red millefiori glass, rough draught-board pattern. Found loose together in tomb and restrung. 7914. /. 0.07 m. G 642. Eighteen small globular beads of opaque yellow glass, together with two large spheroids, one of quartz, one of opaque light blue glass, and a double lentoid of gilt glass. Found together and restrung. 7915. G 589. Finger-ring of very small red and blue paste spheroids strung alternately in irregular groups. 7916. /. 1.45 m. G 648. Very small ring-beads of opaque blue glass, the string doubled and twisted according to the original pattern. Child's necklace. 7917. I. 0.33 m. G 719. Uniform string of 173 small globular beads of translucent purple glass imitating amethysts. 7918. I. 0.70 m. G 648. Small irregular drop-beads strung in pairs, separated by two small spheroids of translucent green glass, 253 beads in all. Original order; child's necklace. 7919. I. 0.21 m. G 648. Twenty-three small bugle beads and one dumb- bell bead of gilt glass. Original order; child's necklace. 7920. I. 0.37 m. PI. 40. G 712. Thirty-eight large spheroids of plain green opaque paste, yellow paste with black and white eye-pattern, and blue-black with blue and white eye-pattern inlay. Found loose in the grave and restrung. 7921. G 712. A set of 7 glazed Bes amulets, 6 being in blue and yellow glaze and one in pale green and yellow. Found loose in the grave. 7922. /. 0.41 m. G 723. Small spheroid carnelian beads and small gilt glass spheroids strung in alternate sets of three each; 156 beads in all. Original order ; woman's necklace. 17 7923. /. 0.685 m - G 723. Small ring-beads of green and blue paste, the colours alternating in sets of about 10 and 15 beads each; 490 beads in all. Original order, woman's necklace. 7924. I. 0.175 m - G 723. Eight globular beads of orange paste, separated by three spacers of lentoid gilt glass beads. Original order. 7925- G 523. Seeds of 'nubuq' found scattered in tomb; only two or three are pierced so that they may not have been intended for beads, or may be unfinished. 7926. I. 0.19 m. G 744. Seventeen pear-shaped beads, pierced longi- tudinally, of translucent blue glass and of orange paste strung alternately, with one dumb-bell- shaped bead of opaque blue glass, one lentoid of light blue, one of blue and white and one of blue and yellow banded glass and one of opaque red paste. Found loose in the filling of the grave and restrung. 7927. I. 0.126 m. G 755. Uniform small spheroid beads of gilt glass, the string doubled and twisted according to original pattern; 485 beads. Original order; child's necklace. 7928. I. 0.295 m. G 755. Twenty-three dumb-bell beads of gilt glass, alternating with 5 hatched lentoids of green paste, 14 small carnelian and 4 gilt glass spheroids. Original order; child's necklace. 7929. /. 0.56 m. G 755. Four hundred and forty-eight very small uniform ring-beads of bright blue paste. Original order; child's necklace 7930. I. 0.20 m. G 775. Twenty-two uniform rough lentoid beads of lemon-coloured paste; found loose in grave. 7931. /. 0.37 m. G 783. Eighty-three uniform spheroid beads of semi- opaque blue glass. Original order; necklace. 7932. I. 0.32 m. G 783. Thirty-two small pear-shaped pendants of dark blue translucent glass, separated by groups of three small beads, two being gilt glass spheroids and the centre one a ring-bead of red, green or blue paste. Original order; necklace. 7933. (. 0.18 m. G 780. Small centre-pierced discoids with sharp edges, of semi-opaque blue and green glass or opaque red paste, alternating with small roughly dodec- agonal beads of plain blue or blue, red and white agate glass, 52 in all. Restrung from beads scattered in grave. 7934. I. 0.25 m. G 779. Twenty-six uniform rough lentoids of opaque dark blue glass, and one large spheroid of opaque green ; with rough blue glaze scorpion pendant, KARANOG rough blue glaze heart (?) pendant and bronze bird (?) pendant. Found loose in grave. 7935. /. 0.13 m. G Sixteen pendants of clear white glass, alter- nately round and pointed, separated by groups of three small spheroids, two of yellow and the central one of blue or black paste. Collected from various plundered tombs. 7936. 0.40 m. G Uniform string of 271 very small ring- beads of lemon-coloured paste, ill divided and often two, three or four or even six in one piece. Collected from various plundered tombs. 7937. I. 0.40 m. G 361. Thirty-six small pear-shaped quartz pendants, separated by three small spacers, two of gilt and the central one of coloured glass. Selected from loose beads found in the tomb. 7938. /. 0.49 m. G 648. One hundred and forty-two uniform small ovoid beads of opaque dark blue glass. Original order; child's necklace. 7939. 0.115 m G Fourteen large globular beads of opaque purplish-black glass, and three of translucent light blue glass. Collected from various plundered tombs. 7940. I. 0.065 m - G Four large pear-shaped quartz pendants separated by small spacers of semi-opaque light blue glass, 15 in all. Collected from various plundered tombs. 7941. /. 0.29 m. G 617. Facetted beads of translucent dark blue glass separated by globular spacers of gilt glass or yellow paste; 49 in all. Restrung from beads found loose in the grave. 7942. /. 0.375 m - G 361. Forty-three facetted beads of translucent blue glass, separated by two small spheroid spacers of gilt glass (only 41 preserved) together with two of yellow paste), this being the original pattern. 7943. /. 0.15 m. G Thirty small pear-shaped pendants of opaque blue glass, alternating with small white, blue, green, red and gilt glass spheroid spacers. 7944. /. 0.22 m. G 783. Twenty-nine small pear-shaped pendants of quartz, separated by groups of three beads, two of gilt glass, the central one of red, blue or green glass or paste. Original order; child's necklace. 7945. I. 0.23 m. G Thirty-eight small pear-shaped pendants of opaque blue glass separated by two small spheroid spacers of gilt glass. Collected from various plundered tombs. 7946. /. 0.375 m - G Eighty-five small berry-like spheroids of orange paste. 7947. Z.o.i 6 m. G Twenty-three gilt glass spheroids of various sizes. Collected from various plundered tombs. 7948. I. 0.58 m. G Four hundred uniform ring-beads of pale lemon-coloured paste. Collected from various plundered tombs. 7949. /.0.12 m. G Small roughly-shaped carnelian beads strung in threes, the sets separated by four small spacers of gilt glass; 51 in all. A selection from odd beads found in various plundered tombs. 7950. /. 0.1 1 m. G 623. Small carnelian lentoids in groups of three, separated by six gilt glass spheroids; 47 in all. 7951. I. 0.105 m. G Small bone ring-beads strung in threes with spacers of opaque red or blue dodecagonal beads or small blue, red and gilt glass spheroids; 42 beads in all. A selection from odd beads found in various plundered graves. 7952. I. 0.07 m. G Small ill-shaped carnelian beads, 24 in all. Collected from various plundered graves. 7953. /. 0.46 m. G Thirty-five various bugle-beads, plain and facetted, of blue paste. Collected from various plundered graves. 7954. I. 0.29 m. G 382. Twelve plain bugle beads of semi-translucent light blue glass. 7955. I. 0.14 m. G 62. Seven bugle-beads of opaque blue glass and three of black glass. 7956. I. 0.155 m. PI. 40. G 441. Twelve facetted lentoids of opaque blue glass separated by small coloured spacers. Original order. 7957. I. 0.095 m - G Twenty-three uniform small facetted beads of opaque dark blue glass. Collected from various plundered tombs. 7958. /. 0.075 m. G 192. Seven red and five white paste edge-pierced discoid beads, strung alternately. Restrung beads found loose in grave. 7959. I. 0.17 m. PI. 40. G Uniform, facetted bugle beads of translucent green glass, 16 beads. Collected from various plundered graves. 7960A. /. 0.28 m. G 565. Seventy-one uniform spheroids of silvered glass Original order; necklace. 7960B. I. 0.35 m. G 565. Fifty-one edge-pierced discoids of transparent dark blue glass. Original order; necklace. 7961A. /. 0.30 m. G 565. Twenty-four spheroids of orange paste, two lentoids and four spheroids of lemon paste, nine OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH pear-shaped beads, four dark blue three light blue 7986. G 384. and two translucent white, seven centre-pierced Plain blue stud. dark blue glass discoids. Irregularly strung, 7987- G 47 1 - mostly original order ; body-string. Plain blue ear-stud. 7961B. /. 0.035 m - G 565- 7988. G 521. Twenty-three very small gilt glass spheroids, Blue paste stud with pyramidal top. remains of wristlet. 7989. G 521. 7962A. G 18. Stud of black, blue and white agate glass. Plain blue ear-stud. 7990. G 616. 7962B. G 23. Plain blue stud. Plain blue ear-stud. 799 1- G 642. 7963 A, B, C. G 45- Blue paste stud with pyramidal top. Three blue ear-studs. 7992A, B. G 682. 7964A, B. G 537- Two studs of green paste with radiated Two green paste studs, the tops having the pyramidal tops crowned by red dot. form of lions' heads wearing asp crown. 7993- G 747- 7Q65- G 399- Bone stud with orange, blue and white paste Green paste stud, the top in the form of a table inlay. of offerings. 7994- G 747- 7966. G 105. Bone stud with red, blue and white paste Plain blue ear-stud. inlay. 7967. G 105. 7995- G 682. Plain blue ear-stud. Plain blue stud. 7968. G 118. 7996. G 682. Stud of breccia. Plain blue stud. 7969. G 118. 7997- G 388. Green glass stud. Plain blue ear-stud. 7970. G 118. 7998. G 454- Opaque blue glass stud with pyramid top. Plain blue ear-stud. 7971. G 118. 7999- G 460. Transparent blue glass stud with pyramidal top. Plain blue ear-stud. 7972. G 118. 8000. G 672. Opaque blue glass stud with pyramidal top. Plain blue ear-stud. 7973- G 118. 8001. G 609. Transparent blue glass stud with pyramidal top. Plain blue ear-stud. 7974- G 126. 8002. G 648. Blue paste stud with red spot. Plain red stud. 7975- G 133- 8003. G 638. Plain blue ear-stud. Plain blue stud. 7976. G 133- 8004. G 544- Plain blue ear-stud. Blue stud in form of a fly. 7977- GiS3- 8005. G 623. Plain blue ear-stud. Blue paste stud with pyramidal top. 7978. G iS3- 8006. G Plain blue ear-stud. Stud of haematite. 7979- G 171. 8007 A. G 171. Plain red stud. Plain blue stud. 7980. G 780. B. G 279. Plain blue stud. Plain blue stud. 7981. G 269. C. G 33°- Plain blue ear-stud. Plain blue stud. 7982. G 269. D. G 7°5- Plain blue ear-stud. Plain blue stud. 7983. G 269. E. G 714. Plain blue ear-stud. Plain blue stud. 7984. G 3 iS- F. G 650. Blue paste stud with pyramidal top. Plain blue stud. 798s. G 327' G. G Blue stud with radiate top. Plain blue stud. KARANOG 260 8007H. G Plain blue stud. I. G Plain blue stud. 8008. G White quartz stud. 8009A. G Bone stud. B. G Bone stud. C. G Bone stud. D. G . Bone stud. 8010A. PI. 40. B G Strings of mixed beads collected in small quan- tities from various plundered graves. 8011A. PI. 40. B. G Strings of mixed beads collected in small quan- tities from various plundered graves. 8012A. B. G Strings of mixed beads collected in small quan- tities from various plundered graves. 8013. G 223. Amulet, head of Bes, in green and yellow glaze. 8014. G 689. A flat circular bead of blue glass, in which is glass inlay in red, yellow, brown and white representing a human face. Diameter 0.005 m - 8015. /. 0.014 m. G 736. A pendant in the form of a urseus snake, the body of blue, the head of black, red and white glass. 8016. G 634. Small blue glaze amulet in form of a lion couchant. 8017. G 737. Bes amulet in blue and yellow glaze. 8018. G 689. Amulet in form of sacred knot in green glaze. 8019. G 689. Amulet, head of Bes, in green and yellow glaze. 8020. G 723. Small scarab of green glaze with, below, the Nubian ankh resembling a Coptic cross. 8021. G 723. Scaraboid amulet of blue glaze (perhaps meant for hedge-hog) . 8022. G 18. Small blue paste amulet in form of a lion couchant. 8023. G 171. Three very small amulets, two of blue paste and one of red, reprenting Osiris (?); found with a tip-cat-shaped bead of translucent blue glass. 8024. G 269. Two very small blue paste amulets or beads in the shape of a disk supported by asps; found with tooth-shaped quartz bead. 8025. G 400. Small amulet of blue and yellow glaze; form uncertain. 8026. G 657. Four small amulets, two being ducks and two crocodiles, of blue glaze. 8027. G 714. Eye-amulet of dark blue glass paste. 8028. G Small green and yellow Bes-head amulet ; found loose in soil. 8029. G 425. Small heart-amulet of blue glaze. VARIA 8030. G 464. Plain silver ear-ring. 8031-2. G 105. Plain ear-rings of bronze wire. 8033- G 164. Bronze ring; flat thin bezel. Plain. 8034. G 164. Circlet of bronze. Plain. 8035- G 248. Part of circular ring amulet of blue glaze on pottery body; diameter 0.035 m - 8036. G 286. Ring; green glass; broken. 8037. G 320. Ear-ring of bronze. 8038. G 35° Ear-ring; bronze, with white gl iss drop pendant. 8039. G 521. Small iron ring with staple, from a casket. 8040. G 521. Small iron ring with staple, from a casket. 8041. G 521. Small bronze ring with staple, from a casket. 8042. G Small clasp or coupling of bronze wire, with traces of leather at either end. 8043. G 104. Ring of twisted metal, white bronze alloy and iron; diameter 0.04 m. 8044, 8045- G Numbers not used. Note. For numbers 8046 to 8132 inclusive, these being the numbers of finger-rings with intaglio bezels, see pp. 63—66. 8133. G 522. Ring; yellow alloy. Bezel with solid central boss surrounded by four open coils of flat wire; thin wire hoop. 8134- G 565- Iron key-ring. 8i35. G 454- Iron key-ring. OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH 261 8136. G 204. Iron key-ring. Si37. G 352. Ring; gold-coloured alloy; a fiat circlet of metal (broken) having plain edges with a hatched band between them. 8138. G 670. Ring; gold-coloured alloy; flat bezel, from which stone is missing. 8139. G Ring; iron; thin flat bezel; hoop broken. Almost rusted away. 8140. G 50. Ring; iron; solid bezel. Much rusted. 8141. Half of a green glazed scarab found in the superstructure of G 141 q. v. p. 35. 8142. G 13S. Ring; white metal alloy; solid bezel; much decayed. 8143. G 488. Pair of silver wire ear-rings. 8144. PI. 109. G 96. Large gourd with incised decoration of horizontal rows of hatched lozenges, diamonds with filling-ornament, triangles, etc. 8145. PI. 109. G 637. Gourd with incised decoration. 8146. PI. 109. G 557. Small gourd with incised decoration of hori- zontal rows of hatched triangles. 8147. G 105. Small gourd. Plain. POTTERY 8148. G 64 Small clay lamp. 8149. G 531. Small clay lamp. 8150. F v. ft. 0.34. PI. 43. G 685. White on red ground ; lotus design ; above, leopards. 8151. F v. ft. 0.34 m. PI. 53. G 184. Triangles of scale-pattern, yellow on red ground. 8152. F v. ft. 0.275 m. PI. 53. G 187. Pendant trees (?) in compartments; white and brown on red ground. 8153. F v. d. 0.30 m. PI. 41. G Yellow cows on red ground. 8154. F ii. ft. 0.39 m. PI. 53. G 528. White giraffes on red ground. 8155. Fxviib. ft. 0.335 m. PI. 53. G Red; long-necked; black ivy- wreath. 8156. F xx. ft. 0.42 m. PI. 45. G 712. One handle and top broken ; black and white on red ; flowers, trees and beasts. 8157. F v. ft. 0.28 m. PI. 45. G 712. Above, two wreaths; below, swans, trees, bugs G 325- black G 184. G 542. below, and "tables of the sun". Blue-black and white on a red ground. See p. 56. 8158. F v. ft. 0.29 m. PI. 53. G 133. Winged knot ; purple and red on light band. 8159. Fiv. ft. 0.35 m. PI. 46. G White base-ring pot; lozenges and wreath; black and red on light ground. 8160. F xvii. ft. 0.335 m. Red; one handle and mouth gone; wreath. 8161. F v. ft. 0.28 m. PL 54. Crescent and bud in black and white on red ground. 8162. F v. ft. 0.28 m. PI. 54. Black and white on red; above, wreath hart desiring water-brooks. 8163. Fv. ft. 0.28 PI. 54. G 153. Frogs with ankhs in mouths ; zig-zags between; red and brownish purple on light band. 8164. F v. ft. 0.31 m. PI. 47. G 306. Winged knot (?), red and black on white ground. 8165. F xvi. ft. 0.31 m. PI 44. G 702. Four-handled ; reddish ground ; crescent and bud patterns in red and white. 8166. F v. ft. 0.24m. PI. 41. G 116. Guinea-fowl and dad design in purplish-brown and red on light band. 8167. F xvii c. ft. 0.325 m. PL 54. G 316. Red ground with black ivy-wreath. 8168. F xxxiv. h. 0.34 m. PL 49. G 301. Jug; big asps spitting ankhs, red and black on light ground. 8169. F v. ft. 0.36 m. PL 55. G 183. Vine-pattern; tongues above; black on light ground. 8170. Fv. ft. 0.31m. PL 48. G 1 12. Vulture; white on red. 8171. Fv. ft. 0.28m. PL 42. G 156. Above, joined circles; below, alternate lotus flowers and buds, blue and white on red ground. 8172. F v. ft. 0.25 m. PL 44. G 631. Red ground, design in black and white; above, wreath; below, palm-leaves (?) and trefoils. 8173. F xxvi. ft. 0.46 m. PL 44. G 626. Tall, straight-sided; above, wreath; on sides, ankhs and hatching; red and black and brown ground. 8174. F xxx. ft. 0.375 m. PL 42. G 526. Tall, three-handled pot, ringed, with dot- wreath; red and black on light ground. 8175. F v. ft. 0.22 m. G Black flowers on shoulder ; red and black circles above, on light creamy ground. 8176. Fv. ft. 0.23 m. PL 46. G Ankh and star; running buds above; red and purple on cream-coloured ground. 8177. F v. ft. 0.295 m. PL 42. G 271. Vine-wreath in purple on red ground. KARANOG 262 8178. Fv. h. 0.33 m. PI. 55. G 522. On shoulder lotus and flower designs in black and white on a dark red ground. 8179. F xxix variant, ft. 0.26 m. PI. 55. G 708. "Stand vase," brown ground; line of running buds and one of joined circles, red and black and purple. 8180. Fi. /i. 0.385 m. PI. 55. G 579. Brown ground, devils' heads in red and black. 8181. Fv. ft. 0.23m. PI. 56. G 698. Dull colour, plain scale-pattern in blue-black. 8182. Fv. ft. 0.305 m. PI. 56. G 712. Black and white on red ; dot- wreath above ; below, festooned altars (?) or trees. 8183. Fv. ft. 0.34m. PI. 41. G 566. Nearly spherical ; black and white on red ; below, giraffes ; above, big snake. 8184. Fv. ft. 0.265m. PI. 56. G 115. Black and white bands and joined circles on red ground. 8185. F v. h. 0.26 m. PI. 56. G 235. Red ground ; triangles and branches below; above, scattered petals in black and white. 8186. Fiv. ft. 0.28 m. PI. 43. G 528. Brown ground ; red and black joined circles ; below, black wreath. 8187. Fv. ft. 0.31m. PI. 57. G 553. In black on red, two bold wreaths between double bands. 8188. F v. ft. 0.285 m. PI. 57. G 207. Red body; on yellow band above, spined frogs. 8189. F xxxiv. ft. 0.37 m. Pl.57. G 327. Straight-sided jug; on red, black running bud band ; below, bending lotus spray. 8190. F xxix. h. 0.275 m. PI. 57. G 665. Cylindrical jar, scale and dot pattern ; round shoulder running buds, purplish brown and red on light ground. 8191. F xxvii. 0.365 m. PI. 57. G 644. Cylindrical two-handled jar; hatching and gro- tesque figures in purple on brown ground. 8192. F v. h. 0.31 m. PI. 41. G 129. In yellow on red ground; cows; above, snake. 8193. Fxxviii. ft. 0.37 m. PI. 43. G 535. Cylindrical pot ; two human figures between lotus flowers ; design in red and brown on yellow- ish ground. 8194. F v. h. 0.325 m. PI. 58. G 477. Large grey petals round shoulder on yellowish ground; body of vase red. 8195. F v. It. 0.295 m. PI. 58. G Dark outlined petals radiating from neck on red ground. 8196. Fv. ft. 0.13m. PI. 58. G 546. Symmetrical plant-design, dark blue-black oh light ground. 8197. Fv. ft. 0.21 m. PI. 58. G 181. Light body; guinea-fowl in reddish purple. 8198. F v. ft. 0.152 m. PI. 58. G 777. White ground; two bands of ankhs between scaled festoons in purple and red. 8199. F v. ft. 0.24 m. PL 59. G 284. On red ground alternate black and white asps; lip gone. 8200. F xxxiv. ft. 0.255 m - PI- 59- G 761. Red straight-sided jug; dot-wreath on shoulder; wreath and bands on sides; blue-black on brown ground. 8201. Fv ft. 0.265 m. PI. 59 . G 384. Light ground; radiating lines ending in black triangles on ring; ankhs (?) between. 8202. F v. ft. 0.21 m. PI. 42. G 297. Light ground; above, lozenges; below, alternate red and white "columbine" pattern. 8203. F xxvi. ft. 0.33 m. PI. 59. G 428. Cylindrical ; on shoulder, spot- wreath ; on sides palm-leaves (?) and twisted sprays (?) in blaek on red ground. 8204. F v. h. 0.265 m. PI. 59. G 546. Double row of diaper of cross-hatched and star- flower-filled squares in blue-black on light ground. 8205. F v. h. 0.265 m. PI. 60. G 150. Frogs with ankhs in mouths; blue-black and red on yellow band. 8206. F xxvi. ft. 0.435 m. PI. 60. G 532. Cylindrical two-handled pot ; on shoulder spot- wreath ; on sides black lotus ( ?) designs separated by Vandyke hatching; black and white on red ground. 8207. F v. 0.27 m. PI. 60. G 153. White crescent, and flower, on red ground. 8208. Fiv. ft. 0.188 m. PI. 60. G Ginger-jar shape; rough wreath, black on red. 8209. F xxxii a. h. 0.24 m. PI. 49. G 372. On shoulder, spot- wreath; below, budded lotus heads, red and black on light ground. 8210. F xxxii c. ft. 0.18 m. PI. 60. G 288. Running buds; below, vandyke with enclosed crosses ; light ground, design in red and black. 821 1. F xxxii a. ft. 0.11 m. PI. 61. G On shoulder, palm-leaves ; below, cross-hatching and quartering ; blue-black and red on light ground. 8212. F v. /2.0.245 m. PI. 61. G 373. Red ; round neck, yellow band with drop pattern. 8213. Fxxviii. ft. 0.36 m. PI. 61. G 665. Cylindrical pot (top broken) ; on light ground, giraffes ; blue-black on light bluish buff ground. 8214. F v. ft. 0.335 m - PI- 6r - G 134. Red body; on yellow band above, roughly drawn design, perhaps demons, in blue-black. 8215. F v. ft. 0.32 m. PI. 61. G 393. Red body; on light band above, big lotus flower and palm leaf. 8216. F v. h. 0.305 m. PI 45 G 112 Bacchanalian dance of satyrs; blue and white on red ground. See p. 54. OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH 8217. Fv h. 0.34 m. PI. 62. G Black on red ; wreath above ; below, big spirals separated by branches. 8218. Fv. h. 0.33m. PI. 62. G 134. Red body; on yellow band above, crocodiles. 8219. Fv. h. 0.335 m. PI. 62. G 686. Demon and flowers, roughly painted in pur- plish brown on red ground 8220. F v. /1.0.33 m. PI. 62. G 43. White demons on red ground. 8221. F lvi. /2.0.38 m. PI. 45- G 535. "Stand vase," broken above; ankh and lotus pattern and frog. Design in red and black on light ground. 8222. Fv. h. 0.37 m. PI. 63. G 386. On shoulder joined circles on yellowish ground. 8223. F xvii. i 0.43 m. PI- 63. G 190. Red crescents with triple buds in purple and white. 8224. F v. h. 0.285 m. PI. 63. G 133. Red body; on light band, snakes in red. 8225. Fxvii. h. 0.435 m. PI. 63. G 188. Red ; big yellow snake on shoulder. 8226. Fxvii. h. 0.41 m. PI. 63. G 530. Red; black spot-wreath on shoulder. 8227. Fi. h. 0.56 m. PI. 64. G 187. Tall; guinea-fowl in purplish-black on light ground. 8228. F v. h. circa 0.33 m. PI. 64. G Broken above; sprawling lotus design in light red and purplish brown on light ground. 8229. F v. h. 0.31m. PI. 64. G 59. Red body; above on yellow ground two rows of ornament, lozenges, flowers, cross-hatching. 8230. F v. h. 0.34 m. PI. 64. G 131. Sprawling lotus design ; light red and brownish purple on cream ground. 8231. Fi. /i. 0.485 m. PI. 48. G Running bud pattern ; red and purple on light reddish ground. 8232. F v. h. 0.305 m. PI. 64. G 173. Red; round neck, crows on white ground. 8233. F v. h. 0.32 m. PI. 65. G 115. On shoulder trees alternately white and purple on red ground. 8234. F v. h. 0.33 m. PI. 65. G 60. Wreath, blue-black on light band. 8235. F v. (1.0.26 m. PI- 65. G 190. Flower in crescent; vandyke above; red and purplish-brown on light ground. 8236. F v. h. 0.25 m. PI. 65. G 190. Above, vandyke hatching; below, red and blue pennant-pattern in alternate sections on light ground. 8237. F v. h. 0.17 m. PI. 65. G 550. Light ground; big winged knot, red and black. 8238. Fv. h. 0.26m. PI. 66. G 4. In black outline on red, frogs and ankhs. 263 8239. F v. h. 0.23 m. G 95. Rows of black and red dots on light ground. 8240. F v. h. 0.26 m. PI. 47. G 640. Small wreath; above, radiate ornament with triangular finials and red dots; black and red on light ground. 8241. F v. h. 0.23 m. PI. 66. G 312. Light ground; above, running-buds; below, crescents both ways up in red with black outline. 8242. Fv. h. 0.23m. PI. 66. G 156. Four rows of black and red dots on white. 8243. F v. h. 0.22 m. PI. 55. G 315. Black flowers on light ground; red and black tongues above. 8244. Fv. h. 0.198m. PI. 66. G 614. Three rows of joined circles; red and black on light ground. 8245. Fii. h. 0.35 m. PI. 66. G 316. Light ground; in purple, wreath and cross- hatched band. 8246. Fii. h. 0.315 m. PI. 67. G 765. Light ground; round shoulder, row of joined dots ; below, ivy- wreath, in purple. 8247. F v. h. 0.25 m. PI. 67. G 604. Simple crescents; light red on whitish ground. 8248. Fv. h. 0.20m. PI. 67. G 665. Black and white on red; above, wreath; below, bold spot-wreath. 8249. F v. h. 0.235 m. PI. 44. G 442. Ankh and flower; wreath above; purple and red on brown background. 8250. F v. h. 0.22 m. PI. 67. G 719. White asps on red ground. 8251. F xvii a. h. 0.26 m. PI. 67. G 690. Red; black wreath. 8252. F xvii a. h. 0.195 m. G 543. Red; black wreath on shoulder; two rows of double bands below. 8253. Fxvii. h. 0.185 m. G 583. Red body; black wreath on shoulder and black bands; one handle and part of neck missing. 8254. F viii c. h. 0.305 m. PI. 46. G 397. Bands of colour; hatching, flowers in red and black compartments on light ground. 8255. F xxvi. h. 0.274 m. G 530. Light ground ; on shoulder, black and red spot wreath; below branched grass pattern and trefoils with double stalk. 8256. Fv. A. 0.265 m. PI. 68. G 665. Black on red ; above, two spot wreaths ; below, horizontal garland. 8257. F v. /1.0.28 m. PI. 41. G 271. In white on red ; below, lotus flowers and buds, above, stylized frogs. 8258. Fi. h. 0.36 m. PI. 68. G 359. Black and red crescents on light ground. 8259. F v. h. 0.255 m. PI. 68. G 223. Light ground ; above, black spot-wreath ; below, red snakes. KARAXOG 264 8260. F v. h. 0.24 m. PI. 47. G 735. Light ground; six rows of tongues, red-filled, black outline. 8261. Fviiic. /1.0.26 m. PI. 68. G Pink and red bands, and pear-drop ornament, on light ground. 8262. F v. h. 0.23 m. PI. 44. G 579. Vandyke hatching and joined circles; purple red and brown on light ground. 8263. Fv. /1.0.23 m. PI. 68. G 626. Red triangles, crosses and hatching on light ground. 8264. F v. h. 0.195 m - PI- 69. G 325. In black on red; above, tongues between tangent circles ; below, involved circles. 8265. F ii. h. 0.33 m. PI. 69. G 316. Small, long-necked; dot and cross in red and purplish-brown on light ground. 8266. Fv. h. o.2iSm. PI. 69. G 666. Vandyke hatching; tongues above; light ground ; design in purple and red. 8267. F v. h. 0.24S m. PI. 69. G 306. Light ground ; in red and black, ankhs between hatchings. 8268. F v. //. 0.195 m. PI. 69. G 442. Black and white on red; above, dot- wreath ; below, big leaves cross-hatched or solid. 8269. F v. /;. 0.20 m. PI. 70. G 700. Vandyke hatching; running buds above; pur- plish-brown and red on light ground. 8270. F v. h. 0.165 m. PI. 70. G 735. Light ground; below, wreath; above, very roughly drawn devils* heads, red and black. 8271. F v. h. 0.175 m. PI. 70. G 401. Scale pattern: above and below, joined circles with red filling, light ground. 8272. F v. h. 0.225 m. PI. 70. G 626. On brown ground, devils' heads alternately black and red. 8273. F ii. h. 0.37 m. PI. 70. G 672. Long-necked; double scale pattern; purplish . brown on light ground. 8274. F v. h. 0.205 m. PI. 71. G 337. On red, black bands, wreath on shoulder. 8275. F v. /;. 0.20 m. PI. 49. G 530. Between lotus stems alternate red and black devils' heads on light ground. 8276. F v. It. 0.165 m. PI. 71. G 730 Eve-pattern; below, joined circles; black on light ground. 8277. F v. //. 0.21 m. G 666. Two rows of joined circles, and one of Vandyke hatching between. 8278. F v. h. 0.205 m. PI. 71. G 753. Six bands of alternately joined hatched circles and compartmented leaves ; brown on light ground. 8279. Fv. /1.0.184m. PI. 79 . G 755. Joined circles above; below, wreath; white ground; decoration in black. 8280. Fv. /1.0.23 m. PI. 71. G 201. Red body; on light band above, wreath of red leaves. 8281. Fv. /1.0.22m. PI. 71. G 315. Rows of crescent and bud. 8282. F v. It. 0.19 m. G 241. Rows of red and black dots. 8283. Fvii. /1.0.25 m. G 631. Above, running buds; below, vandyke hatch- ing. 8284. Fv. /1.0.24m. PI. 72. G 221. On light ground; above, dot-wreath; below, crescents and balls in red and blue-black. 8285. Fv. /1.0.21m. PI. 72. G 721. With splayed mouth; black broken wreath on reddish buff ground. 8286. F xxii. /1.0.28 m. G Spouted ; white slip over body, black bands. 8287. F xvii. /:. 0.22 m. PI. 43. G 738. White ground, wreath in black. 8288. Fv variant. /2.0.26m. PI 72. G Red aberration of squat water jar; roughly painted in black with crosses and joined circles. 8289. F xxix. h. 0.21 m. PI. 72. G 667. Cylindrical jar ; above, pomegranates; on sides, plants; brownish purple and red on light brown ground. 8290. F xxxvi. h. 0.22 m. PI. 47. G 295. Flat-lipped; red and blue lozenge pattern on light ground. 8291. F v. h. 0.17 m. PI. 72. G 316. Ankh and geometrical design; brown on light brown ground. 8292. Fv. h. 0.185m. PI. 46. G 583. Alternately lotus and wreathed ankh ; black and red on brown ground. 8293. F xxviii. h. 0.3S5 m. PI. 42. G 162. Cylindrical; on red ground, white giraffes. 8294. F i. h. 0.375 m. PI. 4S. G 396. Bands of colour and one of joined circles: crinkled work round neck. 8295. F xiii. h. 0.67 m. G 7S3. White : on neck and under handles, inscriptions in red, PI. 107, Fig. 12. 8296. F lxvi. /;. 0.28 m. PI. 73. G 535. "Table of offerings," light with red and black bands. 8297. F xxv. h. 0.35 m. PI. 73. G 44. Pilgrim bottle with base-ring; demon with grapes and wine-ladle on each side; on edge, amphora, dull red and purplish brown on brown ground. 8298. F i. h. 0.40 m. PI. 73. G331. On shoulder, crescents and stars divided by curly-stemmed ankhs; red on reddish brown ground. 8299. F i. h. 0.42 m. PI. 73. G 331. Scale pattern, black on light ground between red bands. OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH 265 8300. F ii. h. 0.325 m. PI. 49 G 583. Above, delicate wreath; below, ellipses, red and yellow, on light yellowish ground. 8301. F v. h. 0.20 m. PI. 73. G 643. Black scales roughly outlined; red ground. 8302. F v. h. 0.21 m. PI- 74. G 317. Geometrical design, dark on light. 8303. F v. h. 0.19 m. PI. 46. G 631. Vandyke hatching, joined dots above; purple, red and brown on brownish ground. 8304. F v. h. 0.185 m. PI. 74. G 131. Procession of geese with ankhs; red and blue- black on light band. 8305. F v. /1.0.13 m, PI. 74. G Red and black on brown ; joined circles above ; below, hatched zig-zag and leaves. 8306. F v. h. 0.18 m. PI. 74. G 761. Above, joined dots ; below, single lotus-petals on a striped field; blue and red on light ground. 8307. F vii b. /1.0.19 m. G 340. Plain ringed. 8308. F v. h. 0.165 m. PI. 74. G 546. Faint red joined circles on light ground. 8309. F lvi. h. 0.21 m. PI. 48. G717. Above, eyes; below, lotus; brown on light ground. 83TO. F v. h. 0.14 m, PI. 43. G 543. Asps fronting; below, stars; beneath, lotus; lip of metal foil. 8311. F xxxii a. h. 0.28 m. PI. 75. G 645. Red and black; wreath on shoulder; on sides floral and other patterns. 8312. F xxxii a. h. 0.270 m. PI. 75. G 659. Black and white on red; above, triple dot- wreath; below, hatching, ankh, and knot. 8313. F xxxii a. /1.0.22 m. PI. 48. G 614. Red, black and white; lotus and hatching ornament very crowded; wreath on shoulder. 8314. F xxxiv. h. 0.235 m. G 304. Dull red-brown ; on upper part of walls, lozenge pattern, double lines with spots at corners, in dark purple. 8315. F xxxii a. h. 0.20 m. PI. 75. G 281. Red and black; on shoulder, spot-sprays; on sides ivy-wreaths. 8316. F xxxii a. h. 0.205 m. PI. 75. G 281. Red and black ; on shoulder spot-wreath ; below, branches. 8317. F xxxii a. h. 0.17 m. PI. 75. G 395. Red and black on light ground; on shoulder, spot-wreath ; below, festooned ankhs and plants on white ground. 8318. F xxxii. h. 0.162 m. PI. 76. G 144. Black on red; band of loose leaves above, below, floral quarterings on squares. 8319. F xxxii. h. 0.162 m. PI. 76. G 21. Red and black on light ground ; on shoulder plant motives; below, compartments with scales. 8320. F xxxii. h. 0.178 m. G Brownish body, red and purple bands. 8321. F xxxii. h. 0.17 m. G 105. Light body, two red bands; on shoulder wreath with red buds; on walls, lozenges (red) with spots at angles. 8322. F xxxii. /1.0.172 m. G 312. Red body; on shoulder, black and white ivy wreath; below, black and white bands. 8323. F xxxii b. /1.0.19 m. PI. 76. G 391. On light ground; big red snake. 8324. F xxxii b. h. 0.17 m. G 152. Light orange ground ; above, wreath of petals, dark and light; below, upright alternate lotus flowers and buds. Handle missing. 8325. F xxxii. h. 0.16 m. PI. 76. G 763. Scale-pattern in compartments alternately red and black; light ground. 8326. F xxxii. h. 0.17 m. PI. 76. G 325. On dull ground; red and black band with pennant ornament. 8327. F xxxii. h. 0.17 m. G 127. Small ; lip broken ; on light ground, wavy lozenge pattern, red spots at angles, cross filling. 8328. F xxxviii. h. 0.135 m. G 153. Rough, red clay; on each side, in purple, an "altar. " 8329. F xxxii. h. 0.17 m. G 372. On red band remains of black lotus pattern; light body. 8330. F xxxii. h. 0.17 m. PI. 49. G 692. On light ground black bands; on shoulder big budded lotus-heads in red and black. 8331. F xxxii. h. 0.175 m. PI. 77. G 555. Below narrow wreath-band, two rows of crescents with spikes; red and black on light ground. 8332. F xxxii. h. 0.172 m. PI. 77. G 216. Handle broken; band of crescents; below, delicate ivy-wreath, red and black. 8 333- F xxxii. h. 0.135 m. PI. 77. G 549. Small; on white ground a band of lozenges with red and black interspaces. 8334. F xxxii b. h. 0.14 m. PI. 77. G 634. In black on dull ground, rampant beasts. 8335. F xxxii b. h. 0.125 m. PI. 77. G 44. On white ground a band of tongues. 8336. F xxxii b. h. 0.145 m. G Reddish body; eleven black bands. 8337. F xxxii b. h. 0.140 m. G Red ; two black double bands. 8338. F xxxii a. h. 0.138 m. G Red ; two black double bands. 8339. F xxxii d. A. 0.112 m. G Light body; traces of red and purple joined circles round shoulder; very faint. 8340. F xxiv. h. 0.175 m - d. 0.135 m - G 137. On one side, white marguerite, red centre, black lines; reverse, lotus pattern, white on red. KARANOG 266 8341. Flxiii(?) /1. 0.078 m. G 46. Shape uncertain; neck gone; plain red. 8342. F xxxii b. h. 0.092 m. G Red ground; black spot-wreath on shoulder with double bands below; neck and handle gone. 8343. Fix. h. 0.14m. G Plain ; red clay. 8344. Fix. /;. 0.13m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8345. Fix. h. 0.115m. G Plain unpainted drab clay. 8346. Fix. h. 0.135m. G Plain, unpainted rough reddish clay. 8347. Fix. fe. 0.115m. G Plain, reddish unpainted clay flared to grey-black. 8348. Fix. h. 0.125m. G Plain unpainted reddish clay; neck broken. 8349. Fix. /i. 0.105m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8350. F lxiii. 0.11m. G 373. Plain, red surface. 8351. Fix. h. 0.10 m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay; a slight variant, being low-bellied. 8352. Fix. h. 0.135m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8353- F ix. h. 0.1 1 m. G Plain, unpainted red clay. 8354- F ix. ft. 0.15 m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay, rather elongated form. 8355- F ix. h. 0.09 m. G 70. Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8356. Fix. h. 0.09m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8357. Fix. h. 0.112m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8358. F ix. h. 0.105 m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8359. Fix. h. 0.105m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8360. Fix. h. 0.105m. G Plain, unpainted reddish clay. 8361. Fx. h. 0.098m. G 703. Plain, dark clay, red surface. 8362. F xxxvii. h. 0.14 m. G Plain, red clay flared to purple-grey. 8363. Fix. h. 0.122 m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8364. Fix. h. 0.115m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8365. Fix. h. 0.112m. G 130. Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8366. Fix. h. 0.112 m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8367. F v. k. 0.10 m. G Plain, red surface, very squat form. 8368. F ix. h. 0.108 m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8369. F ix. h. 0.085 m - G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8370. Fix. h. 0.10 m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8371. F ix. h. 0.10 m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay, but with rather splayed neck. 8372. F ix. h. 0.07 m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay, very rough and ill-shaped. 8373- h. 0.105 m - G Plain, unpainted drab clay, very rough and ill- shaped. 8374. F ix. h. 0.088 m. G Plain, drab clay, light red surface 8375. Fix. h. 0.125m. G Plain, unpainted clay, drab to whitish grey. 8376. F ix. h. 0.1 1 m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8377. F ix. h. 0. 1 1 m. G Plain, unpainted pinkish clay. 8378. F ix. h. 0.095 m - G Plain, unpainted pinkish clay. 8379. F ix. h. 0.085 m - G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8380. Fix. /1. 0.105 m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8381. F ix. h. 0.08 m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8382. F ix. h. 0.10 m. G Plain, unpainted reddish clay partly blackened. 8383. F ix. h. 0.105 m - G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8384. F ix. h. 0.08 m. G 70. Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8385. F ix. h. 0.10 m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8386. F ix. h. 0.10 m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8387. F ix. h. 0.122 m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8388. F ix. h. 0.09 m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8389. F ix. h. 0.10 m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8390. F ix. h. 0.075 m - G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8391. Fix. h. 0.10m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8392. F ix. h. 0.08 m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8393. F ix. h. 0.08 m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay. 8394. F ix. h. 0.068 m. G Plain, unpainted drab clay, rather wide- mouthed. 8395. F ix. h. 0.075 no- G rland-made plain, red to grey clay, very rough. OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH 8396. F xliv. h. 0.12 m. d. 0.145 m. G 187. Plain, mud-coloured clay, surface painted red. 8397. F xlv. h. 0.09 m. d. 0.21 m. G Plain, reddish brown, unpainted. 8398. F xliv. h. 0.10 m. d. 0.148 m. G Plain, rough reddish clay unpainted. 8399. F xliv. h. 0.098 m. d. 0.145 m. G Plain rough brown clay, surface painted red. 8400. F xliv. h. 0.102 m. d. 0.135 m. G 187. Plain, reddish clay with remains of pink-white slip. 8401. F liii. k 0.065 m - d. 0.120 m, G Reddish brown clay with blotches of red paint. 8402. F li. h. 0.085 m - d. 0.125 m. G Plain, rough reddish clay. 8403. F xlv. h. 0.065 m. d. 0.130 m. G Plain, mud-coloured clay. 8404. Fxlv. h. 0.073m. d. 0.138m. G Plain, red clay. 8405. F li. h. 0.08 m. d. 0.118 m. G Plain, red clay. 8406. F lii. h. 0.09 m. d. 0.10 m. G Red-washed surface with black floral wreath. 8407. F lii. /2.0.058m. d. 0.128m. PI. 102. G Plain, fine ware, white inside, red outside. 8408. Fxlv. h. 0.066m. d. o.nom. G Plain, pinkish clay with yellow- white slip. 8409. F 1. h. 0.113 m. PI. ioi. G 571. Plain black ; tall variant of type with rudimen- tary base-ring; punctured ornament near lip. Hand-made ware baked in open hearth. 8410. Fxlv. h. 0.032m. d. 0.084m. G Plain rough clay mud-coloured inside, burnt black outside. 8411. F xlviii. //.0.04 m. d. 0.07 m. G Plain, rough clay burnt to black. 8412. Fxlv. /7.0.075 m. d. 0.125 m. G Plain, muddy red clay. 8413. F liii. h. 0.07 m. G 535. Pinkish clay, upper part washed brown. 8414. F li. h. 0.07 m d. 0.12 m. G Plain, brownish clay partly burnt to black. 8415. Fxlv. h. 0.05m. d. 0.115m. G Plain, coarse mud-coloured clay. 8416. Fxlv. h. 0.072 m. d. 0.130 m. G Plain, muddy clay with white slip. 8417. F xlv. h. 0.067 m - d. ° °75 nl - G Plain, red surface. 8418. F liii. h. 0.08 m. d. 0.09 m. G Plain, red-brown clay; heavily ribbed and rimmed. 8419. F xliv. /7.0.08 m. d. 0.12 m. G Plain, red clay. 8420. Fxlv. h. 0.045 m ' d. 0.102 m. G Plain, red clay. 8421. Fxlv. h. 0.07m. d. 0.105m. G Plain, mud-coloured clay partly burnt to black. 267 8422. F liii. h. 0.067 m - d. 0.095 m - G 535. Pinkish clay, surface washed red, with black floral wreath. 8423. Fxlv. h. 0.057m. d. 0.10m. G Plain, mud-coloured clay. 8424. F xlv. h. 0.075 m - G Plain, red surface (broken). 8425. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. G Rough red clay; on one side a rough floral spray. 8426. F v. h. 0.085 m. G 743. Very small; diaper design, alternate squares with hatching and star-flower filling; brown on light ground. 8427. F liv. h. 0.023 m. d. 0.085 m - G Plain, red surface. 8428. F xlv. h. 0.06 m. d. 0.09 m. G Plain, mud-coloured clay. 8429. F liv. h. 0.05 m. d. 0.11m. G Plain, red surface. 8430. F xlv. h 0.04 m. d. 0.09 m. G Plain, rough red clay. 8431. F li. h. 0.045 m. d. 0.09 m. G Plain, white clay, brown washed surface. 8432. F lvii. h. . 0.045 m - G Plain, pinkish clay 8433. F xlviii. h. 0.05 m. G Plain, rough muddy clay. 8434. F xlviii. h. 0.072 m. G Hand-made, very rough, muddy clay. 8435. F xliv. h. 0.038 m. d. 0.087 m - G Rough clay, pinkish white slip, red and black on rim. 8436. F 1. h. 0.095 m - PI- 5°- G Lozenges of purple and red on brownish ground. 8437. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. G 304. Pinkish clay, buff surface, leaf design in dark brown and red. 8438. F xlviii. h. o 074 m. G Pink clay, white surface, brown design with red filling to spots. 8439. F xlviii. h. 0.072 m. G 326. Creamy buff ground, design with brown out- line and red filling. 8440. F xlviii. h. 0.08. G 700. Brown ground, design in dark brown. 8441. F xlviii. h. 0.082 m. G 304. Pink clay, brownish ground, design in dark brown and red. 8442. F xlviii. h. 0.078 m. G 397. Pink clay, brownish ground, design in brown with red filling. 8443. F xlviii. h. 0.076 m. G 372. Pink clay, white ground, design in brown. 8444. F xlviii. h. 0.076 m. PI. 50. G 324. Purple and dark red on light ground. 8445. F xlviii. h. 0.083 m. PI. 81. G 263. Red and purple design on light ground. KARANOG 268 8446. F xlviii. h. 0.071m. G 376. Dull brown clay, light surface, design in red. 8447. F xlviii. /;. 0.082 m. PI. 50. G 549. Red and brownish purple on white ground. 8448. F xlviii. /;. 0.08 m. PI. 50. G 537. Light ground, design in brown with red rilling. 8449. F xlviii. h. 0.084 m. PI. 81. G 604. Light ground, design in dark brown. 8450. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. G 203. Yellowish white ground, petals alternately red and black. 8451. F xvliii. h. 0.08 m. PI. 43. G 189. Yellowish white ground, design in brown with red filling. 8452. F xlviii. h. 0.079 m - PI- S°- G 2 93- Light ground, design in purple and red. 8453. F xlviii. h. 0.084 m - PI- S°- G 284. On light ground, a red and a purple crocodile. 8454. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. PI. 50. G 624. White ground, design in brown with red filling. 8455- F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. PI. 81. G 723. Whitish ground, brown lines, red filling. 8456. F xlviii. h. 0.102 m. G Whitish ground, design in dark brown. 8457. Flvii. //.0.12 m. PI. 78. G 738. Light yellowish ground, design in dark brown. 8458. F xlvi. d. 0.12 m. (near) G 607. Pinkish white ground, design in dark brown of radiating buds with wavy stalks. 8459. F lx. h. 0.033 m. PI. 78. G 304. Light ground, designs in black and red. 8460. /. 0.055 m - G 4°6- Lamp; pear-shaped with channel to nozzle; round filler-hole, rosettes, round top edge TOY AITOY CEPriOC; surface red washed. 8461. h. 0.05 m. d. 0.075 m. G Lamp; swinging circular vessel with two pierced lobes and top folded over to central hole; rough mud-coloured clay. 8462. F xlviii. h. 0.088 m. PI. 50. G Muddy ground flared brownish purple; design in dark brown and red. 8463. F xlviii. h. 0.085 m - PI- 5°- G 297. Light ground, design in red and black. 8464. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. PI. 50. G 223. Light ground, design in brown with red filling. 8465. F xlviii. h. 0.074 m. PI. 50. G 157. Light ground, black leaves and red buds. 8466. Number not used. 8467. F xlviii. h. 0.075 m. PI. 50. G 288. Light ground, lotus design in brown and red. 8468. F xlviii. h. 0.078 m. PI. 51. G 384. Yellowish ground, red rim and black wreath. 8469. F xlviii. h. 0.081 m. PI. 51. G 325. Light ground, design in dark brown. 8470. F xlviii. h. 0.083 m - PI- 5 1 - G 754. Light ground, design in red and purplish brown. 8471. F xlviii. h. 0.104 m. PI. 51. G 550. White ground, design in red and black. 8472. F xlviii. h. 0.078 m. PI. 51. G 377. Light ground, asps in red outlined with brown. 8473. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. Pll. 79, 81. G 764. Light ground, design in brownish purple with red filling. 8474. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. G 669. Pinkish ground, design in dark purple lines with red spots at intersections. 8475. F xlviii. h. 0.075 m. PI. 51. G White ground, design in brown. 8476. F xlviii. h. 0.083 m. PI. 51. G 315. Light ground, design in brown. 8477. F xlviii. h. 0.078 m. PI. 51. G 384. White ground, deep brown outlines with red filling. 8478. F xlvi. h. 0.025 m. d. 0.095 m. PI. 51. G 304. White ground, design in black and red. 8479. F xlvii. h. 0.072 m. d. 0.13 m. PI. 78. G 537- White ground, design in black and red. 8480. Number not used. 8481. F xlviii. h. 0.078 m. PI. 51. G 325. Dull greyish ground, design in red and purple. 8482. F xlviii. h. 0.115 m. PI. 78. G 682. Light ground flared to purplish brown, dark brown design. 8483. F xlviii. h. 0.078 m. PI. 51. G 665. White ground, design in black and red. 8484. F xlviii. /2.0.078 m. PI. 51. G 361. Light ground, design in red outlined with brown. 8485. F xlviii. /1.0.085 m. PI. 81. G315. Brown ground, design in dark brown. 8486. F xlviii. h. 0.085 m. PI. 52. G 626. Light ground, design in red and black. 8487. F xlviii. /;. 0.077 m - PI- 5 2 - G 190. Light ground, black leaves and red buds. 8488. F xlviii. h. 0.085 m. PI. 81. G 673. White ground, design in dark brown. 8489. F xlviii. /1.0.058 m. PI. 81. G 277. White ground, design in black. 8490. F xlviii. h. 0.084 m. PI. 52. G 263. Light ground, buds alternately red and black. 8491. F xlviii. h. 0.085 m. PI. 52. G 163. Light ground, design in red and brown. 8492. F xlviii. h. 0.0.72 m. PI. 81. G 253. Dull brownish ground, design in black. 8493. F xxxvii. h. 0.078 m. PI. 81. G 747. Yellowish-white ground with rows of high raised slip ornament, plain blobs of the same coloured clay. 8494. F xlviii. h. 0.075 m. PI. 52. G 263. Light ground, design in red outlined with brown. 8495. F xlviii. h. 0.078 m. PI. 52. G 358. Light ground, design in red and black. 8496. F xlviii. h. 0.084 m - PI- 5 2 - G 297. Light ground, design in red and black. 8497. F xiv. h. 0.65 m. G 187. Drab clay, white surface, red marks on neck. OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH 269 8498. F xii. h. 0.69 m. G 187. Drab clay; under handle, graffito. PI. 107, Fig- 13- 8499. F xv. h. 0.60 m. G 187. Dark clay; base broken away. On shoulder, graffito. PI. 107. Figs. 2, 6. 8500. F xv. h. 0.67 m. G Creamy white surface; on shoulder, graffito PI. 107. Fig. 7, in red. 8501. F xiii. h. 0.69 m. G 703 Creamy white; under handles, graffito. PI. 107 Fig. 1 1 , in red. 8502. F xvii b. h. 0.38 m. G Plain, yellowish drab surface. 8503. F xvii. But lacking base-ring. h. 0.38 G 184 Buff ground; on shoulder, big leaf design in purplish brown, dark bands below. 8504. F xvii d. h. 0.35 m. G 190. Red clay, two pairs of dark bands. 8505. F v. h. 0.385 m. G Buff surface with brown bands. 8506. F xxxiv. i 0.395 m. G Deep red surface with black and white bands. 8507. F xvii. h. 0.415 m. G 324. Red surface with black bands; on shoulder trefoil design in black. 8508. F i. h. 0.50 m. G Dull red body, brown neck and brown band on shoulder. 8509. F i. 0.545 m. G 187. Red body, neck buff with black bands below it. 8510. F i. h. 0.56 m. G Buff ground ; on shoulder, triangles of scale- pattern in brown on a red field. 8511. F v. h. 0.32 m. G Very flat based. Dull red clay with dark brown band on shoulder. 8512. F v. h. 0.275 m. G555. Dull red with black and white bands. 8513. Pvi. h 0.31m. G 739. Plain mud-coloured clay. 8514. F v. h. 0.315 m. G Red body, buff neck, brown bands on shoulder. 8515. F v. h. 0.31 m. G 313. Red body, round shoulder wreath-pattern in black. 8516. F v. 0.295 m. G570. Dull red, brown and cream-coloured bands round shoulder. 8517. F v. h. 0.295 m. G 566. Red, with black bands round shoulder. 8518. F v. h. 0.365 m. G 118. Red, round shoulder narrow brown bands on buff ground. 8519. F v. h. 0.235 m. G 231. Bright red, on side a rude drawing of an owl in white. 8520. F viii. h. 0.27 m. G 775. Deep red with black bands. 8521. F viii. h. 0.25 m. G261. Muddy clay with pink slip surface whereon red and purple bands. 8522. F viii. h. 0.27 m. G Brownish ground, bands and encircling wreath design in dark red. 8523. F v. h. 0.25 m. G 671. Red, on shoulder three rows of dots between double bands, in black. 8524. F viii. h. 0.24 m. G Mud-coloured body, round the walls the graffito, PI. 107. Fig. 22, in large characters rudely painted and degenerating to a scrawl. 8525. F i. h. 0.365 m. G Dull red with brown neck and brown band on shoulder. 8526. F viii. h. 0.265 m. G Dull red with black and red bands. 8527. F i. h. 0.30 m. G Buff ground, on shoulder in black rows of small crosses above which a wreath motive. 8528. F i. h. 0.375 m. G 526. Yellowish buff ground with bands of black and orange. 8529. F i. h. 0.395 m - G 614. Orange drab ground, on shoulder a row of circles between bands, in brown. 8530. F v. h. 0.23 m. G Pinkish body, numerous bands of red and brown. 8531. F v. h. 0.29 m. G 328. Red with buff neck, on shoulder brown and buff bands. 8532. F v. h. 0.265 m. G Light orange ground, red lip, red and purple bands. 8533. F v. h. 0.225 m. G 602. Buff ground with red and brown bands. 8534. F v. h. 0.235 m. G 72 1. Pinkish body, dark brown bands. 8535. F v. h. 0.185 m. G 204. Orange ground with broad red and black bands. 8536. F v. 0.35 m. G 116. Red ground with orange neck and band on shoulder. 8537. F v. h. 0.28 m. G 44. Dull red with narrow brown bands. 8538. F v. h. 0.28 m. G 473. Red ground, on shoulder red, grey, and broad yellow bands. 8539- F v. h. 0.325 m. G 843- Red with buff neck and band on shoulder. 8540. F v. h. 0.28 m. G 187. Red with brown neck and brown and orange bands on shoulder 8541. F v. h. 0.195 m. G 413. Orange-pink flared to white, three rows of double black bands. KARANOG 8542. F v. /1.0.235 m. G 566. 8566. F vii. h. 0.22 m. PI. 102. G 441 Orange body; red lip with narrow double black Plain black clay, hand-made. dividing band. 8567. F v. h. 0.24 m. G 779- 8543. F v. h. 0.195 m. G 381. Plain red surface; mud -coloured clay. Red body; two double bands, dark red and 8568. F v. h. 0.13 m. G black. Muddy clay, red surface, purple and white 8544. Fv h. 0.20 m. G 444. cross above. Red body; wide dark red and narrow dark 8569. F iv. h. 0.25 m. G brown bands. Dull red, three rows of joined circles, red and 8545. Fv h. 0.175 m. G 441. brown filling. Pinkish body; wide red and narrow brown 8570. F xxviii. h. 0.175 m. G bands. Dull red, purple bands. 8546. F v h. 0.23 m. G 250. 8571. F xxxiii. h. 0.52 m. G 112. Pinkish body; red neck; red and brown bands Plain brown clay. on neck and shoulder. 8572. F x. h. 0.235 m. G 560. 8547. F v. h. 0.18 m. G Black wreath on red clay. Dull red body; two orange rings on shoulder. 8573. F Ixvi. h. 0.16 m. G 386. 8548. F v. h. 0.18 m G 381. Rough; muddy clay. Dull red body; dark bands round shoulder and 8574. F xxxviii. h. 0.135 m. G 613. below neck. Red surface, pinkish clay. 8549. F v. h. 0.245 m. G 376. 8575. F xxxvii. h. 0.165 m. G Red body; marked line-burnishing. Plain red. 8550. F vii. h. 0.186 m. G 741. 8576. F xxxv. h. 0.205 m. G 453. Red body; two bands and ring of crows' feet Dull red clay. at top. 8577. F xxxviii. h. 0.154 m. G 638. 8551. F xxviii. h. 0.13 m. PI. 96. G 525. Two red bands and one black on creamy Squat lotus design in red and brown on buff ground. ground. 8578. F xxxviii. i. 0 15 m, G 526. 8552. F v. h. 0.185 m. G 764. Plain yellowish clay. Light ground ; three rows of stamped maple- 8579. F ix. h. 0.175 m. G leaf in circle. Plain; light clay unpainted. 8553. F xx. h. 0.23 m. G 598. 8580. F xxxix. h. 0.16 m. G 585- Dull red; brown bands at widest part. Red ware, slight burnish. 8554. F xvii. h. 0.28 m. G 708. 8581. F xxxv c. fe. 0.195 m. G Plain dull red. Plain dull red clay. 8555. F xvii c. h. 0.24 m. G 8582. F xxxv. h. 0.21 m. G Dull red ; double black bands above and below. Yellowish white surface, black bands. 8556. F xviii. h. 0.19 m. G 579. 8583. F xxxv b. h. 0.27 m. G 568. Red clay; plain dull red wash. Plain red ware. 8557. F xvii d. h 0.215 m. G 8584. F xxxv a. h. 0.245 m. G Dull dark red ; two double black bands ; drab clay. Dull red ; two double broad bands of black. 8558. xvii. h. 0.345 m. G 604. 8585. F xxxii d. h. 0.24 m. G 131. Red; two pink bands, plain leaf design on Muddy clay. shoulder. 8586. F xxxii a. h. 0.12 m. G 8559. F xvii a. h. 0.33 m. G Light red, black bands. Red; three rows of double black bands. 8587. F xxxii a. h. 0.13 m. G 250. 8560. F xvii. h. 0.322 m. G 721. Plain; red paint, coarse light clay. Dull red; narrow double black bands. 8588. F xxxii a. h. 0.165 m. G 7 r 9- 8561. F xviii. h. 0.255 m. G Dark red surface, black bands. Plain red clay. 8589. F xxxii. h. 0.165 m. G 657. 8562. F xvii a. h. 0.28 m. G 528. Plain ; red clay ; wooden stopper in top Dull red with black bands 8590. F xxxii e. h. 0.18 m. G 8563. F v /1. 0.19 m. G Pinkish drab clay. Coarse drab clay. 8591. F xxxii. h. 0.135 m. G 8564. Fv h. 0.165 m. PI. 101. G 544. Plain ; brownish red surface, pinkish clay. Plain black ware, hand-made. 8592. F xl. h. 0. 10 m. G 8565. Fv h. 0.026m. PI. 102. G118. Red surface, black bands. Black clay, fine work, incised ornament at base 8593. F xxiii. h. 0.195 m. G 543- of neck, hand-made. Muddy clay, white surface. OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH 271 8594. F xxxii c. h. 0.25 m. G Plain red. 8595. F xxi. h. 0.33 m. G 187. Plain; drab clay, red wash. 8596. F xxii. h. 0.29 m. G 729. Plain; drab clay. 8597. F xix. h. 0.07 m. 0 579- Pink clay. 8598. Fx. h. 0.12 m. G 703. Like F v, but flat-bottomed, plain red. 8599. F ix. h. 0.105 m. G Plain drab clay. 8600. F ix. h. 0.10 m. G Plain; light clay, unpainted; very rough. 8601. F xliii. h. 0.078 m. d. 0.097 m - G 572. With handle; pinkish clay, with red-brown paint above. 8602. F xliv. h. 0.09 m. d. 0.13 m. G Plain red. 8603. F liv. h. 0.07 m. d. 0 .13 m. G Plain red surface. 8604. F xlv. h. 0.33 m. d. 0 095 m. G Plain pink, red, black and white on rim. 8605. F xlix. h. 0 055 m. G 577 Purplish clay. 8606. F xlii. h.o.i&m. G 57 2 Plain red surface. 8607. F x. h. 0.165 m. G White paint ; purple lines. 8608. F xxxii a. h. 0.22 m. G Red; black spot wreath on shoulder, bands below. 8609. F xvii f . h. 0.16 m. G Pink clay; drab surface; double black bands above and below. 8610. F xxi. h. 0.156 m. G Rough pinkish red clay; plain. 861 1. F xvii e. h. 0.13 m. G Drab surface, brown bands. 8612. F xix. h. 0.125 m. G 560. Pinkish clay; drab wash, plain. 8613. Fxlviii. h. 0.07 m d. 0.065 m. PI. 82. G 614. Brown de ign on whitish ground ; broken. 8614. Fxlviii h. 0.072m. d. 0.07m. PI. 82. G 207. Pinkish brov\n ground; faint design in red. 8615. Fxlviii h. 0.07 m. d. 0.07 m. PI. 82 G 459- Shading cream; buff and brown lines; brown band, and filling red. 8616. F xlviii. h. 0.076 m. d. 0.073 m - PI- 82. G 660. Shaded whitish to buff ground; lines dark brown, filling red. 8617. Fxlviii. h. 0.081 m. d. 0.088m. PI. 82. G 278. Dark brown lines on pinkish ground; red filling. 8618. F xlviii. h. 0.075 m. d. 0.068 m. PI. 82. G 193- Dark brown design on whitish ground. 8619. F xlviii. h. 0.075 m. d. 0.072 m. PI. 82. G 92. White ground, design in brown. 8620. F xlviii. h. 0.075 m - d. 0.076 m. PI. 82. G376. Dirty buff ground, filling red. 8621. F xlviii. h. 0.085 m. d. 0.085 m. PI. 82. G 487. Brown ground, lines black, filling red. 8622. Fxlviii. h. 0.079m. d. 0.085m. PI. 83. G 151. Shaded cream to brown ground; three cres- cents, red and brown filling, lines and band brown. 8623. F xlviii. h. 0.072 m. d. 0.07 m. PI. 83. G 457- Buff ground, design in brown. 8624. Fxlviii. h. 0.078m. d. 0.088m. PI. 83. G 203. Brown design with reddish filling; whitish ground. 8625. Fxlviii. h. 0.08m. d. 0.095 to 0.10m. PI. 83. G 151. Pinkish brown and buff ground, lines brown, filling red, irregularly brown. 8626. F xlviii. h. 0.085 m. d. 0.09 m. PI. 83. G487. Shading cream to dark brown ground ; crescents alternately red and brown ; lines brown. 8627. Fxlviii. h. 0.075m. d. 0.085m. PI. 83. G387. Whitish ground, shading to buff; design in brown. 8628. F xlviii. h. 0.075 m - d. 0.085 m - PI- 83. G 566. Cream ground, lines brown, filling red. 8629. Fxlviii. h. 0.097m. d. 0.10m. PI. 83. G 270. Brown lines, buds blue with red tips; red rim. 8630. F xlviii. h. 0.07 m. d. 0.09 m. PI. 83. G 664. Shading buff and red-brown surface, filling red. 8631. Fxlviii. h. 0.08m. d. 0.086m. PI. 84. G 615. Shaded white to brown ground, wide band red, narrow bands brown. 8632. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. d. 0.085 m - PI- 84. G 621. Whitish ground, lines brown, filling red. 8633. F xlviii. h. 0.072 m. d. 0.074 m. PI. 84. G 325- Pinkish white ground, lines dark brown, filling red; careless and much erased. 8634. F xlviii. h. 0.076 m. d. 0.085 m - G 254. Plain red; no burnish. KARANOG 272 8635. F xlviii. 0.07 m. d. 0.075 m - PI- 84. G 376. Brown ground, lines in dark brown, filling in red; broken. 8636. F xlviii. //. 0.07 m. d. 0.085 m - PI- §4- G 723- Alternate red and black crescents on brown ground; rough; broken. 8637. F xlviii. 0.078 m. d. 0.090 m. PI. 84. G 759- Black lines, red fillings to ankhs. 8638. F xlviii. h. 0.098 m. d. 0.108 m. PI. 84. G 181. Brown drawing and red filling on flared light ground. 8639. F xlviii. h. 0.083 m - G 699. Plain red ; poor burnish. 8640. F xlviii. 0.09 m. d. 0.082 m. PI. 84. G 545- Shaded cream to brown ground ; design in brown, red filling; eight-pointed star on bottom. 8641. F xlviii. h. 0.072 m. d. 0.08 m. PI. 84. G 657. Buff and brown ground; design dark brown. 8642. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. d. 0.09 m. PI. 85. G 544- Ground shading pink buff to brown. Irregular line design in dark brown. 8643. F xlviii. h. 0.075 m - d. 0.082 m. PI. 85. G Ground shading whitish to brown ; band and lines dark brown, filling red. 8644. F xlviii. h. 0.085 m. d. 0.088 m. PI. 85. G 558- Pinkish buff ground; lines brown, band and fillings red brown. 8645. F xlviii. h. 0.095 m. d. 0.103 m. PI. 85. G 400. Shades of brown on creamy ground. 8646. F xlviii. h. 0.082 m. d. 0.092 m. PI. 85. G S55- Red brown ground; lines in black filling in red. 8647. F xlviii. h. 0.09 m. d. 0.09 m. PI. 85. G 187. Red with white rim; not burnished. 8648. F xlviii. h. 0.082 m. d. 0.085 to 0.09 m. PI. 85. G 530. Shaded red brown ground, design mainly in brown, touches of red. 8649. F xlviii. h. 0.095 m - d. 0.075 m - P'- 85. G 413- Plain buff ground. 8650. F xlviii. h. 0.099 m. d. 0.072 m. PI. 85. G 7 2 3- Dark buff brown ground, two carelessly drawn lotus designs in black. 8651. F xlviii. h. o.nm. d. 0.078 m. PI. 86. G316. Buff, lines black, bands red. 8652. F xlviii. h. 0.096 m. d. 0.098 m. PI. 86. G 103. Pinkish white ground, narrow bands brown, wide bands red. 8653. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. d. 0.08 m. PI. 86. G 754- Purplish ground, lines and filling purplish brown ; much erased. 8654. F xlviii. h. 0.081 m. d. 0.075 m - PI- 86. G 520. Cream to buff ground, now browned by fire; continuous snake design in red and brown. 8655. F xlviii. h. 0.09 m. d. 0.087 m - PI- 86. G 278. Pinkish brown ground, red band at top, lines brown. 8656. F liii. h. 0.076 m. d. 0.114 m. G 535. Black wreath on red ground. 8657. F xlviii. h. 0.068 m. d. 0.07 m. PI. 86. G Shaded white to buff ground ; design in brown ; also design on base. 8658. F xlviii. h. 0.097 m - d. 0.097 m - PI- 86. G 396. Brown ground; dark brown lines and filling. 8659. F xlviii. h. 0.07 m. d. 0.095 m - PI- 86. G 277. Pinkish cream ground, lines in brown. 8660. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. d. 0.088 m. PI. 86. G White cream ground ; dark brown lines, light brown band. 8661. F xlviii. h. 0.108 m. d. 0.95 m. PI. 87. G 666. White and cream ground, bands of three parts, middle part red, outer parts brown. 8662. F xlviii. h. 0.068 m. d. 0.08 m. PI. 87. G 55°- Pinkish brown ground. 8663. F xlviii. h. 0.042 m. d. 0.11m. G 23. Brown paint on pinkish white clay. 8664. F xlviii. h. 0.078 m. d. 0.075 m - PI- 87. G 263. Yellowish-white ground ; lines and filling in red brown. 8665. F xlviii. h 0.08 m. d. 0.088 m. PI. 87. G 223. Black design ; red filling dots. 8666. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. d. 0.093 m - PI- 87. G 94. Alternate black and red on yellow ground. 8667. F xlviii h. 0.098 m. d. 0.108 m. PI. 87. G 241. Shaded pinkish to red-brown ground ; red band at top, design in dark brown. 8668. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. d. 0.083 m - pl - 87. G 694. Whitish buff ground; brown lines, red filling. OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH 273 8669. F xlviii. h. 0.10 m. d. 0.08 m. PI. 87. G 546. Cream buff ground; brown lines. 8670. F xlviii. h. 0.072 m. d. 0.08 m. PI. 87. G 297. Shaded whitish to yellow buff ground; careless filling alternately red and brown. 8671. F xlviii. /z. 0.075 m - 0.078 m. PI. 88. G 384. Shaded whitish to yellow buff ground, filling in brownish red. 8672. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. d. 0.081 m. PI. 88. G 154. Shaded buff and brown ground; bands in red. 8673. F xlviii. h. 0.072 m. d. 0.062 m. PI. 88. G Whitish ground, design in dark brown. 8674. F xlviii. h. 0.075 m. d. 0.10 m. PI. 88. G 522- Buff ground, pink in section; red and brown bands. 8675. F Hi. h. 0.075 m. d. 0.098 m. G 337. Plain ; pinkish red clay , darker above. 8676. F Hii. h. 0.09 m. d. 0.115 m. G 305. Plain ; pinkish clay, brown above. 8677. F liii. h. 0.065 m - d. 0.095 m - G Plain ; pinkish clay, brown wash above. 8678. F li. h. 0.08 m. d 0.12 m. G White inside, yellow outside. 8679. F 1. h. 0.102 m. d. 0.108 m. PI. 88. G 57 8- Broken ; pinkish washed dark orange above ; scales in brown ; base ring. 8680. F xlviii. h. 0.078 m. d. 0.09 m. PI. 88. G 189. Shaded white to brown ground, lines brown, filling red; broken. 8681. F xlviii. h. 0.081 m. d. 0.07 m. PI. 88. G 180. Purplish buff ground ; dark brown lines, red band at top. 8682. F xlviii. h. 0.079 m. d. 0.088 m. PI. 88. G 105. Joined circles ; red on light. 8683. F xlviii. h. 0.065 m - d. 0.09 m. PI. 88. G 7 r 3- Cream; bands brown and roughly drawn. 8684. F xlviii. h. 0.073 m - d. 0.08 m. PI. 89. G Buff ground, bands in red. 8685. F xlviii. h. 0.09 m. d. 0.105 m. PI. 89. G 534- Shaded pink cream to light brown ground, red band at top, dark brown bands around middle. 8686. F xlviii. h. 0.092 m. d. 0.09 m. PI. 89. G 101 . Red band at top ; irregularly two or three rows of triangles, alternately red and dark brown on pinkish ground. 8687. F xlviii. h. 0.082 m. d. 0.09 m. PI. 89. G Pink cream ground ; red bands. 8688. F xlviii. h. 0.09 m. d. 0.085 m - pl - 8 9- G3I5. Light brown ground, dark brown design. 8689. F xlviii. h. 0.082 m. d. 0.08 m. PI. 89. G 203. Whitish ground, circles and band filled with red, crescents brownish purple. 8690. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. d. 0.105 m. G Reddish clay, flared; rough. 8691. F xlviii. h. 0.075 m. d. 0.08 m. G 250. Dirty buff ground, red band at top, two brown narrow bands below it. 8692. F xlvii. h. 0.065 m - d. 0.13 m. G 631. Red outside; inside, red circles on pinkish- white clay. 8693. F xlvii. h. 0.05 m. d. 0.09 m. PI. 89. G 304. Buff, brown spots. 8694. F xlviii. h. 0.079 m. d. 0.088 m. PI. 89. G 522. Shaded cream to brown ground, fillings alter- nately red and dark brown. 8695. F xlviii. h. 0.082 m. d. 0.082 m. PI. 89. G 53°- Shaded whitish to brown ground, dark bands. 8696. F xlviii. h. 0.078 m. d. 0.116 m. PI. 90. G 644. Shaded buff to red-brown ground; three dark brown bands. 8697. F xlviii. h. 0.06 m. d. 0.082 m. G 537. Purple cross-hatching on white ground. 8698. F liii. h. 0.095 m. d. 0.122 m. PI. 90. G 422. Free black wreath on brown-red upper part ; body pinkish clay. 8699. F liii. /2.0.09 m. d. 0.11m. PI. 90. G 589. Free black wreath on brown-red (flared) upper part ; body pinkish clay. 8700. F liii. h. 0.062 m. d. 0.09 m. PI. 90. G 543- Black spot-wreath on red upper part; body pinkish grey. 8701. F liii. h. 0.065 m. d. 0.094 m. G 710. On red clay, rough leaves between vertical stripes, black. 8702. F liii. h. 0.065 m - d. 0.092 m. PI. 90. G 648. Black dot wreath on the brown-red upper part ; pinkish clay. 8703. F liii. h. 0.07 m. d. 0.078 m. PI. 90. G 761. Red-brown ground above, pinkish below; raised work red-brown. 8704. F liii. h. 0.072 m. d. 0.078 m. PI. 90. G 579. Dark brown ground above, buff below, raised work white. is 2 74 KARANOG 8705. F liii. 0.065 m - d. 0.072 m. PI. 90. G 31. Greyish black ground; decoration in white slip. 8706. F xlviii. h. 0.074m. d. 0.085 m. PI. 91. G 297. Shaded white to yellow buff ground, lines brown, filling red. 8707. F xlviii. h. 0.088 m. d. 0.098 m. PI. 91. G 181. Pinkish ground, thick red band, narrow brown bands, six crescents and ankhs, filling alternately red and brown. 8708. F xlviii. It. 0.08 m. d. 0.082 m. PI. 91. G 521. Brownish buff ground, crescents alternately light and dark brown. 8709. F xlviii. h. 0.082 m. d. 0.085 m. PI. 91. G 223. Ground shading cream and buff, dark brown lines, red filling. 8710. F xlviii. h. 0.089 m. d. 0.082 m. PI. 91. G 250. Light brownish pink ground, crescents alter- nately red and brown. 8711. F xlviii. h. 0.085 m. d. 0.092 m. PI. 91. G 388. Black buds with red filling. 8712. F xlviii. h. 0.075 m. PI. 91. G381. White ground, brown outlines with red filling. 8713. F xlviii. h. 0.082 m. d. 0.09 m. PI. 91. G 94- Shaded pinkish ground, lines and buds brown, triangle fillings red. 8714. F xlviii. 0.075 m. d. 0.072 m. PI. 91. G 7 2 3- Buff ground, careless red filling. 8715. F xlviii. 0.082 m. d. 0.09 m. PI. 92. G 374- Ground shading whitish to brown, filling in red. 8716. F xlviii. h. 0.075 m - d. 0.083 m - PI- 9 2 - G 715- Pinkish ground, red filling. 8717. F xlviii. h. 0.073 m. d. 0.09 m. PI. 92. G 33°- Pinkish ground, lines brown, dots alternately red and brown. 8718. F xlviii. h. 0.068 m. d. 0.088 m. PI. 92. G 3 21 - Ground shading whitish to light brown, design alternately red and black. 8719. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. d. 0.083 m - PI- 9 2 - G 612. Ground shading pinkish cream to brown, lines brown, filling red-brown. 8720. F xlviii. h. 0.092 m. d. 0.09 m. PI. 92. G 151. Whitish buff ground ; design in brown. 8721. F xlviii. h. 0.078 m. d. 0.088 m. PI. 92. G 604. Pinkish ground, filling alternately red and brown. 8722. F xlviii. h. 0.075 m. d. 0.095 m. PI. 92. G 604. Shading cream, buff and brown, lines in dark brown, filling red-brown. 8723. F xlviii. h. 0.074 m. d. 0.081 m. PI. 92. G 604. Pink in section, ground buff, design in brown; broken. 8724. F xlviii. h. 0.092 m. d. 0.095 m - PI- 93- G 655. Broken ; red ware, careless white wash, design in dark brown, red filling. 8725. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. d. 0.096 m. PI. 93. G 45 1 - Brownish purple design; red rim. 8726. F xlviii. h. 0.082 m. d. 0.075 m. PI. 93. G 598. Red ware, careless white wash, double bands of dark brown. 8727. F xxxii a. h. 0.11m. PI. 93. G 518. Black on creamy ground; red rim. 8728. F xxxii. h. G Alternate red and black half-moons on whitish flared ground. 8729. F xxxii. h. 0.144 m. PI. 93. G 460. Crescents alternately red and black; creamy pink ground. 8730. F lii. h. 0.065 m. i 0.12 m. G 201. Red outside, white inside, fine clay. 8731. F xlvi. h. 0.036 m. d. 0.108 m. PI. 93. G 3 - Red and reddish brown on yellowish white. 8732. F xlvi. h. 0.052 m. d. 0.14 m. PI. 93 G 309. Red on pinkish white ground. 8733. F xlvi. h. 0.24 m. d. 0.112 m. PI. 93. G 236. Brown on pinkish white ground. 8734. F xlvii. h. 0.054 m. d. 0.104 m. PI. 102. G 292. Black incised with design of highly stylized frogs. Hand-made. 8735- F xlvii. h. 0.054 m. d. 0.083 m - PI- io2 - G 743- Black incised with design of ostriches. Hand- made. 8736. F xlv. h. 0.033 m. d. 0.09 m. G 288. White clay, painted red. 8737. 0.165 by 0.095 m - PI- 98- G 735. Clay box-lid; light clay, light orange to white slip; on top a crocodile in red and black; face at end. 8738. F i. h. 0.44 m. G 630. Plain red; rough drawing of two geese no front. OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH 75 8739. F v. h. 0.33 m. G 609. Red body, yellow neck and adjacent shoulder; two narrow yellow bands on shoulder. 8740. F v. h. 0.32 m. G 615. Red neck and body; wide white band on shoulder. 8741. F v. h. 0.26 m. G 187. Red burnished body; black and white bands, orange lip. 8742. F v. h. 0.29 m. G Dull red wash ; dark red and white band round shoulder; drab clay, white slip under red. 8743. F v. 0.235 m. G 670. Dull red wash; red and black bands round neck and shoulder. 8744. F v. //. 0.23 m. G 133. Red body, pinkish and dark brown bands around neck and shoulder. 8745. F v. h. 0.19 m. G 178. Pinkish white body; red neck; below this four bands purple. 8746. F v. h. 0.215 m. G 180. Dull red body, brown bands. 8747. F v. /;. 0.215 m. G 189. Shaded orange and brown surface, red neck, red, orange and brown bands on shoulder. 8748. F v. h. 0.215 m. G 479. Light orange body; black and red stripes round neck to shoulder. 8749. F v. h. 0.21 m. G 447. Light orange body, red neck, red band on shoulder flanked by black lines. 8750. F v. /;. 0.225 m. G Orange surface, red neck, brown bands on shoulder. 8751. F iv. /;. 0.295 m. G 739. Buff ground, upper half of bands of brown and red. 8752. F i. /;. 0.235 m. G 393. Plain red clay. 8753. F xi. h. 0.20 m. G 586. Very dull red; two black bands on shoulder and body; five white blotches on upper black band. 8754. F xxi. 0.29 m. G 630. Plain ; drab clay ; red wash all over. 8755. F xxii. h. 0.27 m. G 561. Drab clay. 8756. F xxiii. h. 0.224 m. G 216. Plain; drab clay, white slip. 8757. F xxxv b. h. 0.275 m. G 180. Brown ground, two wide red bands, double row of widely separated petals on shoulder. 8758. F xxxv a. h. 0.24 m. G 707. Dull red, two double bands black. 8759. F xxxv. h. 0.22 m. G 661. Red ware; two double black bands. 8760. F xxxv b. h. 0.22 m. G 645. Red with two double black bands. 8761. F xxxv b. /}. 0.24 m. G 527. Red with two double black bands. 8762. F xxxv b. /:. 0.26 m. G 584. Plain; reddish clay. 8763. F xvii d. h. 0.23 m. G Red, dull; double black band round shoulder drab clay; one handle and part of neck missing 8764. F xvii d. h. 0.31m. G 571 Light red, double black bands above and below 8765. F xviii, but without base ring. h. 0.205 m G 163 Drab surface ; two red and brown bands. 8766. F xviii. h. 0.23 m. G 535. Plain red, incised lines on shoulder. 8767. F xviii. 0.24 m. G 556. Red, two rows of double black bands. 8768. F xviii. h. 0.215 m. G 550. Plain; drab clay; red paint. 8769. F xvii. h. 0.28 m. G 543. Drab clay; orange surface; two double bands of black; one handle missing. 8770. F xix, but without base ring. 1.75 m. G 413- Pink clay. 8771. F xxxii a. h. 0.22 m. PI. 101. G 544. Plain black clay, very fine work. 8772. F vii. h. 0.27 m. PI. 102. G 103. Black clay, plain, but hatched design incised on opposite sides at base of neck. Hand-made. 8773. F vii a. 0.165 m. PI. toi. G 268. Black clay with five incised designs near mouth on shoulder. Hand-made. 8774. F v. /;. 0.13 m. PI. 101. G 408. Plain black ware, hand-made. 8775. F lv. h. 0.13 m. G 775. Very dark, nearly black clay, plain. 8776. F lv. h. 0.14 m. PI. 101. G 599. Round base, elongated sides sloping in. Hand- made of muddy red clay, partly burnt black in an open hearth. 8777. F vii. /;. 0.17 m. G 461. Muddy clay, hand-made, rough, incised, Vandyke. 8778. F lv, but with base ring. h. 0.195 m. G 577. Incised ware; line near mouth, red clay. 8779. F v. //. 0.155 m. G 703. Dull red, black bands. 8780. F xxxii. h. 0.17 m. G 235. Plain; red paint on whitish clay; straight sides. 8781. F xxxii. /;. 0.185 m - G» 565. Plain ; red clay, rounded sides. 8782. F xxxii. h. 0.154 m. G Plain; pinkish red clay, broad shoulder, small base. 8783. F xxxii. /(. 0.165 m. G Plain; pinkish red clay, broad shoulder, small base. 8784. F xxxii. //. 0.165 m. G 130. Plain ; red clay ( ?) encrusted ; curved sides. 276 KARANOG 8785. F xxxii. h. 0.175 m. G Plain ; red clay, curved sides. 8786. F xxxii b. h. 0.135 m - G 444. Plain ; red clay. 8787. F xxxii b. h. 0.145 m. G 224 Plain; red brown, curved sides. 8788. F xxxii. h. 0.165 m. G 262. Plain ; red clay, curved sides. 8789. F xxxii. h. 0.140 m. G 337' Plain; red clay, curved sides. 8790. F xxxii a. h. 0.155 m. G 241 Red-brown clay, narrow black bands ; straight sides, pronounced base-ring. 8791. F xxxii b. h. 0.12 m. G Purple brown with red bands, flat base, no base- ring. 8792. F xxxii b. h. 0.105 m. G 213. Coarse brown red with black and white band round shoulder. 8793. F xxxii b. h. 0.11m. G Plain reddish brown clay; slightly curved barrel-shaped walls, short neck. 8794. F xxxii, but without handle, h. 0.21 m. G 373. Plain red surface. 8795. F xii. h. 0.23 m. G Plain drab surface. 8796. F xxxii a. h. 0.145 m. G 652. Red surface, black spot-wreath on shoulder, four bands below. 8797. F xxxii. h. 0.122 m. G 602. Light brownish surface; between bands a spot-wreath coarsely done in light red, very faint. Bulbous form, no base-ring. 8798. F xxxvii. /1.0.152 m. G Plain ; red clay. 8799. F xxxvii. h. 0.14 m. G 256. Plain ; red clay, orange slip. 8800. F xxxvii. h. 0.130 m. G Plain ; light clay. 8801. F xxxvii. h. 0.145 m. G 640. Plain ; light red clay. 8802. F xxxvii. G 604. Plain, light clay. 8803. F xxxvii. h. 0.140 m. G 319. Plain ; coarse reddish clay. 8804. F xxxvii. h. 0.142 m. G 661. Plain ; yellowish clay. 8805. F xxxvii. h. 0.168 m. G Plain ; red clay. 8806. F xxxvii. h. 0.145 m. G 630. Plain; red clay. 8807. F xxxvii. G Plain ; red clay. 8808. F xxii. h. 0.15 m. G 7°3- Spouted ; plain, reddish clay. 8809. F xxii. h. 0.155 m. G 709. Plain reddish clay, rough. 8810. F xxi. h. 0.16 m. G 679. Very rough, pinkish clay. 8811. F xxi. h. 0.172 m. G 2 10. Rough, red clay, plain. 8812. F xxi. h. 0.142 m. G Rough, red clay, plain. 8813. F v. h. 0.150 m. G 661. Plain; red clay. 8814. F ix. h. 0.14 m. G Plain ; brownish clay. 8815. F v. (1. 0.125 m. G Plain red. 8816. F ix. h. 0.125 m. G 100. Plain light clay unpainted. 8817. F ix. h. 0. 1 1 m. G Plain light clay unpainted. 8818. F ix. h. 0.09 m. G Plain light clay unpainted. 8819. F ix. h. 0.085 m - G Plain; very rough; coarse light clay. 8820. F ix. h. 0.12 m. G Plain ; rough ; pinkish light clay. 8821. Fix. h. 0.105m. G Plain ; light clay unpainted. 8822. Fix. h. 0.105m. G Plain ; rough pinkish clay. 8823. F ix. h. 0.12 m. G Plain; rough pinkish clay. 8824. Fix. h. 0105m. G Plain ; rough, light clay unpainted. 8825. F ix. h. 0.12 m. G Plain; light clay unpainted. 8826. Fix. h. 0.105m. G "j Plain; light clay unpainted; very rough. 8827. F ix. h. 0. 1 1 m. G Plain ; light clay unpainted. 8828. F ix. h. 0.085 m - G Plain; light clay unpainted. 8829. F ix. h. 0.095 m. G Plain ; light clay unpainted ; broad shouldered with small mouth. 8830. F ix. h. 0.09 m. G Clay grey to black, plain. 8831. F ix. h. 0.11 m. G Plain rough grey ware. 8832. F ix. h. 0.082 m. G Plain : very rough ; light clay unpainted. 8833. F ix. h. 0.085 m - G Plain; rough; light clay unpainted. 8834. F ix. h. 0.092 m. G Plain ; light clay, burnt black-grey. 8835. F ix. h. 0.09 m. G Plain ; rough muddy clay. 8836. F ix. h. 0.075 m - G Plain ; dark grey clay. 8837. F ix. h. 0.08 m. G Hand-made; very rough mud, brown to black. 8838. F lv. h. 0.085 m - G Plain; light clay partly burnt to grey-black; flattened base. OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH 277 8839. F h. 0.045 m - G Rough hand-made black, ink-bottle shape. 8840. F ix. h. 0.063 m - G Hand-made; very rude; clay reddish to black; no proper form at all. 8841. Fix. h. 0.05m. G Plain; crudely made; light clay mostly burnt to black-grey. 8842. F ix. h. 0.06 m. G Hand-made, black muddy clay. 8843. Fix. h. 0.125 m. G 582. Plain; light clay unpainted. 8844. F ix. h. 0.066 m. G Hand-made; very rude; clay muddy coloured within, with black-grey surface. 8845. F xlvii. i 0.084 m. d. 0.185 m. G Plain red, muddy clay, haematite surface. 8846. F xlvii. h. 0.076 m. d. 0.184 m. G 187. Muddy clay, red surface. 8847. F xlvii. h. 0.08 m. d. 0.19 m. G 187. Plain ; bright red wash over drab clay. 8848. F xlvii. h. 0.046 m. d. 0.149 m. G 180. Shallow; bright red outside, white inside. 8849. F xliv. h. 0.1 1 m. d. 0.182 m. G Plain rough red clay unpainted; broken. 8850. F xliv. h. 0.088 m. d. 0.145 m. G Plain; rough red clay; red wash; broken. 8851. F xliv. h. 0.105 m. d. 0.153 m. G Plain red clay. 8852. F xliv. h. 0.08 m. d. 0.135 m. G 187. Plain ; deep red over mud-coloured clay. 8853. F xlv. h. 0.035 m. d. 0.155 m. G 380. Plain ; deep red. 8854. F li. h. 0.075 m - d. 0.142 m. G 708. Plain; red surface. 8855. F li. h. 0.075 m. d. 0.12 m. G 187. Plain; red clay. 8856. F xlv. h. 0.057 m. d. 0.145 m. G Plain ; coarse muddy clay unpainted. 8857. F xlv. h. 0.07 m. d. 0.135 m. G Plain; mud-coloured. 8858. F lii. h. 0.093 m. d. 0.105 m. G 422. Light red surface, black wreath. 8859. F liii. h. 0.08 m. d. 0.112 m. G 535. Plain pinkish clay; red paint. 8860. F xlviii. h. 0.034 m. d. 0.092 m. G Plain ; coarse pinkish clay, unpainted ; straight sides. 8861. F xlviii. h. 0.06 m. d. 0.085 m. G 517. Plain ; coarse unpainted clay. 8862. F xlv. h. 0.06 m. d. 0.105 m. G Plain ; rough unpainted clay. 8863. F li. h. 0.048 m. d. 0.094 m. G 615. Small plain red, with base-ring and flat turned- over edge. 8864. F xlv. h. 0.05 m. d. 0.098 m. G 137. Plain; rough unpainted clay. 8865. F xlv. h. 0.057 m. d. 0.095 m. G Plain ; rough ware, unpainted clay. 8866. F xliii. h. 0.07 m. d. 0.08 m. G 597. Handled; orange clay with brown wash above. 8867. F xliii. h. 0.085 m - d- °-°93 m - G 597. Handled ; pinkish clay with orange-brown wash above. 8868. F xlv. h. 0.06 m. d. 0.085 m - G Dark mud-coloured. 8869. Fx. h. 0.07 m. G 412. Small; faint bands of purple on reddish clay. 8870. F lxiii. h. 0.075 m. d. 0.088 m. G Pinkish clay; brown above. 8871. F xlv. h. 0.054 m. d. 0.088 m. G Plain; rough unpainted pinkish clay. 8872. F xlvii. h. 0.078 m. d. 0.115 m. G 301. Pinkish clay; red rim with double purple band. 8873. F xlvii. h. 0.08 m. d. 0.11m. G 235. Pinkish clay; red surface. 8874. F lxi. h. 0.042 m. d. 0.113 m. PI. 93. G 701. Straight-sided; bright red; "terra sigillata " ; rosette in centre of base. 8875. F lxii. h. 0.056 m. d. 0.087 m. PI. 94 G 591 Red "terra sigillata." 8876. F xlviii. h. 0.07 m. d. 0.075 m. G 189 Red outside, pinkish clay. 8877. F xlv. h. 0.045 m - d. 0.09 m. G Plain rough clay, unpainted. 8878. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. d. 0.08 m. G Plain red ; poor burnish. 8879. F liii. h. 0.053 m. d. 0.075 m G 597 Pinkish clay, orange surface. 8880. PI. h. 0.068 m. d. 0.078 m. G 214 With rudimentary base-ring; white slip body, red rim. 8881. F xlviii. h. 0.075 m - G Creamy inside, outside very finely burnished red; peculiar as having round base and sides curving in to rim. 8882. F xlviii. h. 0.088 m. d. 0.085 m. G 754. Pinkish ground ; b own lines at top and bottom, between, two rows of leaves with red filling. 8883. F xlviii. h. 0.103 m. PI. 102. G 775. Round base; black ware, hand-made, with incised ornament. Hand-made. 8884. Fx. h. 0.10m. PI. 101. G 548. Fine black ware, plain delicate shape. 8885. F xlvii. h. 0.05 m. d. 0.07 m. G Very rude hand-made; just a lump of clay with a hole in it. 8886. F xlix. h. 0.06 m G Muddy black. 8887. F xlix. h. 0.062 m. G Pinched ; plain ; deep red. 8888. Flxv. h. 0.075 m. G 577. Orange red. 8889. F xv. h. 0.53 m. G Reddish clay. 278 KARANOG 8890. Fxxviii. 0.28 m. PI. 96. G 525. Lined band whereon petals or circles, purplish brown and red on brownish ground. 8891. F xxxii. 0.225 m. G 528. Broad-shouldered ; plain red-brown clay. 8892. F v. h. 0.24 m. G 267. Red ground ; round shoulder three rows of rough blobs, a row of black between two of white. 8893. F xvii. k. 0.192 m. G Red with two double bands of black. 8894. F viii. h. 0.24 m. G 101. Red neck; double band of purple-brown; the body a pinkish white wash over brown-red clay. 8895. F.v. G Upper part only; above, wreath pattern; below, row of lotus flower and bud, on sides. Purple on brownish clay. 8896. F v. h. 0.28 m. PI. 79. G 134. In light band on shoulder, sprawling lotus- spray device. 8897. F liii. h. 0.10 m. d. 0.112 m. PI. 52. G 779. Free hin wreath, black, on red-brown upper part ; body pinkish clay. 8898. F xlv. d. 0.135 m. G Shallow ; flat base, flat turned-over rim ; roughly made, coarse brown clay. 8899. F v. h. 0.1 15 m. G On light ground between red bands alternate flower and bud of lotus, with festoon stalks; fragment. 8900. F xlviii. h. 0.13 m. PI. 52. G 548. With base-ring; sides slightly indented; tall lotus flowers in red on brown. 8901. F xlviii. h. 0.085 m - d. 0.08 m. G 223. Cream ; two brown narrow bands above, and two below; six crescents in parallel row, red filling. 8902. F xlviii. 0.061 m. d. 0.065 m - G 353. Pinkish buff ground, two narrow bands above and two below. 8903. F xlviii. 0.072 m. d. 0.075 m. PI. 52. G 376. Frieze of lotus flowers and buds. 8904. F xlviii. h. o 078 m. d. 0.082 m. G 270. Inside and in section pink, surface red; plain. 8905. F xlviii. 0.083 m - d. 0 0 9 m ' G ()0 4- Pinkish on surface and section ; sparse design of brown lines and red filling, conventionalized blossom and bud; careless work. 8906. F liii. h. 0.065 m. d. 0.10 m. G 485. With flat stand ; pinkish white with red colour above flared black brown in furnace. 8907. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. d. 0.085 m - G Shading pinkish to brown, wide red band at top, two narrow brown bands under. 8908. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. G 355. Pinkish clay, red bands, stamped with three rows of circle or rough rosette pattern. 8909. F xlviii. h. 0.09 m. PI. 102. G 292. Plain black; wheel-made. 8910. F xlviii. h. 0.094 m. PI. 52. G no. Purplish ground, whereon alternate red and blue lotus-flowers; highly conventionalized. 8911. F xlviii. h. 0.067 m. d. 0.088 m. G 123. Pinkish ground, lines dark brown, filling alter- nately red and brown ; six crescents and ankhs. 8912. F xlviii. 0.078 m. PI. 52. G 442. Below, Vandyke hatching; above lotus flowers and buds. 8913. F xlviii. /1. 0.08 m. G 521. On light ground, large buds, red and purple, making two rows. 8914. F xxvii or xxviii. /2.0.27 m. PI. 79. G Lower part of cylindrical jar with lotus, knot and snake device in brown. 8915. F xlviii. h. 0.09 m. G 679. Flower-wreath and cross-hatching, vandyke. 8916. F xlvii. h. 0.06 m. G Drab clay with whitish slip much polished, whereon purple rosette in centre. 8917. F xlvii. h. 0.08 m. G 187. Fine bright red surface. 8918. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. G 294. In purple on light brown ground, lotus buds with fringed stems between double uprights; red rim. 8919. F xlviii. h. 0.10 m. G 523. Only half; roughly painted with pennant pattern in red and black on whitish ground. 8920. F xlviii. h. 0.073 m - G Fragment; on whitish ground, free wreath with black trefoil leaves and red buds. 8921. F xlviii. G 476. Fragment; in alternate panels flower-stars and half lozenges; red and black on orange clay. 8922. F xlviii. h. 0.073 m - d. 0.082 m. G Fragment; vandyke of wavy lines, purple, with red spots at points; crescents in triangular fields. 8923. F xlviii. h. 0.07 m. d. 0.086 m. G 664. Pinkish ground; grass pattern alternately red and black. 8924. F xlviii. h. 0.063 m - d. 0.09 m. G 277. Brown with dark bands, between which two rows of stamped crossed circles. 8925. F xlviii h. 0.08 m. G 376. Pinkish; double row of reversed crescents, black with red fillings. 8926. F xlviii. h. 0.09 ra. G 524. Fragmentary; on light ground hatched squares alternately horizontal and vertical ; rudely drawn. 8927. F xlviii. h. 0.088 m. d. 0.105 m. G 161. Fragmentary; diamond pattern, with angles between filled alternately red and black. 8928. F xlviii. //. 0.104 m. G 413. Only half; on light ground, a frog holding a branch, purplish-brown. OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH 8929. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. G 350. Fragmentary; floral wreath, lotus, curiously stylized into hatched triangles. 8930. F xlviii. h. 0.11m. G 708. Fragmentary; above, wreath of buds; below, two bands of free floral wreaths; black on reddish clay. 8931. F xlviii. h. 0.078 m. d. 0.073 m - PI- 94- G ^59- On light ground, pinkish, plain red leaves black outlined, sparsely distributed. 8932. F xlviii. h. 0.071m. d. 0.068 m. PI. 94. G On white ground, alternate red and black trefoil buds. G 8933. F xlviii. h. 0.075 m - °-°7 m - P*- 94- G 184. On light ground, four rows of scales, purplish- brown. 8934. F xlviii. /;. 0.07 m. d. 0.086 m. PI. 94. G 570. Light ground ; lozenge hatching, black, with red blobs in fields. 8935. F xlviii. h. 0.092 m. d. 0.095 m. PI. 94. G387. Light ground; red rim; below which narrow band with alternate red and blue crescents. 8936. F xlviii. h. 0.103 m. d. 0.095 m. PI. 94. G 371. Light ground; red rim; below which narrow band of vandyke hatching. 8937. F xlviii. h. 0.078 m. d. 0.095 m - PI- 94- G 7 iS- Light ground ; alternate red and black triangles, elongated, between which, crosses. 8938. F xlviii. h. 0.11 m. d. 0.12 m. PI. 94. G 448. Light ground, yellowish ; between bands, big joined circles, deep brown. 8939. F xlviii. h. 0.077 m. d. 0.086 m. PI. 95. G 700. On purplish white ground, net pattern, crinkly lines, red spots at points. 8940. F xlviii. h. 0.077 m. d. 0.081 m. PI. 95. G552. Only half; on light ground, four rows of scales in purplish-brown; red rim. 8941. F xlviii. h. 0.084 m. d. 0.091m. PI. 95. G 583- Only half; light ground; above, joined circles, red; below, cross-hatching, brown. 8942. F xlviii. h. 0.077 m - ° °9 m - PI- 95- G 288. White ground; alternate flowers and buds of stylized lotus, black with red touches; fragmen- tary. 8943. F xlviii. 0.09 m. d. 0.09 m. PI. 95. G 524. Fragmentary; white ground; joined elipses alternately red and purple-hatched ; coarse ware. 279 8944. F xlviii. h. 0.078 m. d. 0.09 m. PI. 95. G Fragmentary; light ground with two rows of large scales containing dots. 8945. F xlviii. h. 0.072 m. d. 0.08 m. PI. 95. G Fragmentary ; white ground ; diagonal strips of spot-wreath in black. 8946. F xlviii. h. 0.098 m. d. 0.11m. PI. 95. G 230. Fragmentary; with base-ring. Orange ground ; above, brown buds, single row between dark bands. 8947. F xlviii. G 420. Fragmentary; on light ground a row of lotus- buds on their sides; red and purple. 8948. F xlviii. G 304. Fragmentary; orange ground; trefoil buds outlined on alternate black and red fields. 8949. F xlviii. G 701. Fragmentary; on light ground a bold wreath of columbine buds. 8950. F xlviii. G 387. Fragmentary ; on pinkish-white ground a single row of red crescents. 8951. F xlviii. h. 0.08 m. d. 0.09 m. G 394. Coarse ; white ground ; fields of Vandyke hatch- ing with three trefoil shoots between ; black and brown. 8952. F xlvi. h. 0.048 m. d. 0.138 m. PI. 87. G 615. Saucer; inside, offering-table flanked by palm branches; brown on pinkish-white ground. 8953. Ostrakon inscribed with Meroi'tic characters. 8954. Ostrakon inscribed with Meroitc characters. PI. 96. G (Both sides illustrated on plate). 8955. Ostrakon inscribed with Meroi'tic characters. PI. 96. G 8956. Ostrakon inscribed with Meroi'tic characters. 8957. Ostrakon inscribed with Meroi'tic characters. 8958. F xxvii. h. 0.485 m. PI. 97 G 4. Light ground ; on shoulder black spot wreath ; on walls very tall lotus flowers and buds, red and black. 8959. F xxvii. /2.0.38 m. G535. Light ground; outlined on it, lotus flowers with thick stems, and stalks with branching buds. 8960. F v. h. 0.21 m. PI. 79. G682. On light ground, knots connected by festoons, in black. 8961. F v. G 126. On neck, band of running trefoil buds, red ; below, joined circles, black; below, petals in sets red and black. Base gone. 8962. F v. h. 0.30 m. G 187. Plain red, with buff neck and band. 8963. F v. h. 0.22 m. G Buff; lower half plain, upper half of geometric design. 280 KARANOG 8964. F v. /1. 0.25 m. G Plain red. 8965. F v. h. 0.31m. G 181. Plain red below; wide band of leaf and branch design above. 8966. F i. h. 0.53 m. G Yellow ground, design of petals at top with red division fillings. 8967. F lix. h. 0.15 m. PI. 101. G 549. With cover, black; incised dotted ornament filled in with white ; hand-made. 8968. Fv. h. 0.165 m. PI. 97. G Prominent leaf and floral design in white on upper body, shoulder and neck. 8969. F i. h. 0.555 m. G 187. Plain red surface. 8970. F i. h. 0.48 m. G 187. Plain red surface. 8971. F xii. h. 0.62 m. G 403. Reddish drab clay. 8972. F v. h. 0.34 m. G Red body, neck and bands on shoulder buff. 8973. F v. h. 0.30 m. PI. 97. G 184. Red body, on shoulder row of circles, below which a tree design, in buff. 8974. F v. h. 0.27 m. G 322. Red body with indistinct geometrical design on shoulder. 8975. F v. h. 0.21 m. PI. 97. G 304. Surface buff to brown; design of triangles above and trefoils below on shoulder, dark out- line with red filling. 8976. F v. h. 0.355 m. G Red body, brown and buff bands on shoulder. 8977. F v. h. 0.205 m. G 700. Surface buff to brown; on shoulder, star and line design in brown. 8978. F v. h. 0.22 m. PI. 97. G 708. Buff surface, on shoulder in brown and red a floral wreath design with poppy-seed (?) motive. 8979. F v. h. 0.24 m. PI. 97. G 665. Pinkish ground, on which star design. 8980. F v. h. 0.15 m. G Star design (fragment only). 8981. F li. h. 0.013 m. d. 0.26 m. G 316. Bowl; buff ground on which floral wreath design in dark brown. 8982. F lxvi. h. 0.23 m. G Reddish brown clay; buff cross on top. 8983. F lxvi. h. 0.31m. G Plain, reddish clay. 8984. F v. h. 0.14 m. G Dark red surface whereon pointed leaf-design in black. 8985. F xii. h. 0.305 m. G Plain; reddish clay. Broken. 8986. F v. h. 0.24 m. G 253. Fragment ; buff surface ; leaf design on shoulder ; on body, geometric and other figures. 8987. F v. h. 0.17 m. G Fragment; buff surface; leaf, ankh, and plant design . 8988. F xxviii. h. 0.36 m. PI. 97. G Broken. On buff grouund a brown tree-like lotus design. 8989. F xxviii. h. 0.26 m. PI. 96. G On buff ground a design of four-petalled flowers in square compartments; brown. 8990. F xxvii. h. 0.36 m. G Brownish buff surface; on shoulder, running leaf design; on body, ankh, leaf and hatched design in brown and red. Fragment only. 8991. F xxvii. h. 0.37 m. G 253. Red ground, scale-pattern in black. Frag- ment. 8992. F xxviii. h. 0.26 m. G White surface, on shoulder connected circles in red, on body scale and leaf pattern. 8993. F xvii. G Red ground, running wreath design in black. Fragment only, base missing. 8994. F xxvii. G Bird and leaf design. Fragment only. 8995. F xxvii. G Buff ground, rows of red and black petals. Fragment only. 8996. F xvii. PI. 98. G Buff ground ; bands and running wreath design in black. Fragment only, base missing. 8997. F xvii. PI. 98. G Buff ground ; bands and running wreath design in black. Fragment only, base missing. 8998. F ii. G Red ground ; bands alternately red and black edged with white. Top only. 8999. F viii. G Finely burnished red surface, white bands and spots. Top only. 9000. F viii. h. 0.24 m. PI. 97. G 23. Red ground; white offering- table design on one side. 9001. F xxiii. h. 0.20 m. G Plain white. 9002. F v. PI. 99. G Buff ground on which three "demons" heads, eye and plant designs. Fragment only. 9003. F xxvii. G Buff ground, star and hatched designs. Frag- ment. 9004. F xvii. G Red ground, running wreath design in black. Fragment. 9005. F xxvii (?) G 253. Buff ground, brown geometric design. Frag- ment. 9006. A — E. F xii. G 187. Broken amphorae with mud sealings. 9007. Mud jar sealings from various tombs. P. 79. OBJECTS FROM THE CEMETERY AT ANIBEH 9008. F v. h. 0.22 m. G Red ground, triangles running leaf and frond designs in brown. Fragment. 9009. F xxxiii. h. 0.47 m. PI. 107. Fig. 23. G187. Brown plain ware. On shoulder a Greek numeral and a Meroitic inscription. 9010. A-D. Fragments; red ware with lotus designs in black. 9011. A-P. Fragments; incised black hand-made ware. PI. 100. 9012. Fragments. F xlviii. Crescent and dot design. 9013. Fragments; eye design. 9014. Fragments ; lotus design. PI. 98. 9015. Fragments ; leaf design. G 761. 9016. Fragments. F xlvii ; ankh design. PI. 98. 9017. Fragments. F xlviii ; net and dot design. G 700. 9018. F x. h. o,c 85 m. Plain brown. G 9019. Fragments. F liii ; high slip ware. PI. 100. 9020. Fragments ; decorated with human or demons' heads. PI. 99. 9021. Fragments; animal or naturalistic grape designs. Selection on PI . 98, 99. 9022. Fragments; snake, flower, grape and altar designs. 9023. Fragments; human figure designs. 9024. Fragments; spot- wreath and flower designs. 9025. Fragments; vine-wreath designs. 9026. Fragments; crescents, ankhs, etc. 9027. Fragments; lotus, trefoil flower, trefoil buds, etc. 9028. Fragments; scales, circles, etc. 9029. Fragments; ankhs, Vandykes and hatching. 9030. Fragments; single leaf and tree designs. 9031. Fragments; four-pointed stars, dot and net, etc. 9032. Fragments; dot and net, joined circles, etc. 9033. Fragments; red ware with black and white bands. 9034. Fragments; buff ware with red and black bands. 9035 — 9038. Fragments; miscellaneous wreath designs. 9039. Fragments of cups, stamped ware. PI. 100. 9040 — 9045. Fragments. F xlviii. Miscellaneous PI. 98. 9046. F xxxii. h. 0.26 m. G 602. Straight sides; black on red; vertical panels of hatching and of grass design. 9047. F xxxii. h. 0.23 m. G 288. Mouth broken away. On shoulder, scale pattern in fields alternately black and red. 9048. F xxxii. h. 0.115 m. G 118. Buff ground; round shoulder a row of festoons containing crosses; tongues between festoons alternately red and purple. 9049. F liii. h. 0.075 m - G 544. Plain ; lower half buff, upper half darker brown. 28l 9050. Wooden fragments, being rods and keys from a musical instrument of the 'gorra" type. 9051-9061. Numbers not used. G 141. 9062. /. 0.14 m. w. 0.14 m. G 70. Feet of statue. 9063. 0.09 m. w. 0.06 m. G Foot of statue. 9064. /. 0.09 m. w. 0.095 m. G Foot of statue. 9065. h. 0.21 m. G Body of statue. 9066. G 301. Fragment of head of statue. 9067. G Fragment of head of statue. 9068. G Fragment of head of statue. 9069. G Fragment of head of statue. 9070. G Fragment of head of statue. 9071. G Fragment of head of statue. 9072A. G 301. Fragment of head of statue. 9072B. G Fragment of head of statue. 9072 C. G Fragment of head of statue whereon the original colour is well preserved. The face is of chocolate laid over red, the hair red, and round the head is a wreath of green with details in black. 9072 D. G Fragment of statue with colour well preserved ; a hand, red, holds a cone coloured green with reticulated pattern in black. 9073. h. 0. 1 1 m. G Stand and arm of statue. 9074. h. 0.1 1 m. w. 0.8 m. G Fragment of statue. 9075. h. 0.06 m. w. 0.05 m. G 273. Fragment of statue. 9076. /1.0.13 m. w. 0.06 m. G 273. Fragment of statue. 9077. h. 0.18 m. w. 0.17 m. G 64. Fragment of offering-table, with Meroitic inscription. 9078. h. 0.23 m. w. 0.18 m. G219. Fragment of offering-table, with loaves, pitcher, and Meroitic inscription. 9079. h. 0.20 m. w. 0.16. G 219. Fragment of offering-table, with loaf, pitcher, and Meroitic inscription. 9080. h. 0.14 m. w. 0.31 m. G Fragment of offering-table, with loaf and Meroitic inscription. 9081. h. 0.20 m. w, 0.16 m. G 70. Fragment of offering-table, with Meroitic inscription. 282 KARANOG 9082. //. 0.21 m. w. 0.22 m G 254. Fragment of offering-table, with Mero'itic inscription. 9083. /;. 0.14 m. w. 0.13 m. G 52. Fragment of offering-table, with lotus blossom and loaf. 9084. h. 0.20 m. w. 0.10 m. G Fragment of offering-table, with Mero'itic inscription. 9085. 0.12 m. w. 0.09 m. G 137. Fragment of offering-table, with pitcher and Meroi'tic inscription. 9086. /;. 0.155 m. w. 0.14 m. G Fragment of offering-table, with Meroi'tic inscription. 9087. h. 0.13 m. w. 0.09 m. G Fragment of offering-table, with Meroi'tic inscription. 9088 A. //. 0.08 m. w. 0.12 in. G Fragment of offering-table, with Meroi'tic inscription. 9088 B. h. 0.13 m. w. 0.10 m. G Corner of offering-table, with Meroi'tic inscrip- tion. 9088C.D.E. G 83. Three fragments of the rim of an offering- table decorated with vine pattern in relief. 9089. 0.14 m. w. 0.16 m. G Fragment of inscribed stela. 9090. h. 0.14 m. w. 0.14 m. G 219. Fragment of inscribed stela. 9091. h. 0.12 m. w. 0.14 m. G 2 19. Fragment of inscribed stela. 9092. h. 0.1 1 m. w. 0.09 m. G 219. Fragment of inscribed stela. 9093. h. 0.18 m. w. 1.05 m. G 219. Fragment of inscribed stela. 9094. h. 0.12 m. w. 0.09 m. G Fragment of inscribed stela. 9095. h. 0.165 m. w. 0.16 m. G Fragment of inscribed stela. 9096A. PI. 109. G 228. Reed writing pen. B. PI. 109. G 228. Reed writing pen. C. G 228. Reed writing pen. D. PI. 109. G 288. Wooden kohlstick. 9097 A. B. G 445- Spindle-whorls. 9098. /. 0.049 m - w - 0 01 1 m - G 449. Piece of ivory, engraved with patterns of running hearts, trefoil buds, lozenges and circles. 9099. G Graphite from kohlbox. 9100 A. G Fragment of heavy-ribbed fabric (polymita). g 100 B. G Fragment of fabric with reed warp INDEX Note. — i. Only the authorities quoted in Appendix in Appendix II to the same chapter a 2. Figures in italics refer to Catalogue nun: Abyssinia, 88, 94 (see Axum) Achilleus, 91 Adulis, 88 ^Emilianus, Julius, 90 ^Ethiopia, ^Ethiopians, 2, 5, 40, 48, 55, 56, 61, ch. xii passinij 106 Aezanas, 88, 94 Akhmim, 95 Alexander, 5, 78 Alexandria, 61, 73, 77, 82, 86, 88, 90, 91, 94, 97, 106, 107, 108, 114 Amadeh, 1, 5, 52 Amara, 5, 6 Amenhotep III, temple of, 2 Amen-Re, 48, 62, 64, 65 Amend, 62 Ammianus Marcellinus, 112 Amnion, 4, 5, 62, 63, 64, 65 Animonius, no Antony, 85 Anubis, 4, 9, 49, 62, 110, 7084, 7097 Apis, 64, 8062 Appian. 95 Apulia, 55 Archelaus, 96 Areika. 1, 46, 51, 52, 55. 57, 58, 7729 Ares, 94 Argin, 5 Arian controversy, 94 Arrows, 30, 34, 36, 38, 41, 66, 89, 90 Arsenuphis, 88 Aswan, 5 Athanasius, 94 Atlas, 87 Augustus Caesar. 2, 5, 85, 86, 90, 92, 106, 109 Aurelian, 89, 91, 102, 110, 113, Axum, Axumites, 87, 88, 89, 91, 94 Ba, representations of, 4, 6, 10, 11, 14, 28, 33, 38, 46, 47. 48. 49, 63, 93 Babylon, fortress of, 106, ill Babima, 4 Balansourah, 72 Bantu, 59 Bar Hebraeus. 97 Bas-reliefs, 48 I to Chapter XII and only the more important names, included in this Index. TS. Batn-el-Hagar, 6, 87 Beads, wearing of, 28, 32, 42, 47, 49, 59, 74 sq., 82 Bega, 88 Begerawieh, 6, 14, 48, 61, 76 Begrash, 1, 5, 51, 90, 95, 98 Behen, 2, 5, 14, 83 Beliar, 95 Belisarius, 114 Berlin, 62 Bes, 54, 57, 62, 63, 65, 7844, 7931, 8013, 8017, 8019,. 8028 Besa, 95 Bisharin, 88 Blemyes, ch. xii passim Bone, C, 73 Boston, Museum of Fine Arts, 75 British Museum, 70 Budge, Dr. E. A. W., 13, 51, 61, 85, 88, 97 Biicheler, F., 96 Caesarion, 85 Cailliaud, 13, 14 Cambyses, 78 Campania, 55 Characlen, King, 89, 05, 96, 103 Charahiet, 95, 96 Charapatchour, 95, 96 Chatby, cemetery of, 82 Chiris, 94, 95 Christians remains, 2, 3, 83, 93 Christianity, rise of, 84, 94 sq. Chronicon Pasquale, 101 Cilurnum, 73 Cleopatra, 5, 83, 85 Coffins, use of, 27 Commodus, 89 Constantine, 73, 93, 94, 103, 110. 111 Coptos, 90, 91, 107, 108, 109, hi, 112 Coptic, remains, etc., 2, 4, 62, 76, 93 Corbridge ( Corstopitum), 72, 76 Corpus Inscr Graec. ico, 107, 108 Corp-is Inscr. Lat.. 100, 106, 107, 108, 109 Cosmas Indicople'-stes, 56 Cows, representations of, 56, 57, 60, 8if? Coventina, well of, 76 Crocodile, representations of, 56, 58, 64. 8083, 808s (283) 284 INDEX Crow, representations of, 58 Crum, Mr. W. E., 78 Cupid, 62, 8046 Cyprus, glass found in, 82 Dahshur, 76 Dakkeh, 85, 86, 93, see Pselchis Danube, 91, 113 Decius, 89, 90 Dio Cassius, 89, 99, Diocletian, 91, 92, 93, 97, 98, 108, no, 11 1 Dionysius Periegetes, 101 Dionysus, 55 Diospolis parva, 52 Dirr, 1 Dodekaschoinos, 85, 114 Dog, representations of, 55, 57 Domaszewski, A. von, 106 Domitian, 107 Domitius, 51 Dragendorff, 51 Edgar, Mr. C. C, 82 Egoosh, 95 Egyptian influence on art, 4, 28, 34, 46, 49, 54, 60, 61 Eirpanome, King, 98 Ela-'Amida, 88 Elephantine. 85, 88, 92, 96, 112, 114 Eratosthenes, 87 Ergamenes, 5 Erment, 73 Espoeris, 78 Eusebius, 93, 103 Evagrius, 95, 97 Ezana, 88 Faras, 5, 86 Fayum, 73 Ferlini, 61, 63, 76, 77 Firmus, 90, 91, 101 Flagstaff s over graves, 17, 38, PI. no Florus, 97 Fresin, 73 Frog, representations of, 56, 57, 58, 80, 8063 Gains Caesar, 107 Galerius Caesar, 94 Gallus, Cornelius, 85 Gazelle, representations of, 56, 58, 8063, 8064 Gebel Adda, 5, 86, 90 Gebel Barkal, 13. 14, 51, 61, 63 Gebelen, 96 Gellius, 51 Germanus, 96 Giraffe, representations of, 56, 57 Goose, representations of, 56, 58, 8068 Gourneh, 73 Graffiti, 39, 51, 78, 79 Gratian, 76 Greek influence on art, 4, 5, 48, 51, 54, 55, 61, 62, 69 Griffith, Mr. F. LI., 49, 62, 79, 83, 88, 90 Guinea-fowl, representations of, 56, 58 Hadrian, 106, 107, 108, no Haifa, 2, 6, 14, 19, 26, 83, 86 Harmachis, 64 Harpokras, 86 Harpokrates, 75, 7844 Hathor, 4, 57 Hawara, 7, 73, 76, 82 Hawk, representations of, 64, 65 Heliodorus, 89 Hellesthiaios, 98 Heraclius, 78 Herculaneum, 61, 81 Herodotos, 55, 56 Hiera Sykaminos, 85, 86, 87, 91, 108, 114 Homer, 56 Horus, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66 Hon, 62 Hunting, scene from, 55 Hydaspes, 89 Ibis, representations of, 58, 64 Ibrim, 1, 2, 5, 48, 86, 87, 95, 98, see Primis Isis, 4, 48, 62, 63, 64, 65, 78, 88, 92, 94, 95, 96, 97. 98, 7078 Itineraries, the, 92 Jackal, representations of, 57 Johannes, Praefectus Orientis. 97, 104 John of Lycopolis, 96 Julian, the missionary, 97 Justinian. 97, 98 Juvenal, 86 Kabushiya, 86 Kalabsheh, 93. 94, 95 Kandake, 5, 61, 85, 86, 89 Kara, 2, 95 Karanog town, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 19, 40, 52, 53, 61, 81, 85, 90, 95, 98 Kharga, 92, 95 Kisa, Anton, 72, 73, 75, 76, 82 Koln, 72, 73 Korosko, 1, 6 Krall, J., 85, 96 Kum Ushim, 73 Kynopolis, 95 Labyrinth, the, 73 Leatherwork, 28, 30, 34, 41, 89, 7401-7479 Leda, 62, 8046 Legions, See ch. xii, App. ii Leipholdt, J., 95 Leopard, representations of, 58, 8ij0 INDEX Lepsius, 48, 55, 61, 62, 63, 107 Lezoux, 51 Lesquier, J., no Letronne, 85 Lion, representations of, 64, 70, 7964, 8022 Littman, Prof. E., 94 Maat, 9, 48, 62, 7084 Mace, Mr. A. C, 52 Magna, 76 Maharraka, 90, 91, 93, j** Hiera Sykaminos Mamertinus, Claudius, 103 Marcianus, 96 Mariba, 85 Marienburg, 73 Marinus, 104 Masawwarat, 86 Maspero, Sir Gaston, 4, 47 Matlia, 88 Maximinus, 96, 97, 98 Mazices, 95 Mela, Pomponius, 88, 101 Melrose, 68 Memphis, 106, 11 1 Menes, 5 Ment-ar-tais, 78 Meroe, 5, 6, 55, 56, 61, 62, 76, 77, 82, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 92, 94 Meyer, P., 107, no Mommsen, 101, 107, 109, 112 Monasteries, rise of, 95 Monkey, representations of, 57 Monumentum Ancyranum, 86, 99 Miiller, D. H., 88 Munich, the Antiquarium, 76 Myres, Mr. J. L., 82 Naga, 5, 55 Napata, 5, 62, 86 Naples, Museo Nazionale, 72, 75 Narses, 98 Narseus, 91 Nephthys, 62 Nero, 86, 87 Nestorius, 95 Newcastle Museum, 76 New York, Metropolitan Museum, 55 Nobatai, 85, (87), 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98 Northumberland, 72, 73, (74, 76, 91) Notitia Dignitatum, 92, 108, no, in, 112, 113, 114 Noubai, see Nobatai Offering tables, 8 Olympiodorus, 86, 94, 95, 96, 103 Orientation of tombs and bodies, 8, 20, 26, 93 Osiris, 4, 62, 64, 92 8024 Ostraka, 3, 8953-8957 Ostrich, representations of, 58 Owl, representations of, 58 Oxford, Ashmolean Museum, 52, 75 Pachorm'os, 93 Pachytimne, 96, 103 Paese, 90 Palladius, 95, 96 Palmyra, Palmyrenes, 76, 90, 91 Panopolis, 95 Pa-smun, 90 Pausanias, 56 Pennut, tomb of, 1 Persia, Persians, 5, 9, 90, 97, 1 13 Pescennius Niger, 89 Petesis, 78 Petrie, Prof. W. M. F., 71, 73, 77 Petronius, Gaius, 2, 3, 85, 86, 87, 89, 90 Philae, 85, 88, 90, 92, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 112, 114 Philopator, 5 Phoenicia, 82 Phoinikon, 94, 95 Piankhi, 5 Pliny, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 99, 100 Pollio, Trebellius, 101 Pompeii, 61, 72, 73, 81 Poseidon, 56 Posidonius, 82 Praying-stools at tombs, 16 Premnis, see Primis, Ibrim Priapus, 92 Primis, 6, (94"). 95, 98, see Ibrim Priscianus, 101 Priscus, 103 Probatus, 91 Probus, 91, 102, no Proclus, 104 Procolitia, 76 Procopius, 91, 92, 97, 102, 105 Prucheion, fortress of, 90 Psammetichus I, 78 Pselchis, 85, 86, 106, 107, 108, 114, see Dakkeh Ptolemaeus, 92 Ptolemais, 90, 91, 96, 108 Ptolemy, 5, 85 Pygmies, 87 Pyramids, I, 13 Quatremere, 85 Ravennas Anonymus, 101 Red Sea, 88 Reisner, Dr. G. A., 93 Religion of the Blemyes, 4, 46, 47, 55, 57. 62 92!, 102 Revillout, 85, 95, 96 Rhine, 74, gi Rings, 29, 36, 43, 44, 54, 62 Robbers of tombs, 15, 16, 29, 34, 36, 38, 44, 84 Rome, 6, 77, ch xii passim 286 INDEX Sakkarah, 70 Sarapis, 4, 5, 55, 62, 63, 66 Sayce, Prof., 94 Satyr, figure of, 54 Scarabaeus, 36, 63, 65, 8020 Scorpion, representations of, 58, 77.55 Seneca, 82, 86, 87, 100 Senouti, 94, 95, 96 Septimius Severus, 89 Seres, 89 Sergius, Saint. (83), 8460 Sethe. Prof.. 85 Shablul, 1. 3, 5. 8. 9, 17, 46, 49, 51. 52. 53, 54. 57 82, 83, 95 Shellal, 93 Silchester, 68, 73 Silko. 97, 98, 104 Silsilis, 107, 112 Smetchem, 96 Snakes, representations of. 58, 64 South Shields Museum, 76 Spartianus, 89 Sphinx, 69, 75/9 Staffs, use of, 28. 47, 48, 7682-3-4 Stelae, position of. 9 Strabo, 86, 89. 90, 99, 100, 106, 107 Strzygowski, Prof., 70 Suakin, 87 Sudd, the. 86 Syene. 86. 92. 93, 94, 95, 97, 106, 107, 108, 112. 114 "Table of the Sun", 56 Tabenna, 93 Tacitus, 91 Tafa, 95 Talmis, 93. 94. 97, 98, 107, 108, 114 Tamassos, 82 Tanare. island of, 96 Tangaites. 88 Taphis, 98 Tell Gamayenii. 75 Tell el Amarna, 77 Terernien, 90 Terra sigillata, 51, 74, 83, 8874, 8873 Textiles, 27, 28, 37, 83 Thapis, 94, 95 Theadelphia, 78 Thebaid, 86, 90, 91, 94, 96, 97, ill, 112 Thebes, 62, 89, 94, 96, 107, 1 12 Theocritus, 101 Theodora, Empress, 97 Theodore, Bishop, 98 Theodosius I, 89, 94 Theodosius II, 95, 96, 113, 114 "Thirty Tyrants," the, 90 Thoth, 62, 64, 65 Thothmes III, temple of, 1 Tiberius, 107 Tirhakah, 2, 5 Tischler, 82 Tomas, 1, 95 Trade between Nubia and the North, 51, 61, 72, 73, 74. 77. 78. 81 , 82, 83, 86 Trajan, 106, 107 Trebonius Gallus, 90 Tribal marks, 48, 49. 57. 50 Troglodytes, 87 Uganda, 4. 60 Underdowne, Thomas, 89 Vandals, 96 Vault construction, 18, 34 Venice, 75, 77 Vopiscus, 91, 101, 102 Vulture, representations of. 54. 58 Wessely, C, 96 Wilcken, 90, 95, 108 Wreaths worn by dead, 29 Zen obi a, 90 Zeus. 55, 62, sec Sarapis Zosimus, 101. 113 KARANOG FIGURE A Sketch of Toirib G 70, showing ribs and vaulted approach. See p. 12 Sketch of Tomb G 64 after the removal of the superstructure, showing roofs of vaulted chambers. See pp. 18, 33 KARANOG FIGURE B KARAXOG FIGURE C